Boiler Feed Water Pump Manual

文件号 Doc.No.
0-2520-5641-00
使用说明书部
版
门 Dept.
本 Version
工业透平研究院
A
Operating Manual 语种 Lang. 中英文
机组代号：
WT5641
Product Code:
机组型号:
NK50/56
Product Type:
编制：
李琛 2016-09-27
Edited by：
校对：
王晓鹏 2016-09-27
Checked by：
审核：
Approved by：
电子版本 A.2
使用说明书前言 0-0100-01-00
前言
正确安装，按章操作和精心维护是汽轮机能够可靠、稳定、高效、长期运行
不可缺少的条件，为此，这份使用说明书对汽轮机主要部件的功能、结构及汽轮
机安装调试，运行维护中应遵循规程作了介绍和说明。在汽轮机安装、投运之前，
用户应通过阅读、研究使用说明书和相关随机资料以及与我公司现场服务工程师
的交流，熟习设备的性能、特点，这对机组满意的运行是有裨益的。
汽轮机使用说明的包括概述、结构介绍、安装说明、运行、维护操作指南以
及主要外购件说明六部分，为便于使用，前五部分各条目均有相应的 4 个字节识
别编码，各节编码的含义为：
X－XXXX－XX－XX
前 3 节相同，不同版本，文种的代码
前 2 节相同，不同结构，内容的顺序号。有一些条目中，
该节采用 XXXX 的 4 位编码，XXXX 为汽轮机编号。
名称代码（位号），如汽缸是－0410－，速关阀为－2300－。
分类号：
0－总体说明，如目录、通则、技术数据等。
1－汽轮机主要部件结构、性能介绍。
2－汽轮机安装说明。
3－运行操作指南。
4－维修建议。
由于汽轮机是系列产品，说明书兼顾通用性，所以说明书末采用统一、连续
的页码标识方式，对每台特定的汽轮机，您可从使用说明书目录中检索出所需内
容及编码，对此望能予以理解。
使用说明书中未包罗有关备件的内容，汽轮机备件资料单独随机提供。
使用说明书是汽轮机出厂随机资料之一，它应与其它随机资料配合使用，对
此在相应条目中会作进一步说明。
若您方未经我公司同意，将自行测绘、制造的零部件（包括备件）用于我公
司的汽轮机而引起的问题，我公司不承担相关责任。
在汽轮机使用过程中，如有问题或疑问，您可与我公司用户服务处、或通过
他们与相关部门联系（联络信息见后）；关于备件供应及维修服务，请与杭州汽
轮机械设备有限公司联系，在联系时请将您所使用汽轮机的型号、编号告知我们。
联络信息：
部门杭州汽轮机股份有限公司用户服务处杭州汽轮机械设备有限公司
地址杭州石桥路 357 号杭州石桥路 357 号
邮编 310022 310022
电话 0571－85780420 0571－85780176
传真 0571－85780264 0571－85780005
电子邮件 User@htc.net.cn Store@htc.net.cn
杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第 1 页共 1 页
Operating Instructions
Preface 0-0100-01-01
Preface
Proper installation, operation according to the procedure and well maintenance are the
preconditions for turbine’s long-term, reliable, stable operation with high efficiency.
Therefore, the present Operating Instructions gives the description functions and
structures of turbine main components and the operating procedures that should be
followed during installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance of the
turbine. The user should read and study this Operating Instructions and the related
documents attached to the turbine-set, as well as consult our service engineer to know
the characteristics of the turbine-set before installing and operating. This is important
for the satisfactory operation of the turbine.
The Operating Instructions is subdivided into six sections, including General,

Description, Installation, Operation, Maintenance and Main bought-in component. For
convenient use, the individual item in the each section is identified with a 4-field
number except the section of Main bought-in component. The number meanings of
each field are:
X－XXXX－XX－XX
Version number, language code
Serial number for different structure. In some items,
a 4-digit code xxxx is used, xxxx-- turbine code
Component code (Position number)
Example: -0410- casing
-2300- emergency stop valve
Section number：
0 － General, e.g. table of contents, general
regulation, technical data and etc.
1－ Description
2－ Installation
3－ Operation。
4－ Maintenance
Turbine is a serial product, considering the versatility we do not use continuous page
number in this Operating Instructions. For a special turbine, you can find out the
desired content and number from the table of contents of the Operating Instructions.
The information on spare parts of the turbine is not included in this Operating
Instructions and it is provided as the attached document to the turbine separately.
The Operating Instructions is a part of technical documents attached to the turbine and
should be used together with other related documents attached to the turbine. The
detailed explanation will be given in the corresponding items.
Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 1 of 2

Preface 0-0100-01-01
HTC doesn’t accept any responsibility for the consequences that the user adopts the
parts (including spare parts) manufactured not by HTC in the turbine without our
permission.
In case of any problem occurred during turbine operation, please contact us with
following addresses and inform us the type and the code number of your turbine.
Addresses:
Service department of HTC
Add: No.357 Shiqiao Road, Hangzhou, China
Tel: 0086-571-85780420
Fax: 0086-571-85780264
Email: User@htc.net.cn
P.C: 310022
Hangzhou Turbine machine & equipment Co. LTD.

Add: No.357 Shiqiao Road, Hangzhou, China
Tel: 0086-571-85780176
Fax: 0086-571-85780005
Email: Store@htc.net.cn
P.C: 310022

使用说明书目录
Operating manual Content 0-0200-5641-00
名称资料号页数
Name Document No. Page
前言 0-0100-01-00 1
Preface 0-0100-01-01 2
目录
0-0200-5641-00 5
Content
汽轮机型号和编号 0-0210-01-00 4
Type and Code of Turbine 0-0210-01-01 4
随机资料的使用 0-0220-01-00 2
Usage of Documents 0-0220-01-01 2
图形符号 0-0230-01-00 3
Graphic symbols 0-0230-01-01 3
货物的发运、接收和存放 0-0240-01-00 1
Transport, Receipt and Storage of Goods 0-0240-01-01 1
技术数据
0-0300-5641-00 3
Technical Data
功率流量曲线
0-0306-5641-00 1
Power-Flow Curve
汽耗修正曲线
0-0319-5641-00 4
Steam Consumption Modification Curve
汽轮机启动曲线
0-0320-5641-00 1
Turbine Starting Curve
汽轮机概述 0-0400-5641-00 4
General Introduction of Steam Turbine 0-0400-5641-01 6
结构介绍前言 1-0100-01-00 2
Preface to Structure Introduction 1-0100-01-01 3
汽轮机纵剖面图 1-0202-10-00 1
Turbine Longitudinal Profile 1-0202-10-01 1
汽轮机横剖面图 1-0302-01-00 1
Turbine Horizontal Profile 1-0302-01-01 1
汽缸 1-0410-02-00 2
Casing 1-0410-02-01 3
杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第1页共5页

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Co., Ltd Page 1 of 5
电子版本 A.2
角形密封环 1-0411-01-00 2
Seal Ring of L-shaped Cross Section 1-0411-01-01 2
偏心导柱 1-0412-01-00 1
Eccentric Guide Pillar 1-0412-01-01 2
喷嘴室 1-0430-01-00 2
Nozzle Box 1-0430-01-01 2
导叶持环 1-0450-01-00 3
Guide Blade Carrier 1-0450-01-01 4
低压级导叶持环 1-0450-02-00 1
Guide Blade Carrier for Low-pressure Stage 1-0450-02-01 1
外汽封 1-0460-03-00 2
Outer Gland Bush 1-0460-03-01 2
平衡活塞汽封 1-0470-01-00 2
Gland Bush of Dummy Piston 1-0470-01-01 2
转子 1-0510-03-00 3
Rotor 1-0510-03-01 4
前支座 1-0710-04-00 4
Front Pedestal 1-0710-04-01 4
推力轴承 1-0720-01-00 2
Thrust Bearing 1-0720-01-01 3
径向轴承 1-0730-01-00 3
Radial Bearing 1-0730-01-01 3
后支座 1-0750-05-00 3
Rear Pedestal 1-0750-05-01 5
油封环 1-0760-01-00 1
Oil Sealing Ring 1-0760-01-01 1
调节汽阀 EBI 1-0800-05-00 3
Governor Valve EBI 1-0800-05-01 5
危急遮断器 1-2110-02-00 1
Emergency Governor 1-2110-02-01 2
电磁阀 1-2222-01-00 1
Solenoid Valve 1-2222-01-01 1

电子版本 A.2
速关阀 1-2300-01-00 4
Main Stop Valve 1-2300-01-01 7
汽缸膨胀测量 1-2771-03-00 2
Measurement of Casing Expansion 1-2771-03-01 2
润滑油节流阀 1-5501-01-00 1
Lube-oil Throttle Valve 1-5501-01-01 1
单向节流阀 1-5600-03-00 1
One-way Throttle Valve 1-5600-03-01 2
手动盘车机构 1-7130-02-00 2
Manual Turning Gear 1-7130-02-01 2
安装部分前言 2-0100-01-00 2
Forward to Installation Section 2-0100-01-01 2
基础准备工作 2-0300-03-00 3
Preparation for Foundation 2-0300-03-01 2
基础二次灌浆 2-0310-01-00 1
Back Grouting for Foundation 2-0310-01-01 2
带底盘凝汽式汽轮机的安装
2-0400-15-00 9
Installation of Condensing Turbine with Base
2-0400-15-01 12
Plate
汽缸中分面螺栓的拧紧 2-0410-02-00 2
Tightening Casing-Split Bolts 2-0410-02-01 2
轴承装配检测 2-0700-01-00 2
Checking Bearings 2-0700-01-01 2
汽缸保温 2-7600-01-00 2
Heat Insulation of Turbine Casing (Rare Earth) 2-7600-01-01 2
运行部分前言 3-0100-01-00 2
Preface of Operation Section 3-0100-01-01 2
蒸汽品质 3-0310-01-00 2
Steam Quality 3-0310-01-01 3
汽轮机油 3-0320-01-00 2
Turbine Oil 3-0320-01-01 3
油系统冲洗 3-0340-01-00 4
Scavenging with Oil 3-0340-01-01 6

电子版本 A.2
蒸汽管路的吹扫 3-0350-01-00 2
Purging Steam Piping 3-0350-01-01 2
汽轮机起动 3-1100-01-00 3
Turbine Start-up 3-1100-01-01 4
汽轮机起动前的准备工作 3-1220-01-00 3
Preparation prior to Turbine Starting 3-1220-01-01 4
汽动锅炉给水泵机组的试运行 3-1400-04-00
7
Commissioning of Boiler Feed Pump Turbine 3-1400-04-01
9
(BFPT)
运行监视 3-2010-01-00 12
Operating Supervision
3-2010-01-01 8
不正常振动 3-3010-01-00 4
Abnormal Vibration
3-3010-01-01 4
转子轴位移过大及水冲击
3-3010-02-00 2
Excessive Axial Displacement of Rotor and
3-3010-02-01 3
Turbine Water Hammer
叶片损伤及断落 3-3010-03-00 2
Blade Damage or Break 3-3010-03-01 2
油系统故障及排除 3-3010-04-00 2
Malfunction and Elimination of Oil System 3-3010-04-01 3
调节保安系统故障及排除 3-3010-05-00 2
Malfunction and Elimination of Control System 3-3010-05-01 3
维修部分前言 4-0100-01-00 1
Maintenance Preface 2
4-0100-01-01
检查和试验 4-0200-01-00 5
Check and Test 4-0200-01-01 7
汽轮机停机期间的防护 4-0300-01-00 3
Protection of Steam Turbine during Its Stop 4-0300-01-01 4
油系统维护 4-0400-01-00 3
Oil System Maintenance 4-0400-01-01 4
通流部积垢及清洗 4-0600-01-00 2
Begriming and Cleaning of Through-flow 4-0600-01-01 3
检修种类 4-1000-01-00 2
Maintenance Class 4-1000-01-01 2
检修过程中的检验 4-1100-01-00 5
Check during Maintenance 4-1100-01-01 7

电子版本 A.2
检修成效和结论 4-1400-01-00 2
Maintenance Effect and Conclusion 4-1400-01-01 3
辅机系统使用说明书 0-2521-5641-00
Auxiliary Equipment Operating Manual 0-2521-5641-01
仪控与监测使用说明书 0-2522-5641-00
Manual of Instruments Control and Detection 0-2522-5641-01

电子版本 A.2
使用说明书汽轮机型号和编号 0-0210-01-00
汽轮机型号和编号
1．汽轮机型号
按引进西门子公司技术设计、制造的三系列多级工业汽轮机也称之谓积木块系列汽轮
机，它是用积木块原理把汽轮机的主要件如汽缸、转子分成若干区段，然后根据用户要求，
通过热力和强度计算，将所需区段组合起来，再配上相应的标准部套，组合生成各种不同类
型、规格满足用户要求的汽轮机。
我公司生产的三系列汽轮机主要有 10 个基型：NK、NG、HG、ENK、ENG、HNK、HNG、EHNK、
EHNG 和 WK。这些基型中字母有其规定含义：
N：正常进汽参数，最高为 10.0Mpa(a),510℃
H：高进汽参数，最高为 14.0Mpa(a),540℃
K：凝汽式汽轮机
G：背压式汽轮机
E：抽汽式汽轮机
WK：双分流凝汽式汽轮机，进汽参数最高为 1.6Mpa(a),420℃
基型是用上述字母的组合来表示，在有些组合中，它们有另外的特定内容，对此在下述
型号解释中作进一步说明。
每台汽轮机的型号包含有基型和规格两部，如 NK25/28/12.5，NG32/25/0 等。
规格是用不同数码按一定规则来表示以汽缸、转子为代表的汽轮机结构特征尺寸。
汽轮机汽缸按积木块原理分为前区段（新蒸汽进汽部分）、中间段（叶栅部分）和后区
段（排汽部分）。前区段按进汽参数（N或H）有VN，VH两种结构，VN与VH的尺寸型谱按优先数
R10（公比 1.25）系列分档，VN有 25，32，40，50 及 63 五种，VH分 25，32，40 和 50 四种，
这些数字表示的是以cm为单位的外缸进汽部分内半径尺寸。后区段按汽轮机热力特性有K和G
之分，而背压式汽轮机根据排汽压力高低又编排成GN（最高排汽压力 2.0Mpa(a)）和GH（最
高排汽压力 4.5Mpa(a)）两类。K型后区段用R20，
（公比 1.125）R10 混编系列,有 28，36，
45，56，63，71，80，90 八种。G型后区段尺寸按R10 系列分档，GN有 20，25，32，40，50，
63，80 七种，GH有 16，20，25，32 四种。排汽段的数字表示以cm为单位的转子未级根径名
义值，同时它也是排汽缸的规格号。除HG型之外，任何一种前区段都可以和三种不同尺寸的
后区段组合以适应不同进、排汽容积流量的需要，当然，不同尺寸的前、后区段连接时，它
们之间还需有过渡段（Ü）
。往往根据通流部分所需级数的要求，前、后区段间插入延长段（LH
或／和LN）。对凝汽式汽轮机的汽缸必定还带有用以与K型排汽缸连接的法兰段（F）
。另外，
除HG型之外，高进汽参数汽轮机的前区段带有减压段（R）
，这种结构形式就是“HN”,“HN”
单独不构成基型。
区段是积木块原理的体现，但就实物而言，汽缸在制造时，G 型汽轮机汽缸的各区段铸
为一体，K 型汽轮机的前缸（包括 V、Ü、L、F 各段）整体铸造，后缸（排汽段）为铸铁件
或焊接件，前、后缸之间的垂直中分面法兰用螺栓连接。
对 HNK、EHNK（HNG、EHNG）的前缸（外缸）根据外缸内压和铸件材质来确定各段整体
铸造或由两段铸件焊接而成。
为使用户对所使用汽轮机的型号有一个完整、清楚的概念，以 NG32/25/0、ENG32/32/16/20、
NK25/28/12.5、EHNK40/56/20、HG32/20/10、WK32/36/0 为例
作如下说明：
NG32/25/0 区段组合见图 1
NG：正常进汽参数的背压式汽轮机
32：外缸前区段为 VN32，外缸进汽部分内半径为 320mm
/25：外缸后区段为 VN32/25，转子未级根径～φ250mm
图1
/0：外缸无延长段
图中为外缸毛坯木模分界线（下同）
ENG32/32/16/20 区段组合见图 2
ENG：正常进汽参数的抽汽背压式汽轮机
32：外缸前区段为 VN32，外缸进汽部分内半径为 320mm
/32：外缸后区段为 VN40/32，转子未级根径～φ320mm
/16：外缸的 VN32 之后有一个轴向长度 160mm 的 LN32 延
长段（一个延长段的轴向长度为其名义值的一半，下同）
/20：外缸有一个轴向长度 200mm 的 LN40 延长段，由于

图2
LN32 的内半径为 320mm，而 LN40 的内半径是 400mm，所
以在 LN32 和 LN40 之间必然有一个 Ü32-40 的过渡段
NK25/28/12.5 区段组合见图 3
NK：正常进汽参数的凝汽式汽轮机
25：外缸前区段 VN25，外缸进汽部分内半径为 250mm
/28：排缸为 K28，转子未级根径～φ280mm
/12.5：在前缸的 VN25 和 F25 之间有一个轴向长度为图3
125mm 的 LN25 延长段（凝汽式汽轮机的前缸与排缸之间用法
兰段 F 相连接）
EHNK40/56/20
EHNK：高进汽参数抽汽凝汽式汽轮机
40：前缸区段为 VH40，前缸进汽部分内半径为
400mm，在 VH40 后紧接一个 R40 的减压段（HN＿
的 VH 后面要接 R）
/56：排缸为 K56，转子未级根径～φ560mm
/20：前缸的 R40 后面有一个轴向长度为 200mm
的 LN40 延长段，因 LN40 的内半径为 400mm，而图4

与 K56 相配法兰段 F50 的内半径是 500mm，所以
在 LN40 和 F50 之间要有一个过渡段 Ü40-50。
EHNK40/56/20 的区段组合表示在图 4 中
HG32/20/10
HG：高进汽参数高背压汽轮机
32：外缸前区段用 VH32，外缸进汽部分内半径为
320mm（HG 型的 VH 之后不需要减压段 R）
/20：外缸后区段为 GH20，转子未级根径～φ200mm
/10：VH32 和 GH20 之间有一个轴向长度为 100mm 的
LN32 延长段（HG 型汽轮机中 LH 长度的变化图5
规律与其它基型不同）
HG32/20/10 的区段组合如图 5 所示
WK32/36/0
WK：双分流凝汽式汽轮机
32：内缸规格号
/36：外缸规格号（排缸号相同）
/0：汽缸（内、外缸）无延长段
WK32/36/0 的区段组合如图 6 所示
此外，汽轮机的支座，轴承座规格号也与汽轮机型号规
图6
格存在着一定的对应规则：
前支座、前轴承座规格号除 WK 型外，其它型号汽轮机中与外缸前区段号相同；
后支座、后轴承规格号与汽轮机型号规格有关：
NG、ENG 及 EHNG 型汽轮机按汽轮机规格号第 2 位数字上跳一档；
NK、ENK 及 EHNG 型汽轮机按汽轮机规格号第 2 位数字上跳半档；
HG 型汽轮机按汽轮机规格号第 2 位数字上跳二档。
WK 型汽轮机前、后轴承座（支座）规格号相同，按汽轮机规格号第 2 位数字上跳半档。
按照这样的规则，上述各型号规格汽轮机的轴承座（支座）为：
NG32/25/0 前轴承座 32，后轴承座 32
ENG32/32/16/20 前轴承座 32，后轴承座 40
NK25/28/12.5 前轴承座 25，后轴承座 32
EHNK40/56/20 前轴承座 40，后轴承座 63
HG32/20/10 前轴承座 32，后轴承座 32
WK32/36/0 前、后轴承座均为 40
通过上述实例，我们可以看出汽轮机规格中的每一节数码均表示某一确定的结构特征尺寸，
不过在凝式汽轮机中有一些与上述说明有不同之处的特例，如 NK25/29/12.5，其中/29 与
NK25/28/12.5 中含意不同，/29 表示在这种型号汽机中使用的是 LK28 标准低叶级（/28 相
应的是 HK28 或 SK28 低压级），29 与转子未级根径是另一种规定的对应关系，/29 的转子未
级根径不是φ290mm，而是～φ360mm。当在/29 的位置出现/37、/46、/57……数码时，表
明这些机组分别使用了 LK36、LK45、LK56……标准低压级，其它特性就不再一一赘述。
在我厂生产的三系列汽轮机型号中还有一种特殊情况，如 HGS50/32/32，其中 S 并不代表基
型，而是表示这台汽轮机是 HG50/32/32 中的一种非标特殊设计产品。
2．汽轮机编号
我厂制造的三系列汽轮机编号为 TXXXX，其中 XXXX 是按供货合同的顺序号，每台汽轮机都有
它唯一、确定的制造出厂编号。
从前面的介绍中可看出，型号虽表示出了汽轮机的类型和一些结构特征，但我们也不难发现，
许多台不同性能、用途（如不同的进、排汽参数，不同功率、转速，驱动压缩机或发电机）
的汽轮机它们的型号却是相同的，这就意味着对一台汽轮机而言，型号不具有唯一性。所以
敬请我们的用户注意，当您就汽轮机有关事宜与我公司联系时，务必将汽轮机编号、型号告
知我们。
Type and Code Number of Turbine 0-0210-01-01
Type and code number of turbine
1. Type of turbine
Reaction multistage industrial steam turbine, called as building-block steam turbine,
is designed and manufactured with the imported technic from Siemens Company of
German. With the principle of the building-block, the main components of the turbine,
such as casing, rotor and etc, are divided into several sectors. Designer will combine
these desired sectors together through thermal and strength calculation based on the
user’s requirements, plus some standard components, to form the turbines with
different types and sizes which meet the user requirements.
HTC mainly supplies the reaction turbine with following 10 basic models: NK, NG,
HG, ENK, ENG, HNK, HNG, EHNK, EHNG and WK. The meanings of each letter
are defined as follow:
N: Usual inlet steam parameters 10.0Mpa(a),510℃, max.
H: High inlet steam parameters 14.0Mpa(a),510℃, max.
K: Condensing steam turbine
G: Back-pressure steam turbine
E: Extraction steam turbine
WK: Condensing steam turbine with double split flow,
Max. inlet steam parameters: 1.6Mpa(a),420℃
The basic model is represented by the letter combination mentioned above. These
letters have other special content in some combinations. The further explanation will
be given below.
The type of each turbine is consisted of the basic model and size, e.g. NK25/28/12.5,
NG32/25/0.
The size is expressed with different digits in certain rule. It shows the turbine physical
dimensions representing the casing and rotor of the turbine.
Based on the principle of the building-block, the turbine casing is divided into front
sector (fresh steam inlet section), middle sector (blading section) and rear sector
(exhaust section). According to the inlet steam parameters (N or H) there are two
structures for the front sector, VN and VH. The dimension series of VN and VH is
divided pro priority number R10-series (common ratio 1.25). For VN there are five
dimensions, 25,32,40,50 and 63. For VH there are four dimensions, 25,32,40 and 50.
These numbers represent the inner radius of the steam inlet section of outer casing, in
cm. The rear sector is divided into K and G pro the thermal characteristic. Based on
the exhaust pressure, the back-pressure steam turbine is classified as GN (Max exhaust
pressure: 2.0Mpa(a)) and GH((Max exhaust pressure: 4.5Mpa(a)). The rear sector of
the model K uses mixing series of R20 (common ratio 1.125) and R10, there are

28,36,45,56,63,71,80,90. For model G, the rear sector is divided pro R10 series, there
are 20,25,32,40,50,63,80 for GN and 16,20,25,32 for GH. The number of the exhaust
section indicates the nominal diameter of the last stage of the rotor, in cm. meanwhile,
it is also the size number of the exhaust casing. Any front sector may be combined
with one of the rear sector in three different size, except for the model HG, to meet the
requirement of various inlet and exhaust steam volume flow. Of cause, a transition
sector (Ü) is required when connecting the front and rear sectors with different size.
Generally, some extension sectors (LH or／and LN ) will be inserted between the front
sector and rear sector according the desired stages of the through-flow section. For a
condensing turbine, the casing must be accompanied with a flange sector (F) used for
connecting with the model K of exhaust casing. Furthermore, the front sector of the
turbine with the high inlet steam parameters is accompanied with a pressure-reduced
sector (R) except for model HG. It is called as “HN”. The “HN” dose not form a basic
model by itself.
The sector only embodies the building-block principle. In fact, the sectors of the
casing for the turbine with model G is cast integrally during manufacturing. The front
casing (including the sector V、Ü、L、F ) of the turbine with model K is integral cast,
while the rear casing is iron casting or welds. The front and rear casings are connected
at their vertical split flanges with bolts.
For the front casing (outer casing) of model HNK or EHNK (HNG or EHNG), the
inner pressure and the casing material decide whether integral cast or welding with
two castings is used.
In order for uses to understand the type of a turbine fully and clearly, take NG32/25/0,
NG32/25/0, ENG32/32/16/20, NK25/28/12.5, EHNK40/56/20, HG32/20/10,
WK32/36/0 as samples and show the explanation as follows:
NG32/25/0 Fig.1 shows the combination of sectors

NG: Backpressure steam turbine with usual inlet steam
parameters
32: The front sector of the outer casing is VN32, the
inner diameter of steam inlet section is 320 mm
/25: The rear sector of the outer casing is VN32/25,
the diameter of the last stage of the rotor is about
φ250mm Fig. 1
/0: Outer casing without extension sector
The double dot dash line in the figure is the dividing line of wood model
of the blank for outer casing. (It is the same in following figures)
ENG32/32/16/20 Fig.2 shows the combination of sectors

ENG: Extraction back-pressure steam turbine with usual
inlet steam parameters

inner diameter of steam inlet section is 320 mm
/32: The rear sector of the outer casing is VN40/32, the
diameter of the last stage of the rotor is about
φ320mm
/16: There is an extension sector LN32 with a length of
160mm after the outer casing VN32 (the axial
length of a extension sector is half of its nominal
value, the followings are the same)
/20: Because the inner radius of the LN32 is 320mm, while the LN40 is 400mm, a
transition sector Ü32-40 is required between LN32 and LN40. So there is an
extension sector LN40 with the length of 200mm
NK25/28/12.5 Fig.3 shows the combination of sectors

NK: Condensing steam turbine with usual inlet steam
Parameter
inner diameter of steam inlet section is 250mm
/28: The exhaust casing is K28, the diameter of the
last stage of the rotor is aboutφ280mm
/12.5: The extension sector LN25 with a length of
125mm between the front casing VN25 and
Fig. 3
flange sector F25 (a flange sector F is used for
connecting the front and the rear casings of the condensing steam turbine)
EHNK40/56/20 Fig.4 shows the combination

of sectors
40: The front casing is VH40, the inner
diameter of steam inlet section is 400mm.
A pressure-reduced sector R40 is
immediately connected after the VH40
(after the HN_ of the VH a
pressure-reduced sector R is needed)
/56: The exhaust casing is K56, the diameter
of the last stage of the rotor is aboutφ
560mm Fig. 4
/20: There is extension sector LN40 with an
axial length of 200mm after the extension sector R40. The inner radius of the
LN40 is 400mm, while the one of the K56 matched with the flange sector F50
is 500mm, so the transition sector Ü40-50 is required between LN40 and F50

HG32/20/10 Fig.5 shows the combination of
sectors
HG: Back-pressure turbine with high inlet steam
Parameters and high back pressure
32: The front section of the outer casing is VH32,
the inner diameter of steam inlet section is
320mm (no pressure-reduced sector is required
after the VH section of the model HG)
/20: The rear section of the outer casing is GH20,
the diameter of the last stage of the rotor is
about φ200mm Fig. 5
/10: There is an extension sector LN32 with an
axial length of 100mm between the VH32 and the GH20 (the regularity of
the length change of the LH section in the HG type of turbine is different
with other basic model
WK32/36/0 Fig.6 shows the combination of

sectors
WK: Condensing turbine with double-flow
32: The size number of the inner casing
/36: The size number of the outer casing (the
same number for the exhaust casing)
/0: Casings (inner and outer casings without
the extension sector)
Furthmore, the size numbers of the pedestal and

bearing pedestal for a turbine is related with the Fig. 6
type and size of the turbine in a certain rule.
The size numbers of the front pedestal and the front bearing pedestal are the same as
the front section number of the turbine outer casing, except for the model WK.
The size numbers of the rear pedestal and the rear-bearing pedestal are related to the
type and size of the turbine:
For the turbines of the model NG, ENG and EHNG, the number of the second field
will be increased by one step from the size number of the turbine.
For the turbines of the model NK, HMK, EHNK, the number of the second field will
be increased by half a step from the size number of the turbine.
For the turbine of the model HG, the number of the second field will be increase by
two steps from the size number of the turbine.

For the turbine of the model WK, the size numbers of the front bearing pedestal and
the rear-bearing pedestal (the front pedestal and the rear pedestal) are the same, they
will be increased by half a step from the size number of the turbine.
According to these rules the bearing pedestals (the pedestals) of the turbine mentioned
above are:
NG32/25/0 front bearing pedestal 32, rear bearing 32
ENG32/32/16/20 front bearing pedestal 32, rear bearing 40
NK25/28/12.5 front bearing pedestal 25, rear bearing 32
EHNK40/56/20 front bearing pedestal 40, rear bearing 63
HG32/20/10 front bearing pedestal 32, rear bearing 32
WK32/36/0 front bearing pedestal 40, rear bearing 40
From the given examples we can see that the number in each field of the size number
for a turbine indicates a certain definite characteristic dimension of the structure. But
there are some exceptions for the condensing turbine, for example, NK25/29/12.5, it
has a different meaning with NK25/28/12.5, where /29 indicates that the standard
low-pressure stage is adopted in such a type of turbine (/28 corresponds to
low-pressure stage HK28 or SK28). The number 29 is related with the diameter of the
last stage of the rotor in another defined relationship. The diameter of the last stage of
the rotor for /29 is not φ290mm, but ～φ360mm. When the numbers /37, /46, /57
or etc appears in the position of /29, indicate that the standard low-pressure stage
LK36, LK45, LK56, or etc is used in the turbine separately. The other characteristics
are not discussed here.
There is another exception for the series-3 steam turbine manufactured by our
company, for example, HGS50/32/32, where the S does not represent the basic model,
but indicates the turbine HG50/32/32 adopts a specific non-standard design.
2.Code number of turbine

The code number of a turbine manufactured by our company is Txxxx, here xxxx is a
sequence number according to the delivery contract. Each turbine has an unique and
definite code number.
From the description above, we find that many turbines, with different performances
and applications (e.g. different inlet and exhaust steam parameter, different power and
speed, driving compressor or generator), have the same type, although the type of a
turbine indicates the kind of a turbine and some structure characteristics. This means
the type is not an unique mark of a turbine, so the user should take the attention when
you contact to us concerning with the issues about the steam turbine, must inform us
the code number and the type of the turbine.

使用说明书随机资料的使用 0-0220-01-00
随机资料的使用
1．使用说明书与其它随机资料
使用说明书包括在随机技术文件中，它与其它随机资料相互关联，互为补充，在使用说
明书中凡涉及相关随机资料之处，我们会给出提示。在机组安装、运行之前，请用户务必全
面熟习使用说明书及相关资料的内容和要求。
2．物号和资料号
在我公司提供的资料中时常会见到“物号”和“资料号”栏目。所谓物号，也就是物代
号，通常是指某物件的代号，它与计算机管理及成组加工密切关联；资料号是指图纸或文件
的编号。物号和资料号均以 X-XXXX-XXXX-XX 形式的四节 11 位数码构成，其中左起第一节 1
位数表示总的分类，如：
0－不分类资料
1－成台机器
2－部件
3－另件
4－叶片
5－毛坯、外购件或标准件
等等，其它各节也都有各自的规则和特定含义。
第一节是 2-的物号，在汽轮机中是指某特定部件（两个以上另件构成的组件），在随机
文件中则代表某部件“部套构成表”的编号，部套构成表也就是另件明细表。在随机技术文
件（0-0101-T.Nr-00）中，您可看到“物号”、“资料号”、“名称”栏目，其中物号便是部套
构成表的代号，资料号是相应图纸或文件的编号，与某一部件相应的图号也可从部套构成表
右上角的“资料号”栏目中找到。对部件而言，物号和资料号可能相同，也可以不同。下面
我们通过一些实例对物号、资料号的关系及相关资料的使用作进一步说明，以使您能方便、
快捷的查找到所需资料。
以汽轮机本体为例，一台NG32/25/0 的汽轮机，汽轮机本体物号是 2-8240-3100-30，资
料号亦是 2-8240-3100-30，一台EHNG40/32/40 的汽轮机本体物号是 2-8247-4121-01，而资
料号却是 2-8240-0006-00。无论物号与资料号是否相同，对所有型号的汽轮机，汽轮机本
体图中标示的件号与部套构成表中的“编号”是一致的。汽轮机各部件的构成关系，汽缸、
转子、支座等的装配要求表示在汽轮机本体图及附属资料中，有关的附属资料在部套构成表
结尾部分的“附属资料”项目下给出，如 901…909 等，其中 901 为A1－Z1剖面详图，它是单
流汽轮机前部结构详图，902 为A2…Z2，是双流汽轮机本体前部详图，编号 903 是A3…Z3，它
是背压汽轮机本体后部详图，904：A4…Z4是凝汽式汽轮机本体后部详图，909 是通流部分图
等等。
在“随机技术文件”的物号栏目中，您会看到 0-XXXX-XXXX-XX的物号，以一台N32/36/16
汽轮机为例，它A1－Z1详图的物号是 0-2011-1360-08，资料号是 0-2011-1360-00，这里有两
点要说明：一是 0-XXXX-XXXX-XX的物号没有部套构成表；另一点是“变型”的概念，我们
使用说明书随机资料的使用 0-0220-01-00
把物号中X-XXXX-XXXX-XX前三节数码完全相同，而第四节 2 位数码不同的形态称之谓变型，
变型所涉及的项目、内容在资料号X-XXXX-XXXX-00 的图纸上作出规定，从 0-2011-1360-00
中可知道不同变型对应的热胀指示器方位，前轴承类型、轴径等要素。
在使用随机资料时，您会发现有些部套构成表的资料号一栏里标注的是“无图”，以“装
置监视”为例，在部套构成表 2-8320-6XXX-00 中编列的各项是 T6XXX 这台汽轮机所配置的
全部监控仪表、设备及相应连接件，一般它们不存在装配或组合关系，各项编号有自身规律，
2-8320-6XXX-00 的下一级，也就是构成表中物号为 2-8320-6XXX-XX 的各项，它们有的有资
料号，有的是无图。部套构成表中有资料号的项目，构成表中编号与图纸中件号相对应，而
对无图的项目而言，部套构成表中编号与位号（见下一节说明）相对应，按上述规律就可查
找到汽轮机配套仪表的名称、型号规格、数量、整定要求等内容。
在查阅部套构成表时，您会看到有些部套构成表的编号不连续，以“调节油管道”为例，
由于它所包括的另、部件数量相当多，为规范起见，事先将另部件分为：装接在管路上的部
件，进油管路管件，回油管路管件，螺栓、垫片密封件以及现场安装管路附件几个大类，每
类的编号区间也相应作了规定，每个区间都包容了不同型号可能的各种不同配置要求，由于
在一台汽轮机中不可能把所有编号都用足，所以在部套构成表中编号不连续是自然、正常的，
这种现象在其它部套中也会遇到，编号不连续并不是构成表存在漏项差错，望您在使用时能
予理解。
3．位号
在随机技术文件的“器材清单”中有一项“位号”栏目，位号是系统图（润滑油、调节
及蒸汽流水系统）中设备、部件和仪表的代号，位号有四位数字和三位数字两种编码（用户
有特定要求时按用户规定标示），四位数字代表设备、部件，三位数表示仪表及连接件。器
材清单中的位号与系统图上的标注是一致的，与 2-8320-6XXX-XX 部套构成表中的编号相对
应（见上节介绍）。
4．交接点法兰表
在随机技术文件中包括 0-0620-T.Nr-00 的“交接点法兰表”，它给出汽轮机本体管道与
外接管路接口法兰的规格、等级等参数，接口法兰按介质和功用以不同字母表示，这些字母
与系统图上的标示是相对应的。
Usage of documents 0-0220-01-01
Usage of documents
1. Operating Instructions and other documents

The Operating Instructions is a part of turbine documents and is related with other
documents supplied with the turbine. A hint will be given in the Operating
Instructions where the relevant document is involved. The user must read the
Operating Instructions and the relevant documents to understand the contents and
requirements given before installing and operating the turbine.
2. Subject number and drawing number

The part number and the drawing number will often be found in the documents
supplied by our company. Generally, the part number indicates the code of a
component or a part, it has a close relationship with computer management and group
machining. The drawing number indicates the number of a drawing or document.
Both the part number and the drawing number are formed with 11-digit in 4 fields,
X-XXXX-XXXX-XX. Where, the number in the first field shows the general
classification:
0— Non-classification document
1— Turbine set
2— Component
3— Part
4— Blade
5— Blank, bought-in part or standard element
Additionally, each field has own regulation and special meaning.
The part number with 2- in the first field indicates a given component (consisted of
two parts at least) and shows the number of the “Parts List” of a component in the
documents attached to the turbine. You may see the columns “part number”,
“drawing number” and “Name” in the technical document (0-0101-T.NR-00). Here,
the part number is the code of the Parts List, while the drawing number indicates the
number of a relevant drawing or document. The drawing number corresponding to a
component can be found in the column of Drawing number at the top right corner. For
a component, its part number and the documents number may be same or different. In
order for user to lookup the required information quickly and easy, the relationship
between Part number and Drawing number as well as the usage of the relevant
documents will be explained below through some examples.
Now, take a turbine body as the example. For the turbine NG32/25/0, the part number
and the drawing number of the turbine body are same, both are 2-8240-3100-30.
While for the turbine EHNG40/32/40, the part number of the turbine body is
2-824704121-01, but the drawing number is 2-8240-0006-00. For all types of turbines,
no matter the part number and the drawing number are same or not, the position
number that is indicated in the drawing of the turbine body is in concordance with the

“number” in the Part List. The relations of components of the turbine and the
assembling requirement of the casing, rotor, pedestal and etc are showed in the
drawing of the turbine body and attached document, which is given as “attached
document” at the end of the Part List. For example, 901…909, where, 901 is the
details of the front section structure of the turbine with single-flow, the section details
A1－Z1 902 is the details of the front section structure of the turbine with double-flow,
the section details A2…Z2 903 is the details of the rear section structure of the
back-pressure turbine, the section details A3…Z3 904 is the details of the rear section
structure of the condensing turbine. 909 is the drawing of steam-path section.
The part number 0-xxxx-xxxx-xx will be found in the part number column of
“attached technical Document”. Now take the turbine NK32/36/16 as an example, the
part number and the drawing number of its detail drawing A1－Z1 is 0-2011-1360-08
and 0-2011-1360-00 separately. There are two points should be explained here. First,
the part number 0-xxxx-xxxx-xx has no Part List, secondly, the concept of “variant”.
When the numbers in the first three fields of part numbers are the same but with
different numbers in the fourth field, we call it as variant. The items and contents
involved in the variant are defined in the drawing with a drawing number
x-xxxx-xxxx-00. From the drawing 0-2011-1360-00, we can see that the variant are
corresponding to the different elements such as the position of thermal expansion
indicator, the style of the bearing and the diameter of the journal, etc.
You will find that the word “no drawing” is marked in the drawing number column
in the Part List when consulting the attached documents. Now, we take the
component “plant supervision” as an example, all of the monitoring instruments and
equipments as well as connectors, which the turbine T6xxx is equipped with, is listed
in the Part List 2-8320-6XXX-00. In this Part List some items have the document
number, but some “no drawing”. For the item that has a drawing number in the
Parts List, its code in the Parts List is corresponding to the Part Number in the
drawing, For the item with “no drawing”, the code is corresponding to the Position
number (Pos.) (also see the explanation in the next section). You can look-up the name,
type/size, quantity and setting requirement of instruments that the turbine is equipped
with.
When looking-up the Part List, you will find that numbers of the Part List are not
consecutive, for example, the component “piping of control oil”. Because it has a
large number of components and parts, it is divided into following sorts in precedence
for the standardization: the components mounted on piping, inlet oil piping,
returning oil piping, bolts, gasket and seals as well as piping accessory for site
installation. The number fields are defined for each sort of the piping components and
each field includes various configuration requirements for different types of turbines.
Because it is impossible for using all of the piping components in a turbine, the
non-sequence numbers will appear in the Parts List. Please understand the case when
looking-up the Part List.

3. Position number (Pos.)

There is a column “Pos.” in the attached technical document “Bill of Material”. The
“Pos.” is the code of the equipment, component and instrument in the system drawing
(lubricating oil system, control system and steam & drainage system). There are two
kinds of “Pos.”, 4-digit and 3-digit (it also marked according to user’s definition when
the user has special requirement). The 4-digit stands for the equipment or component,
while the 3-digit indicates the instrument and connector. The “Pos.” in the Bill of
Material is conforming with the mark in the related system, corresponding to the
number in the Part List 2-8320-xxxx-xx. (Also see the description above)
4. Table of termination connection

“Table of termination connection” 0-0620-T.Nr-00 is included in the attached
technical documents. It shows the parameters of the size and class for the connection
flanges connecting the pipe of turbine body and the outside piping. The connection
flange is indicated with different letters according to its function and the media that it
carries. These letters are corresponding with the marks in the system drawing.

使用说明书图形符号 0-0230-01-00
图形符号
在系统图和使用说明书的表述中，我们采用了一些有确定意义的简单图形、标记和符
号来表示管路，部件或元件，它们只表示功能、工作原理及连接通道，而不反映元件的具体
结构参数。表 1 是常用管路、信号线及特定部件的图形符号。
表1
图形符号名称图形符号名称
压力源油泵进油
蒸汽气体＊
凝结水含油空气
疏水电信号
冷却水气压信号
压力油管路交叉连接
回油管路分支连接
试验油管路交叉
开关油排入漏斗
一次脉冲油排入地沟
二次脉冲油排大气
速关油回油在液面之上
启动油机械式危急保安器
润滑油机械式轴位移保安器
＊非空气类气体在图形符号上注有气体名称。
汽轮机的测量及监控仪表通常用仪表符号、字母代号和数字编码位号来表示。表 2 是
通用仪表符号，表 3 是仪表字母，表 4 及附图是常用仪表代号示例。
当用户有特定要求时，仪表符号、字母代号或位号的表示按协议规定执行。
表2 通用仪表符号
就地安装控制室安装就地盘安装
分散仪表
共享显示，控制
计算机控制
可编程逻辑控制
表3 常用仪表字母代号
仪表字母代号由被测量变量或初始变量的第一位字母和表示功能的后继字母组成。
第一位字母后继字母
被测变量或初始变量修饰词功能
A 报警
C 控制
D 差别
E 电压传感器（一次元件）
F 流量比率（函数）
G 视窗，玻璃
H 手动高
I 电流指示
L 液位低灯
P 压力或真空测点
R 记录或打印
S 速度或频率安全开关或联锁
T 温度变送
V 振动
Y 键相位
Z 位置或位移
表4 常用仪表代号示例
T P PD S L V Z Y
被测变量字母
压轴轴键
被测温力压转液位
代变量
表代表名称或振移相
功功能真或
能名称
字度空差速位动位位
母置
T 变送 TT PT ST LT VT ZT YT
I 指示 TI PI PDI SI LI VI ZI
A 报警 TA PA SA LA VA ZA
S 开关 TS PS PDS SS LS ZS
C 控制 PC SC LC
E 传感器 TE SE VE ZE YE
附图
以就地安装的速关阀行程开关为例，在系统图上表示为：
○内标注的是用户规定的代号和位号
按照位号可从随机资料“器材清单”中查找到相应仪表的名称、型号、测量值、测点
等信息。
Graphic symbols 0-0230-01-01
Graphic symbols
Some simple graphics, markers and symbols are used in the Operating Instructions
and system drawings to indicate the function, work principle and connection of the
piping, component or element. The graphic symbols of the typical piping, signal wire
and special component are listed in the Table 1.
Table 1
Graphic symbol Description Graphic symbol Description
Inlet oil for oil pump

Pressure source
Steam
Gas *
Condensate
Air with oil
Drainage
Electric signal
Cooling Water
Air pressure signal
Pressure oil Cross joint of piping
Return oil Branch joint of piping
Testing oil
Cross piping
Switching oil
Drain into funnel
Primary oil
Drain into pit
Secondary oil
Vent
Trip oil Return above oil level
Starting oil Mechanical

emergency governor
Lubricating oil Mechanic axial

displacement
protector
* the gas name is marked above the symbol except for the air.

The measuring and monitoring instrument of the turbine is indicated with instruments
symbol, letter code and Position Number (Pos.). Table 2 and Table 3 shows the
universal symbol of instrument and the letter code. The examples are showed in
Table 4.
Table 2
Local mount Control room Local panel
Decentralized
instrument
Sharing
display, control
Computer control
Programmable logic
control

Table 3:letter code for typical instrument

The letter code of an instrument is consisted of a first letter that indicates the
measured variable or primary variable and a following letter indicating its function.
First letter Following letter
Measured or primary variable Qualifier Function
A Alarm
C Control
D Difference
E Voltage Sensor (primary element)
F Flow Ratio(Function)
G View window, glass
H Manual High
I Current Indicating
L Level Low Lamp
P Pressure or vacuum Measuring point
R Recordor print
S Speed or frequency Safety switch or interlock
T Temperature Transmitting
V Vibration
Y Key Phase
Z Position or displacement
Table 4: Code example for typical instrument

Measured variable code T P PD S L V Z Y
Measured variable
Shaft vibration
displacement
Temperature
Pressure or
or position
Key phase
difference
Pressure
vacuum
Speed
Level
Axial
Function Function
code
T Transmitting TT PT ST LT VT ZT YT
I Indication TI PI PDI SI LI VI ZI
A Alarm TA PA SA LA VA ZA
S Switch TS PS PDS SS LS ZS
C Control PC SC LC
E Sensor TE SE VE ZE YE

Graph
For example, in the system drawing the position switch locally mounted on the
emergency stop valve is indicated as below.
The labels in the circle ○ are code and Pos. specified by user.
Based on the Pos. you can find the description, type, measuring value and measuring
point of a relevant instrument in the attached document “Bill of Material”.

使用说明书货物的发运、接收和存放 0-0240-01-00
货物的发运、接收和存放
1．包装、发运
汽轮机在我公司经机械运转试验合格并作相应防蚀处理后装箱出厂。一般除凝汽器外，
汽轮机本体、底盘、附属设备及管道、仪表、备品备件等均装入专用箱中发运，汽轮机本体
根据用户意向及运输条件（铁路、公路、船舶）或是整机或是分箱发运。在发运货物箱体（或
货物）上均有指示标志（GB191-2000）
，标志主要有：
易碎物品禁用手钩向上怕雨
重心禁止翻滚禁止堆码由此吊起

在运输，搬运，验收及存放时应按标志要求操作、处理。
2．接收
用户在收到货物后应即时进行验收检查，在查对箱数是否与货单相符的同时对包装箱
外观进行检查，如发现包装箱受损且危及内在设备时，除与承运单位交涉外，必要时汇同我
公司一起对设备受损情况作出评估。
在外部检查确认合格后接着进行开箱检查验收，开箱检查时，是否要有我公司人员在
场视双方协议而定。开箱后按装箱清单上物号、名称、数量对箱内实物逐项查对，如有疑问
请即与我公司用户服务处联系。
3．存放
货物（产品、工具、仪表、备件）无论是否验收都就尽可能避免露天存放，如不具备
室内存放条件，则包装箱要置于棚下或采取其它妥善防护措施，箱顶与上部遮盖物之间至少
要有 30cm 距离。
包装箱无论是室内或露天存放，箱底要用牢固的支架或板条垫高，以利通风、防潮，
包装箱不要堆叠存放。
汽轮机在出厂之前已作了必要的防护处理，在运输与保管良好的情况下，我公司对汽
轮机另、部件的防锈保质期从发货日期开始为 12 个月，因此，用户应在汽轮机出厂后 12
个月之内开始安装。
对于长期存放的包装箱或另、部件，用户应对它们的状态作定期检查，我们建议用户
采用密封包装或定期重新油封的办法来延长存放期，存放期视防锈油性能及环境条件而定。
Transport, Receipt and Storage of Goods 0-0240-01-01
Transport, Receipt and Storage of Goods

1. Packing and transport
The turbine is delivered in the package after mechanical running test and treatment of
corrosion prevention in manufacturer’s works. In general, the turbine body, base plate,
accessories, pipes, instruments and spare parts are transported in the special cases,
except for the condenser. The turbine body can be packed in a case or several cases
according to the user’s requirement and the transport condition (by railway, road or
ship). The following symbols should be marked on the packing cases (or the goods)
for correct handling and storage of the goods.
Fragile contents Use no hooks Side up Keep dry
Center of gravity No turning No piling Slings here
2. Receipt
Immediately after receipt of the goods, check the external state of the packing. If a
packing and goods in it are found to be damaged, immediately inform the carrier. And
evaluate the extent of the damage together with HTC personnel, if necessary.
Affirmed the case is not damaged, make unpacking inspection. Whether HTC
personnel should be present or not during unpacking inspection is determined
according with the agreement signed by both parties. After unpacking, check the
goods in the packing against the part number, mane and quantity in the packing list. If
any doubt, please contact with Service Department of HTC.
3. Storage
The goods (equipments, tools, instruments and spare parts), no matter whether receipt
or not, should avoid to store in the open as possible. If this cannot be avoided, place
the cases under protective roof or take the appropriate protection. A distance of 30mm
should be kept between case top and the cover.
For indoor storage or outdoor storage, the case should be placed on a firm bearer or
Transport, Receipt and Storage of Goods 0-0240-01-01
plank for good ventilation and damp-proof. The cases cannot be stored in pile.
The protection treatment has made before turbine delivery. The Guarantee period of
rust protection for the turbine components is 12 months started from the delivery date.
So the turbine should be installed within 12 months after delivery.
For long-term storage, the user should examine the cases or components periodically.
In order to prolong the storage period, using sealed packing or making grease packing
regularly is recommended. The storage period is decided by the performance of the
rust-preventative oil used and the storage environment.

使用说明书技术数据 0-0300-5641-00
Operating manual Technical data
技术数据
Technical Data
汽轮机编号/Code of steam turbine：WT5641
汽轮机型号/Type of steam turbine： NK50/56/0
被驱动机械/Driven machine：给水泵/Feed water pump
汽轮机用户/Vendee：中国机械设备工程股份有限公司
/China Machinery Engineering Corporation
蒸汽参数和性能/Parameter and property of steam
表 1 /Table 1:
Parameter 进汽抽汽补汽排汽
参 Steam Extract Admission Exhaust
条数压力温度压力压力温度压力
件 Pres. Temp. Pres. Pres. Temp. Pres.
Condition MPa(a) ℃ MPa(a) MPa(a) ℃ MPa(a)
正常
0.789 335.5 / / / 0.0084
Normal
最高允许
1.20 380.0 / / / 0.0200
Max.
最低允许
/ / / / / /
Min.
表 2 /Table 2:
Parameter
参数功率转速流量
Power Speed Mass
工况 kW r/min t/h
Condition
额定
5060 5662 26.87
Rated
正常
/ / /
Normal
最大
6000 5662 /
Max.

电子版本 A.2
使用说明书技术数据 0-0300-5641-00
汽轮机转速/Speed of steam turbine (r/min)
汽轮机额定转速/ Steam Turbine Rated speed: 5662
危急保安器动作/Trip speed: 5900
电超速脱扣/ Electronic trip speed： 5840
转向/Rotation direction
汽轮机（顺汽流方向看）顺时针方向旋转
Steam Turbine(seen along with steam direction) clockwise rotation
被驱动机（从汽轮机端看）顺时针方向旋转
Driven machine(seen from steam turbine end) clockwise rotation
转子/Rotor
型式/Type：整锻/ Found integrally
轴承跨距/Span of bearing: 2000 mm
转子重量/Rotor weight： 2900 kg

2 2
转动惯量 J=G·r /Rotational inertia： 100 kg*m
轴承/Bearing
前轴承后轴承推力轴承

Front bearing Rear bearing Thrust
bearing
型式二油叶二油叶米切尔
Type Two-lobe journal Two-lobe journal Michell
轴径（型号）
Shaft diameter φ160mm φ200mm 50/125
(model number)

电子版本 A.2
使用说明书技术数据 0-0300-5641-00
主调节器/Main governor
受控参量/ Controlled parameter：转速/Speed 新汽压力/Steam pressure
抽汽压力/Extraction Pressure 补汽压力/Admission Pressure
调节器型号/ Type of governor：制造厂家/Manufacturer：
安装位置/Location：机上/local 就地盘/local panel 控制室/control room
盘车机构 Turning gear
型式/Type：手动/Manual √ 液压/Hydraulic 电动/Motor 涡轮/Oil turbo √
汽轮机油牌号/Turbine oil code: ISO VG32

3
用油量/Oil volume (m /h)
润滑油/ Lube oil： 19.0 其中/ Including:
汽轮机/Steam turbine: 13
给水泵/Feed water pump: 6
调节油/ Control Oil:
正常/Normal: 0.6
主要件材料/ Material of main parts
见合格证明书/ Refer to quality certification
主要件重量/ Weight of main parts
汽轮机总重（含底盘）/ Total weight of steam turbine (including steel base plate):
26 t
汽轮机转子/ Rotor: 2.9 t
辅机系统技术数据，见 0-0305-5641-00
Technical data of auxiliary system refer to 0-0305-5641-01

电子版本 A.2
电子版本 A.1
电子版本 A.2
电子版本 A.2
电子版本 A.2
电子版本 A.2
电子版本 A.1
使用说明书汽轮机概述 0-0400-5641-00
汽轮机概述：
NK50/56/0 型冷凝式汽轮机用于巴基斯坦塔尔 2X330MWCFB 燃煤电站项目的给水泵。
汽轮机的排汽进入主机冷凝器，在排汽接管上装有波纹管膨胀节和真空蝶阀。汽封冷却器和轴
封抽汽器与主机共用。汽轮机带有润滑、控制油站，调节用的高压抗燃油由主机油站供给。
汽轮机为单缸、轴流、反动式。进汽速关阀与汽缸上的法兰连接。速关阀的作用是在紧急情况
下，在尽可能短的时间内切断进入汽轮机的蒸汽。工作蒸汽经速关阀进入蒸汽室。蒸汽室内装有提
板式调节汽阀，油动机通过杠杆机构操纵提板（阀梁），决定阀门开度，控制蒸汽流量。蒸汽通过喷
嘴流至调节级前或直接导入轮室。
汽轮机安装在底盘上，底盘与水泥基础的固定由地脚螺栓完成。汽轮机的前汽缸猫爪放在前轴
承座上，汽缸受热膨胀时，猫爪推动前轴承座一起向前运动。后猫爪位于排汽缸两侧，支撑在底盘
上，在结合面处带有侧向的导向销。排汽缸的后部带有导向立键并放置在底盘的导向槽内。导向销
的中心连线与汽轮机的轴向中心的垂直面的交点，构成了汽轮机后汽缸的膨胀“死点”。
汽轮机的控制采用电-液调节系统，功能是控制机组的转速（功率），使其在规定的范围内运行。
系统的调节器由用户指定的公司提供。调节器接收机组的转速信号及 CCS 系统的输出信号并与电站
的 DCS 系统联网，实现对汽轮机转速的控制，来调节给水泵的流量。调节器布置在中控室，调节器
的输出通过布置在汽轮机前部的电液转换器实现对液压部分的控制，而达到控制调节汽阀的开度。
通过速关组合件实现就地或中控开启速关阀。
机组的盘车采用手动-油涡轮结构。
保护系统配有机械-液压式的危急保安装置并带有手动装置，用于超速保护和轴位移过大保护。
两只主电磁阀接收来自 ETS 系统的各种停机信号，远程停机。汽轮机旁边，在速关组合件上配有手
动停机阀，直接切断速关油，关闭速关阀。轴瓦温度、轴振动、轴位移等停机信号均通过 ETS 实现
遥控停机。
汽轮机旁边，配有仪表架，装有压力表、转速表，供巡检用。
轴封系统
汽轮机轴封系统用来建立真空，阻止空气进入汽轮机汽水系统。其流程见“0-0642-5641-00
蒸汽疏水系统图”，来自主机轴封系统的封汽蒸汽经节流降压至 0.101~0.108 MPa 后，由封汽管路
导入前、后汽封体，少量蒸汽经前、后冒汽管排出，进入主机汽封冷却器。
疏水装置

电子版本 A.2
作用：
启动时，进入汽轮机的热蒸汽在冷的管壁和汽缸壁上凝结成水。如果汽缸积水，汽轮机就不能
均匀地加热，汽缸壁将出现温度差，而引起不应有的热应力；大量的凝结水进入通流部分将对叶片
造成很大的损害。
启动时的疏水
启动前，进汽管道必须进行充分疏水。启动前，打开疏水装置的所有阀门，直至汽轮机冲转，
暖机并带上一定负荷后（一般 10%）
，可以关闭疏水装置的所有阀门，停止疏水。
停机后的疏水
考虑到刚停机时汽缸炽热，不宜立即疏水，以防冷空气倒流入汽缸。一般停机一小时后打开疏
水装置的所有阀门，充分疏水。
结构：
疏水装置由气动阀，截止阀，电磁阀和行程开关等组成，并配有电气接线箱。为了安全可靠，
气动阀为气关式。停止疏水时，电磁阀控制压缩空气进入气动阀，关闭阀门。开始疏水时，电磁阀
切断压缩空气进入气动阀的通路，同时释放其内部剩余的空气，阀门靠弹簧力开启。中控室电信号
操纵电磁阀控制疏水装置，行程开关安装在气动阀阀杆上，将阀门状态反馈给中控室。截止阀正常
时全开，只有在气动阀失控或气源消失时而要停止疏水时，可将截止阀关闭。因为气动阀与截止阀
串联在一起。
警示
 不正确疏水开关方式，可能会造成设备损坏或人身事故。
 如汽封封汽源温度低于 200 度或接近饱和蒸汽时，汽封
管道疏水阀必需保持常开，以防汽封积水导致转子受热
不均造成汽轮机转子弯曲。
汽轮机调节及润滑系统用油由集中油站供油装置提供，汽轮机油粘度等级 ISO VG（32）。0.25 Mpa

电子版本 A.2
的润滑油由各分管路供给汽轮机前、后径向轴承，推力轴承，轴承进油管上有可调节流螺栓或节流
+3
阀和压力表以适应各分管不同用油量的需求。润滑油过滤精度 25μm ，正常进油温度 45 − 2 ℃，用
3
油量 13 m /h。
3
调节油总管油压约 0.80 Mpa，过滤精度 10μm，正常油量 0.6 m /h。
调节和控制概述
1. 调节系统组成
参见调节系统图：0-0641-5641-00
调节系统主要包括：转速控制系统（1310）、错油门油动机(1910)、速关阀（2301）、危急保安
装置（2210）和调节汽阀(0801)组成。
2. 启动系统
汽轮机启动指开启速关阀，它由速关组合件（1350）中的手动换向阀（1830、1839）和速关阀
(2301)组成。手动换向阀（1830、1839）用于开启速关阀。速关组合件具有远程自动或手动停机、速
关阀试验活动功能。
3. 汽轮机运行监视和保护
保护装置是调节油系统中的另一重要组成部分。主要有危急保安装置(2210)和危急遮断器
(2110)。汽轮机超速使危急遮断器飞锤击出,引起危急保安装置动作,切断速关油路,使速关阀(2301)
关闭,机组停机。
电磁阀(2225,2226)冗余配置的先导电磁阀是速关组合件的组成部分。电磁阀接受到各种外部综
合停机信号后,立即切断速关油路,使速关阀关闭。
4. 试验
速关组合件上试验阀(1845)用于在线试验速关阀是否卡涩, 检验速关阀动作的灵活性。许用试验
油压 P1=A+B(P2-0.1) Mpa，其中 P2 为速关油压实际值。如果实际试验值大于许用试验值 P1，则说
明有卡涩现象。（A=0.1927 ，B=0.676 ）
汽轮机本体主要由动、静部分构成，汽轮机本体结构及动、静体装配关系请参见:
汽轮机本体图 2-8250-5260-00
通流部分图 0-2100-5641-11

电子版本 A.2
截面 A1…Z1 0-2011-1590-00
A4…Z4 详图 0-2011-4690-00
汽轮机静体部分主要包括前、后支座，外缸，蒸汽室，导叶持环，前、后轴承座及汽封环等。
外缸有水平中分面及垂直中分面，上、下缸及前缸、排缸之间用螺栓连接，外缸借助猫爪支承在支
座上。由于汽轮机在厂内总装、机械运转试验合格后发运，所以在用户现场复校中心是必要的而无
需开缸重新安装、调整。速关阀在外缸上半进汽室右侧，调节汽阀组装在外缸前端，平衡管、漏汽
管接在汽缸下部。汽轮机组配置有手动盘车装置，手动盘车装置装在后轴承座上，在汽轮机起动或
停机后利用盘车机构使转子低速转动以防止汽轮机转子弯曲。
汽轮机的结构介绍及安装、运行、维护说明请详见说明书相应部分，这里不再赘述。

电子版本 A.2
Operation manual General Instruction of Steam Turbine 0-0400-5641-01
General introduction of steam turbine
The NK50/56/0 type condensing steam turbine is used to drive a 2 x 330 MW CFB coal fired
thermo power plant to be implemented in Thar, Pakistan.
The steam condition is seen in “0-0325-5641-00 calculation data collection of steam
resource switch”. The exhaust of steam turbine is discharged to the condenser of main steam
turbine. There mount the bellow expansion joint and vacuum butterfly valve in the exhaust joint
pipe. The gland cooler and the shaft seal ejector is co-used with the main turbine. The steam
turbine is provided with the oil unit that supply the lube and control oil, while the high pressure
combustproof oil used to control is supplied by the oil unit of main turbine.
The steam turbine is single casing, axial flow and reaction type. The steam trip valve is
connected with the flange of steam casing. The function of trip valve is cutting off the steam into
the steam turbine in the possible shorter time under the emergency. The work steam flow into the
steam chamber via the trip valve. The valve girder type governing valve is mounted in the steam
chamber. The oil servomotor control the valve girder via lever mechanics, decide the open degree
of valve and control the steam flow. The steam flow to the governing blade or directly into the
chamber via nozzle.
The steam turbine is mounted on the baseplate. The baseplate is fixed on the concrete
foundation by the anchor bolts. The cat paw of the front steam casing of steam turbine is placed on
the front bearing house. When the steam casing expanse due to be heated, the cat paw push the
front bearing house moving onwards together. The rear cat paw locate two sides of exhaust casing,
support on the baseplate and have the lateral guide pin in the joint surface. The rear of exhaust
casing have the guide vertical key and is placed into the guide slot of baseplate. The point of
intersection, which the center line of guide pin intersect with the vertical plane of the axial
centerline of the steam turbine, consist in the expansion “dead point” of the rear steam casing of
steam turbine.
The control of steam turbine adopt the electric-hydraulic governing system, which function

电子版本 A.2
is to control the speed(power) of steam turbine and to make it run in set speed range. The governor
in the system is provided by the customer-appointed company. The governor receive the speed
signal of steam turbine and the output signal of CCS system, internet with the DCS system of
power plant, and control the speed of the steam turbine so as to govern the flux of feed water
pump. The governor is placed in the center control room. The governor control the hydraulic part
via the output signal of governor is outputted to the electric-hydraulic converter located at the
front of steam turbine so as to control the open degree of the governing steam valve.
The trip valve is started and open by the trip block locally or centrally-control.
The turning of steam turbine adopt manual structure and oil turbo.
The protection system is provided with mechanic-hydraulic type emergency safety device
and with manual device, which is used to overspeed protection and bigger shaft displacement.
Two main solenoid valves receive all kinds of stop sign from the ETS system and stop remotely.
The trip block is provided with the manual stop valve, which cut off the trip oil directly, close trip
valve. The stop signals including the temperature of bearing pads, the shaft vibration and
displacement etc., realize to control the steam turbine shutdown remotely via ETS.
The instrument panel is placed at the side of steam turbine, provided with the pressure
instrument, speed instrument so as to check as patrol.。
Shaft Seal System

The shaft seal system of steam turbine is used to form vacuum so as to protect the air into
the steam & water system of steam turbine, which logic is seen in the “0-0642-5641-00 P&I
drawing of steam and drainage system”. After the gland steam from the shaft seal system of main
turbine reduce to 0.101~0.108 MPa via throttle, the gland steam inflow into the front and rear seal
parts via gland pipeline, less steam is discharged via front and rear discharge pipe and flow into
the gland cooler(including in the main turbine).
Drainage Device
Function:
As the steam turbine starting, the hot steam into the steam turbine will be condensed on the

电子版本 A.2
pipeline and casing wall. If the collected water is in the steam casing, the steam turbine will not be
heated equally, which result in the temperature difference of casing wall and no permitted thermal
stress. A mount of condensate water flow into the through will flow part of steam turbine, which
result in damaging the blade.
Drainage as start
Before starting, the steam pipeline must be drained fully. Before the steam turbine stating, open all
valves of drainage device until to make the steam turbine rotating. After the steam turbine is
warmed and drive certain loads(generally 10%),all valves in the drainage device are able to be
closed so as to stop drain.
Drainage after shutdown

Considering the steam casing is still fiery as shutting the steam turbine down, the drain is not
being in no time so as to avoid the cold air flow backwards into the steam casing. Generally
speaking, open all valves of drain device and drain fully after one hour.
Structure:
The drain device is composed of aerodynamic valve, check valve, solenoid valve and stroke
switch etc., provided with electric junction box. To be safe and reliable, the aerodynamic valve is
air close type. When stopping drain, the solenoid valve control compressed air into the
aerodynamic valve and close valve. As starting drain, the solenoid valve cut off the path that the
compressed air flow into the aerodynamic valve, and set free the inner residual air. The valve is
open by spring force. The electric signal from central control room control the solenoid valve to
control the drain device. The stroke switch is mounted on the valve stem of aerodynamic valve
and feed the condition of valve back to the central control room. The check valve is full open
normally. Only if the drain is requested to stop in the case that the aerodynamic valve isn’t be
controlled or the air resource is lost, the check valve will be closed. Because the aerodynamic
valve connect with the check valve together in series.

电子版本 A.2
Warning
 The incorrect opening and closing mode of drain may cause damage to the
equipment or personal.
 If the steam seal temperature is below 200℃ or near saturated steam, the
drain valve of steam gland pipe must be always open to prevent the steam
gland water amassing and the rotor of steam turbine and avoid bending the
rotor of steam turbine caused by the uneven heating.
The control and lube oil of steam turbine is supplied by the oil supply device. The steam
turbine oil given by the brand is IS0 VG32 .Supply oil is divided into two paths and connected
with the lube oil and control oil pipeline respectively. 0.25MPa lube oil supply to the front, rear
journal bearing, thrust bearing of steam turbine and other gearbox and generator etc. The oil inlet
pipe of bearing is equipped with the controllable bolt or the controllable valve and pressure gauge
so as to satisfy the different oil volume need of per pipe。The purity precision of lube oil is 25μm,
+3
normal inlet oil temperature is 45− 2 ℃. Normal oil volume is 13 m3/h..
Oil pressure of control oil pipe is about 0.80 Mpa，purity precision is 10μm . Normal oil
volume is 0.6 m3/h.
Governing and control
Consult: Governing system diagram 0-0641-5641-00

1. member
See the governing system diagram: 0-0641-5641-00. Governing system (1310)、Pilot valve
and Oil relay (1910)、Trip valve (2301)、Emergency safety device (2210) and governing valve
(0801).
2. Start-up system

电子版本 A.2
The starting of steam turbine is switching on trip valve, which is consisted of manual switch
valves （1830、1839）in the trip combination （1350）and trip valve (2301), The manual switch
valves （1830、1839）are used to switch on the trip valve. The trip combination has remote
automatic or manual stop and the test of trip valve function.
3. The monitoring and protection for turbine operation

Once the turbine is over speed, the emergency trip gear (2110) will act, causing the oil
leakage of the emergency governor gear (2210), and eventually the emergency stop valve will be
closed, and the turbine is shut down.
The electronic safety protect system of steam turbine send shutdown signal to
redundantly-provided solenoid valves (2225,2226), cut off trip and discharge trip oil in the oil path
so as to make trip valve shutdown rapidly.
4. Testing
Testing valve (1845) which is on the emergency stop assembly is used to test on line the
emergency stop valve (2301) to see whether it is clamped, check the flexibility of the operation of
the emergency stop valve. The admissible test oil pressure P1=0.1927+0.676 (P2-0.1) Mpa, with
which P2 is the actual value of emergency stop oil pressure. If the actual test value is more than
the admissible test value P1, then the phenomenon of clamping is exist. The detailed operation
consults the specification of emergency stop assembly.
The body of steam turbine is composed mainly of rotary and stationary section. The body
structure of steam turbine and the assembly relativity of rotary and stationary section refer to:
Body drawing of steam turbine 2-8250-5260-00

Through flow drawing 0-2100-5641-11
A1…Z1 detailed drawing 0-2011-1590-00
A4…Z4 detailed drawing 0-2011-4690-00
The stationary section of steam turbine include mainly front, rear support house, outer
steam casing, steam chamber, blade carrier, front, rear bearing house and seal ring etc,.
The outer casing has a horizontal split and a vertical split. The upper and lower casings, as well as

电子版本 A.2
the front and exhaust casing are connected with bolts. The outer casing is supported on the
support house by dint of cat paw. The turbine is delivered in completion after assembled and
mechanical test in the manufacturer’s factory, so that it is necessary to review the alignment in the
field, but it is no need to open the casing for re-assembling and re-adjusting. The trip valve is lay
in the right side of the upper half steam inlet chamber of outer casing. The high pressure governor
steam valve is mounted in the front end of outer casing. The balance pipe, seal & leak pipeline
connect with the nether casing. The steam turbine is equipped with the manual turning gear. The
manual turning gear is mounted on the rear bearing house. The rotor of steam turbine can rotate as
low speed by turning gear when the steam turbine start up or stop so as to prevent the bend of
rotor of steam turbine.
The structure introduction and mount, run and maintenance specification of steam turbine
refer to the corresponding content in this manual in detail, therein no specified repeatedly.

电子版本 A.2
使用说明书结构介绍前言 1-0100-01-00
结构介绍前言
使用说明书中结构介绍部分的编号为 1-XXXX-XX-XX，内容包括汽轮机主要部件的功能、
结构以及装配、调整要求说明。
汽轮机本体的配置及结构，请参见汽轮机纵剖面图），横剖面图。
汽轮机通流部分的结构、尺寸详见随机资料中的“通
流部分图” （0-2100-T.Nr-11）。每台汽轮机的喷嘴，动、
静叶片型线数据均标注在通流部分图上，以叶片T3－16－
55.1（13.10）为例将叶片型线的特征说明如下：
直叶片型线数据由 3 个字节 4 个要素组成，第一个字
节是叶片类型代码：T1为喷嘴，A1是调节级动叶片。T3 、
T4 、T6 及T7是压力级动叶及导叶；第二个字节是以mm为单
位的叶片弦长l；第三个字节为叶片安装角β，最后括号内
数字是以mm为单位的叶片轴向宽度b。
在汽轮机说明书中使用了前、后、左、右这样一些用语，我们对方位的定义是：除 WK
型汽轮机外，进汽端为前、排汽端为后，左、右是指沿轴线从前端看汽轮机（顺汽流方向）
在左侧或右侧；对 WK 型汽轮机以转子的推力轴承一侧作为前端，盘车棘轮一侧称为后端。
汽轮机外汽封及汽缸外部构件如支座、轴承座、轴承等的结构及装配关系可参见随机
资料“汽轮机本体图”（2－82XX－XXXX－XX）以及下属资料：
A1…Z1（0－2011－1XXX－00，单流汽轮机前部详图）
A2…Z2（0－2011－2XXX－00，双流－WK汽轮机前部详图）
A3…Z3（0－2011－3XXX－00，背压汽轮机后部详图）
A4…Z4（0－2011－4XXX－00，冷凝汽轮机后部详图）
汽轮机静体部分的支承方式，汽缸、转子的热膨胀及滑销系统在相关部件的介绍中予
以说明。
汽轮机主要件的材质见产品合格说明书。
在一些部件的介绍中，图示可能与实物不完全一致，如转子（1－0510－XX－XX）的叶
片级数就可能与实物、通流部分图不一致，由于说明书中结构介绍是说明部件的功能及结构
形式，而不是供加工制造用的文件，所以图示的差异并不影响说明书的使用，望用户能对这
种系列通用内容的表达方式予以理解。
注意：装配在汽缸中的一些部件，如两半内缸、蒸汽室、导叶持环、中间汽封它们
水平中分面法兰上的具螺纹锥销仅供金加工时上、下半定位用，装配时已拆除，在用户现场
杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第 1页共 2页
使用说明书结构介绍前言 1-0100-01-00
如对汽轮机解体重新装配或汽轮机大修时，无需配制前述定位销，以免将其遗漏在汽缸内留
下事故隐患。
汽缸中分面的定位销在合缸后须拆出，并妥善存放，以备检修时使用。
汽轮机的监控仪表请参见下列随资料：
0-2020-T.Nr-00 器材清单
0-0101-T.Nr-01 装置监视随机技术文件
2-8320-T.Nr-00 装置监视
0-0640-T.Nr-00 润滑油系统图
0-0641-T.Nr-00 调节系统图
0-0642-T.Nr-00 蒸汽疏水系统图
在上述资料中给出汽轮机配置仪表的项目名称、功能、数量、型号、量程、安装位置
及一些专用仪表的连接和安装要求。
Operation Instructions
Preface to Structure Description 1-0100-01-01
Preface to structure description

The structure description section identified by a number 1-xxxx-xx-xx in this Operating
Instructions contains the instructions of function, structure, assembling and adjusting
requirements.
For the configuration and structure of the turbine body, refer to the turbine longitudinal
drawing and cross section drawing.
The detail structure and dimension of the turbine through-flow section, see the attached
document ‘the drawing of the through-flow section” (0-2100-T.Nr-11). The data of the
nozzle, moving and guide blade profile are indicated in the through-flow section
drawing. Now take the blade T3-16-55.1 (13.10) as an example to illustrate the features
of the blade profile.
The data of the straight blade profile is composed of 4 elements in 3 fields(syllable).

The first field indicates the code of the blade type: T1 – nozzle, A1 – moving blade for
the control stage, T2, T4, T6 and T7 – moving blade and guide blade for the pressure
stages. The second field indicates the blade chord in mm. The third one is the blade
mounting angle β. The last number in the parenthesis stands for the axial width b of
the blade in mm.
The terms front, rear, right and left used the Operating Instructions are defined as
following, except for the WK turbine:
Front – the inlet steam end
Rear – the exhaust end
Right, left – the right side or left side of the turbine (look along the steam flow)
For WK turbine, the end with the thrust bearing is taken as the front end, while the end

with the turning gear as the rear end.
For structures of the outer gland and outer components of the casing for the turbine,
such as pedestal, bearing pedestal, bearing and etc. please refer to the attached
documents “Body of steam turbine” (2-82xx-xxxx-xx) and its underline documents:
A1…Z1（0－2011－1XXX－00，Body of steam turbine A1…Z1,details of the front
section for the single-flow turbine）
A2…Z2（0－2011－2XXX－00，Body of steam turbine A2…Z2,details of the front
section for the double-flow turbine (WK)）
A3…Z3（0－2011－3XXX－00，Body of steam turbine A3…Z3,details of the rear
section for the back-pressure turbine）
A4…Z4（0－2011－4XXX－00，Body of steam turbine A4…Z4,details of the rear
section for the condensing turbine）
The support mode of static section for the turbine, the thermal expansion of the casing
and rotor, as well as the slide-key system will be introduced in the descriptions of the
relevant components.
For the material of main turbine components, see the product certificate.
Because the structure description in the Operating Instructions only introduces the
function and structure form for the component and is not used as the document for
manufacturing, the illustration in the Operating Instructions may not be conform to the
actual component completely for some components. For example, the number of the
blade rows of a rotor (1-0510-xx-xx) may not be the same as that of the actual rotor and
indicated in the through-flow section drawing. So the difference of the illustration will
not influence the use of the Operating Instructions.
Note: Some threaded taper pins in the horizontal split of the inner casing in half,
steam chamber, guide blade carrier and middle gland, which are mounted
in the casing, are only used for positioning the upper and lower halves
during machining. They are removed when assembling and have no use for
turbine disintegration and re-assembling or overhaul.
Note: After the upper and lower casings assembled, must remove the locating pins
in the casing split and keep them properly for later maintenance.
For monitoring instruments of the turbine, please refer to the following attached
documents:
0-2020-T.Nr-00 Bill of material
0-0101-T.Nr-01 Technical document for device monitor
2-8320-T.Nr-00 Device monitor
0-0640-T.Nr-00 Diagram of lube oil system
0-0641-T.Nr-00 Diagram of control system

0-0642-T.Nr-00 Diagram of steam drain system
The above documents show the name, function, quantity, type, measuring range,
installing location of the instruments, which the turbine is equipped with, as well as the
connection and installing requirements for some special instruments.

使用说明书汽轮机纵剖面图 60万给水泵NK 下排汽 1-0202-10-00
Turbine longitudinal profile NK exhaust steam underside 1-0202-10-01
Fig 1

使用说明书汽轮机横剖面图 NK 单速关阀 1-0302-01-00
Turbine horizontal profile NK with one trip valve 1-0302-01-01
Fig 1

使用说明书汽缸 1-0410-02-00
汽缸
汽缸是汽轮机通流部分的包容体。
汽缸由前缸和后缸（排缸）组成，它们之间有垂直结合面，前缸和后缸又都沿水平面
剖分为上、下半，垂直、水平中分面法兰均用螺栓连接，汽缸结构如图所示。
前缸是铸钢件，排缸是铸铁件或焊接件，汽缸的材料牌号和性能见产品合格证明书。
1．调节汽阀阀杆装配孔
2．导叶持环支承搭子
3．排缸
4．后汽封装配凸环
5．后轴承座安装面
6．横向中以调整件搭子
7．后猫爪
8．中分面螺栓孔
9．导叶持环装配凸环
10．前猫爪
11．前汽封装配凸环
12．进汽室
13．调节汽阀阀座装配孔
14．速关阀阀壳
15．后轴承座导向键
进汽室（12）在汽缸前端上部，它是一个横向筒形腔室，调节汽阀的阀梁、阀碟位于
其中，两根阀杆穿出进汽室的部位（1）装有导向及密封件，调节汽阀阀座装在腔室底部的
阀座孔（13）中。通常进汽室带有速关阀阀壳（14），阀壳是材质与前缸相同的单独铸件，
在粗加工后与进汽室焊接为一体，焊缝处作 X 射线探伤检验，这种结构使汽缸易于适应不同
进汽方向（上或下）和方位（左或右）的布置要求，不过也有一些汽轮机的汽缸进汽室不带
阀壳，速关阀阀壳与进汽室之间采用法兰连接的结构形式。根据新蒸汽进汽容积流量的大小，
同一规格号的汽缸可以配置不同通径，不同数量（1 或 2 只）的速关阀，当使用一只速关阀
时，进汽室另一端用法兰盖封堵。
按汽轮机特性的不同，在前缸中可装入内缸或蒸汽室，喷嘴室。外缸与内缸（或蒸汽
室，喷嘴室）之间用角形密封环连接（详见 1-0411 说明），从调节汽阀流出的蒸汽经角形环
进入通流部分，这种结构使外缸形状简单，热应力较小。
使用说明书汽缸 1-0410-02-00
汽缸内壁有若干个用于装配导叶持环的凸环（9），它们把汽缸内腔分隔成不同压力的
腔室，这些腔室在加工过程中要作水压试验，检验结果记录在产品合格证明书的“水压试验
报告”中。
抽汽式汽轮机在汽缸中间段开有抽汽口，可调抽汽在抽汽口之后装有中间汽封，中间
汽封将通流部分分为不同膨胀段。第 2 或 2、3 膨胀段调节汽阀依结构上实施的可能和布置
要求采用下述两种结构中的一种：一是阀壳与前缸铸在一起；另一种有单独阀壳通过外管道
与汽缸相接。
汽缸前、后端的汽封支承凸环（11，4）用于安装外汽封汽封体。
平衡管及封汽、漏汽管路接口对下排汽机组在下缸；对上排汽机组，前缸接口在下半，
后缸接口视管路布置需要，有可能在上半。
汽缸疏水从下缸底部引出。
在有些凝汽式汽轮机的排缸中加装有喷水装置，以防止在特定工况下运行时排汽温度
过高。
汽缸由前后猫爪（10，7）支承在前、后支座上，前猫爪与前缸上半铸为一体，后猫爪
在后缸下半两侧，汽缸前、后端各有两只轴向对称的横向中心调整件搭子（6），用于汽缸与
支座的对中。排缸下半后端的（5）是后轴承座安装面，导向键（15）用于后轴承座的定位
导向。凝汽式汽轮机排缸与后轴承座相关部分还有一种与图示不同的结构，它是把后轴承座
下半与排缸下半铸为一体，在这种结构形态中也就没有图示的（5）及（15），汽缸定位、导
向部分结构请详见前支座（1-0710-）及后支座（1-0750-）的介绍。
汽轮机进汽压力、温度测点在速关阀阀壳上；排汽压力、温度测点在外缸下半后端面；
轮室（调节级后）压力测点通常在前缸上半前端面，当汽轮机配置有内缸时，轮室压力测点
在外缸下半底面（内、外缸之间有测压接管）；抽汽压力测点一般在抽汽管上。
出厂时汽缸中分面螺栓的拧紧状态与汽轮机装运要求有关。安装或检修时汽缸中分面
螺栓的拧紧请见安装部分 2-0410-的说明。
Turbine casing 1-0410-02-01
Turbine casing
The casing is a container for the through-flow section of the turbine.
The casing consists of the front casing and rear casing (exhaust casing) which have
vertical joint surface. They are also divided along the horizontal plane into top and
bottom halves. The vertical and horizontal split flanges are connected with bolts. The
casing structure is showed in the figure below.
The front casing is a steel casting, while the exhaust casing is iron casting or welds. For
the detailed material and performance, see Product Certificate.
1. Bores for governing

valve stems
2. Lug for guide
blade carrier
3. Exhaust casing
4. Mounting collar
for rear gland bush
5. Mounting surface for rear
bearing pedestal
6. Lug for adjuster of lateral
center
7. Rear paw
8. Bolt hole
9. Mounting collar for guide
blade carrier
10. Front paw
11. Mounting collar for front
gland bush
12. Admission chest
13. Bores for governing valve seats
14. Shell of emergency stop valve
15. Guide key of rear bearing pedestal
The admission chest (12) located on the upper part of the casing front end is a lateral
cylinder. It accommodates the beam and discs of the governing valve. There are guide
and seal components fixed at the location (1) where the valve stem threads through the
admission chest. The seats of the governing valve are mounted in the bores (13) at the
bottom. Usually, the admission chest is welded with the shell of the emergency stop
valve (14). The shell is an individual casting with the same material as the front casing.
It is welded to the admission chest after rough finish, the welding seam is inspected
with the x-ray. This will make the casing suitable for the layout with different steam
inlet directions (up or down) and positions (right or left). But, for some turbines the

shell is connected with the admission chest by the flanges. A casing can match with the
emergency stop valve(s) (one or two) with different diameter according to the volume
flow of the live steam. When using one emergency stop valve, the other end of the
admission chest is blocked with a blind flange.
The front casing accommodates the inner casing or steam chamber or nozzle box based
on different turbine characteristic. The outer casing and inner casing (or steam chamber
or nozzle box) are connected with an angle seal ring (see 1-0411 for the details). The
steam from the governing valve enters into the through-flow section via this angle ring.
This make the outer casing simple in shape and a less thermal stress.
The collars (9) for mounting the guide blade carrier on the inner wall of the casing
separate the casing into several departments with different pressure. These departments
should be inspected through the hydrostatic test during machining and the inspecting
result should be recorded in “Hydrostatic Test Report”, which is a part of Product
Certificate.
For the extraction turbine, there is an extraction port opened in the middle section of the
casing. A labyrinth seal, which separates the through-flow section into different
expansion sectors, is fixed behind the extraction port of the regulating extraction. Based
on the practice and the layout requirement, one of the following structures could be
adopted for the governing valve on the second or the second and the third expansion
sector: the shell of the governing valve is cast with the front casing, the other is that a
separated valve shell is connected to the casing via an outer piping.
The collars (11,4) at the front and rear ends of the casing are used for mounting the
outer gland bush bodies.
The connections of the balancing, gland steam and leaking steam piping are located on
the casing bottom half for the exhaust-down turbine, while for the exhaust-up turbine,
the connections on the front casing are located on the bottom half and those on the rear
casing may be located on the top half according to the piping layout.
The casing drains are lead out from the bottom at the casing bottom half.
For some condensing turbines, in order to prevent the exhaust temperature from
excessive high under special operating condition a water injection device is used in the
exhaust casing.
The casing is seated on the front and rear pedestals in aid of the front and rear paws
(10,7). The front paws are integrated with the top half of the front casing, the rear paws
are located at both sides of the rear casing bottom half. The lateral center adjusters,
which are located at the front and rear ends of the casing and symmetrical about axis,
are used for aligning the casing with the pedestal. The mounting surface of the rear

bearing pedestal (5) is located on the rear end of the bottom half of the exhaust casing.
The guide key (15) is used as a guide for positioning the rear-bearing pedestal. For the
relevant part of the exhaust casing and rear-bearing pedestal of the condensing turbine,
there is another structure that is different from the one showed in the figure above. The
bottom half of the rear bearing pedestal is cast with the bottom half of the exhaust
casing integrally and there are no items (5) and (15) in this structure. For the structures
of the casing positioning and guide, please refer to the descriptions of the front pedestal
(1-0710) and the rear pedestal (1-0750).
The pressure and temperature measuring points of the turbine inlet steam are located in
the shell of the emergency stop valve. The measuring points of the exhaust pressure and
temperature is placed on rear end face of the bottom half of the exhaust casing.
Generally, the pressure measuring point of the chamber (after control stage) is located
on the front end face of the top half of the front casing, but when the inner casing is
used, it is located at the bottom of the outer casing bottom half (there is a pressure
measuring connection tube between inner and outer casings). The extraction pressure
measuring point is usually located on the extraction piping.
The tightened status of the casing split bolt when turbine delivery is related with the
requirements of the packing and transport. The bolt tighten during installation and
service, please refer to the introducing in the installation section 2-0410- .

使用说明书角形密封环 1-0411-01-00
角形密封环
在三系列汽轮机中（WK 型除外），外缸与内缸、喷嘴室、蒸汽室之间均用角形密封环连
接，从调节汽阀流出的蒸汽经角形环进入相应的喷嘴组汽室，角形环组件有两种结构形式分
别如图 1、图 2 所示。
1．外缸
2．销
3．调节汽阀阀座
4．螺母
5．角形环
6．螺纹衬套
7．内缸（蒸汽室、喷嘴室）
8．销
图1 结构Ⅰ
当采用结构Ⅰ的形式时，阀座与外缸的阀座孔是动配合，阀座由螺母（4）拉紧并用销
（2）定位，销端部点焊。
角形环（5）和螺纹衬套（6）装在内缸（蒸汽室，喷嘴室）上，螺纹衬套（6）用销（8）
防松，销端部点焊。
当采用结构Ⅱ的配置时，阀座与外缸阀座孔为过盈配合（阀座冷冻装入外缸）。
角形环（3）和螺衬套（5）装入内缸（蒸汽室，喷嘴室），螺纹衬套（5）用销（6）防
松，销端部点焊。
1．调节汽阀阀座
2．外缸
3．角形环
4．内缸（蒸汽室、喷嘴室）
5．螺纹衬套
6．销
图2 结构Ⅱ
虽然角形环组件有两种不同结构形式，不过在一台汽轮机中只能是其中之一。机组选
使用说明书角形密封环 1-0411-01-00
用的角形密封环见通流部分图。
汽轮机第一膨胀段装有 4 只或 5 只调节汽阀，当 5 阀（按阀门开启顺序为第 5 只，位
置在中间）用于喷嘴调节时，阀座出口与内缸之间装配有角形环，而当 5 阀用于旁通节流调
节时则阀后无需角形环。
角形环与螺纹衬套之间在高度方向有一定间隙，使得角形环可在平面方向移动。这样
在盖上缸时角形环能自动对中。机组运行时，角形环不仅对不同压力腔室的蒸汽起到密封作
用，而且允许被连接件之间能自由热胀。
图示和S值名义尺寸在通流部图的N5－N5中给出，实测值记录在产品合格证明书中。
Seal Ring of L-shaped Cross Section 1-0411-01-01
Seal ring of L-shaped cross section

In the reaction turbine (except for the model WK), an seal ring of L-shaped cross
section is used as the connection between the outer casing and inner casing, nozzle box
or steam chamber. The steam from the governing valve enters into the corresponding
steam dome of the nozzle box via the angle ring. There are two structures of angle ring,
they are showed in figure 1 and figure 2 separately.
1. Outer casing
2. Pin
3. Seat of governing valve
4. Nut
5. Angle ring
6. Threaded bush
7. Inner casing (steam chamber, nozzle
box)
8. Pin
Fig. 1 Structure I
When using the structure I, the seat is loosely fitted in the seat bore in the outer casing
and tightened by the nut (4) and positioned by the pin (2) which is welded at the end
with spot welding.
The angle ring (5) and threaded bush (6) are mounted on the inner casing (steam
chamber, nozzle box). The threaded bush (6) is locked with the pin (8) which is welded
at the end with spot welding.
When using the structure II, the fitting of the valve seat and the seat bore in the outer
casing is shrink fit (the valve seat is frozen before mounting).
The angle ring (3) and threaded bush (5) are mounted in the inner casing (steam
chamber, nozzle box). The threaded bush (5) is locked with the pin (6) which is welded
at the end with spot welding.

Seal Ring of L-shaped Cross Section 1-0411-01-01
1. Governing valve seat

2. Outer casing
3. Angle ring
4. Inner casing (steam chamber, nozzle
box)
5. Threaded bush
6. Pin
Fig. 2 Structure II
Only one structure of the angle ring is used in a turbine, for the selected seal ring of
L-shaped cross section for a special turbine, please refer to the through-flow section
drawing of the turbine.
There are 4 or 5 governing valves mounted in the first expansion sector of the turbine.
When the fifth valve (in the order of the valve opening and in the middle) is used for
nozzle governing, the angle ring is fixed between the outlet of the valve seat and the
inner casing, while the angle ring behind the valve is not required when the fifth valve is
used for by-pass throttle governing.
A certain gap is exited between the angle ring and the threaded bush in height, so that
the angle ring can move in plane direction. This makes the angle ring to align
automatically when putting on the top half the casing. During turbine operation, the
angle ring not only seals the steam between the departments with different pressure, but
also permits the connected parts expand freely.
The nominal dimension of S in the figure is given in the through-flow section drawing
N5－N5, while the actual measurement is recoded in Product Certificate.

使用说明书偏心导柱 1-0412-01-00
偏心导柱
内缸、蒸汽室、导叶持环以及中间汽封装入外缸时，用偏心导柱来调整它们的横向或
轴向中心；背压式汽轮机中，汽缸与后支座的对中调整也用偏心导柱。
1．偏心销
2．偏心套筒
3．螺栓
4．垫片
最大
偏心导柱结构图
偏心销（1）一端是圆锥，一端是榫形，圆锥部分与偏心套筒（2）的锥孔相配，榫头
部分配装入相应件的槽道中。当偏心导柱用于调整内缸、蒸汽室中心时，件 2 装在外缸下半
底部的装配孔中，相应在内缸、蒸汽室底部加工有腰圆形槽道；对导叶持环而言，件 2 装入
导叶持环下半的专用加工孔中，相应在外缸底面加工有槽道；在背压汽轮机汽缸与后支座中
心调整时，件 2 装在排缸下半端部搭子的装配孔中，这时件 1 的端部不是榫形，而是圆柱形，
配装在后支座的定位孔中。偏心套筒的外圆与锥孔中心在 X 方向偏心 1.5mm，所以装配时，
旋动套筒就会使固定件与被调整件之间在 Y 向产生相对位移，从而满足横向对中或轴向位置
调整的要求。由于在套筒上开有槽，所以旋紧螺栓（3）就可锁紧套筒与销。套筒端部的螺
孔是供拆卸用的工艺孔。
Eccentric guide stem 1-0412-01-01
Eccentric guide stem

The lateral or axial centers of the inner casing, the steam chamber, the guide blade
carrier and the labyrinth seal is adjusted with the eccentric guide stem when mounting
them into the outer casing. In the backpressure turbine, the alignment between the
casing and the rear pedestal is adjusted with the eccentric guide stem.
Structure of eccentric stem
One end of the eccentric pin (1) is a cone, which is matched with the taper hole in the
eccentric bush (2). The other end is a tenon, which is inserted in a groove in the
corresponding component. When the eccentric guide stem is used for adjusting the
center of the inner casing and steam chamber, the part 2 is assembled in the mounting
hole at the bottom of the outer casing bottom half. A elliptical groove is machined
correspondingly at the bottom of the inner casing and steam chamber. For the guide
blade carrier, the part 2 is assembled in a special machined hole at the bottom half of the
guide blade carrier. A groove is machined correspondingly at the bottom surface of the
outer casing. When aligning the casing and the rear pedestal for a backpressure turbine,
the part 2 is assembled in the mounting hole in the lug at the end of the bottom half of
the exhaust casing. In this case the end of the part 1 is not a tenon, but a cylinder, which
is inserted in the positioning hole of the rear pedestal. There is an offcenter of 1.5 mm in
the X direction between the excircle of the eccentric bush and the taper hole, turn the
bush will produce a relative displacement in the Y direction between the fixed part and

Eccentric guide stem 1-0412-01-01
the adjusted part, so that the lateral alignment or the adjusting of the axial position is
satisfactory. Owing to the groove on the bush, tightening the bolt (3) will lock the bush
with the pin. The threaded hole at the end of the bush is used as a technological hole for
disassembling

使用说明书喷嘴室 1-0430-01-00
喷嘴室
在（E）N 汽轮机中，当进入汽轮机的蒸汽容积流量较小或调节级强度受限制时使用
喷嘴室，就相同缸号的汽轮机而言，喷嘴室的喷嘴组节园直径要比蒸汽室小，且为部分进汽，
其结构如图 1 所示，也请参见通流部分图 0-2100-T.Nr-11。
1．过负荷蒸汽通道
2．汽流方向
3．喷嘴室出口汽道
4．汽封
5．汽封体
图1 喷嘴室与内汽封组合
喷嘴室是一个大体上只有上半的壳型构件，其内部铸出 4 个相互分隔的腔室，腔室进
口与外缸调节汽阀出口用角形环相连接（详见角形密封环一节介绍），腔室出口装有喷嘴组。
喷嘴室支承在外缸下半如图 2 所示（视图名称，件号与通流部分图中标注相对应）。
外缸上半
320 垫板
321 垫板
322 螺钉
323 定距螺钉
图2 T5－T5
使用说明书喷嘴室 1-0430-01-00
喷嘴室的上、下中心由垫板（320、321）厚度来调整，垫板与下缸之间可沿平面滑移，
件 323 把喷嘴室压在外下半，由于它是定距螺钉，螺钉与喷嘴室支承面之间在高度方向留有
间隙，所以在防止喷嘴室倾倒翘起的同时允许喷嘴室自由热膨胀。
在汽轮机中，喷嘴室必定和另件两个部件配合使用，这两个部件是：内汽封总成和护
罩。如图 1 所示，在喷嘴室内园上加工有与汽封体相配的轴向、径向定位面，汽封体沿水平
剖分为上、下半，当汽封体装入外缸时，在轴向、径向与汽缸的凸肩配合，这样就使得喷嘴
室相对于外缸在轴向、径向得以定位。汽封体内园上嵌装有汽封片，与转子上的平衡活塞在
一起组成平衡活塞汽封（详见平衡活塞汽封一节介绍）。由于喷嘴室是部分进汽且壳体本身
无下半（在 180°弧度上配置喷嘴组），所以为减少调节级叶轮的磨擦鼓风损失，在外缸下
半与调节级叶轮相应部位装入护罩，护罩仅在功能上与喷嘴室相搭配，在结构上却相互独立。
喷嘴室的装配要求在通流部分图上给出，实测值记录在产品合格证明书中。
Nozzle Box 1-0430-01-01
Nozzle box
The nozzle box is used in the turbine of model (E)N_ when the steam volume flow
entering into the turbine is smaller or the strength of the control stage is restricted. For
the turbines with the same casing size, the pitch circle diameter of the nozzle group for
the nozzle box is smaller than that for the steam chamber. Furthermore, it is partial
admission. Figure 1 shows the structure of the nozzle box, also see the Through-flow
Drawing 0-2100-T.Nr-11.
1. Steam passage for overload

2. Steam flow
3. Outlet steam passage of
nozzle box
4. Gland bush
5. Gland housing
Fig.1 Combination of nozzle box and inner gland bush
The nozzle box is generally a shell component only with top half and there are 4
compartments separated each other by casting. The inlet of the compartment is
connected with outlet of the governing valve in outer casing through the ring of
L-shaped cross section (refer to the section “Ring of L-shaped cross section” for details).
The nozzle group is fixed at the outlet of the compartment. The nozzle box is supported
on the outer casing bottom half, as showed in Fig.2 (the view name and item No. are
corresponding to that indicated in Through-flow Drawing).
The vertical center of the nozzle box is adjustable with the thickness of the stool plate
(320,321), which can slide on the supporting surface of the outer casing bottom half.
The nozzle box is pressed on the outer casing bottom half with the distance screw (323),
so there is a certain clearance in height direction between the screw and the supporting
surface of the nozzle box. This will not only prevent the nozzle box from tilting and

Nozzle Box 1-0430-01-01
rising but also permit it to expend freely.
320 Stool plate

321 Stool plate
322 Screw
323 Distance screw
Fig. 2 T5－T5
The nozzle box must be used together with the inner gland bush assembly and the shield.
As showed in Fig.1, there are positioning faces in axial and radial directions turned on
the internal circle, which are matched with the gland housing split horizontally into top
and bottom halves. A system of appropriately turned shoulders and annular faces
ensures the correct position of the nozzle box with respect to the outer casing. The
sealing strips inlaid in the internal circle of the gland housing together with the
balancing piston on the rotor form the gland of the balancing piston (refer to section
“ Gland of balancing piston” for details). Because the nozzle box is partial admission
and without the bottom half of the shell (the nozzle groups are allocated in a 180°of
arc segment), in order to reduce the windage loss the shield is mounted at the
corresponding position of the outer casing bottom half and the blade wheel of the
control stage. The shield is only related with the nozzle box in function and is
independent in structure with it.
The assembling requirement of the nozzle box is given in Through-path Drawing. The
actual measurements are recorded in Product Certificate.

使用说明书导叶持环 1-0450-01-00
导叶持环
导叶持环是汽轮机通流部分的基本部件之一，它是多级静叶的承载体，按参数、特性
的不同，一台汽轮机中可以有一只或多只不同规格的压力级导叶持环。
导叶持环结构如图 1 所示。
1．导叶持环上半
2．导叶片
3．导叶持环下半
4．中分面螺栓孔
5．调整组件搭子
6．定位槽
7．偏心导柱
8．汽缸下半底部槽道
图1 导叶持环
导叶持环沿水平剖分，上、下半之间用螺栓连接且有园柱销定位。
导叶持环下半中分面处有 2 或 4 只搭子（5），搭子螺孔中装有图 2 所示调整组件，导
叶持环借助搭子和调整组件支承在汽缸下半。导叶持环的高低中心由下螺纹座（13）加以调
整，通过调整上螺纹座（10）使球面垫圈（9）与上缸之间留有要求的间隙。
9．球面垫圈
10．上螺纹座
11．垫圈
12．螺栓
13．下螺纹座
14．球面垫圈
图2 调整组件
导叶持环外缘上的定位槽（6），与汽缸的凸缘
相配，并用图 3 所示调整件作轴向定位，2 只或 4 只
调整件装在导叶持环下半，图中 S 值见通流部分图
及产品合格证明书。
装在导叶持环下半底面前端的偏心导柱（7）与
汽缸中的轴向槽（8）相配合用以调整导叶持环的横
向中心（详见偏心导柱一节详说明）。
15．内六角平端紧定螺钉 16．螺母导叶持环本体是一个平截空心锥体铸钢件，在
它内壁上加工出的槽道中依次装入导叶和汽封片，
图3 轴向定位调整件
如图 4 所示。
图4 导叶结构示意图
导叶片是拉制或铣制成型的直叶片，在相邻导叶片的叶根间装有隔叶块以保证正确的
间距，每级导叶的首、末块与相邻导叶片在叶根处钎焊并在中分面用园柱销或螺钉锁紧，这
一部分结构及尺寸表示在通流部分图上。在导叶顶部分组铆有围带，由于在通流部分的导叶
和动叶都有压力降，这种压差在动、静间隙中会产生漏汽损失，为减少这种损失，在动、静
叶片围带上加工出台阶，与嵌装在导叶环和转子上的汽封片组成迷宫汽封，汽封片及方嵌条
用 1Cr18Ni9Ti 轧制成型。由于汽封片厚度仅 0.25mm，所以既使发生动静体磨擦，所产生的
热量也不会致使导叶持环或转子产生变形。
在有些汽轮机中，导叶持环与汽缸的定位采用图 5 所示结构形式，定位销的园柱部分
图5
与导叶持下半底部的加工孔相配合，而定位销中间部位对称铣出的键形部分与汽缸底面搭子
上加工出的轴向槽相配，采用这种结构时，导叶持环的横向中心完全靠加工保证而勿需调整。
这种导叶持环的其它部分与上述是一样的。
前述两种结构形式目前三系列汽轮机中都在采用，不过在一台汽轮机中只能是其中的
一种。
各级导叶的型线和计及相对膨胀和制造误差所需的动、静间隙以及汽封结构、尺寸均
注示在通流部分图上。装配实测值记录在产品合格证明书中。
在汽轮机检修时，如认为有必要，导叶片和汽封片均可更换，由于每台汽轮机的各级
导叶是按特定尺寸要求加工的，并不是通用标准件，所以当用户准备更换导叶片
时，务必事先与我公司联系。
Guide Blade Carrier 1-0450-01-01
Guide blade carrier

The guide bland carrier is one of the essential component in turbine through-flow
section and accommodates several stages of fixed blades. There is one or several guide
blade carriers of pressure stages with different size in a turbine according to the
different parameters and characteristics. The structure of the guide blade carrier is
showed in Fig.1.
1. Top half of guide blade

carrier
2. Guide blades
3. Bottom half of guide blade
carrier
4. Holes for joint bolts
5. Pads for adjusting elements
6. Positioning groove
7. Eccentric guide stem
8. Groove at bottom of casing
bottom half
Fig.1 Guide blade carrier
The guide blade carrier is horizontally split into top and bottom halves jointed with
bolts and positioned with the pins.
Fig.2 Adjusting element

There are 2 or 4 pads (5) at the split of the bottom half of the guide blade carrier. The
adjusting element, as showed in Fig.2, is mounted in the thread hole of the pad. The
guide blade carrier is supported on the casing bottom half with the pads and the
adjusting elements, its vertical center is adjustable with the thread seat (13). A requested
clearance between the spherical washer (9) and the top casing is kept through adjusting
the thread seat (10).
The positioning groove (6) on the exterior margin of the guide blade carrier is matched
with the collar of the casing. The axial position is determined by 2 or 4 adjusting
elements for axial position showed in Fig.3, which are mounted in the bottom half of the
guide blade carrier. The value S is indicated in Through-flow Drawing and Product
Certificate.
15 Holding screw 16 Nut

Fig.3 Adjusting element for axial position
The eccentric guide stem (7) that are mounted at the front end on the bottom face of the
guide blade carrier, together with the axial groove in the casing, is used for adjusting the
transverse center of the guide blade carrier (also see the section “Eccentric guide stem”
for details).
As showed in Fig.4, the guide blade carrier is a hollow steel cast with a shape of
truncated cone. The guide blades and the sealing strips are mounted in the grooves that
are machined in the inner wall of the guide blade carrier.
The guide blade is straight blade by drawing or milling and has a shroud band riveted at
its tip in group. The spacer between the roots of adjacent guide blade ensures correct
interval. The first and last spacers of each stage are brazed with the root of the adjacent
guide blade and secured with pin or screw. The structure and dimensions are indicated
in Through-flow Drawing. The shoulder machined on the shroud band of the guide and
moving blades and the sealing strips caulked on the guide blade ring and rotor form
labyrinth gland for reducing the loss of the steam leakage in moving and fixed
clearances caused by the differential pressure before and after the guide and moving

blading. The sealing strip and the square caulking bar are rolled with the material of
1Cr18Ni9Ti. The thickness of the sealing strip is only 0.25 mm, so even when the
moving and fixed parts friction each other the generated heat will not cause the guide
blade carrier and the rotor to be distorted.
Fig.4 Scheme of structure for guide blade
In some of the turbines, the positioning of the guide blade carrier relative to the casing
adopts the structure showed in Fig.5. The cylindrical part of the positioning pin is
matched with the hole machined at the bottom of the bottom half of the guide blade
carrier, while the key-shaped part milled at the middle of the pin is matched with the
axial groove at the bottom face of the casing. In such a case, the adjustment of the
transverse center for the guide blade carrier is not required. It is fully ensured by the
machining. The other part of the guide blade carrier is the same as mentioned above.

Fig. 5
At the present time, both of the structures are adopted in reaction turbines, but in a
turbine only one of them is used.
The guide blade profile of each stage, the clearances taking account of relative
expansion and machining tolerance and gland bush structure and dimension are all
indicated in Steam Path drawing. The actual measurements during assembling are
recorded in Product Certificate.
When turbine overhaul, both the guide blade and the sealing strips can be replaced, if
necessary. The guide blade is not a standard component for universal use, it is machined
according to the specific dimension for the specified turbine. If user intends to replace
the guide blade, please contact with us in advance.

使用说明书低压级导叶持环 1-0450-02-00
低压级导叶持环
低压级导叶持环用于 K 或 WK 凝汽式汽轮的低压段。
低压级导叶持环的结构图示请参见通流部分图、汽轮机本体图的 500 和A4…Z4图中的T4
－T4、U4－U4及R4详图。
低压级导叶持环的导叶配置随机组特性不同而异，大多数情况下，持环上装有 2 级（配
HK、LK动叶）或 3 级（配SK动叶）标准低压级导叶，也有一些机组的低压级导叶持环除标准
低压级导叶外，还装有多级压力级导叶。在标准低压级区段内动叶和持环之间无汽封片。导
叶环出汽侧流道加工成无叶扩压器以减少排汽损失。为适应装配的需要，低压级导叶持环的
上半分割出一部分装在排缸上半（见汽轮机本体图）注意：汽轮机本体A4…Z4图中的件 518
的长度不得随意改变，否则会造成分割块与持环上半径向错位而致使机组振动和汽流噪声增
大。
除上述之外，低压级导叶持环的结构与压力级导叶持环类同，可参见“导叶持环”一
节的介绍。
低压级导叶持环的装配要求见通流部分图及汽轮机本体图。
低压级导叶持环装配时各控制参数实测值记录在产品合格证明书中。
Guide Blade Carrier for Low-pressure Stage 1-0450-02-01
Guide blade carrier for low-pressure stage

The guide blade carrier for low-pressure stage is used in the low-pressure section of the
condensing turbine for model K or WK. For its structure, please refer to Through-flow
Drawing, 500 in Turbine Body Drawing and the views T4－T4, U4－U4 and the details
R4 in drawing A4…Z4.
The configuration of the guide blade in the carrier for the low-pressure stage is different
with the turbine characteristics. In most cases, there are 2 stages (matched with moving
blade HK, LK) or 3 stages (matched with moving blade SK) of standard low-pressure
guide blade. But in some of the turbines, in addition to the standard low-pressure guide
blades, several stages of guide blades for pressure stage are also mounted in this carrier.
There is no sealing strip between the moving blade and guide blade carrier in section of
the standard low-pressure stage. The steam passage at the trailing side of the guide
blade ring is machined as a diffuser without blade for reducing the exhaust loss. In order
to fit the assembling request, a part of the guide blade carrier top half for the
low-pressure stage is partitioned and mounted on the top half of the exhaust casing (also
see Turbine Body Drawing for details). Note: the length of item 518 in Turbine
Body Drawing A4…Z4 can not be changed at will, otherwise the partitioned part
will be dislocated with the carrier top half, resulting in turbine vibration and steam
flow noise to be increased.
In addition to all of the above, the structure of the guide blade carrier for the
low-pressure stage is the same as that of the guide blade carrier for the pressure stage.
Please refer to the section “Guide Blade Carrier for details.
Its assembling requirement is given in Through-flow Drawing and Turbine Body

Drawing, while the actual measurements of the controlled parameters during assembling
is recorded in Product Certificate.

使用说明书外汽封 1-0460-03-00
外汽封
在转子穿出汽缸的部位配置有汽封，前汽封用以防止、减少汽缸内蒸汽向外泄漏，防
止高温蒸汽漏入轴承座致使轴承温度升高及润滑油含水；后汽封的作用是阻止空气漏入排汽
缸，防止机组真空恶化。
汽封体的内园上嵌装有汽封片，它与装在转子上的汽封片或车出的城墙齿组成汽封，
三系列汽轮机的汽封是
无接触式流阻式迷宫汽
封，由若干个依次排列的
环形间隙和腔室构成的
汽封中，在压差作用下，
汽流经间隙高速进入容
积相对较大的腔室，汽流
因突然膨胀而产生猛烈
的涡漩，大部分动能随之
转化为热能，只有小部分
动能以余速通过下一个
间隙，逐级重复上述过程，通过对汽流的节流效应而起到密封作用。
汽轮机的外汽封包括前、后汽封（汽轮机本体图中件 250、275）
，它们的封汽作用如图
所示，也请参见蒸汽疏水系统图（0-0642-T.Nr-00）。汽缸中一部分蒸汽经前汽封 250 的内
侧段漏至腔室Ⅱ，并经由外管路引至封排汽管路，腔室Ⅱ中剩余的漏汽继续沿汽封外侧段泄
漏到腔室Ⅰ，并经由上部冒汽管及端部汽封间隙逸向大气。在汽轮机起动、运行时后汽封
275 的内侧是负压，为防止空气沿汽封漏入排汽缸而恶化真空，由封排汽管路将～0.103MpaA
的正压蒸汽供至后汽封的腔室Ⅱ，这样，送入的蒸汽一部分经汽封内侧段漏入排汽缸，还有
一部分经外侧段漏到腔室Ⅰ，并经冒汽管及汽封端部间隙逸向大气。
在与前、后汽封腔室Ⅰ相对应的转子上加工有甩汽盘，利用它将漏汽及空气吸向冒汽
管。
汽封体沿水平剖分，上、下半之间用螺栓连接且在中分面处有骑缝销防止错位，汽封
体外园上配有止动销用以周向定位，汽封体与汽缸洼窝处槽道、凸缘相配合，使汽封体在径
向、轴向得以定位。
汽封结构、汽封片形式及尺寸随机组参数不同而异，前汽封请参见A1…Z1，后汽封表示
A4…Z4中。
使用说明书外汽封 1-0460-03-00
当转子上嵌装汽封片时，每圈汽封片的接口间隙～0.5mm，相邻各圈的接口是相互错开
的。
汽封片和方嵌条由专门设备轧制而成，材质为 1Cr18Ni9Ti，汽封片和方嵌条按要求装
入汽封体和转子的槽道后再整体车至要求尺寸。
汽封片和方嵌条备件随机供给用户。如果检查发现汽封片损坏时，用户可自行更换也
可委托我公司返修、更换。
Outer Gland Bush 1-0460-03-01
Outer Gland Bush

The outer gland bush is allocated at the place where the turbine rotor penetrates out of
the casing for minimizing the steam inside the casing to leak out and preventing the
high temperature steam from leaking into the bearing pedestal resulting in bearing
temperature rose and lubricating oil contained water. The rear gland bush is used for
preventing the air from entering the casing resulting in the vacuum deteriorated.
The sealing strips which are caulked in the inner circle of the gland housing and the
sealing strips on the rotor or the tooth which are turned on the rotor form the gland bush.
The gland bush of the reaction turbine is a non-contact labyrinth seal. In the gland bush
which is formed by several annular gaps and cavities arranged in sequence, the steam,
through the gap, flows into the cavity with a larger volume at high speed under
differential pressure. Owing to the violent eddy resulting in the sudden expansion of the
steam flow, the most of the kinetic energy is changed into heat energy and only small
amount of the kinetic energy can passes the next gap at leaving velocity. This process is
repeated stage by stage. The sealing function is achieved by the throttle effect of the
steam flow.
The outer gland bush of the turbine consists of the front and rear gland bushes, their
sealing action is showed in the figure above and also see P & I Steam and Drainage
System (0-0642-TNr-00). A part of the steam inside the casing leaks to the cavity II
through the inner section of the gland bush 250 and then led to the gland steam
exhaust piping via the leakage steam pipe which locates outside the casing. The rest of
the leakage steam in the cavity II continues to leak to the cavity I through the outer
section of the gland bush and is then led to the atmosphere through a vapor pipe at the
top part or the gap at the tip of sealing strips. When the turbine start-up and operation,
the inner side of the rear gland bush 275 is under negative pressure. The steam at the

Outer Gland Bush 1-0460-03-01
pressure about 0.103MPaA is supplied to the cavity II of the rear gland bush through the
gland steam piping so as to prevent the air from entering the exhaust casing along the
gland bush resulting in the vacuum deteriorated. A part of the supplied steam enters into
the exhaust casing by the inner side of the gland bush. The other part leaks into the
cavity I by the outer side of the glade bush and then exhausts into the atmosphere
through a vapor pipe and the gap at the tip of sealing strip.
Two discs are machined on the rotor at the places corresponded to the cavities I of the
front and rear gland bushes for drawing the leakage steam to the vapor pipes
The structure of the gland bush and the form and dimension of the sealing strip are
determined by the turbine parameters. For the front gland bush, refer to drawing A1…Z1,
and the rear gland bush is showed in drawing A3-Z4.
A gap of about 0.5mm is kept at the joint of each loop of sealing trip when caulking the
strip on the rotor, furthermore, the joints of adjacent loops are staggered each other.
The sealing strip and the square caulking bar are made of 1Cr18Ni9Ti with a special
rolling machine. The sealing strips and the square caulking bars are turned integrally to
the require dimension after they are inserted in the grooves on the gland housing and the
rotor.
The spare parts of the sealing strip and the square caulking bar are supplied with the
turbine. If the sealing strip damaged, the user can either replace them by himself or ask
HTC to repair.

使用说明书平衡活塞汽封 1-0470-01-00
平衡活塞汽封
三系列汽轮机按工作原理属反动式汽轮机，而反动式汽轮机转子上的轴向推力比同类
型冲动式汽轮机的轴向推力要大的多，其轴向推力远超出推力轴承的承载能力，因此，除
WK 型之外的所有三系列汽轮机均配置有平衡活塞及平衡活塞汽封,以减小轴向推力，使轴向
推力在推力轴承的许用承载范围之内。
平衡活塞汽封属内汽封，平衡活塞及平衡活塞汽封的作用如图所示。
汽轮机运行时，各级动叶片上都有压差，加之转鼓不是等根径而是沿汽流方向逐段增
大，致使蒸汽在转子上产生与汽流方向同向的推力F1；同时P1腔室的一部分蒸汽经过平衡活
塞汽封漏至“平衡腔室”P2，P2 的压力低于P1，加之平衡活塞转鼓直径又大于第 1 列动叶转
鼓直径，因此在转子上产生一个与F1方向相反的推力F2，在它们的共同作用下，转子上的轴
向推力F＝F1－F2＋F3，F3为联轴器的附加轴向推力，推力轴承的负荷按F校核。
在汽轮机正常运行范围内，轴向推力通常是与汽流方向同向，不过有些机组在起动、
停机过程中或特殊工况会出现负推力。
平衡腔室的蒸汽大部分经外接平衡管路引至通流部分低压段继续作功或通往汽轮机排
汽部分，剩余部分沿外汽封泄漏。
平衡活塞汽封的结构随汽轮机进汽部分配置的不同而异，当汽轮机选用两半内缸、蒸
汽室时，平衡活塞汽封体与内缸、蒸汽室为一体；而当选用喷嘴室结构时，平衡活塞汽封体
为独立部件。
平衡活塞汽封为单独构件时，汽封体沿水平剖分，上、下半之间用螺栓连接且有定位
使用说明书平衡活塞汽封 1-0470-01-00
销防止错位。汽封体外园上的凹槽与汽缸（内缸或外缸）的凸肩相配合，使汽封体在径向、
轴向得以定位，汽封体上半顶部有一园柱销，装配时插入汽缸上半的沉孔以防止汽封体在周
向转动。汽封体采用弹性体特殊结构，使得在保证定位的同时当温度急骤变化时，动、静间
隙不致发生有碍运行的变化。
平衡活塞汽封的结构以及汽封形式，尺寸均表示在通流部分图中。
Gland Bush of Dummy Piston 1-0470-01-01
Gland Bush of Dummy Piston

The reaction turbine is the reaction turbine, the axial thrust acted on its rotor is much
larger than that on the rotor of the impulse turbine and is beyond the capacity of the
thrust bearing. Therefore, all of the reaction turbines are equipped with the dummy
piston with the gland bush, except for the turbine of type WK, to reduce the axial thrust
within the capacity of the thrust bearing.
The gland bush of the dummy piston is a kind of inner gland bush, as showed in figure
above.
During turbine operation, the steam will produce a thrust F1 which is in the same
direction as the steam flow on the rotor due to the different pressure on the moving
bladings and increasing root diameter of the drums along the steam flow direction. At
the same time, a part of the steam in the compartment P1 leaks into the “balancing
compartment” P2. The pressure in P2 is lower than that in P1 and the drum diameter of
the dummy piston is larger than that of the first row of the moving blading, so that the
thrust F2 opposed to F1 is produced on the rotor. The resulted axial force on the rotor is
F=F1-F2+F3, where, F3 is a additional axial thrust of the coupling. The load on the thrust
bearing is checked according with F.
Generally, the axial thrust is in the same direction as the steam flow within the normal
operating range, but for some of the turbines a negative thrust will appear during
start-up, stop or under special working condition.
The most of the steam in the balancing compartment is led to the low-pressure section
in the steam path through an exterior balancing piping for continuing to do work or to
the exhaust section of the turbine, only a small amount of the steam leaks along the
outer gland bush.

Gland Bush of Dummy Piston 1-0470-01-01
The structure of the gland bush of the dummy piston is determined by the arrangement
of the turbine admission section. When using the inner casing in two-half and steam
chamber the gland housing of the dummy piston is integrated with the inner casing and
the steam chamber, while using the nozzle box, it is an independent component.
For the gland housing as an independent component, it is horizontally split into the top
and bottom halves which is jointed with bolts and positioned with the aligning pin for
preventing misalignment each other. The groove on the excircle of the gland housing is
matched with the collar in the casing (the inner casing or the outer casing), ensuring the
correct position of the gland housing in radial and axial directions. Insert the parallel pin
located on the top of the gland housing top half into the counterbore in the casing top
half for preventing rotation. The gland housing adopts an special elastic structure so that
the correct position is guaranteed and the change of the clearance between the moving
and stationary parts, caused by rapidly changed temperature, dose not interrupt the
turbine normal operation.
The structure, form and dimension of the dummy piston gland bush are indicated in
Through-flow drawing.

使用说明书转子 1-0510-03-00
转子
转子上动叶片与静体的喷嘴、导叶是汽轮机通流部分的核心，在通流部分蒸汽的热能
转化为推动汽轮机转子旋转的机械能，从而驱动其他机械。
转子结构如图 1 所示。
1．危急保安器 7．调节级 13．盘车棘轮
2．轴位移凸肩 8．压力级 14．油涡轮动轮
3．推力盘 9．中间汽封 15．联轴器轴段
4．前轴承轴颈 10．低压级 16．平衡环
5．前汽封 11．后汽封 17．主平衡面
6．平衡活塞汽封 12．后轴承轴颈 18．前辅助平衡面

图1 汽轮机转子
包括推力盘和调节级叶轮在内的转子体为整锻件。转子上装有危急保安器（1）、动叶
片、汽封片（外汽封、平衡活塞汽封、级间汽封）、盘车棘轮、联轴器等部件。抽汽式汽轮
机配置有中间汽封（位置可在图示 9 处，也可在 7、8 之间或 8 中间）。
转子的通流部分及平衡活塞轴段的详细结构、尺寸请参见 0-2100-T.Nr-11 通流部分图，
前、后轴承座内轴段参见A1…Z1，A4…Z4图。
通流部分动叶片有 3 种：调节级动叶、压力级（或称转鼓级）动叶以及低压级动叶。
前两种是铣制自带围带直叶片，低压级动叶是精锻或电解加工扭叶片。由于扭叶片顶部叶型
截面积较小且叶片顶部节距大，故不用围带，而是分组装入松拉筋以阻尼振动。图 1 所示是
SK 型扭叶，若使用 HK 或 LK 型扭叶则为 2 级。
动叶片为不调频叶片，以适应机组长期、安全地在大范围变速运行的要求。
调节级动叶的叶型标示在通流图上，其叶根按强度条件采用如图 2 所示 2 叉或 3 叉形
叶根。叶片从径向装入轮缘叶根槽后用两排锥销紧固，装配时轮缘和叶根的锥销孔同钻铰，
2 叉叶根配用锥度 1:50 锥销，3 叉叶根锥销为 1:100，锥销配准后车去裕量并在大端骑缝辊
使用说明书转子 1-0510-03-00
压铆紧。
各级压力级动叶的主要参数表列在通流部分图上，压力级动叶采用倒 T 菱形叶根（个别
机组中用园弧形叶根），叶片从转鼓的末叶槽口中插入后沿周向推入叶根槽，叶片间相互紧
密贴合，叶根底面与轮槽之间用垫隙条，垫隙片把叶片涨紧，未叶片配准装入轮槽后由两只
螺杆将其与转子体锁紧，这一部分结构和尺寸均表示在通流部分图上。
图2 调节级动叶
低压级扭叶片的叶型、级数可从通流部分图上看出。低压级动叶的叶根：未级与调节级
类似是叉形叶根，SK 扭叶是 4 叉，HK 及 LK 为 3 叉；前面 1 或 2 级的叶根是与压力级类似的
倒 T 菱形叶根。
凝汽式汽轮机的低压级工作在湿蒸汽区，导叶出口汽流中含有水滴，为有利于水滴的加
速、分离和雾化，在低压级中导叶与动叶的间隙取得较大，这样可减小水滴对动叶进汽边的
撞击、腐蚀。在综合考虑转速、湿度，凝汽器压力等因素的影响后，必要时对末级动叶进汽
边作淬硬处理。
通流部分各级动、静叶片之间由于相对热膨胀及计及制造误差所需的轴向间隙在通流
部分图上给出，装配实测值记录在产品合格证书中。
汽轮机运转时，高速旋转的转子必定要与静体部分保持一定的机械和几何配合关系，
转子的轴颈，推力盘与静体的径向轴承、推力轴承之间的配合就是维系这种关系的基本环节，
推力盘在转子的前轴承座轴段上，推力盘的尺寸根据推力轴承形式和转子所承受的轴向推力
数值来确定，推力盘与推力轴承共同起着保持转子正确轴向位置的作用，同时也是转子热膨
胀的相对死点；转子前、后轴颈的直径与汽轮机规格及功率、转速相关，数值见本说明书的
（0-0300-T.Nr-00），也可在随机资料A1…Z1，A4…Z4图中查出。转子的轴颈段（包
“技术数据”
括与监测轴振动探头相应的区间）表面作滚压处理，以提高轴颈表面硬度及轴振动测量精度。
在转子前段装有危急保安器（详见（1-2110- ），加工有轴位移凸肩，它们与危急遮
断油门（见 1-2210- ）配对，在汽轮机转速或转子轴向位移超过规定值时，产生动作，起
停机保护作用。当按用户要求，汽轮机仅配置电的超速、轴位移保护系统时，上述机械式保
护机构取消，即转子上没有危急保安器孔及轴位移凸肩。
转子前端随机组要求不同可配带发讯盘（测量转速、轴位移、键相位等）或联接驱动
使用说明书转子 1-0510-03-00
机械液压调速器，主油泵的传动轴。
在转子的后轴承座轴段上，根据需要装有盘车棘轮，油涡轮盘车动轮或盘车齿轮，构
成手动、液压、油涡轮或电动盘车机构。
通常转子后端为驱动端，按用户要求配装选定的联轴器（见技术数据）
。在双出轴汽轮
机中，转子前、后端均为驱动端，这时转子的前轴段需特殊设计。
转子在汽缸内的轴段上至少有 3 个平衡面，以进行转子的动不平衡校正，其中两个主
平衡面（图 1 中 17）分别位于平衡活塞端面和转鼓后端面，转鼓中间段按需要有一个或多
个平衡面，此外，在转子前、后汽封外侧各有一个辅助平衡面（18），有些汽轮机在后轴承
座轴段上还装有辅助平衡环（13），辅助平衡面不仅在厂内动平衡时使用，而且为用户现场
不开缸进行动平衡校正提供了方便。平衡面位置的取定与转子强度有关，因此，提请用
户注意：不得在转子上自行随意增加平衡面。
每台汽轮机的转子在厂内机械运转试验之前都先完成动平衡及超速试验。
动平衡试验是在高速动平衡机上按汽轮机工作转速测量转子由于材料本身质量分布不
均匀以及加工误差、装配偏差等原因而产生的动不平衡量，通过在平衡面上改变平衡块或螺
钉的质量分布，使剩余动不平衡量限定在标准规定范围内。
超速试验在特定环境、设备及操作条件下，仅在制造厂进行的检验项目，超速试验转
速对发电用汽轮机转子是汽轮机额定转速的 121％；工业驱动用汽轮机转子为最大连续转速
的 121％，超速试验时间为 2 分钟。注意：在用户现场汽轮机不得进行上述超速试验，否
则会发生人身伤害和设备损坏事故。
转子装配检验及动平衡、超速试验结果记录在产品合格证明书中。
注意：在吊装转子时应使用随机提供的起吊工具（2-8540- ），索具不得与叶片碰
擦。
Turbine Rotor 1-0510-03-01
Turbine Rotor
The moving blades on the rotor and the stationary nozzles and guide blades are the core
of the turbine steam path, in which the thermal energy of the steam is converted into the
mechanical energy for rotating the turbine rotor and driving the machine to which the
turbine is coupled. The Fig.1 shows the structure of the rotor.
1. Emergency governor 10. Low-pressure stage

2. Cam tracks for axial-displacement 11. Rear gland bush
protection 12. Rear bearing journal
3. Thrust bearing collar 13. Ratchet wheel for manual turning gear
4. Front bearing journal 14. Impeller for oil turbine barring gear
5. Front gland bush 15. Coupling hub
6. Gland bush of dummy piston 16. Balancing ring
7. Control stage 17. Primary balancing plane
8. Pressure stage 18. Secondary balancing plane, front
9. Middle gland bush
Fig.1 Turbine rotor
The rotor is a single forging together with the control stage disc and thrust collar, on
which the emergency governor, the moving blades, the sealing strips (of the outer
gland bush, gland bush for dummy piston and the gland bush between stages), the
ratchet wheel for turning gear and the coupling are mounted. For the extraction turbine,
the middle gland bush (located at item 9 in Fig.1 or between item 7 and 8, or in the
middle of item 8) is equipped.
For the steam path and the dummy piston section of the rotor, refer to Steam Path
Drawing (0-2100-T.Nr-11), for the front and rear bearing journals, see the details A1…
Z1，A4…Z4.

There are three kinds of moving blades, the moving blades of the control stage, the
pressure stage (or called as drum stage) and the low-pressure stage. The front two are
the milled straight blades with integral shroud, while the moving blade of the
low-pressure stage is twisted blade made with finish forging or machined
electrochemically. The twisted blade has no shroud since the smaller cross section of
and the large pitch at the blade top, but with the damping wire tied in group for
buffering vibration. Fig.1 shows the twisted blade of type SK. There are only two rows
of twisted blade if type HK or LK is used.
The moving blades are the untuned blades so as to be suitable for the turbine operating
under large speed range.
The profile of the moving blade for the control stage is indicated in Steam Path Drawing.
As showed in Fig.2, 2- or 3- leg straddle root is used depending on the strength
condition. The straddle root is inserted into the groove in the blade wheel and secured
with two axial taper pins. During assembling the taper pin holes in the wheel and
the root are drilled and reamered together. The taper pin with a taper of 1:50 is used for
the 2-leg straddle root, while the pin with a taper of 1:100 for the 3-leg straddle root.
After the pin registered, turn the overmeasure off and tighten at the larger end by
rolling.
The main parameters, structure and dimensions of the moving blade for the pressure
stage are listed in Steam Path Drawing, it has an inverted-T root. The blades are inserted
into the groove in the rotor from the dap of last blade. They are contacted each other and
secured with caulking pieces. The last blade is secured to the rotor with two screw.
Fig.2 Moving blade of control stage
The profile and the number of the rows for the low-pressure twisted blade can be found
in Through-flow Drawing. The root of the low-pressure twisted blade for last stage is

the same as that of the blade of the control stage, with straddle root. For the twisted
blade of type SK, it is 4-leg, for the type HK or LK, it is 3-leg. The root of the first one
or two rows is the same as the pressure stage, with the inverted-T root.
The low-pressure stages of the condensing turbine work in the wet-steam region, so
the steam flowing out of the guide blade contains the water droplets. The axial distance
between the guide and moving blades in the low-pressure stage is kept large to facilitate
the acceleration, separation and atomization of any water droplets. This will reduce the
impact and corrosion of the droplets on the leading edges of the blades. Taken
the effects of the speed, humidity and condenser pressure into account, the leading
edges of the last moving blades are hardened if necessary.
The required clearances between the moving and stationary blades, in consideration of
the relative thermal expansion and machining tolerance, are given in Steam Path
Drawing. The actual measurements during assembling are recorded in Product
Certificate.
The correct matching between the journals, thrust-bearing collar of the rotor and the
stationary radial bearings, the thrust bearing determine the mechanical and geometric
matching relationships between the rotor rotating at high speed and the stationary
components during turbine operation. The thrust-bearing collar is located on the front
section of the turbine rotor and used, together with the thrust bearing, for maintaining
the rotor in correct axial position and as the relative dead point of the thermal expansion
for the rotor. The size of the collar is based on the thrust bearing style and the thrust that
acts on the rotor. The diameters of the front and rear journals, which is related with the
turbine type, power and speed, are listed in the section “technical data” (0-0300-T.Nr-00)
in the Operating Instruction. They can also be found on drawings A1…Z1 , A4…Z4 in the
attached documents. The journal surface of the rotor is rolled (including the
corresponding zone where the vibration probe is located) so as to increase the surface
strength and measurement accuracy for shaft vibration.
The emergency governor (also see 1-2110- for details) fitted in and the cam tracks for
the axial-displacement protection machined on the front section of the rotor, together
with the emergency trip gear (also see 1-2210- for details), serves for turbine trip when
the turbine speed or the axial displacement exceeded the defined value. When the
turbine adopts the electron overspeed and axial-displacement protective system as
required by the user, there is no mechanical protecting devises mentioned above, that is
the rotor has not the hole for fitting the emergency governor and the cam tracks for the
axial-displacement protection.
Based on different requirement, the front end of the rotor is either equipped with a
toothed disk (for speed, axial displacement and key-phase measurements) or connected
with a drive shaft for driving the mechanical hydraulic governor and main oil pump.

The ratchet, impeller or gear used for the manual, hydraulic, oil turbine or electric
barring gear is mounted on the rotor after the rear bearing journal as required.
In general, the rear end of the rotor is the driving end and is fitted with the coupling
selected by user (see “Technical Data” for details). For the turbine with both-end power
take-off, both the front and rear ends of the rotor are the driving ends. In this case, the
front section of the rotor should be specially designed.
There are at lest three balancing planes on the shaft section of the rotor within the
casing for correcting of the rotor dynamic balance. The two primary balancing planes
(item 17 in Fig.1) are located on the end face of the dummy piston and the rear end face
of the drum, respectively. There are also one or more balancing planes on the middle
section of the drum, as required. In addition, there is a secondary balancing plane(18)
at each outer side of the front and rear gland bushes. For some of the turbines, there is
an auxiliary balancing ring (13) mounted on the shaft section of the rear bearing
pedestal. The secondary balancing planes are used not only for the factory dynamic
balancing but also for field balancing without opening casing. The location of the
balancing plane is related to the rotor strength.
⎠ Caution: User should not add the balancing plane on the rotor at will.
Before the turbine test running in factory the dynamic balancing and overspeed testing
of the rotor should be finished.
The rotor dynamic balancing is done on the high speed dynamic balancing machine at
the turbine operating speed to correct the dynamic unbalance quantity within the limit
defined in the relative standard through changing the mass distribution of the balancing
weights or screws on the balancing planes. The dynamic unbalance quantity on the rotor
is caused by non-uniform mass distribution of the rotor material, machining error and
assembling deviation.
The rotor overspeed test is one of the factory inspection items, it should be done on
special device under defined operating condition and environment, at 121% of the rated
speed for the turbine driving the generator and 121 %of the maximum continuous speed
for the industrial turbine, for 2 min.
⎠Attention: The overspeed test mentioned above must not be done at site,
otherwise personal injuring and equipment damage will occur.
The results of the inspection during assembling, dynamic balancing and overspeed
testing for the rotor are recorded in Product Certificate.

⎠Attention: The lifting tool (2-8540- ) supplied with the turbine should be used
and the rigging must not contact with the blades when lifting the
rotor.

使用说明书前支座 1-0710-04-00
前支座
作用
前支座系统中有前轴承座、基础底板（无底盘时）、汽缸猫爪、调整元件等。
其作用是支承汽缸和转子，并用于这些部件的相互对中。汽轮机在各个方向的正
确位置，由这些部件上的滑键系统来保证。
结构
前支座系统的主要部件是前轴承座、径向轴承、推力轴承。前轴承座通过定
距螺栓与基础底板或底盘连接（图 2），再通过地脚螺栓与基础牢固地连接起来。
汽缸猫爪就搁在前轴承座上，通过猫爪横键、轴承座调整元件、猫爪调整元件、
猫爪压板连接（图 3）。当汽缸受热膨胀时，通过猫爪横键推动前轴承座一同在轴
承座调整元件上向前滑动，猫爪上有猫爪压防止猫爪向上抬起。
装在基础底板或底盘上的汽缸立键，保证汽缸横向的正确位置（图 5），装在
基础底板或底盘上的轴承座立键，保证前轴承座滑动时的横向正确位置（图 4）。
前轴承座具有水平中分面。其内安装有径向轴承和推力轴承，支承转子及转
子的轴向定位。在轴承座内转子通向汽缸一侧的部位装有油封环，以挡住飞溅的
油滴。
使用说明书前支座 1-0710-04-00
使用说明书前支座 1-0710-04-00
使用说明书前支座 1-0710-04-00
Manual of Operation Front Bearing House 1-0710-04-01
Front Bearing House
Function
There have front bearing house, foundation baseplate (without chassis), catpaw of steam
casing and adjustment parts etc. in front bearing house system. Its function is to support steam
casing and rotor and to align these assemblies reciprocally. The sliding keys system of above
mentioned assemblies can guarantee the corrective location’s steam turbine along kinds of
direction.
Structure
The main assemblies of front bearing house system are front bearing house, journal bearing
and thrust bearing. The front bearing house is connected with foundation baseplate or chassis by
fixed distance bolts (refer to fig.2) ,and connected fixedly with foundation by ground bolts. The
catpaws of steam casing is located on the front bearing house and connected with the front bearing
house by the lateral key of catpaw, adjustment parts of bearing house, adjustment parts and
impaction plate of catpaws (refer to fig.3). When the steam casing expanse due to being heated, it
push the front bearing house together by the lateral key of catpaw along the adjustment parts of
bearing house to slide onwards. The catpaw press prohibit the catpaw uplift upwards.
The support key of steam casing is mounted on the baseplate or chassis, it guarantee the
lateral corrective location of steam casing (refer to fig,5). The support key of bearing house is
mounted on the baseplate or chassis, it is guarantee the lateral corrective location as the front
bearing house is sliding (refer to fig.4).
There has horizontal split surface in the front bearing house. The journal and thrust bearing are
mounted in the front bearing house., which support the rotor and locate the rotor along the axial
direction. The oil seal ring is mounted on the side that is located from the rotor to steam casing in
the bearing house so as to block the splashing oil drops.
Hangzhou Steam Turbine Co.,Ltd. Page 4 of 1

1． Catpaw of steam casing

2． Adjustment parts of catpaw
(fig.3)
3. Lateral key of catpaw (fig.3)
4. Press plate of catpaw (fig.3)
5. Foundation baseplate or chassis
6. Oil seal ring
7. Journal bearing
8. Thrust bearing
9. Bearing House
10. Oil Casing
11. Emergency safety Device
12. Support key of steam casing
13 Adjustment part of bearing
house (fig.2)
14. Support key of bearing house
Fig.1

Fig.2 Adjustment Parts of Bearing House

Fig.3 Adjustment Parts of Catpaw
Fig.4 Support Key of Bearing House Fig.5 Support Key of Steam Casing

使用说明书推力轴承 1-0720-01-00
推力轴承
推力轴承安装在前轴承座中，其作用是承受转子的轴向推力，确定、保持转子正确的
轴向位置。
推力轴承结构如图 1 所示，其中轴承壳体是由水平剖分的两半组成，上、下半之间用
螺栓连接并有锥销定位，轴承壳体在轴承座中的轴向位置由垫片（2）来调整、定位，壳体
1．前轴承座
2．调整垫片
3．轴承壳体上半
4．进油孔
5．内环
6．园柱销
7．主推力瓦块
8．定位销
9．转子推力盘
10.内油槽
11.轴承壳体下半
12.封油齿
13.排油孔
14.温度计
15.付推力瓦块
16.外油槽
图1
与轴承座在中分面处配作有一骑缝销（8），用以防止壳体周向转动。
每只推力轴承有两组推力瓦环，每组有 8 块扇形推力瓦块，瓦块由把壳体、瓦块、内
环串在一起的园柱销（6）作周向定位，瓦块外弧与壳体内园相配而得以径向定位。内环（5）
用螺钉固定在轴承壳体上。
推力轴承是动压轴承，要使轴承正常工作，应满足以下条件：
1．润滑油具有一粘度；
2．动、静体之间有一定的相对速度；
3．相对运动的两表面倾斜，以形成油楔；
4．外载荷在规定范围之内；
5．足够的油量。
在安装、运行过程中必须注意上述要求。
推力轴承属米歇尔型瓦块轴承，每块瓦块的工作面浇铸有锡基轴承合金（ZChSnSb11-6
俗称巴氏合金）层，轴承合金层厚度为 2.0mm，在瓦块背面有一条偏离对称中心的支承筋（见
图 2），因此，在油压作用下瓦块绕支承筋摆动倾斜，从而在推力盘与推力瓦块之间形成楔
形间隙，当转子旋转时，油被不断带入楔形间隙，形成具有抗压能力的动压油膜，以承受汽
轮机的轴向推力，并将推力传递给轴承座。由于形成了油膜液体润滑，所以在汽轮机正常运
行时，推力盘与推力瓦块之间不会产生金属磨擦。
每组 8 块推力瓦块的厚度差≤0.004mm，并且在每块瓦上都刻有相应的转向标记，如图
2 所示。在汽轮机初次安装或检修时一定要注意：千万不能将正、付两组推力块调错，
如对调装入则由于瓦块工作面与推力盘之间不能形成有效的液压油楔，轴承的承载能力小于
正常许用推力的 1/3，这样在机组运行时会引发推力轴承损坏的事故。
图2 瓦块转向标记
润滑油从轴承座下半供至推力轴承的外油槽（16），经进油孔（4）和转子与内环（5）
间的环槽进入瓦块工作区，进而润滑油靠离心力流至内油槽（10）
，再从轴承壳体上半两侧
的排油孔（13）排出，在排油孔出口装有螺塞，通过改变封堵螺塞的数量可以调整轴承回油
量，以控制推力瓦块巴氏合金工作温度。每台汽轮机根据轴承规格、转速、轴向推力的不同，
需去除的排油孔螺塞数量及位置在随机资料 0-2580-0001-XX 或 0-2580-0006-XX 中给出，变
型号-XX 可从“汽轮机本体”的 862 项――“推力轴承堵塞螺栓”中查出。
轴承壳体两端装有封油齿（12）使轴承内部润滑油保持一定压力。
为了确保汽机的安全运行，轴承温度是
必不可少的监测项目，随轴承温度测量方法
的不同，轴承结构也相应有别。当采用测量
轴承回油温度的方式监测轴承温度时，轴承
结构如图 1 所示，轴承回油从排油孔喷向装
在轴承座上的温度计（14），从而测得轴承
温度。另一种方法是选用铂电阻温度仪测量
推力瓦块的温度，如图 3 所示，铂电阻探头
从轴向或径向装入推力瓦块，同时在轴承壳
图3 瓦块测温孔
体上加工有相应的安装、引线孔，且配有电
缆固定件。前一种方式虽然可在就地直接测得轴承温度，但与后一种比较而言，它是一种间
接测量方法，测得温度也偏低且对温度变化的反应迟缓。
汽轮机正常运行时，轴向推力通常是正推力（与汽流方向同向）
，不过有些机组在起动、
停机或特殊工况会出现负推力。
推力瓦块与推力盘轴向间隙见随机资料A1…Z1的X1详图，间隙及调整垫片的装配实测值
见产品合格证明书。
由于考虑到机组在运行一段时间后，用户可能要修磨转子推力盘，所以推力瓦块备件
在厚度方向留有裕量，在更换备件瓦块时一定要注意，一组 8 块瓦的厚度应保持一致。
Thrust Bearing 1-0720-01-01
Thrust Bearing
The thrust bearing is accommodated in the front bearing housing. It functions for taking
up the axial thrust of the rotor and fixing the rotor in its correct axial position.
As showed in Fig.1, the bearing shell is horizontally split into the upper and lower
halves, which are jointed with the bolts and positioned with the taper pins. The axial
position of the bearing shell in the bearing housing is adjusted and positioned with the
gasket (2). There is a dowel pin at the split between the shell and the bearing housing
for preventing the shell against rotation.
1. Front bearing housing 9. Collar on rotor

2. Adjusting gasket 10. Inner oil channel
3. Bearing shell, upper 11. Bearing shell, lower
4. Oil inlet 12. Sealing strips
5. Inner ring 13. Oil drain passage
6. Cylindrical pin 14. Thermometer
7. Primary thrust pad 15. Secondary thrust pad
8. Aligning pin 16. Outer oil channel
Fig.1
Each thrust bearing has two groups of thrust pad ring and each ring consists of 8 sector
thrust pads. The pad is secured with the cylindrical pin (6), which links the shell, pad
and inner ring together, against displacement in the direction of rotation. The outer arc

of the pad is matched with the shell inner circle to position it radial. The inner ring (5) is
fixed on the bearing shell with the screw.
Because the thrust bearing is a hydrodynamic bearing, it can only work normally under
the following condition.
1. The lubricating oil possesses a certain viscosity.
2. A relative velocity between the moving and stationary parts.
3. Two relatively moving surfaces are tilting so that the oil-wedge is formed.
4. The load is within the specified range.
5. Sufficient oil flow
The conditions mentioned above should be noticed during installation and operation.
The thrust bearing is a kind of Michell bearing. The working face of each pad is lined
with the tin-base babbit (ZChSnSb11-6, or called babbit ) with a thickness of 2.0 mm.
On its rear face, each pad carries a pivoting edge around which it is able to tilt under
the oil pressure, so that the wedged gap is formed between the collar and the thrust pad.
When the rotor rotating, the oil is entered into the wedged gap and the hydrodynamic oil
film is formed between the collar and the thrust pads for taking up the axial thrust of
the turbine and transmitting the thrust to the bearing housing. Owing to the formation of
the oil film lubrication, there is no metal friction occurred between the collar and
the pad during turbine normal operation.
The thickness difference among 8 thrust pads of each group is ≤ 0.004mm.

The rotating direction for the each pad is marked on it as showed in Fig. 2.
⎠ Caution: During turbine first installation or repair, must not mis-mount the
primary thrust pad with the secondary one, otherwise the bearing
loading capacity will be less than 1/3 of the normal allowed thrust
resulting in damage of the thrust bearing during turbine operation,
since the efficient hydraulic oil wedge can not be formed between
the pad working face and the collar.
The lubricating oil entering at the lower half of the bearing housing flows into the outer
oil channel (16). From there it enters into the pad working area through the oil inlet
holes (4) and the annular groove between the rotor and the inner ring (5) and flows to
the inner oil channel (10) under the centrifugal force, then drains through the drain holes
(13) located on both sides of the bearing shell upper half. There are screw plugs fitted at
the outlets of the drain holes. The bearing return oil flow, which is a function of
the turbine speed, bearing size and axial thrust, is adjusted through changing the
number of the obturated screw plugs for controlling the babbit working temperature of
the thrust pad. The number and position of the screw plugs that should be removed are

given in attached documents 0-2580-0001-xx or 0-2580-0006-xx. The variant number
–xx can be found in item 862 “Obturated screw pugs of thrust bearing in drawing
“Turbine body”.
Fig.2 Mark of rotating direction on pad
There are sealing strips located at the both ends of the bearing shell for keeping
the lubricating oil in the bearing at a certain pressure.
Fig.3 Holes for measuring pad temperature
The temperature of the bearing is monitored for ensuring the turbine normal operating.
The structure of the bearing is changed with different methods of the temperature
measurement. When the bearing temperature is monitored through measuring the return
oil temperature, the return oil from the drain holes is sprayed to the thermometer (14)
located on the bearing housing so that the bearing temperature is measured, as showed
in Fig.1. The other method is that the thrust pad temperature is measured with
the platinum resistance temperature sensor, as showed in Fig.3. In this case the sensor is
mounted into the pad in axial or radial direction, the mounting and pulling eye is
machined on the bearing shell and the cable fixer is equipped. Although the former
method that measures the temperature indirectly can read out the bearing temperature
locally, it has a lower response to the temperature changing and the temperature it
measured is lower than the actual value in comparison with the later one.

Generally, the direction of the axial thrust is in the same direction as the steam flow
(positive thrust) during turbine normal operation. But it will be opposed to the steam
flow direction (negative thrust) during start-up, stop and under some special conditions
for some turbine set.
The axial clearance between the thrust pad and the collar is given in the details X1 in
attached document A1-Z1. The actual measurements of the clearance and the adjusting
gasket are recorded in Product Certificate.
The spare thrust pads are supplied with an allowance in thickness in consideration that
the user may mill the thrust collar on the rotor in repair after the turbine operating for a
time. It must be noticed that 8 pads in the same group should be the same in thickness
when changing.

使用说明书径向轴承 1-0730-01-00
径向轴承
安装在前、后轴承座中的二油楔轴承为动压轴承，其作用是承受转子的静、动载荷，
保持转子转动中心与汽缸中心之间正确的位置关系，使转子与汽缸导叶持环、汽封等静体的
径向间隙在规定范围之内，同时，在运行工况（转速、负荷）范围内轴承的油膜刚度、阻尼
系数等特性使转子――轴承系统能稳定、安全地长期运行。
二油楔轴承的结构如图 1 所示。
ФA：轴承体外径
DN：轴承名义直径
B：轴瓦宽度
ϕ ：轴瓦温度测量孔方位
1．螺栓 3．润滑油温度测量孔 5．锥销 7．轴承下半
2．轴承上半 4．轴承合金层 6．定位销 8．进油孔
图1 二油楔径向轴承
轴承由两半组成，上、下半之间用螺栓连接
且用锥销防止错位，为防止轴承体在轴向、周向
走动，在图示件(6)处配有定位销。轴承体内侧是
锡基轴承合金（ZChSuSb11-6）层，其厚度最大为
2mm(DN320 为 2.5mm，DN360、400 为 3.0mm)。
轴承内孔按图 2 所示型线加工成形。油楔尺
寸靠加工保证，勿需人工修刮。
图中：
e：油楔滑动表面园心与轴承中心的距离
D：油楔滑动表面内切园直径
RS：油楔滑动表面半径，RS＝RL＋e 图2
轴承体外径ФA 与轴承座（或调整圈）相配合。有一定压力的润滑油从轴承座经轴承环
形油槽、进油孔进入轴承润滑工作区。当转子旋转时，润滑油被带入轴颈与轴瓦之间的楔形
间隙中，随着转速升高被带入油量的增多，建立起流体动力油膜，具有承载能力的油膜将转
子抬起，在汽轮机运行时，转子悬浮在楔形油膜上旋转而不会有任何金属间的直接磨擦接触。
当汽轮机配置有顶轴系统时，轴承为动、静压混合轴承，径向轴承的结构与图 1 有所
不同，在下半轴承上加工有图 3 所示的特殊油腔和顶轴油通路。高压顶轴油由外管路通入轴
承下半，经节流孔进入顶轴油腔，构成静压轴承。在转子静止状态下，当顶轴油压达到要求
值时静压油垫将转子抬起使转子与轴瓦脱离接触，这样在起动和停机时，可避免转子轴颈与
轴瓦发生金属接触。
图3
对 B／D＝0.5 的轴承只有一个顶轴油腔，B／D＝0.8 的轴承则带有二个油腔，以使轴承

有抗偏心载荷能力。
为确保汽轮机的安全运行，轴承温度是重要的监测项目之一。随测量手段的不同轴承结构也
有差别，目前测量轴承温度的方法主要有测量润滑油温度和测量轴承合金温度两种。当采用
前一方法时，如图 1 中（3）所示，它是在轴承上半的最小间隙部位开一小孔，使部分润滑
油喷至装在轴承座上的测温元件温度计，从而测出经过工作以后排出的润滑油温度。当采
a b
图4
用后一种方式时，在图 1 所示轴承下半φ角方位加工有测量孔，图 4a 为配用Ф6.4 双支铂

电阻的结构，图 4b 为采用Ф3.2 双支铂电阻的结构。使用前一种方法，虽然相对比较简便
且可在就地直接观测，但它测得的温度较后一种偏低且对温度变化的反应迟缓。
轴承的宽径比B／DN有 0.5 及 0.8 两种。
轴承间隙比ψmin对DN125 及 160 的轴承为 1.5‰，对DN≥200 的轴承的 1.2‰。
ψmin＝（D-d）min/DN d为轴颈直径。
轴承间隙名义值对前轴承见A1…Z1详图，对后轴承请见A3…Z3或 A4…Z4。
轴承间隙厂内装配实测值见产品合格证明书。
Radial Bearing 1-0730-01-01
Radial Bearing
The two-wedge bearings as showed in Fig.1, which are accommodated in the front and
rear bearing housings, are hydrodynamic bearings. They serve to take up the static and
dynamic load of the turbine rotor, keep the rotating center of the rotor in the correct
position with regard to the casing center and make the radial clearances between the
rotor and the static components, such as guide blade carriers and gland bushes in the
casing, within the defined range. At the same time, the bearing characteristics of oil film
rigidity and damp coefficient within the turbine operation condition range (speed and
load) ensure the rotor-bearing system operate stably and safely in long term.
1. Bolt 5. Taper pin

2. Bearing shell, upper half 6. Positioning pin
3. Hole for oil temperature measurement 7. Bearing shell, lower half
4. Babbit 8. Oil inlet
Fig.1 Radial bearing, two-wedge
The bearing consists of an upper and lower bearing shells, which are jointed with the
bolts and secured in their relative position with the taper pins. The positioning pin (6),
as showed in Fig.1, is used to prevent axial and circumferential movement of the
bearing shell. The inner circle of the bearing shell is lined with babbit (ZChSuSb11-6).
The maximum thickness of the babbit is 2mm (for DN 320，it is 2.5mm, for DN360 and
400, it is 3.0mm).
The inner bore of the bearing is machined according to Fig.2. The dimension of the oil

wedge is ensured by machining, it is
unnecessary to scrape it manually.
In figure, where
e: The Distance between the circle center
of the oil wedge sliding surface and
the bearing center
D: The incircle diameter of the oil wedge
sliding surface
Rs: The radius of the oil wedge sliding
surface, RS＝RL＋e
Fig. 2
The external diameter ФA of the bearing shell is matched with the bearing housing (or
adjusting ring). The lubricating oil under a certain pressure enters into the bearing
housing and flow to the bearing working area via the annular oil groove and oil inlet.
When the turbine rotates, the lubricating oil is being forced into the wedge-shaped space
between the journal and the bearing bush and the hydrodynamic oil film is established
with the speed and entered oil quantity increased. Thus the rotor is lifted with the oil
film. During the turbine operation, the rotor rotates on the wedge-shaped oil film
without metal-to-metal friction.
Fig.3
When the turbine incorporates a jacking oil system, the bearing becomes a dynamic and
static pressure bearing, so it is different to that showed in Fig.1. An special oil pocket
and jacking oil passage is machined in the bearing shell lower half, as showed in Fig.3.
The jacking oil under high pressure enters into the bearing shell lower half via an
outside piping and flows into the oil pocket though an orifice, so that the static pressure
bearing is formed. Under the rotor static state, when the jacking oil pressure reached
required value, the rotor is lifted by the oil film form the bearing bush. In this way, the
metal-to-metal contact between the rotor journal and the bearing bush will be avoided
during start-up and shut-down.

For the bearing with B/D=0.5, there is only one jacking oil pocket, while the bearing
with B/D=0.8 has two pockets so as to make the bearing possesses anti-eccentric-load
capacity.
In order to ensure safe operation of the turbine, the bearing temperature is one of the
key monitoring items. With the different forms of measurement the structures of the
bearings are different. At present, there are two main forms of temperature measurement,
bearing babbit temperature measurement and return lubricating oil temperature
measurement. When measuring the return lubricating oil temperature, a small hole is
drilled at the place of the narrowest clearance of the bearing shell upper half, as the Item
(3) showed in Fig.1, so that a part of the lubricating oil will spray to the temperature
gauge mounted on the bearing housing and the return oil temperature is measured.
When measuring the bearing babbit temperature, a measuring hole is drilled at the
azimuth of angel φ in bearing shell lower half. The structure showed in Fig.4a is
suitable for using double platinum resistance temperature needle of Ф6.4, while that in
Fig.4b for using double platinum resistance temperature needle of Ф 3.2. With
the former measuring method, it is easer and the temperature value can be read out
directly in local but the measured value is lower and it has a slower response to
the temperature changing in comparison with the latter one.
Fig. 4
There are two kinds of width-diameter ratio (B／DN), 0.5 and 0.8.
For the bearing of DN125 and 160, the bearing clearance ratio ψmin is 1.5‰, while for
the bearing with DN≥200, it is 1.2‰.
ψmin＝（D-d）min/DN where, d is the diameter of the rotor journal.
The nominal value of the bearing clearance for the front and rear bearings are indicated
in details A1…Z1 and A3…Z3 or A4…Z4, respectively
For the actual measurements of the bearing clearances during assembling, please refer
to Product Certificate.

使用说明书后支座 1-0750-05-00
后支座
作用
后支座系统中有基础底板（无底盘时）、后轴承座、排汽缸猫爪等，其作用是
支承汽缸和转子，并用这些部件相互对中，还组成了整台汽轮机热膨胀的基准点
——死点。
结构
后支座系统的主要部件是基础底板（无底盘时）、后轴承座（与排汽缸作成一
体）、调整元件等。排汽缸猫爪搁在基础底板或底盘上，通过定距螺栓连接，猫爪
上的螺孔留有间隙，允许排汽缸受热向猫爪两侧膨胀。猫爪与底盘之间有八块调
整垫，用来调整排汽缸的高低位置。猫爪与基础底板或底盘之间有圆柱销或横键，
它们的中心线与转子轴线垂直相交，这一点就是汽轮机的死点，汽轮机受热时只
允许它从这点向前膨胀。汽缸高低方向热胀时靠排汽缸上的键槽（图 3）和装在
基础上的立键（无底盘时）或底盘上的立键来保证。径向轴承安装在径向轴承调
整圈上，用来调整、支承转子的正确位置。在转子通向汽缸一侧的部位装有油封
环，以挡住飞溅的油滴。启动和停机时用的盘车装置，无论是油涡轮盘车、手动
盘车、冲击式盘车或电动盘车都安装在后轴承座内。
使用说明书后支座 1-0750-05-00
Operating manual Rear Bearing House 1-0750-05-01
Rear Bearing House
Function
There exist foundation plate (without chassis),rear bearing house and exhaust
casing cad paw etc. in the rear bearing house system. It support steam casing and
rotor, make these assemblies align reciprocally, and compose the benchmark
point—dead point for the expansion of integral steam turbine.
Structure
The main assemblies of the rear bearing house system are foundation plate
(without chassis), rear bearing house (integrated into the exhaust casing),adjustment
parts etc. The cad paw of exhaust casing is placed on the foundation plate or chassis
and connected by the fixed distance bolts. The bolt hole of cad paw leave the
clearance, which permit the exhaust casing expanse to two sides of the cad paw when
it is heated. There are eight adjustment pieces between the cad paw and the
foundation plate, which is used to adjust the high and low position of the exhaust
casing. There are the column pin or lateral key between the cad paw and the
foundation plate or chassis. The center line of column pin or lateral key is intersected
vertically with the axial line of rotor, which intersect point is the dead point of steam
turbine. When it is heated, the steam turbine is permitted to expand onwards from this
dead point. The thermal expansion of exhaust casing along the high and low direction
is insured by the key slot of exhaust casing (seen in the fig. 3) and the fixed bond
(without chassis) mounted on the foundation or the fixed bond of chassis. The journal

bearing is mounted on the adjustment loop of journal bearing, which is used to adjust
and support the correct position of rotor. The oil seal ring is mounted on the side of
the rotor to exhaust casing to block the splashing oil drop. The turning gear device,
which is used to start up and shut down, whether it is oil turbo, manual, striking or
motor turning gear, is mounted on the rear bear house.

1、Exhaust Casing 2、Foundation Plate or Chassis

3、Bearing House 4、Oil Seal Ring
5、Journal Bearing 6、Adjustment Loop of Journal Bearing
7、Fixed Bond（seen in Fig. 3） 8、Oil Inlet
9、Adjustment parts （seen in Fig.2）
Fig. 1
Fig. 2 Fig. 3

使用说明书油封环 1-0760-01-00
油封环
油封环装在前、后轴承座的靠汽缸侧端部，其作用主要是阻止轴承座中飞溅的回油沿
着转轴向外泄漏，同时也能阻止汽封漏汽进入轴承座。
油封环结构如图所示，水平剖分的油封环（4，6）分别配装在轴承座上、下半中，上
半油封环用螺钉（2）吊挂在轴承座上半，在油封环内园上嵌有油封齿（5），齿与转轴构成
1．轴承座
2．螺钉
3．隔热档板
4．上半油封环
5．油封齿
6．下半油封环
7．泄油孔
8．径向轴承
9．转子甩油盘
油封，配合甩油盘（9）阻止轴承座内的油外漏，被油封齿拦阻下来的油从油封环下半的泄
油孔（7）回至轴承座内。为了能达到好的封油效果，油封齿与转轴的径向间隙小于相应径
向轴承的轴瓦间隙，但必须确保转子是由径向轴承支承而不许搁置在密封齿上，为此，必要
时可修整下半密封齿，使最低点处油封齿与转子的径向间隙≥0，由于油封齿是用工业纯铝
制作的，所以既使齿尖与轴相碰擦，也不会损伤转子。在油封环靠汽缸侧装有挡板（3），以
减少汽缸、汽封传到轴承座的热量。
Bearing Seal Ring 1-0760-01-01
Bearing Seal Ring

The bearing seal ring, which is fitted at the front and rear bearing housing end near to
the casing, is functioned for preventing the splashing oil inside the bearing housing
from flowing out along the shaft and the leakage steam from the gland bush against
entering the bearing housing.
1. Bearing housing
2. Grub screw
3. Heat protection shield
4. Bearing seal ring, upper half
5. Seal strips
6. Bearing seal ring, lower half
7. Oil-train hole
8. Radial bearing
9. Sealing edge
The bearing seal ring is split into two halves (4 and 6), which are mounted in the upper
and lower halves of the bearing housing respectively. As showed in the figure below, the
upper half of the bearing seal ring is suspended in the bearing housing upper half with
the grub screw (2). The sealing strips (5) caulked in the inner circle of the bearing seal
ring, together with the sealing edge (9) on rotor shaft, prevent leakage of the lubricating
oil to the outside. The oil trapped by the sealing strips flows back into the bearing
housing through the drain hole (7) drilled in the lower half of the bearing seal ring. In
order to achieve the good sealing, the radial clearance between the sealing strips and the
rotor should be smaller than the bearing clearance. But it must be ensured that the rotor
is supported by the radial bearing other than seated on the sealing strips. Therefore, the
seal strips at the lower half may be trimmed if necessary, making the radial clearance
between the seal strips and the rotor at the lowest point ≥0. Owing to seal strips made
of commercially pure aluminium, the rotor will not be damaged even the strips contact
the rotor shaft. A shield (2) is mounted on the bearing seal ring at the side adjacent to
the casing so as to protect the bearing housing against excessive heat transfer.

使用说明书调节汽阀 1-0800-05-00
调节汽阀
调节汽阀的作用是按照控制单元的指令改变进入汽轮机的蒸汽流量，以使机组受控参
数（功率或转速、进汽压力、背压等）符合运行要求。
调节汽阀的结构如图 1 所示。
1．杠杆
2．连接板
3．阀盖
4．汽缸进汽室
5．阀梁
6．阀碟
7．衬套
8．阀座
9．阀杆
10．下导向套筒
11．托架
12．上导向套筒
13．支架
14．弹簧组件
15．油动机
图1
调节汽阀主要由调节阀、传动机构和油动机三部分组成。
调节阀包括阀杆、阀梁、阀碟及阀座等。
传动机构由支架和杠杆组成。
油动机部分适应特定电液调节系统的要求，
以高压抗燃油（磷酸酯）为工作介质。由于汽轮
机速关系统使用汽轮机油，而油动机用油是抗燃
油，两者不仅性质不同，而且压力也相差甚远，
速关油的油压～0.8MPa 油动机正常工作压力～
12MPa，因此在两个油系统之间装接有隔膜阀，以
确保两个系统的不同工质不相接触同时又能联
动，即机组启动速关油建立正常压力时，隔膜阀
关闭，使抗燃油系统投入工作，而当速关系统动
作速关油失压时，隔膜阀开启，高压抗燃油泄放， 16．阀碟螺栓
在速关阀关闭的同时调节汽阀也立即关闭。 17．园锥销

图2
根据机组汽缸结构和不同的工况要求，一台
汽轮机可配置 5 只或 4 只如图 2 所示的阀，通常第 5 只阀（按开启次序是第 5 只，位置在中

间）是内旁通调节阀，前 4 只是喷嘴调节阀。
图 2 是调节阀的装配示意图。阀碟螺栓（16）按要求的旋紧力矩装入阀碟（6）后（旋
紧力矩见附表）用园锥销（17）定位防松，销孔端部翻边冲铆。每只阀的开启次序和升程由
衬套（7）的长度 S 决定，h 是阀的空行程，第 1 只阀的 h=2。阀座（8）配装在进汽室底部。
大部分机组的进汽室采用图 1 所示结构形式，在这种机组中，阀碟与阀梁组装好后从
进汽室侧面移入，两根阀杆（9）的下端加工成倒 T 形榫头，榫头穿出阀梁的型孔后旋转 90
°便将阀梁卡住，使阀梁吊挂在蒸汽室中。静止状态，阀碟落座压在阀座上，开启阀门时，
随着阀梁被阀杆提升，在阀碟螺栓与衬套接触后，阀碟离座，由阀碟螺栓将阀碟悬挂在阀梁
上。阀杆穿出进汽室的部位装有阀盖（3），阀盖的上、下端装有导向套筒（10，12），套筒
之间填装柔性石墨制成的密封环，必要时，可旋紧阀盖上端的压紧螺母或压盖增加密封环的
压紧力来阻止、减少阀杆漏汽。
在一些进汽参数较低的汽轮机中，进汽室结构与图 1 所示略有不同，为便于阀梁装入
进汽室的操作，进汽室上部是开通的，腰园形孔口用平板形蒸汽室盖封闭，阀杆的导向、密
封件装在蒸汽室盖中，其它结构与图 1 相同。
传动机构的支架（13）装在汽缸顶部且园柱销定位，支架的转轴是杠杆（1）的支点，
杠杆的一端通过连接板（2）与阀杆连接，另一端与油动机活塞杆上端的杆端关节轴承铰接，
这样，当油动机行程改变时，两根阀杆同步动作，阀梁的位置随之升降。
弹簧（14）用以克服阀杆上的蒸汽力同时为阀门提供足够的关闭力。
托架（11）装在上缸前端面，用以支撑油动机（15）。油动机与托架之间用关节轴承及
销轴铰接，因此在运行时油动机以销轴为中心有小幅摆动。
为减小、避免作用在油动机上有碍正常工作的外力和力矩，在油动机和托架之间按需
要装有 2 或 3 组碟形弹簧。油缸底部两组碟簧的调整方法和要求是：放松关闭弹簧（在
1-0801-调节汽阀中不必松开弹簧），脱开杠杆与油动机的连接，当油动机接好连接油管、油
动机升程为 O（上死点）的情况下，调整两组碟簧的预紧力，使油缸在 X 方向呈垂直状态，
以使在运行时减小油缸活塞杆及密封件的磨损，延长它们的使用寿命。油缸侧面碟形弹簧组
件的主要作用是对油缸摆动产生阻尼，使其动作平稳，调整时，油缸在 Z 方向处于垂直状态，
使支座两侧碟形弹簧的预紧长度相等（两侧弹簧的装入形式及数量一样，预压缩长度应保持
出厂值）。在碟簧调整符合要求后，按要求连接好油动机和杠杆，把关闭弹簧恢复到原有装
配状态。
在油动机油缸侧面装有刻度牌，其示值是调阀升程。
注意：油动机活塞杆与传动机构杠杆连接时必须满足下述要求：油动机活塞在 0 行
程（上死点）位置时，阀梁与阀碟脱离接触且最小间距为 2mm（见图 2），这时刻度指示为 0，
以避免阀杆受压弯曲。
为提高汽轮机单机试运行及发电机组空负荷运行的稳定性，第 1 只阀采用锥形阀碟（有
个别机组第 2 只亦用锥形阀），其余为球形阀。在机组小负荷工况区域为改善汽缸及调节级
叶片的受力状况，采取了第 2 只阀“提前”开启的措施，因此第 1、2 阀有较大重叠度。
调节汽阀的阀门开启次序、阀门升程及流量等参数见随机资料“调节汽阀特性线”
0-2505-T.Nr-00。
阀杆密封件等随机供有备件（详见备件清单），视需要可进行更换。
随机供应的工具中，“阀梁安装工具”2-8821-9005-XX 是用以将组装好的阀梁总成从汽
缸侧面孔口装入进汽室或是把阀梁总成从进汽室中移出，对配置 1 只速关阀的机组，阀梁从
法兰盖一侧的通口进出；如机组装有 2 只速关阀，在拆出阀梁时需先卸下 1 只速关阀及速关
阀阀座，然后用阀梁安装工具移出阀梁总成。“导向套”3-2182-3190-XX 和“捣锤”
2-8820-9001-XX 是装入阀杆密封填料时使用的工具。
附表：阀碟螺栓的旋紧力矩
调阀规格号 N25 N32 N40 N50 N63
M M20 M24 M27 M33 M39
最小旋紧力矩 Nm 85 140 200 350 550
调阀规格号 H25 H32 H40 H50

M M20 M24 M24 M27 M27 M33 M33 M39
最小旋紧力矩 Nm 85 140 140 200 200 350 350 550
注：调阀规格号与外缸前区号规格号（见 0-0200-02-00）相一致。
Control Valve 1-0800-05-01
Control Valve
The control valve functions for regulating the steam flow based on the command from
the control unit to make the controlled parameters (output or speed, inlet steam pressure,
back pressure and etc.) of the turbine meet the operation requirement. Fig.1 shows the
structure of the control valve.
1. Lever 6. Valve cone 11. Bracket

2. Link 7. Bush 12. Upper guide bush
3. Cover 8. Valve seat 13. Support
4. Admission chest of casing 9. Valve spindle 14. Spring element
5. Valve beam 10. Lower guide bush 15. Oil relay
Fig. 1
The control valve consists of three main sections, the governing valve-- valve spindle,
valve beam, valve cone and valve seat, the operating mechanism-- support and lever, the
oil relay.
The oil relay with high pressure fire-resistant oil (phosphate ester) as its working
medium is suitable for the special electro-hydraulic control system. Since there are two
kinds of working oil with different character and pressure, the turbine oil under
the pressure about 0.8 MPa for the emergency trip system and the fire-resistant oil under
about 12MPa for the oil relay, a diaphragm valve is fitted between these two oil system

to ensure them separated but interlocked. When the normal working pressure of the start
oil is set up, the diaphragm valve closes, bringing the fire-resistant oil system into
service. When the trip system acted and trip oil pressure released, the diaphragm valve
opens, releasing the fire-resistant oil and closing the emergency stop valve and the
control valve at the same time.
Based on the structure of the turbine casing and the requirement of the running
condition, one turbine may be equipped with 5 or 4 governing valves showed in Fig.2.
In general, the fifth valve (it is fifth in the opening order and located in the middle) is an
inner by-pass governing valve. But in the turbine with the integral inner casing or 360°
nozzle chamber, the fifth valve is nozzle governing valve. The other 4 valves are nozzle
overning valves.
Fig.2 shows assembling of the governing valve schematically. The valve cone bolt (16)
is screwed in the valve cone (6) to the desired tightening moment and locked with taper
pin (17) (for the tightening moment, see the enclosed table below). The end of the pin
ole is flanged and riveted. The opening order and travel of each valve are determined by
the length S of the bush (7). h in the fig.2 means the valve idle travel. For the first valve,
h=2. The valve seat (8) is mounted in the bottom of the admission chest.
16. Valve cone bolt 17. Taper pin

Fig. 2
The admission chest showed in Fig.1 is adopted in most of the turbines. In this case, the
valve cones and the valve beam are mounted into the admission chest from its side after
they are assembled together. The valve beam is suspended in the seam chamber via two
valve spindles (9). The lower end of the valve spindle is shaped into the rabbet of
inverted-T. The rabbet is penetrated the hole in the valve beam and turned by 90 degrees,
so that the valve beam is seized. The valve cone is freely suspended in the valve beam
with the aid of the valve cone bolt. As long as the turbine remains at standstill, the valve
cone is seated upon its valve seat. When opening the valve, the valve beam is lifted by

the valve spindles and after the bush contacted to the valve cone bolt the valve cone will
thus be opened. The cover (3) is mounted at the place where the spindle penetrates
the admission chest. The guide bushes (10 and 12) are fitted at the upper and lower ends
of the cover, between them the seal ring made of flexible graphite is filled. In order to
eliminate the steam leaking around the valve spindle, tighten the press nut on the cover
to increase the tightening force on the seal ring, if necessary.
In the turbines with lower inlet steam parameter, the admission chest is slightly different
to that showed in Fig.1. In this case, the top of the admission chest is opened so as to
facilitate the mounting of the valve beam. The elliptical-shaped opening is covered with
the flat cover of the steam chamber. The valve spindle guide and sealing element are
mounted in the cover.
The support (13) is mounted on the casing top and positioned with the cylindrical pin.
The revolution axis of the support is severed as a pivot point for the lever (1). The one
end of the lever is connected with the valve spindle via the link (2), the other end is
hinged with the joint bearing at the top end of the oil relay connecting rod. When the oil
relay travels the valve beam will be lifted or lowered with the synchronization action of
two valve spindles.
The spring (14) is used against the steam force on the valve spindle and for supplying
sufficient closing force for the valve at the same time.
The bracket (11) used for supporting the oil relay (15) is mounted on the front end face
of the top casing. The oil relay is jointed to the bracket with the joint bearing and pin.
Therefore, the oil relay will swing in a narrow range around the pin during operation.
In order to eliminate the external force and moment that act on the oil relay and disturb
its normal operation, 2 or 3 groups of disk springs are fitted between the oil relay and
the bracket as required. Two groups of disk springs are adjusted according with the
following method and requirement. Loose the closing spring ( for the control valve
1-0801-, it is unnecessary), disconnect the lever and the oil relay. As the travel of the oil
relay connected with the oil piping is at 0 (upper dead point, secondary pressure P2＝
0.15Mpa), adjust the pre-tightening for the springs to make the oil cylinder vertical in X
direction. This will reduce the wear of the piston rod and prolong their service life.
The disk spring element on the side of the oil cylinder functions to buffer the swing of
the oil cylinder, making the cylinder swing smoothly. When adjusting, make
the cylinder vertical in Y direction and the pre-tightening lengths of the disk springs on
both sides of the bracket equal (the mounting method and the number of the spring on
both sides are the same, the pre-pressed length should be maintained at factory-adjusted
valve). After the disk spring adjusted, connected the lever to the oil relay and return the
closing spring to original state.
The scale plate mounted on the side of the oil cylinder indicates the travel of the control

valve.
⎠ Caution: The piston rod of the oil relay can only be connected to the lever
when the following requirements are met for avoiding the valve
spindle pressed and bended. The piston of the oil relay should be
at position 0 (upper dead point) and the valve beam does not
contact to the valve cone with a minimum distance of 2 mm (see
Fig.2). The 0 position is indicated on the scale plate.
The first valve adopts the tapered valve cone for increasing the stability the turbine test
running and non-loaded operation of the turbo-generator (for individual turbine,
the second valve adopts the tapered cone too). The others are ball valve. In order to
improve the stress of the casing and the blades of the control stage, the second valve is
pre-opened and has a larger overlap with the first valve.
For the valve opening order, valve travel and flow of the control valve, refer to the
attached document “Characteristic line of control valve” 0-2505-T.Nr-00.
The spare part of the seal element for the valve spindle is supplied with the turbine set
(see “Spare parts list” for details). It can be changed if required.
“Mounting tool for valve beam” 2-8821-9005-xx supplied with the turbine set (only
supplied for the control valve larger than N40 or H32) is used to mount the valve beam
assembly into or dismount it from the admission chest from the casing side opening. For
the turbine with one emergency stop valve, the valve beam is mounted into or
dismounted from the opening located one side of the flange cover. For the turbine with
two emergency stop valves, when dismount the valve beam, dismount one emergency
stop valve and valve seat, then take the valve beam assembly out with the mount tool.
“Guide bush” 3-2182-3190-xx and “Tamping hammer” 2-8820-9001-xx are special tool
for filling the seal element for valve spindle.
Table: Tightening moment for valve cone bolt

Valve size N25 N32 N40 N50 N63
M M20 M24 M27 M33 M39
Minimum tightening
85 140 200 350 550
moment Nm
Valve size H25 H32 H40 H50

M M20 M24 M24 M27 M27 M33 M33 M39
Minimum tightening
85 140 140 200 200 350 250 550
moment Nm
Note: the valve size is correspondence with the front sector size of the outer casing (see
0-0200-02-00 for details).

使用说明书危急保安器 1-2110-02-00
危急保安器
危急保安器是汽轮机的机械式超速保护设备，当机组转速超出设定的脱扣转速时，它
产生动作，通过遮断油门关闭速关阀和调节汽阀。
1．限位栓
2．压紧螺母
3．导向片
4．导向环
5．飞锤
6．配重销
7．导向片
8．导向套筒
9．弹簧
10．螺钉
危急保安器装在位于汽轮机转子前轴承座的轴段上，结构如图所示。导向套筒（8）装
在转子上按配装要求加工的孔中并被弹簧（9）压住，弹簧的另一端压在飞锤（5）的台面上，
飞锤的支承面顶着导向环（4）的定位面，导向环被压紧螺母（2）紧压在轴孔的定位面上，
飞锤中心的孔中装有配重销（6），为防止销串位，在压紧螺母上加装了限位栓（1）。压紧螺
母及限位栓均用螺钉（10）骑缝锁紧。在导向环和导向套筒中分别嵌装有用聚四氟乙烯制作
的导向片（3、7），它们对飞锤起定位导向作用。
飞锤和配重销的质心与转子中心之间存在偏心距，因此当转子旋转时，飞锤便产生离
心力，由于在运行转速范围内，弹簧力始终大于飞锤离心力，所以飞锤也就在它的装配位置
保持不动，但当汽轮机转速超出设定的脱扣转速时，由于飞锤离心力大于弹簧力，飞锤在离
心力作用下产生位移并随着偏心距的增加离心力阶跃增大，飞锤从转子中击出（行程为 H）
撞击遮断油门的拉钩，使油门脱扣关闭速关阀和调节汽阀。
三系列汽轮机危急保安器的复位转速（飞锤击出后使其恢复到装配位置的转速）高于
额定转速，因此在转速降至额定转速时便可进行遮断油门挂闸复位操作，使机组重新起动。
危急保安器脱扣转速设定值见本说明书技术数据 0-0300-T.Nr-XX。
危急保安器在厂内试验时的动作转速记录在产品合格证明书的 “转子动平衡及超速试
验” 报告及“空负荷试车记录”中。
装拆危急保安器时可使用随机供应的工具“两孔螺母旋具”2-8811-0002-XX。
Emergency Governor 1-2110-02-01
Emergency Governor
The emergency governor is a mechanical protection equipment of the turbine. It will
close the emergency stop valve and control valve via the emergency trip gear when the
turbine speed rose to the set tripping speed.
1. Limit Stud 5. Eccentric bolt 9. Compression spring

2. Threaded cap 6. Counterweight pin 10. Headless screw
3. Guide bush 7. Guide bush
4. Guide ring 8. Guide ring
Usually, the emergency governor is fitted in the turbine rotor at the section located in
the front bearing housing, as showed in figure above. The guide ring (8) is fitted in
suitably machined bore in the rotor and pressed by the compression spring (9), which
presses the shoulder of the eccentric bolt (5) with other end. The supporting surface of
the eccentric bolt is against the positioning surface of the guide ring (4) that is pressed
on the positioning surface in the bore by the threaded cap (2) tightly. In the central hole
of the eccentric bolt the counterweight pin (6) is placed. The limit stud (1) is fixed in
the threaded cap to restrict the movement of the counterweight pin. The threaded cap
and the limit stud are locked with the headless screws (10). The counterweight screw (7)
is screwed in the hole of the eccentric bolt. In the guide rings the guide bushes (3 and 7)
made of Teflon are fitted, which are used for positioning and guiding the eccentric bolt.
An eccentricity exists between the centroid of the eccentric bolt with
the counterweight pin, so when the rotor rotating, the eccentric bolt will produce a
centrifugal force. Since the spring force is always larger than the centrifugal force of
the eccentric bolt within the operating speed range, the eccentric bolt remains at its
mounted position and does not move. Whenever the turbine speed is about to exceed
the set trip speed, the centrifugal force of the eccentric bolt overcomes the spring force,
diving the eccentric bolt in outward direction. The centrifugal force will increase steeply
with the increase of the eccentricity. Thereby the eccentric bolt moves out of the rotor

Emergency Governor 1-2110-02-01
(stroke H) and strikes the pawl of the emergency trip gear. This triggers the
emergency trip gear to close the emergency stop valve and the control valve.
The reset speed (the speed at which the eccentric bolt return to its mounted position) of
the emergency governor for 3-series turbine is higher than the rated speed, so
the emergency trip gear can be reset when turbine speed dropped to the rated
speed, restarting the turbine.
The setpoint of the trip speed for the emergency governor is given in the technical data
section 0-0300-T.Nr.-xx of the Operating Instructions.
The action speed of the emergency governor when testing in the workshop of
the manufacturer is recorded in the “Report of Dynamic Balance and overspeed test for
Rotor” and the “No-load Test Report” of the Product Certificate.
When examining and repairing the emergency governor, use the attached tool
“Tow-hole Nut Driver” No.2-8811-0002-xx to mount or dismount the threaded cap. To
mount or dismount the counterweight screw, turn out the screw plug, turn in
the attached tool “Adjusting Bolt” No.2-7760-0001-xx to fit its taper end tightly against
the tapered hole in the eccentric bolt. In this way, the rotation of the eccentric bolt can
be prevented when the screw turned.

使用说明书电磁阀 1-2222-01-00
电磁阀
作用：
两位三通电磁阀装在进入保安系统的压力油管路上。它可切断进入危急保安装置的压力
油，同时引起危急保安装置动作而将速关油泄掉，最终使速关阀快速关闭。
电磁阀可以由控制室或某一保护装置来操纵（视需要通过一事实上的保护装置将要保护
的物理量转换成电信号与电磁阀联锁）。
结构与作用原理：
因电磁阀是外购件，故该部分请参阅电磁阀制造厂的有关说明书。
Operating manual Solenoid Valve 1-2222-01-01
Solenoid Valve
Function
Two position Three way solenoid valve is mounted on the pressure oil pipe,
which is into the emergency system. It is able to cut off the pressure oil that is into
the emergency safety device, also result in the reaction of the emergency safety
device to make the trip oil discharge and make the trip valve shut down rapidly at
last.
The solenoid valve is controlled by the central control room or some protect
device (according to the actual need the solenoid valve is interlocked with the
protective physical value, which is converted into the electrical signal by the real
protect device).
Structure and Function Principle
Because the solenoid valve is the purchasing part, the detailed introduction is
referred to the relative manual provided by the solenoid valve manufacturer.

使用说明书速关阀（N） 1-2300-01-00
速关阀（N）
速关阀也称为主汽门，它是主蒸汽管路与汽轮机之间的主要关闭机构，在紧急状态时
能立即隔断汽轮机的进汽，使机组快速停机。
速关阀水平装配在汽轮机进汽室侧面。按照汽轮机进汽容积流量的不同，一台汽轮机
可配置一只或两只速关阀。
汽轮机停机时速关阀是关闭的，在汽轮机起动和正常运行期间速关阀处于全开状态。
图 1 是用于 N 型汽轮机的速关阀，它主要由阀和油缸两部分构成。阀体部分有两种结
构形式：图 1 是无单独阀壳的速关阀，在三系列汽轮机中，大多采用这种阀壳与汽缸进汽室
为整体构件的结构形式；另一种如图 4 所示，带有独立阀壳。
1．主阀碟 5．阀盖 9．螺母 12．试验活塞 16．活塞盘
2．卸载阀 6．汽封套筒 10．油缸 13．活塞 17．挡盘
3．蒸汽滤网 7．阀杆 11．压力表接 14．弹簧 18．阀座
4．导向套筒 8．专用螺栓口 15．弹簧座
D 蒸汽入口 F 启动油 K 漏汽 T2 漏油
E 速关油 H 试验油 T1 回油
图1 速关阀
阀体部分主要由件 1～8 及 18 组成，阀盖（5）不仅用于进汽室端面的密封，而且也是

阀与油缸间的连接件。
在速关阀末开启时新蒸汽经蒸汽滤网（3）通至主阀碟（1）前的腔室，阀碟在蒸汽力
及油缸弹簧（14）关闭力作用下被紧压在阀座（18）上，新蒸汽进入汽轮机通流部分的通路
被切断。主阀碟中装有卸载阀（2），由于在速关阀的开启过程中调节汽阀处于关闭状态，所
以随着卸载阀的提升，主阀碟前后的压力很快趋于平衡，使得主阀碟开启的提升力大为减小。
在速关阀开启过程中或速关阀关闭后（隔离阀未关）有一部分蒸汽沿着阀杆（7）与导
向套筒（4）及汽封套筒（6）之间的间隙向外泄漏，漏汽从接口 K 引出。而当速关阀全开后，
主阀碟与导向套筒的密封面紧密贴合，阀杆漏汽被阻断。
速关阀中的蒸汽滤网大多是采用不锈钢波形钢带卷绕结构的滤网，也有一些汽轮机的
使用说明书速关阀（N） 1-2300-01-00
滤网由带孔不锈钢板卷焊而成。
速关阀的油缸部分主要由油缸（10）、活塞（13）
、弹簧（14）
、活塞盘（16）及密封件
等构成，油缸用螺栓固定在阀盖（5）上。基于油缸装、拆操作的安全性，在油缸端面装有
3 只专用长螺栓（8），在螺栓旋入处配有钢丝螺纹套。注意：油缸的装拆须借助螺栓（8）
和螺母（9）
，以免发生人身伤害事故。
油缸部分是速关阀开启和关闭的执行机构。在通过启动调节器（1-1840- ）的操作开
启速关阀时，油缸部分相应如下动作：启动油 F 通至活塞（13）右端，活塞在油压作用下克
服弹簧（14）力被压向活塞盘（16），使活塞与活塞盘的密封面相接触，之后速关油 E 通入
活塞盘左侧，随着活塞盘后速关油压的建立，启动油开始有控制的泄放，于是活塞盘和活塞
如同一个整体构件在两侧油压差作用下，持续向右移动直至被试验活塞（12）限位，由于阀
杆右端是与活塞盘连接在一起，所以在活塞盘移动的同时速关阀也就随之开启。
速关阀的关闭由保安系统操纵，如果保安系统中任何一个环节发生速关动作，都会使
速关油失压，在弹簧力作用下，活塞与活塞盘脱开，活塞盘左侧的速关油从T1排出，活塞盘
连同阀杆、阀碟即刻被推至关闭位置。
油缸部分还装有试验活塞（12），如图 2 所示，由试验活塞，试验阀及压力表等构成速
关阀试验机构，其作用是在机组运行期间检验速关阀动作的可靠性。
试验阀是手动换向阀（或电动换向阀）
，它可装接在管路上，也可组装在速关组件中（参
见 1-2001- ），通过操作试验阀使压力油经节流孔进入试验活塞右端腔室，由于试验活塞
面积大于油缸活塞面积，因此当P2达到某一值后，在油压力作用下试验活塞推动活塞、活塞
盘、阀杆、阀碟同时向关闭方向移动，行程为h，这一行程不会影响机组的正常运行，所以
试验可在包括额定负荷在内的任何工况下进行。当试验阀切换至图示位置时退出试验。
图2 速关阀试验机构
若速关阀状况良好，试验结果应是P2＜P1，P2是试验活塞开始位移时的试验油压，P1是
许用试验压力。
P1 ＝A＋B（P4 －0.1）(单位：Mpa)，其中A、B是与规格有关的特性值，见技术数据
0-0300-T.Nr-00。
P4是机组运行时的速关油压值。
使用说明书速关阀（N） 1-2300-01-00
若试验测得P2≥P1，则表明阀杆上因有盐垢或活塞等可动件上因油垢沉积而产生了额外
的运动阻力，致使速关阀动作不正常，为使速关阀能正常动作，在这种情况下试验应重复多
次，如最终仍然是P2＞P1，那就要尽快安排检修，拆出速关阀，查出原因，消除故障。
根据需要速关阀可配装行程开关，用于在阀的关闭、全开位置发送相应的信号。
固定在阀杆上的档盘有多种功用：万一油缸密封件损坏速关油外泄时，它可阻挡油喷
到高温部分；阻挡阀杆漏冒向油缸；兼作行程开关的触发器。
速关阀按新蒸汽进口通径有 100、125、150、200、250 及 320 六种规格，除 320 之外
其它速关阀的结构是类同的。
320 速关阀因阀碟尺寸较大为减小主阀碟开启的提升力，避免阀杆弯曲，阀碟、阀盖、
阀座部分如图 3 所示，其它部分与图 1 是一样的。
图 4 是带有独立阀壳的速关阀，除阀壳外，它的结构和工作方式与上述相同,不再贅述。
1．汽缸阀壳部分 6．导向套筒 11．试验活塞 16．油缸

2．阀座 7．汽封套筒 12．压力表接口 17．压紧螺母
3．主阀碟 8．旁通孔 13．活塞 18．衬套
4．卸载阀 9．阀杆 14．弹簧 19．蒸汽滤网
5．螺母 10．阀盖 15．弹簧座
D 蒸汽 E 速关油 F 启动油 H 试验油 K 漏汽 T1 回油 T2 漏油
图3
使用说明书速关阀（N） 1-2300-01-00
1．阀杆 5．试验活塞 9．导向套筒 13．阀座

2．活塞盘 6．压力表接口 10．蒸汽滤网 14．阀壳
3．弹簧 7．阀盖 11．卸载阀
4．活塞 8．汽封套筒 12．主阀碟
D 蒸汽 E 速关油 F 启动油 H 试验油 K 漏汽 T1 回油 T2 漏油
图4
Emergency Stop Valve (N) 1-2300-01-01
Emergency Stop Valve (N)

The emergency stop valve is the fundamental shut-off organ between the live-steam line
and the turbine. Under an emergency condition, it cuts off the steam supply to the
turbine immediately, resulting in the turbine shutdown quickly. It will be in the closed
position also when the turbine is at standstill and in the fully opened position during
turbine start-up and normal operation.
The emergency stop valve is mounted horizontally on the side of the turbine steam
chamber. One turbine may be equipped with one or two emergency stop valves based on
the steam flow admitted to it.
Fig.1 shows the emergency stop valve without independent valve casing used in the
turbine of model N. Its principle parts are a seam section and a hydraulic section. It is
usually used in most of the 3-series turbines. Fig.4 shows the emergency stop valve with
an independent valve case.
1. Valve cone 10. Oil cylinder 18. Valve seat

2. Relief cone 11. Pressure gauge
3. Steam strainer Connection D Live-steam inlet
4. Guide sleeve 12. Test piston E Trip oil
5. Valve cover 13. Piston F Starting oil
6. Labyrinth bush 14. Spring H Test oil
7. Valve spindle 15. Spring cap K Leak-steam drain
8. Tension bolt 16. Piston disc T1 Oil drain
9. Nut 17. Oil catch Shield T2 Leak-oil drain
Fig. 1 Emergency stop valve
The steam section mainly consists of items 1 to 8 and item 18. The valve cover (5) is
used not only for sealing the end face of the admission chest but also as a connection of
the steam section with the hydraulic section.
Before the emergency stop valve opens, the live steam, after having passed the steam
strainer (3), arrives to the compartment before the valve cone (1). The valve cone is
pressed on the valve seat (18) under the steam force and the spring force (14), blocking
the live steam to the turbine. The relief cone (2) is provided in the valve cone, which
helps in reducing the actuating forces when the emergency stop valve is being opened,
because it tends to balance the pressure differential existing between the upstream and
downstream sides of the valve cone.
During the emergency stop valve being opened or after it closed (the isolation valve has
not been closed), a part of steam leaking out between the valve spindle (7) and the guide
sleeve (4) and labyrinth bush (6) will be drained off through connection K. As long as
the emergency stop valve is open, the valve cone contacts to the seal face of the guide
sleeve tightly, blocking the steam leaking along the valve spindle.
Most of the steam strainers used in the emergency stop valve are made of corrugated
stainless steel band through winding. But the welded steam strainer made of stainless
steel band with holes is also used in some of the turbines.
The hydraulic section mainly consists of oil cylinder (10), piston (13), spring (14),
piston disc (16) and sealing element. The oil cylinder is bolted on the valve cover (5).
On the end face of the oil cylinder three extension bolts are fitted for safety in mount
and dismount. The boltholes on the oil cylinder are fitted with thread bushes. Caution:
the bolt (8) and the nut (9) must be used in mounting and dismounting the oil
cylinder; otherwise the human injury can result.
The hydraulic section is the active element of the emergency stop valve. When opening
the emergency stop valve with the starting control (1-1840- ), the starting oil F flows to
the right of the piston (13), the oil pressure against the spring (14) force presses the
piston to the piston disc (16), making the sealing faces of the piston and the piston disc
contact each other. After that the trip oil E flows to the left of the piston disc. The
staring oil begin to drain under control with the trip oil pressure behind the piston disc is
building up. Thus, the piston disc and the piston, as an integral part, move rightwards
under the pressure difference at both sides until limited by the test piston (12). The right
end of the valve spindle is connected with the piston disc, the emergency stop valve will
opens with the movement of the piston disc.
The close of the emergency stop valve is actuated by the protection system. Once any of
the loops in the protection system acts, the trip-oil pressure will be lost. The piston will
separate from the piston disc under the action of the spring force, the trip oil at the left
of the piston disc drains through connection T1, the piston disc, together with the valve
spindle and the valve cone, is pushed to the close position.
As showed in Fig.2, a test piston (12) is equipped in the hydraulic section. It, together
with the test valve and the pressure gauge, forms a test device of the emergency stop
valve for checking the proper function of the emergency stop valve during turbine
operation.

The test valve is a manual reversal valve (or electric reversal valve) mounted in the
piping or integrated in the trip block (refer to 1-2001- ). Through operating the test
valve the pressure oil is admitted via an orifice to the right of the test piston. Since the
area of the test piston is larger than that of the oil-cylinder piston, when oil pressure P2
reached a certain value the test piston pushes, under the action of the oil pressure, the
piston together with the piston disc and valve spindle and cone to move in close
direction by a distance h, which has on effect on the normal turbine operation. So the
check may be carried out during normal turbine operation under an load up to and
including rated load. When the test valve is switched to the position as shown in the
picture, the test is disabled.
Fig.2 Test device of emergency stop valve
If the emergency stop valve functions properly, P2<P1. Here, P1 is the permissible test
pressure; P2 is the actual test pressure at which the test piston begins to move.
The permissible test pressure can be calculated with the following formula:
P1≤A＋B（P4－1）
Where:
A, B The characteristic value related with the size of the emergency stop valve,
see Technical data 0-0300-T.Nr-00
P4 Trip-oil pressure when turbine operation
If the pressure P2 observed on the pressure gauge happens to be in excess of the

permissible pressure P1, this will be indicative for deposits of salt on the valve spindle
or deposits of oil carbon on the piston. In such a case the above testing operation has to
be repeatedly a couple of times in order to recondition the emergency valve to proper
function. If this fails to reduce P2 below P1, the emergency stop valve must be
disassembled and the fault cleared as could as possible.
The emergency stop valve can be equipped with the position switcher, as required, for
sending out a corresponding signal when the valve is at full-opened or full-closed
position.

The oil catch shield fixed on the valve spindle has miscellaneous functions. It prevents
the oil from spraying to the high-temperature section and the leakage steam from
spraying to the oil cylinder and is also used as the trigger for the position switcher.
The emergency stop valve is divided into 6 sizes based on the diameter of the live-steam
inlet, they are 100, 125, 150, 200, 250 and 320. All of them have the same structure
except for 320.
The emergency stop valve 320 has a larger valve cone, in order to reduce the lifting
force in opening the valve cone and avoid valve spindle bended, the valve cone, valve
cover and valve seat shown in Fig.3 are used. The remaining parts is the same as that
showed in Fig.1.
Fig.4shows the emergency stop valve with an independent casing. Its structure and
working mode is the same as described above except for the valve casing.
1. Valve casing section on 9. Valve spindle 18. Sleeve

casing 10. Valve cover 19. Steam strainer
2. Valve seat 11. Test piston D Live-steam inlet
3. Valve cone 12. Pressure gauge connection E Trip oil
4. Relief cone 13. Piston F Starting oil
5. Nut 14. Spring H Test oil
6. Guide sleeve 15. Spring cap K Leak-steam drain
7. Labyrinth bush 16. Oil cylinder T1 Oil drain
8. Bypass hole 17. Press nut T2 Leak-oil drain
Fig. 3

1. Valve spindle 8. Steam strainer D Live-steam inlet

2. Piston disc 9. Labyrinth bush E Trip oil
3. Spring 10. Guide sleeve F Starting oil
4. Piston 11. Relief cone H Test oil
5. Test piston 12. Valve cone K Leak-steam drain
6. Pressure gauge 13. Valve Seat T1 Oil drain
Connection 14. Valve casing T2 Leak-oil drain
7. Valve cover
Fig. 4

使用说明书汽缸膨胀测量 1-2771-03-00
汽缸膨胀测量
作用
汽轮机受热使汽缸产生轴向绝对膨胀，对膨胀过程的监视表示了轴承座支承
面是否滑动自如，汽缸膨胀时是否存在倾斜的位移。在负荷变化、启动和停机过
程中特别需要连续监视。为了测量汽缸膨胀，在前轴承座（ 1）的左或右侧装有一
指针（ 2）。当汽缸膨胀时，指针就相对于基础底板或底盘上的刻度移动。
使用说明书汽缸膨胀测量 1-2771-03-00
Manual of Operation Steam Casing Expansion Measurement 1-2771-03-01
Steam Casing Expansion Measurement
Function
Because the steam turbine is heated, the steam casing has expanded absolutely along axial
direction. The supervision to expansion process indicates that the support surface of bearing house
is sliding free or not, and the gradient exist during the steam casing expanses or not. It is special
necessary that monitoring steam turbine expansion continuously during the load being changed,
steam turbine starting up and stopping. To measure the expansion of steam casing, there mount the
indicator (2) at left or right side of front bearing house (1). When steam casing expanses, the
indicator has move relative to foundation plate or scale of chassis.

Manual of Operation Steam Casing Expansion Measurement 1-2771-03-01
1. Front Bearing House 2. Indicator

3.Scale 4.Baseplate
Fig.1

使用说明书润滑油节流阀 1-5501-01-00
润滑油节流阀
节流阀在润滑油路中作油量调节用。
节流阀结构如图所示。
阀体（4）有两种结构形式：图示形式是阀体与
相接管道之间通过接口（5）焊接连接；另一形式是
阀体与相接管路之间用法兰连接。阀体按需要选用
碳钢或不锈钢材质制作。
通过改变节流螺栓（6）的升程可调节供往轴承
的润滑油量，在机组运行时使轴承温升维持在允许
范围内。调整时拆出螺塞（1），稍微旋松罩盖螺帽
（2）后用螺丝刀或内六角板手逆时针方向旋动节流
螺栓可使其上行，增大开度，调节阀前、后的压差
减小，流量增加。由结构限定，在节流螺栓的最大
升程位置调节阀也达不到全开状态，因为过多的供
1．螺塞 5．焊接接口
油，不仅没有必要而且会造成轴承座漫油。反时针
2．罩盖螺帽 6．节流螺栓
方向旋动节流螺栓可减少供油量，为避免操作不当
3 3．密封圈 7．密封圈
造成断油，在关闭位置仍有～0.5 m / h 的润滑油量
4．阀体
通过。
调整结束后，将罩盖螺帽旋紧，装好螺塞。
Lube-oil Throttle 1-5501-01-01
Lube-oil Throttle
The throttle is used in lube-oil line for control the oil flow. Its structure is shown in the
picture.
There are two forms of casing (4) available; one for connecting to the piping with the
welding connection (5) as showed in the picture, the other is connected to the piping
with flanges. The casing is made of carbon steel or stainless steel as required.
The oil flow to the bearing is adjusted through varying the stroke of the throttle screw
(6), keeping the temperature rise of the bearing within the permitted range during
turbine operation. To adjust, remove the cover screw (1), after loosing the cap nut (2),
turn the throttle screw counterclockwise with a screwdriver or inner-hexagon spanner to
make it move upwards. This will increase the opening of the throttle and decrease the
differential pressure before and after the throttle, resulting in oil flow increased. The
opening of the throttle is restricted by its structure. It cannot be opened fully even if the
throttle screw is at its maximum stroke, because the excessive oil will fill up the bearing
housing. Turning the throttle screw clockwise will reduce the oil flow. In order to avoid
blocking the oil due to misoperation, the minimum flow about 0.5m3/h is permitted in
its lowest position.
1. Cover screw
2. Cap nut
3. Seal ring
4. Casing
5. Welding connection
6. Throttle screw
7. Seal ring
After adjusted, the cap nut must again be firmly tightened and the cover screw must be
screwed in again.

使用说明书单向节流阀 1-5600-03-00
单向节流阀
单向节流阀装接在靠近油动机错油门的二次油管路上，以扼制、衰减二次油路中出现
的压力波动，使错油门不受干扰的稳定工作。
1．可调套筒
2．弹簧座
3．单向阀
5．卡环
6．卡环
7．弹簧
8．阀体
9．O 形密封圈
二次油从 B 端通入阀体（8），在弹簧（7）力和油压力作用下单向阀（3）被压向阀座，
同时二次油从单向阀的旁通孔和阀体与可调套筒（1）之间的节流通道流向 A 端。若出现 A
端油压高于 B 端的情况当压差＞0.05MPa 时单向阀打开，液流不受节流的反向流动，以利快
速减负荷。
旋动可调套筒可无级改变节流通道的面积，顺时针方向（由 B 向 A 看）转动套筒，使
套筒向 A 端位移减小通道面积，反之则通道面积增大。在套筒（1）靠 A 侧的锥面上有刻度
环，在阀体的 A 端有基准刻线和指示环，由它们指示单向节流阀的工作位置。
在单向节流阀前后都有压力表的情况下，调整时顺时针方向旋动套筒，同时观测压力
表示值，在阀后压力略有下降，阀前后压差 0 < ∆P < 0.01MPa 时，将套筒逆时针方向退回
1～2 格即可。若阀后无压力表，单向节流阀的整定建议在机组起动前调节系统静态调试时
进行，先逆时针方向旋动套，使阀处于最大开度，改变放大器（或电液转换器）输出的二次
油压值，使与 0.15 ～ 0.45MPa 二次油压相应的油动机行程变化符合调整特性线
（0-2500-T.Nr-00）的要求，然后将二次油压调到 0.15Mpa，油动机升程为 0，接着顺时针
方向旋动套筒，当出现油动机反馈板与滚轮脱离接触的动作时，停止顺时针方向旋动套筒的
操作，并将套筒逆时针退回 1～2 格使油动机复位，之后，再对 0.45MPa 二次油压时的油动
机升程作一次复验，若符合要求则结束调整。
One-way Throttle Valve 1-5600-03-01
One-way Throttle Valve

The one-way throttle valve is mounted in the secondary-oil line in proximity of the oil
relay. Its purpose is to prevent the transmission of possible pressure fluctuations arising
in the secondary-oil circuit, bringing about the stable operation of the pilot valve
without disturbance.
1. Adjustable sleeve
2. Spring seat
3. One-way valve
5. Retaining ring
6. Retaining ring
7. Spring
8. Valve casing
9. O-ring
The secondary oil enters into the valve casing (8) from the end B. The one-way valve (3)
is pressed against the valve seat under the action of the spring force (7) and oil pressure,
the secondary oil flows to the end A through bypass holes on the one-way valve and the
throttling passage between the valve casing and the adjustable sleeve (1). If the pressure
at end A is higher than that at the end B by 0.05 MPa, the one-way valve is opened. The
oil flows in the opposite direction without throttling, so as to unload the turbine quickly.
Turn the adjustable sleeve to change the area of the throttling passage infinitely. Turning
the sleeve clockwise (looking from B to A) will decrease the area of the passage, while
turning it in the opposite direction will increase the area. There are a scale ring on the
conical surface of the sleeve (1) in proximity of the end A and reference scale and
indicating ring on the end A of the valve casing, which indicate the working position of
the one-way throttling valve.
When adjusting, if pressure gauges are fitted at both ends of the valve, turn the sleeve
and observe the readings on the gauges. When the pressure after the valve decreases
modestly and the differential pressure between two ends reached 0 <△P<0.01MPa, turn
bake the sleeve by 1 to 2 scales. If there is no pressure gauge after the valve, it is
recommended to set the one-way throttling valve during static adjusting of the control
system before turbine start-up. In this case, turn the sleeve counterclockwise to fully
open the valve, and then change the secondary-oil pressure from the amplifier (or
electro-hydraulic converter) to bring the oil-relay stroke corresponding to the
secondary-oil pressure 0.15 to 0.45MPa in correspondence with the requirement defined
on the Characteristics Line (No.0-2500-T.Nr-00). After that, set the secondary-oil
pressure at 0.15MPa and the oil-relay stroke at 0, turn the sleeve clockwise until the
reset bar of the oil relay separates from the rolling bearing. Turn back the sleeve by 1 to

One-way Throttle Valve 1-5600-03-01
2 scales. Then recheck the oil-relay stroke corresponding to secondary oil pressure 0.45
MPa.

使用说明书手动盘车机构 1-7130-02-00
手动盘车机构
机组停机过程中，汽轮机因降温而受到冷却，由于汽缸及转子上、下部分冷却不均匀，
转子在停止转动后，便会产生热弯曲，在这样的情况下，如重新起动汽轮机就易引起动、静
部分碰擦，出现超出允许范围的振动，为避免这种事故的发生，汽轮机配置了盘车机构。
在停机后，通过操作盘车机构，定期将转子转动 180°，以校正、减少转子的热弯曲变
形。
凝汽式汽轮机在起动冲转前也须进行盘车，以防因轴封送汽引起转子变形。
在汽轮机装配、安装过程中，手动盘车机构也是一种很有用的辅助工具。
手动盘车机构可配合油涡轮盘车一起使用，以减小后者的起动力矩。
手动盘车机构装在后轴承座中。顺时针方旋转的汽轮机手动盘车机构装在轴承座左侧；
逆时针方向旋转的汽轮机则装在右侧。
1．杠杆
实线为回程或退出位置
虚线为最大行程工作位置
2．保险柄
3．管子
4．支座
5．套筒
6．挡圈
7．拉杆
8．汽轮机转子
9．插销
10．棘轮
11．框架
12．销轴
13．轴承座
手动盘车机构由杠杆、支座、拉杆、导向套、框架等构成。套筒中装有导向衬套和密
封件。拉杆（7）在导向衬套中上、下滑动，拉杆下端用销轴（12）挂着可摆动的框架（11）
，
框架是一个匚形构件，框架下端装着插销（9）。拉杆上部加工有型线槽道，杠杆插在槽道中。
在杠杆的施力端向下按压时，杠杆以支座（4）为支点撬起拉杆、框架向上移动，当插槽嵌
入棘轮（10）继续上行时，就迫使棘轮、转子一起转动一个角度，拉杆上行的终点位置由紧
固在套筒上的挡圈（6）限定（杠杆处于图示虚线位置）。
每当杠杆全行程动作一次，棘轮转动的角度与棘轮的齿数有关，棘轮齿数有 24、30 两
种，相应每动作一次转子盘动 15°或 12°。
棘轮大多是红套在转子上，不过在一些机组中，棘轮为两半剖分结构，用螺栓紧固在
油涡轮叶轮上。
使用说明书手动盘车机构 1-7130-02-00
盘车机构退出工作时，杠杆应处在图示实线位置，插销从棘轮齿槽中滑出并与棘脱离
接触，卸下杠杆上的管子（3），杠杆用保险柄（2）锁定。
手动盘车机构只有在汽轮机转子处于静止状态，润滑油供给正常的情况下方可投入工
作。
如汽轮机配置有顶轴系统，在盘车机构投入工作前必须先使顶轴系统投入运行。
Manual Barring Gear 1-7130-02-01
Manual Barring Gear

After the turbine has been shutdown, the rotor is not being rotated any more. It very
likely will suffer from heat warping during cooling-down period due to uneven cooling
of the upper and lower halves of the casing and the rotor. Any attempt to re-start the
turbine in this condition would therefore produce rubbing contact between the moving
and stationary parts with resulting vibration exceeded the permitted range. In order to
avoid this accident occurring, a barring gear is provided.
After the turbine has been shutdown, turn the rotor by 180°in regular interval with the
manual barring gear to reduce and correct the heat warping of the rotor.
For the condensing turbine, before the rotor is rotated during start-up the rotor should be
rotated with the manual barring gear to prevent distortion of the rotor caused by the
gland steam.
The manual barring gear is a useful auxiliary tool in turbine assemble and installation. It
also can be used to supplement hydraulic barring gear for reducing the breakaway
torque of the latter.
The manual barring gear is incorporated in the rear bearing housing at the left side for
the turbine rotating in clockwise and at the right side for turbine in counterclockwise.
1. Lever position
Real line: return stroke or
disable position
Dash line: working position in
Max stroke
2. Lever lock
3. Tube
4. Fulcrum
5. Sleeve
6. Stop
7. Rod
8. Turbine Rod
9. Ratchet bolt
10. Ratchet wheel
11. Frame
12. Hinge bolt
13. Bearing housing
The manual barring gear consists of lever, fulcrum, rod, bush, frame and etc. A guide

Manual Barring Gear 1-7130-02-01
bushing and a sealing element are fitted in the sleeve. The rod (7) slides in the guide
bushing. The lower end of the rod carries a frame (11) which is hinge-mounted by
means of the hinge bolt (12). The frame is 匚-shaped member with a ratchet bolt (9)
mounted at its lower end. A slot is milled in the upper end of the rod, in which the lever
is engaged. When pressing down the right end of the lever, the lever will swing around
the fulcrum (4), pulling the rod with the frame to move upwards. The ratchet bolt (9)
will thus engage into one of the spaces at the circumference of the ratchet wheel (10),
which is mounted on the rotor. In this way, the turbine rotor can be turned by a certain
angle. The extreme position of the rod in moving upwards is restricted by the stop (6)
(as the position indicated by dash line in the picture).
The turned angle of the ratchet wheel for one action of the lever is related with the tooth
number on the ratchet wheel. In general, it has 24 or 30 teeth, so the rotor will be turned
by 15°or 12°correspondingly for one action.
The ratchet wheel is usually shrunk-mounted on the turbine rotor. But in some of
turbines with the split ratchet wheel, it is bolted on the blade wheel of the hydraulic
barring gear.
To disable the barring gear, the lever should be at the position represented by the dash
line in the picture and the ratchet bolt should be separated from the wheel. Remove the
tube (3) on the lever and lock it with the lever lock (2).
The manual barring gear only can be put in operation when the turbine is at standstill
and the lubricating oil is supplied normally.
If the turbine is equipped with a shaft jacking system, the jacking system must be put in
operation before operating the barring gear.

使用说明书安装部分前言 2-0100-01-00
安装部分前言
产品使用说明书的安装部分主要介绍汽轮本体安装的要点、程序和要求，程序是推荐性
的，要求是有约束性的。
汽轮机本体的安装是指将汽轮机安装在规定的位置上，并且各部件之间的装配应符合制
造厂的要求。
整机发运、不揭缸状态交货的汽轮机，安装说明主要介绍整机安装的程序及要求，所属
部件的装配、调整请参见结构部分相应的介绍。
分箱发运的汽轮机，安装说明主要介绍支座、汽缸、转子的安装程序及要求，所属其它
部件的装配、调整请参见结构部分相应的介绍。
装在公共底盘上的汽轮机，汽轮机与底盘的装配按我厂与公共底盘供方协议进行，底盘
与基础的连接见公共底盘制造厂的相应资料。
汽轮机装箱发运前，内部构件表面涂装 2＃软膜防锈油，以防止在运输、存放期间发生
锈蚀。现场安装时，对本体分箱发运的汽轮机，安装前应先将零、部件表面的防锈油清洗干
净；对整机发运的汽轮机，通流部分零、部个表面的防锈油在试运行开机时由蒸汽冲洗除去，
可不必开缸清洗。
汽轮机就位时，与被驱动机的轴向联接定位尺寸应满足汽轮机转子热膨胀的要求（见随
机资料 0-0341-T.Nr-00 汽轮机转子轴向膨胀量），尤其对汽轮机与被驱动机之间采用刚性联
轴器的机组必须仔细测量、核算，以防止机组运行时发生动、静体发生碰擦事故。
由于不同行业引用、执行的施工标准各不相同，加之用户场地布置、施工组织、施工设
备以及作业习惯的差异，制造厂难以提供一个通用的标准安装规程，因此，在汽轮机安装时
用户应按本说明进行安装准备并编制相应的安装规程。
汽轮机设备安装时应具备下述条件：
1、土建工程
1.1 基础，基座浇灌完毕，混凝土达到设计强度的 70％以上并检验合格。
1.2 行车轨道辅好，二次灌浆混凝土强度达到设计要求并经验收合格。
1.3 汽轮机机房已封闭，不漏雨水，能遮蔽风沙。建筑物进行装修时可能损坏已装好设备的
处所，应在设备就位前结束装修。
1.4 土建施工的模板、脚手架、剩余物料、杂物及垃圾等已清除干净。
1.5 各基础具有清晰、准确的中心线、厂房 0 米及运转层有标高线，基础的纵、横中心线、
杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第 1 页共 2页
使用说明书安装部分前言 2-0100-01-00
标高及预埋件位置均符合设计规定。
2、安装施工现场
2.1 待安装的汽轮机设备状态完成，随机工具齐全。
2.2 安装现场有足够的存放面积和周转余地。
2.3 安装施工现场有足够的光照及水、电、压缩空气供给，备好焊接等必要的施工机具。
2.4 扩建工程的现场与生产运行机组之间要有适当的隔离设施。
2.5 在汽轮机安装之前，行车的起吊重量、起吊高度、行走速度及移动极限范围等性能必须
检验合格，这些性能应满足设备安装的工艺要求。
2.6 安装现场环境温度保持在 5℃以上，当气温低于 0℃时，视需要采取必要的防冻措施。
3、技术准备
3.1 随机资料齐全。
3.2 施技术人员必须熟悉施工范围内的技术文件，了解设备的原理、结构；安装人员应熟悉
施工规定，安装程序、方法及要求并掌握相关测量技术。
除上述各项外，汽轮机安装过程还应遵守现行安全、环境、劳动保护以及防爆、防火等
规程的规定。
Foreword to Installation Section 2-0100-01-01
Foreword to Installation Section

The Installation Section in the Operating Instructions mainly describes the gist,
recommended procedures and binding requirements necessary for proper installation of
the turbine.
The turbine installation means to fix the turbine on a given location and the assembling
between components should be satisfied the requirements specified by the turbine
manufacturer.
For the turbine that is delivered completion and has no need be open the casing on site,
the procedures and requirements on installation for the complete machine are introduced
in this Installation Section. The assembly and adjustment of the attached components
are described in the Structure Section.
For the turbine that are delivered in several packages, the mount procedures and
requirements for the pedestal, casing, rotor are introduced here. The assembly and
adjustment of the attached components are described in the Structure Section.
For the turbine mounted on a common baseplate, the description for the junction of the
baseplate with the foundation can be found in the relevant document supplied by the
baseplate manufacturer.
Before turbine delivery the surfaces of the inside components should be painted with 2#
rust proof oil to prevent corrosion during transportation and storage. For the turbine
delivered in packages. the rust proof oil painted on the surfaces of the parts and
components should be cleaned be mounted. For the turbine delivered in completion, the
rust proof oil on the parts and components in the steam path will be flushed out by the
steam during commissioning. It is unnecessary to open the casing for cleaning.
When turbine positioning, the positioning dimension of axial coupling for the driven
machine should be met to the requirement of the thermal expansion for the turbine rotor
(see the attached document 0-0341-T.Nr-00 Axial expansion amount for turbine rotor).It
is specially important for the turbine connected to the driven machine with a rigid
coupling. The mounting dimension must be carefully measured and checked, so as to
prevent collision between the static and rotating components during turbine operation.
The different industries will adopt different standards in construction, additionally the
different site layout, construction organization and equipments, and working custom, so
it is impossible for the turbine manufacturer to make out an all-purpose and standard
installation procedure. The user should do preparation and make out the procedure for
the installation before installing the turbine, based on these instructions.
When installing the turbine, the following conditions should be provided:
Hangzhiu Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 1 of 2

Foreword to Installation Section 2-0100-01-01
1. Building projects
1.1 The foundation pouring has been finished. The concrete has reached above 70% of
the designed strength and has been checked out.
1.2 The traveling crane rail has been laid. the back grouting of the concrete has reached
the designed strength and has been checked out.
1.3 The turbine building has been roofed and walled. The locations at where the
installed equipments may be damaged during building fitment should be fitted
before the equipments installation.
1.4 The shuttering, scaffold, remaining material used for the civil work and the raffles
and garbage left behind have been cleaned off.
1.5 Each foundation has the clean and correct center line. The elevation lines are
available for the ground and working floors. The longitudinal and transverse center
lines, elevation and positions of the embedded parts for the foundation should be all
in accordance with the design.
2. Installation site
2.1 The turbine being installed should be in completion, with all of the tools supplied
with the turbine.
2.2 The installation site should have enough space for storing and handling the
equipment.
2.3 The enough light, water, electric power and compressed air are available on the site.
the necessary devices such as welding machine and etc. should be in ready.
2.4 A proper isolation should be set up between the installation site and the production
run site, if there is any.
2.5 Before turbine installation, the traveling crane should be checked out. The lift
capacity and height, the traveling speed and limit range of the traveling crane should
be met the requirement on installation.
2.6 The installation should be done at an ambient temperature of above 5℃. If the
temperature drops to below 0℃,the necessary anti freezing measurements should be
taken, as required.
3. Technological preparation
3.1 The attached document should be in completion.
3.2 The technicians in charge of the installation must be familiar with the technical
document in job range and know the principle and structure of the installed devices.
The installation works should be familiar with the construction regulations,
installation procedures and methods and required to master the relevant
measurement technics.
In addition to the mentioned above, the local regulations, such as the safety,
environment, labor protection and anti-explosion and fire rules should be observed
during installtion.
Hangzhiu Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 2 of 2

使用说明书基础准备工作 2-0300-03-00
基础准备工作
1、预埋调整螺钉垫板
在汽轮机安装时，底盘的高度和水平用调整螺钉进行调整、校正，调节螺钉的数量、规
格及分布位置随机组不同而变化，在一些机组中每根地脚螺栓配带 2 只调节螺钉及相应的垫
板，也有机组每根地脚螺栓配带 1 只调节螺钉和垫板，无论哪一种配置，在底盘就位之前均
需预埋好调整螺钉垫板。
垫板的设置位置标示在布置图中同，预埋时在基础上敷设一层灰浆（见图 1），然后将
垫板埋入其中，挤出的灰浆要倾斜地向上抹平，垫板四周的灰浆面应销低于垫板顶面，垫板
顶面应大致水平，H 及 H1 见布置图。
1、调整螺钉
2、底盘
3、调整螺钉垫板
4、灰浆
5、基础
图1
灰浆可用水泥灰浆（水泥、砂子、水），或是环氧树脂砂浆（环氧树脂、固化剂、石英
砂），当使用水泥灰浆时，灰浆至少经 24 小时凝固后，方可在安装底板上加载，灰浆 72 小
时后强度应＞60N/mm2；若使用环氧树脂砂浆，因环氧树脂有毒性，因此必须遵照相关的安
全措施进行操作，同时，对砂浆与基础和底板接触面也应按规定作特殊处理，为防止环氧树
脂砂浆与空气接触而老化，强度降低，灌浆后砂浆表面需加敷一层水泥灰浆进行保护。
2、地脚螺栓孔
地脚螺栓孔内应清理干净，无杂物。
检查地脚螺栓底板与地脚螺栓孔周边基础面的接触状况。正常情况下，地脚螺栓的预紧
力通过底板整个承载面施加在混凝土基础上，但如在地脚螺栓孔周边有突出的棱角或石块，
则会使基础载荷分布不均匀，短时间就会引起局部崩裂、损坏，致使地脚螺栓紧力完全消失
而危及机组正常运行。为此，必要时在底板上或与底板对应的基础混凝土表面涂敷约 5mm
厚的高粘性、不流动的水泥灰浆（见图 2），用螺母把底板销微压紧，使灰浆开始被压出即
可，这样不仅有利于机组的长期运行，而且也可防止地脚螺栓孔回填灰浆时漏浆，12 小时
后方可回填地脚螺栓孔，填充灰浆 72 小时后强度应＞60N/mm2。
1、沥青胶带
2、地脚螺栓
3、地脚螺栓孔
4、基础
5、填充水泥
6、地脚螺栓底板
7、螺母
图2
3、地脚螺栓的预处理
在二次灌浆后，拧紧地脚螺栓时，为不妨碍地脚螺栓的弹性变形，在灌浆时绝不能使灰
浆粘附到螺栓上，也不能让灰浆渗入螺母，为此，地脚螺栓需缠绕沥青胶带（见图 4），缠
绕范围从下端螺母位置开始向上缠绕到上部螺尾，如胶带较薄可缠多层，缠绕方向与螺母旋
入方向相同，这样在旋紧螺母时，胶带被向上推挤形成一个球状箍圈。
汽轮机安装好后，地脚螺栓按要求点焊、保险，外露螺纹部分涂厚牛油以防锈蚀。
Preparation for Foundation 2-0300-03-01
Preparation for Foundation

1. Embedding Bearing Plate for Trimming screw
During turbine installation, the height and level of the baseplate is adjusting with the
trimming screw. The number, size and layout of the trimming screw are determined by
the turbine set. In some of the turbine sets, each anchor bolt equipped with two
trimming screws and a bearing plate, but in the others only one trimming screw and a
bearing plate is equipped. No matter what configuration is used, the bearing plate
should be embedded before mounting the baseplate.
The embedding position of the bearing plate for trimming screw is indicated in Layout
Drawing. After the cement mortar has been laid on the foundation, embed the bearing
plate in it (see Fig,1). The excess mortar squeezed out at the edges is to be smoothed
into a slope towards the top. The mortar surface around the bearing plate should be a
little lower than the top of the bearing plate. The top of the bearing plate should be
approximately level. For the values of H and H1, see Layout Drawing.
1. Trimming screw
2. Baseplate
3. Bearing plate
4. Mortar
5. Foundation
Fig .1
The cement mortar( cement, sand and water) or epoxy mortar ( epoxy, curing agent and
quartz sand) can be used. When the cement mortar is used, the bearing plate only can be
loaded after the mortar solidified for 24 hours at lest. The strength of the mortar after 72
hours should be ＞ 60N/mm2. If the epoxy mortar is used, the relevant safety
measurement should be taken for the toxicity of epoxy during working. And at the same
time, the foundation and the bearing-plate surface that contacted with the mortar should
be treated according to the relevant specification. In order to prevent the epoxy mortar
aging and strength decreasing in the air, after grouting the mortar surface should be
protected with a layer of cement mortar.
2. Anchor-bolt holes
The anchor-bole holes should be cleaned of sundries.

Preparation for Foundation 2-0300-03-01
Check the contact condition between the bottom plate of the anchor bolt and the
foundation surface around the hole. Under normal condition, the pre-tightened force of
the anchor bole acts on the concrete foundation via whole bearing face of the bottom
plate. If the protruding edge-angles and stones are existed around the anchor-bolt hole,
the load on the foundation becomes unevenly distributed. This will cause part of the
foundation cracked and damaged in a short time, resulting in the tightened force of the
anchor bole lost and then endangering the normal operation of the turbine. Therefore, an
approx. 5mm thick layer of high viscosity and stagnation cement mortar is to be applied
on the bottom plate or the corresponding surface on the foundation, if necessary (see
Fig.4). Tighten the nut to press the bottom plate and it will do just for the mortar
beginning to be pressed out. This will not only benefit the turbine in long period
operation but also prevent the mortar leakage during filling the hole with the mortar.
The anchor-blot hole only can be filled after 12 hours. The strength of the filled mortar
after 72 hours should be ＞60N/mm2.
3. Pre-treatment of anchor bolt

In order to allow the anchor bole to be in elastic strain when tightened after back
grouting, the mortar is not allowed to attach on the bolt or enter into the nut during
grouting. So the bolt should be wrapped upwards from the nut to the thread end with the
asphalt tape (see Fig.2) in the direction as the nut turning direction. When screwing in
the nut the tape will be pushed upwards and form a ball-like ferrule.
After the turbine installed, the anchor bolt should be secured by spot welding and the
exposed thread should be coated with thick grease for corrosion prevention.
1. Asphalt tape
2. Anchor bolt
3. Anchor-bolt hole
4. Foundation
5. Filled cement
6. Bottom plate of anchor bolt
7. Nut
Fig. 2

基础二次灌浆
汽轮机（包括齿轮箱）安装完成后，确信机组位置不需要再移动时，就可在座架（支
座底板或底盘）底部浇灌规定的灰浆，使其与基础固定连接。
灌浆用灰浆的材料及配比与机组型号、规格无关，由用户与施工单位选定，我们建议：
灌浆层厚度≤60mm 时，使用水泥、砂子和水按规定比例搅合的水泥砂浆；也可采用环
氧树脂、固化剂和石英砂配制的环氧树脂砂浆。
灌浆层厚度为 60～100mm 时，使用掺有规定粒度砾石的混凝土；也可用水泥砂浆。
无论使用哪种灌浆材料均应满足下述要求：
1、抗压强度
2
24 小时后≥40N/mm
2
72 小时后≥60N/mm
2
最终强度≥70N/mm
2、体积变化
保证不收缩，24 小时内微膨胀，以保证基础与座架之间的粘合力，24 小时后不得出现
进一步的膨胀。
3、膨胀系数
灰浆固化后的线胀系数与基础线膨系数相等。
4、抗冲击和振动，不会开裂
在基础二次灌浆之前，应先用水泥砂浆回填地脚螺栓孔，至少 24 小时后方可进行基础
二次灌浆。
在基础二次灌浆结束至少 24 小时后，方可在座架上进行装、拆重物的操作。
在基础二次灌浆结束至少 72 小时后，方可复紧地脚螺栓。
当二次灌浆使用环氧树脂时，由于环氧树脂有一定毒性，因此，配制及灌浆操作必须遵
守相关的安全规程。
灌浆前基础的准备工作及灌浆后的养护按施工规程进行。
Back Grouting for Foundation 2-0310-01-01
Back Grouting for Foundation

After the turbine ( including the gear box) has been installed and it is sure that the
position of the turbine set will not be moved, grout the bottom part of the pedestal
(support plate or baseplate) with specified mortar to connected it to the foundation
firmly.
The material and formulation of the mortar is independent of turbine type and size, it is
selected by user and construction company. But we recommend:
When the thickness of the grouting layer ≤60mm, either the cement mortar mixed with
cement, sand and water in a given proportion or the epoxy mortar prepared with epoxy,
curing agent and quartz sand can be used.
When the thickness of the grouting layer is 60 to 100 mm, either the concrete with
pebble in the specified granularity or the cement mortar can be used.
No matter which grouting material is used, the following requirements should be

satisfied:
1. Compression strength
≥40N/mm2, after 24 hours
≥60N/mm2, after 72 hours
≥70N/mm2, final strength
2. Volumetric change
The contraction is not allowed. The grouting material should expands slightly within 24
hours after grouting so as to ensure that there is enough cohesion between the
foundation and pedestal, but the further expansion is not allowed after 24 hours.
3. Expansion coefficient
The coefficient of the linear expansion for the mortar after solidified should be in
conform with that of the foundation.
4. No cracking on impact and vibration

Before back grouting fill the anchor-bolt holes with the cement mortar, first. The back
grouting only can be done at least after 24 hours.
Mounting or dismounting heavy component on the pedestal only can be done after back
grouting finished at least for 24 hours.
The anchor bolt only can be retightened after back grouting finished at least for 72
hours.

Back Grouting for Foundation 2-0310-01-01
when the epoxy mortar is used for back grouting, the relevant safety measurement
should be taken for the toxicity of epoxy during working.
The preparation for the foundation before grouting and the maintenance should be done
according with the construction procedure.

使用说明书带底盘凝汽式汽轮机的安装 2-0400-15-00
带底盘凝汽式汽轮机的安装
汽轮机在厂内已完成汽轮机本体及汽轮机与底盘的装配，并经空负荷试车合格后发运
给用户。出厂时，按装运条件规定汽轮机解体分箱发运，不过通常在装运时，底盘与汽轮机
下半（支座，汽缸下半等）是不解体的，我们建议现场安装时，对组装好的部分尽可能不要
解体重新装配，在底盘就位后，对照汽轮机产品合格证明书中实测记录对相应装配控制尺寸
进行检验即可，必要时适当调整。安装过程中各项检测结果应作好记录。
装在公共底盘上的汽轮机（见布置图 0-2015-T.Nr-00），汽轮机与底盘的装配按我厂与
底盘供方的协议进行，底盘与基础的连接见公共底盘制造厂的相应资料。
汽轮机安装按下述步骤进行。
1、基础准备
按 2-0300-03-XX 进行。
2、凝汽器就位
按布置图 0-2015-T.Nr-00，凝汽器总成图 2-3580-XXXX-XX 及排汽接管 2-6056-T.Nr-00
的要求安装凝汽器。
把凝汽器吊放在基墩上，凝汽器支座与基础之间需安放底板（滑板）。根据基础纵向、
横向中心线将凝汽器校正到正确位置。凝汽器支座靠进、出水管一端是固定端，另一端支座
上地脚螺栓孔为腰圆形是活动端，运行时，凝汽器可在底板上朝活动端滑移。
排汽接管的长度在出厂时留有～50mm 的附加余量，现场安装时，在汽轮机就位后，根
据汽缸排汽口与凝汽器进汽口之间连接尺寸实测值，作准排汽接管长度，在汽轮机本体安装
调整结束后，排汽接管与凝汽器进汽口按要求焊接，排汽接管与汽缸排汽口法兰之间需预留
规定的冷拉间隙（见布置图），间隙沿法兰面四周应均匀，法兰密封面与垫片须涂密封涂料，
在连接法兰时，应对称、均匀地拧紧螺栓，以保证连接的严密性。
在凝汽器的安装过程中应防止杂物落入。
3、汽轮机和底盘整体就位
从底盘的吊耳处起吊底盘和汽轮机，在底盘和汽轮机整体水平吊起后，在底盘调整螺
钉的螺纹上加润滑剂，之后旋动调整螺钉使其球面端部伸出底盘底面，伸出长度与机组中心
标高相适应，在缓缓放下底盘时应注意使底盘轴向中心线与基础中心线对正并且轴向位置大
致符合与被驱动机联接的要求，当任何一只调整螺钉与预埋在基础上的垫板接时，须保持底
盘和汽轮机不动，同时使全部螺钉均与垫板接触，在机组由调整螺钉支承后，调节调整螺钉，
杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第 1页共 9 页
使汽轮机中心高度符合要求（附注 1）
，之后穿入地脚螺栓，螺母大致旋紧即可。
底盘上汽轮机支座的各侧面均设置有用于调整支座位置的顶开螺钉，在安装调整过程
中，可利用它们使汽轮机相对于底盘在轴向或横向滑移。
4、拆除装运固定件及上半部件
装运图 2-8470-XXXX-XX 上除 100，101 及 102 外（或 5，6，7）的其它各件是仅在运
输过程中用于固定汽缸、支座等的装运固定件，在底盘就位后，装运固定件应予以拆除，不
过这时汽缸下猫爪的顶起螺钉须保持原有状态，不得松动。
上、下缸合缸发运的汽轮机，在底盘就位后，需将汽缸上半、内缸或蒸汽室（喷嘴室）
上半、导叶持环及汽封体上半吊出。
拆下前、后轴承座上半，前轴承座上半起吊时可使用随机提供的“轴承座盖起吊工具”
3-3009-XXXX-XX，随后拆出径向轴承上半及推力轴承。
5、汽轮机找水平
用框式水平仪或合象水平仪在汽缸中分面检测横向及纵向水平，通过底盘调整螺钉进
行较正。当汽轮机与被驱动机之间有齿轮箱或是汽轮机驱动多缸压缩机时，汽轮机汽缸的纵
向水平在机组转子公共中心线确定后，按汽轮机转子的扬度要求作相应调整；对与单缸被驱
动机直联的汽轮机，汽缸中分面纵、横向水平偏差应≤0.06mm/m。
汽轮机中心高和水平符合要求后，地脚螺栓按附表中初始拧紧力矩拧紧。
6、转子——汽缸找中检测
清洗前、后轴承及推力轴承，并将径向轴承下半装入轴承座。
用起吊工具（2-8540-XXXX-00）将转子吊入汽缸，转子轴颈须先清洗干净。
转子吊装过程应有专人指挥，转子起吊时要保持轴线水平，转子就位时，两端需有熟
练的安装人员扶住转子，一定要注意：不得使动、静部分发生碰擦，当转子轴颈离轴
瓦～150mm 时，在轴瓦上浇以干净的汽轮机油，转子由径向轴承支承后，装入推力轴承，
盘动转子，检查有无卡涩、碰擦。
转子——汽缸找中心是通过转子对汽封洼窝找中心，使转子轴线与汽缸中心线尽可能一致。
在汽缸前、后汽封洼窝端面各有一条如装运图中 C2、C3 详图所示的环槽，该环槽我们
称之谓“汽缸测量环”，汽轮机厂里装配时，转子——汽封洼窝找好中心后，在测量环处也
进行测量并作好记录。汽轮机产品合格证明书中的 R4，r4 是前、后汽封洼窝的找中值，R3，
r3 为前、后测量环的测量结果。在现场安装或是汽轮机运行一段时间后，需检查转子——
汽缸中心是否有变化时，可不必揭缸，只要在测量环处作一下测量并与原有记录加以比较就
可作出判断（附注 2.1，2.2）。
随机提供的找中心工具，包括螺纹钢带（100）
、固定接头（101）和换向角板（102），出帮
时它们装在仪表箱中。按装运图所示，将找中心工具固定在转子上，把表脚和千分表装夹在
固定接头上就可进行找中检测，每个测量位置有 6 个测点，测点编号及方位见装运图。
汽轮机产品合格证明书中的 R3 ， r3 及 R4 ， r4 是上、下缸合缸后的测量值，现场安装过
程中，转子——汽缸找中心时，汽缸仅有下半，因此每个测量位置只能有 3 个测点，这时在
汽缸前、后汽封洼窝的 3、4、5 三个测点进行测量，若转子——汽缸中心偏差＜0.05mm，
且转子中心低于汽缸中心，就可进行后续工作，若转子——汽缸中心超差，则需要调整，调
整视现场情况，或调整汽缸或调整轴承座。中心符合要求后吊入上缸，这时汽缸仍由下猫爪
顶起螺钉支撑，配入定位销，汽缸中分面螺栓间隔一只拧紧，之后进行汽缸支撑转换，在上
猫爪由球面垫圈或支承平板垫实的情况下，松开下猫爪顶起螺钉，对上猫爪由球面垫圈螺纹
支座支撑的汽轮机，汽缸支撑转换时，用千分表在汽封洼窝处进行监测，若转换后汽缸中心
下移，则通过调整螺纹支座使千分表读数恢复到原有示值，接着在汽缸前、后汽封洼窝处进
行测量，转子——汽缸中心符合要求的情况下，在汽缸测量环处作一下测量并作好记录，作
为以后复校中心的基准（见 9.4）
，接下来要吊开上缸，在松开中分面螺栓之前，需先使顶起
螺钉顶住下猫爪，旋紧力矩以千分表示值刚开始有变化为度。
7、轴承座及轴承检测
该项工作往往需与转子——汽缸找中穿插进行。
产品合格证明书中的 R1，R2，r1,r2 分别是前、后轴承，轴承座找中心的实测数据。
由于汽轮机装配过程中，轴承座的定位要兼顾各种调整要求，加之轴承座的加工存在各种偏
差，因此，在轴承座——汽缸找中时，R1，R2，r1，r2 往往只作参考用，用以判断轴承座
中心线是否与转子中心线平行，在装配过程中，若 R1，R2，r1，r2 与汽轮机找水平，以及
转子找中心要求不协调时，首先要保证转子——汽缸对中及轴承接触良好。
前轴承座带有推力轴承支座时，产品合格证明书中有 R5，F6 数据，它们是推力轴承支
座内圆找中及支座端面跳动的测量值。
轴承检测见 2-0700-01-XX 的说明。
8、校验其它装配尺寸
8.1 通流部分
对照通流部分图 0-2100-T.Nr-11，以汽轮机产品合格说明书中实测记录为参照值，校验
通流部分装配控制尺寸。
从转子实物和通流部分图上可看出，各级动叶在转子上的轴向位置由加工保证，无调
整件，同样，内缸、导叶持环、汽封体在汽缸中的轴向位置也是固定的，固此，在装配过程
中，转子定位时要兼顾各部位的要求，重新合理分配各部分间隙，总体而言，转子与静体的
最小轴向间隙在前汽封处（或平衡活塞汽封），转子的轴向定位既要保证汽封间隙的要求，
也要满足各级动叶片进、出汽边间隙大于规定最小值的要求（首先要保证动叶出汽边间隙大
于规定的最小值），厂内装配时，在对各部分动、静轴向间隙的测量数据进行综合之后，确
定转子的轴向定位尺寸 E1（ E1 是汽缸前端基准面到转子平衡活塞转鼓端面的距离，E1 的数
值见汽轮机产品合格说明书的“主轴定位”栏目），并以 E1 为基准确定推力轴承的轴向位置，
必要时通过拉杆调整前轴承或推力轴承支座的位置，使推力轴承位置与 E1 相适应，转子的
轴向位置由推力轴承予以保证。
合格证“主轴定位”栏目中的 X+，X-是在不装推力轴承情况下，汽轮机转子以 E1 为基
准向后（正推力方向）、向前（副推力方向）的轴向串动量。
转子与静体的轴向间隙检测须在装入推力轴承后，转子推力盘与推力轴承正推力瓦接
触的情况下进行。动叶片与喷咀、导叶片的轴向间隙以及动、静汽封片的轴向间隙通常用塞
尺或游标卡尺测量。
扭叶片的轴向间隙一般不作测量，扭叶片顶部与导叶环流道锥面的间隙用塞尺检测。
导叶持环与转子汽封的径向间隙，左、右侧用塞尺测量，必要时用导叶持环底部的偏
心导柱调整导叶持环的横向中心，使左、右侧间隙相等，随之锁紧偏心导柱（在采用无偏心
导柱导叶持环的汽轮机中，则勿需调整），垂直方向导叶持环与转子汽封间隙用下述方法检
测：装上导叶持环上半，配入中分面定位销，拧紧中分面螺栓，在导叶持环左、右侧的汽缸
中分面上各放置一只带表座的百分表，表头置于持环法兰的适当位置，并将两只表的示值调
整到相同读数（0 位），之后，在盘动转子的同时，适用调整组件的下螺纹座使导叶持环平
行下移（有 4 只调整组件的导叶持环只需调整对角两只即可），直至导叶持环与转子相碰，
转子盘不动为止，这时表上读数与“0 位”读数之差即为导叶持环与转子汽封的最小上部间
隙，同样，使导叶持环平行上移可测最小下部间隙。汽轮机产品合格说明书通流间隙的“垂
直间隙”一栏中有上下两个数据，它们分别是上、下部间隙的实测值。
导叶持环调整组件与汽缸中分面的间隙，可用大平尺和塞尺或深度游标卡测量。
导叶持环与转子的汽封上、下间隙可通过导叶持环调整组件的下螺纹座进行调整；调
整组中球面垫圈与汽缸中分面的间隙可用上螺纹座进行调整，调整结束，螺纹座必须在不改
变调整结果的前提下予以锁紧。
转子调节级动叶围带与内缸（两半内缸，蒸汽室，喷嘴室，下同）汽封的顶部间隙用
塞尺测量，数值可通过内缸的调整垫片（垫板）进行调整。
导叶持环与汽缸的轴向定位间隙用塞尺测量。
内缸上角形密封环除更换角形环、螺纹衬套外，N 型汽轮机安装时可不再进行测量，只
需检查一下角形环能否在周向移动自如，螺纹衬套定位销是否焊牢。
8.2 通流部分以外的装配控制尺寸
对照本体图 2-825X-XXXX-XX 和 A1 Λ Z 1 图 0-2011-1XXX-00 及 A4 Λ Z 4 图 0-2011-
4XXX-00，以汽轮机产品合格说明书中实测记录为参照值，对下列尺寸进行校验：
危急遮断油门定位尺寸
前、后汽封间隙
前、后轴承座油封环间隙
前、后支座装配间隙（包括猫爪，轴承座连接件，推力轴承支座，轴承座，汽缸导向定位
件等）
以上各项校验项目，视现场情况，可在二次灌浆前的各工序间穿插进行。
9、与被驱动机初找中
与被驱动机械直联的汽轮机，一般以汽轮机转子为基准，根据汽轮机冷态找中值（0-
0340-T.Nr-00）及被驱动机找中数据进行综合，确定被驱动机转子中心的调整量。
汽轮机与被驱动机之间有齿轮箱，齿轮箱与汽轮机一起装在底盘上并参加厂内空负荷
试车的机组，现场安装时，按汽轮机产品合格说明书中联轴器外圆、开口的对中实测纪录进
行检测，一般不需要重新调整。
汽轮机与被驱动机之间有齿轮箱或是汽轮机驱动多缸压缩机的机组，在确定转子公共
中心线时，一般是齿轮箱主动轴保持水平或是某一压缩机转子位置固定，移动另外各机的转
子，转子的移动通过调整轴承座位置来实现，以达到机组运行时联轴器同心且端面平行。
当汽轮机带有用于传动调速器，主油泵的驱动组件时，驱动组件主动轴与汽轮机转子
之间联轴器的对中需进行校验。
10、汽缸上下缸合缸
汽轮机的合缸工作耗费时间长，且劳动强度大，同时这一工序完成的好坏，直接影响整
个工程的的质量和机组的安全运行，因此合缸工作必须周密安排、精心操作。
10.1 合缸前的准备工作
10.1.1 器具及工具准备
合缸所需零件，应预先进行清点检查，并按一定次序放置整齐；
合缸所需工具应清点登记，合盖好再次清点，不得遗失；
清理汽缸中分面；
准备好中分面涂料。
10.1.2 装配准备工作
卸下找中心工具，装好轴承、轴承座上半及油封环。
内缸（两半内缸，蒸汽室，喷嘴室）
，导叶持环上、下半之间配入规定的定位销，上、
下半中分面螺栓拧紧后点焊防松，装好汽封。
当缸内带有测压接管时，装接好测压接管。
仔细检查，确保缸内无任何杂物。
10.2 合缸
10.2.1 吊入上缸
装好导柱，在汽缸中分面上均匀抹一层 0.3～0.5mm 厚的密封涂料。
按规定起吊位置起吊上缸、吊装上缸时，上缸水分面应保持水平，上缸下落时应随时
检查，不得有不均匀下落和卡住现象，在上、下缸中分面即将闭合而吊索尚未放松时，装入
汽缸定位销。
松开起吊索具，盘动转子，注意倾听缸内应无磨擦音响。
10.2.2 拧紧汽缸中分面螺栓
中分面螺栓的拧紧见 2-0410-02-00。
10.3 汽缸支撑转换
合缸前及合缸过程中，汽缸临时由下猫爪支撑，在汽缸中分面螺栓按要求拧紧后，应
转换到由上猫爪支撑，转换前必须先检查垫块（平垫铁或球面座调整组件）与上猫爪的接触
状况，接触面 0.03mm 塞尺应塞不进，在垫块垫实的情况下，松开下猫爪顶起螺钉，退出 3～
5mm 后锁紧。
10.4 复校转子——汽缸中心
汽缸支撑转换时，转子——汽缸中心会发生变化，引起变化的原因是多方面的，主要有：
在汽缸上猫爪由螺纹支认支承的汽轮机中，由于螺纹间隙的影响，汽缸转换到上猫爪
支撑后，汽缸中心会出现下移；
汽缸支撑转换前后，汽缸施加在支座上的力以及力作用点到支座中心的距离都不同，
因此，支撑转换后支座水平会改变；
另外，由于汽缸中分面螺栓的拧紧状态影响汽缸刚度以及汽封洼窝和汽缸测量环的变
形，因此它也会影响转子——汽缸的找中结果。
因此，在汽缸支撑转换后，需重新检测 R3 、r3 ，若中心偏差与原恶记录比较＞±0.03mm，
须再次调整。
11、装接排汽接管
按 2 的说明装接好排汽接管。
12、联轴器对中
在排汽接管装接好之后，复查汽轮机与被驱动机转子对中是否有变化，需要时重新调
整支座，使联轴器对中恢复到装接排汽接管前状态。
13、汽轮机装配收尾
卸下找中心工具，清除涂色检查时留在转子和轴瓦上的色标，装好轴承、轴承座上半
及油封环。
装好盘车机构。手动盘车机构可通过在安装过程中反复使用检查其功能；液压盘车机
构检查框架与棘轮的轴向间隙，后侧间隙应大于或等于后汽封间隙；电动盘车机构用手动操
作方式检查齿轮啮合、传动情况，在汽轮机单机试运行时，检查其投入、退出功能。
装入汽轮机——被驱动机连接件。
拆出汽缸中分面定位销，前轴承座拉杆按要求点焊（见 A1 Λ Z 1 图）。
14、二次灌浆
在确认底盘位置不需要再作移动后，便可着手进行基础二次灌浆，汽轮机二次灌浆应
与被驱动机械二次灌浆同时进行，一次完成。
二次灌浆的基本要求见 2-0310-01-00。
二次灌浆后至少经 24 小时，方可在底盘上进行装、拆重物的操作。
二次灌浆 24 小时后，底盘调整螺钉均退出～1 圈。
二次灌浆 72 小时后，按附表中最终预紧力矩拧紧地脚螺栓，使得机组在经过长期运行
后，地脚螺栓仍有足够的剩余应力，以确保与基础牢固的连接。
15、其它安装工作
15.1 相关设备的安装
集中供油装置或散装油箱，冷油器，滤油器，SRⅣ调整器，速关组件，就地仪表柜，
抽气器，疏水膨胀箱，凝结水泵等设备、部个的安装可与汽轮机本体的安装同步进行。
15.2 汽、水、油管路的安装
随机出厂的管路在厂内已作过酸洗处理（不参加空负荷试车的直管除外）。现场制作的
管道，须在试压合格并经清洗后再接入管路，清洗采用化学清洗或是水冲洗，压缩空气或蒸
汽吹扫按现场施工工艺规程进行。
与汽轮机本体连接的平衡管，封、漏汽管，冒汽管可在二次灌浆前接好。
油管路，疏水管路，抽气器的蒸汽、空气、水管道的装接视管道位置及工程进度安排，
在二次灌浆前后穿插进行。疏水管路装接时一定要注意：决不能使疏水倒流进入汽轮机；疏
水阀的位置要便于操作；汽轮机起动时处于负压区域的疏水要引到疏水膨胀箱，疏水膨胀箱
各疏水接口位置必须按规定次序排列，即高压疏水管在远离凝汽器的一端，压力最低的疏水
接在靠近凝汽器的一端，这样高压疏水不致于阻碍低压疏水的流动。
凝结水泵的进、出水管道在凝结水泵及抽气器定位后即可装接。
蒸汽管道与油管道之间的距离尽可能拉开，如蒸汽管道与蒸汽管道相交错且蒸汽管道在
下方时，蒸汽管道上须采取遮挡防护措施，以免油滴遇高温而起火。
汽轮机进汽管在二次灌浆结束，地脚螺栓按预紧力矩拧紧后装接，接管时在汽缸前猫爪
的 X、Y、Z 三个方位装百分表进行监视，不得使汽缸产生位移。
机组的油管路在汽轮机起动前须进行油循环清洗（见 3-0340-）
。
汽轮机进汽管在汽轮机起动前须进行蒸汽吹扫（见 3-0350-）
。
16、仪表
机组配属的一、二次仪表，最好在二次灌浆后按器材清单 0-2020-T.Nr-00 及装置监视随
机技术文件 0-0101-T.Nr-01 装接、校验。机组配置的仪表应在安装前或安装过程中进行校验，
安装后需对仪表是否齐全进行核对。
17、保温层
保温层敷设见 2-7600-说明。
保温层敷设在油循环结束（见 3-0340-），蒸汽管路吹洗（见 3-0350-）合格后进行。
18、罩壳
罩壳通常在汽轮机单机试运后安装。
罩壳装在底盘上的机组，按罩壳图 0-2018-XXXX-00 将罩壳并装在底盘上。
安装在基础上的罩壳，按布置图 0-2015-T.Nr-00 和罩壳图 0-2018-XXXX-00 进行安装。
附注：
1、在地脚螺栓按初始拧紧力矩拧紧后，需要调节调整螺钉时，每只螺钉每次旋紧角度不要
超过 30°，以防过载损坏螺纹，调节时应尽可能使所有调整螺钉均匀承载。
2、汽轮机产品合格说明书中找中数据的说明。
2.1 汽轮机厂内装配时，我们将测点 5（左侧下半靠近中分面的测点）的读数修正到“0”位
作为比较基准，这是一种习惯作法，因此产品合格说明书的找中数据中，测点 5 的数据
都是 0。
2.2 从 R3 及 r3 的数据中可看出，汽缸测量环有可能不是一个正圆，这是由于汽缸加工时中
分面选取的误差，汽缸中分面涂料，汽封洼窝变形等多种因素所致，尽管如此，在测量
时，R3、r3 作为相对比较基准并不会影响找中的精确度。
附表：
地脚螺栓拧紧力矩
地脚螺栓规格 M30 M36 M42 M45 M48 M52 M56 M64
1）初始拧紧力矩 A Nm 20 30 40 50 50 60 70 90
2）初始拧紧力矩 B Nm 100 150 200 220 250 280 320 470
3）最终预紧力矩 Nm 510 890 1420 1770 2150 2750 3430 5110
1）当每根地脚螺栓旁配置 1 只调整螺钉时，地脚螺栓按该力矩拧紧。
2）每根地脚螺栓两侧各有 1 只调整螺钉时，地脚螺栓按该力矩拧紧。
上述拧紧力矩 A、B 的允许误差为±10％，过大的拧紧力矩会影响汽轮机的找平。
3）当机组安装在已使用～3 年的混凝土基础上时，地脚螺栓的预紧力矩取表列数值的 70％。
Installation of Condensing Turbine with Baseplate 2-0400-15-01
Installation of Condensing Turbine with Baseplate

The turbine has been completely assembled and mounted on the baseplate and passed
the no-load test running in the workshop of the manufacturer. It is demounted and
packed in several boxes when delivering to the user, but the bottom half (the half of the
pedestal and the casing) of the turbine is usually not demounted from the baseplate. It is
recommended that when installing the turbine on site, do not demount and re-assemble
the components that have been assembled as could as possible. After the baseplate
positioned, check the assembling dimensions against the actually measuring records in
the Product Certificate and make proper adjustments, if necessary. The check results
during installation should be recorded.
For the turbine mounted on a common baseplate (see the Layout Drawing
No.0-2015-T.Nr-00), it is mounted on the baseplate according to the agreement between
our company and the common baseplate supplier. For connection of the baseplate to the
foundation, refer to the related information offered by the common baseplate
manufacturer.
The installation steps:

1. Preparation for foundation
According to the description in 2-0300-03-xx.
2.Positioning condenser
Install the condenser according to the Layout Drawing No.0-2015-T.Nr-00, the
Assembly Drawing of Condenser No.2-3580-xxxx-xx and the Exhaust nozzle Drawing
No.2-6056-T.Nr-00.
Lift the condenser and place it on the foundation pier. The bearing plate (slide plate)
should be fitted between the pedestal of the condenser and the foundation pier. Adjust
the condenser to the proper position based on the longitudinal and lateral centerlines of
the foundation pier. The condenser pedestal near the water inlet and outlet piping is the
fixed end; the other pedestal with the oval anchor-bolt hole is a movable end. During
operation the condenser can be slide on the bearing plate towards the movable end.
The exhaust nozzle is delivered with an allowance about 50mm in length. After
the turbine positioned in field installation, make up the length of the exhaust nozzle
according with the actual distance between the exhaust port on the casing and the steam
inlet of the condenser. Weld the exhaust nozzle to the steam inlet on the condenser
following the requirement after the turbine body installed and adjusted. The given
cold-draw clearance (see The Layout Drawing) must be pre-kept between the exhaust
nozzle and the flange of the exhaust port on the casing. The clearance should be even
around the flange surface. On the flange seal surface and the gasket the sealing coating
must be mopped. When connecting the flanges, tighten the bolts evenly and
symmetrically so as to ensure the tightness of the connection.

The foreign materials must not fall into the condenser during installation.
3. Positioning Baseplate with turbine

Suspend the baseplate and the turbine at the lifting lugs of the baseplate horizontally.
Coat threads of trimming screws with the lubricating agent, and then screw down them
until their spherical ends protrude from the bottom surface of the baseplate. The
protruded length should be approximately in accordance with the center height of the
turbine set. Lower the turbine slowly in such a way that the axial line of the turbine is
aligned with the centerline of the foundation and the axial position is in accordance with
the requirement of the coupled driven machine. Once any of the trimming screw
contacts to the packing plate embedded on the foundation, stop to lower the turbine and
make all the rest ones contact with the packing plate too. After the turbine supported by
the trimming screws, adjust the height of the turbine center to requirement with them
(Note 1). Then penetrate the anchor bolts and tighten the nuts with hand.
The jacking screws are equipped on the baseplate at the sides of the turbine pedestal for
adjusting the pedestal position. With them the turbine can be moved axially and laterally
in respect with the baseplate during installation.
4. Dismount of fixers for shipping top-half components

Except for the items 100, 101 and 102 (or 5, 6,and 7), the items indicated on
the Shipping Drawing No 2-8470-xxxx-xx are fixers used for fixing the casings and
pedestals during transportation. The fixers for shipping should be dismounted but the
jacking screws on the lower supporting bracket of the casing should not be loosed after
the baseplate positioned.
For the turbine delivered with the top and bottom casings jointed, the top half of
the casing, the top half of the inner casing or the steam chamber (nozzle chest), the
upper half of the guide-blade carrier and the gland bush are required to be removed after
the balseplate positioned.
Remove the upper half of the front and rear bearing housing and then the upper half of
the radial bearing and the thrust bearing. The upper half of the front bearing housing
may be lifted with the “Lifting Tool for Cover of Bearing Housing” 3-3009-xxxx-xx.
5. Level-up of turbine
Check the lateral and longitudinal levels of the turbine at casing split with a frame or an
optical level. Make adjustment with the trimming screws on the baseplate , if necessary.
When a gear box is used between the turbine and the driven machine or the turbine is
used for driving a multi-cylinder compressor, the longitudinal level of the turbine casing
should be made based on the rising requirement on the turbine rotor after the common
central line of the unit rotor has been decided. For the turbine coupled directly with
the driven machine, the deviations of the lateral and longitudinal levels at the casing
split should be ≤0.06mm/m.

After the center height and the level of turbine adjusted to the requirement, tighten the
anchor bolts to the initial tightening torque listed in the table below.
6. Checking alignment “Rotor – Casing”

Clean the front and rear bearings and the thrust bearing, put the lower half of the radial
bearing into the bearing housing.
Lift and put the rotor into the casing with the lifting tool (2-8540-xxxx-00), after the
journal of the rotor cleaned.
The lift of the rotor should be in command of the person specially assigned. When
lifting it, the rotor should be remained level axially. The ends of the rotor should be
buttressed by the skilled installation personnel when positioning the rotor. It must be
noticed that do not collide the moving components with the stationary ones. Lower
the rotor until the journal is away from the bearing pad about 150 mm, pour the pad
with clear turbine oil and seat the rotor on the axial bearings. Then, mount the thrust
bearing and turn the rotor to check whether it is seized by or collided with the stationary
parts.
The alignment of “rotor – casing” is done through aligning the rotor with the recess of
the gland bush. Make the axial line of the rotor be in consistent with the central line of
the casing as could as possible.
On the recess end face of the front and rear gland bushes of the casing there is an
annular groove called as “measuring ring for casing”, as showed in details C2 and C3 on
the Shipping Drawing. During assembling the turbine in the workshop of
the manufacturer, the measurement is made at the measuring ring and recorded after the
alignment of the rotor with the gland-bush recess. R4 and r4 in the Product Certificate
are the alignment values of the front and rear gland-bush recesses, while R3 and r3 are
the measurements at the front and rear measuring rings. During installation or after
turbine has been operated for a period, to check whether the casing center changes or
not, it is only needed to make a measurement at the measuring ring and compare the
measured results with the original records, opening the casing is not necessary (Note2.1
and 2.2).
The alignment tool supplied with the turbine includes a thread steel tape (100), a fixed
connection (101) and an angle plate for direction change (102). It is contained in
the instrument box for delivery. To check the alignment, attach the alignment tool to
the rotor and the dial gauge and its seat to the fixed connection, as showed on
the Shipping Drawing. There are six measuring spots for each checkpoint. The number
and position of the measuring spot are indicated on the Shipping Drawing.
The values R3, r3, and R4, r4 in the Product Certificate are the measured values after the
casing jointed. During aligning the rotor with the casing in field installation, the top half

of the casing has been removed, so there are only 3 measuring spots at each
checkpoint. Make the measurements at the measuring spots 3, 4 and 5 in the recesses
of the front and rear gland bushes of the casing. If the deviation of the rotor center to
the casing is ＜ 0.05mm and the rotor center is lower than the casing one,
the installation can be carried on. If not, the adjustment is required. To adjust the
casing or the bearing housing is determined by the field condition. After the center
adjusted to the requirement, put on the top half of the casing. Now, the casing is still
supported by the jacking screws of the lower supporting brackets. Fit the positioning
pins and tighten the split bolts of the casing at intervals of one bolt. After that, carry
out the supporting transfer for the casing. If the upper supporting bracket is padded
with the spherical washer or flat plate, loose the jacking screw of the lower
supporting bracket. For the turbine that is seated on the spherical washer and thread
seat, the monitor should be made at the recess of the gland bush with a dial gauge
when transferring the casing support. If the casing center moves down after the
transfer, bring the reading on the dial gauge to the original value through adjusting
the thread support. Subsequently, make the measurements at the recesses of the front
and rear gland bushes of the casing. When the center of the rotor with respect to the
casing is in accordance to the requirement, measure the measuring ring of the casing
and record the results as the reference for latter center checking (see 9.4). Then lift
and remove the top half of the casing. It is required to jack the lower supporting
bracket with the jacking screw before loosing the split bolt. Turn it until the reading
on the dial gauge begins to change.
7. Check bearing housing and bearing

This is usually done during aligning the rotor with the casing.
The values R1, R2, r1 and r2 in the Product Certificate are the actual measurements
during centering the front and rear bearings and bearing housings. When positioning the
bearing housing in assembling the turbine, various adjustment requirements should be
compromised, and additionally the various deflections exist in the fabrication of the
bearing housing. Thereby, the values R1, R2, r1 and r2 are just taken as the reference for
judging whether the center line of the bearing housing is parallel to that of the rotor
when aligning the bearing housing to the casing. If R1, R2, r1 and r2 are not in
coordination with the requirements for leveling the turbine and centering the rotor
during assembling, the alignment of the rotor to the casing and the bearing good contact
should be ensured first.
When the front bearing housing contains a thrust-bearing carrier the value R5 and R6,
which are the measurements for centering the inner circle of the thrust-bearing carrier
and the runout on the carrier end face, will be found in the Product Certificate.
For the check of the bearing, refer to 2-0700-01-xx.
8. Checking other assembling dimensions

8.1 Steam-path section
Check the assembling dimensions of the steam path taking the actual measurements in
the Product Certificate as the reference, according to the Steam Path Drawing
No.0-2100-T.Nr-11.
There is no adjusting element so that the axial position of the moving blade for each
stage on the rotor is guaranteed by machining. Also, the positions of the inner casing,
the guide-blade carrier and the gland-bush housing in the casing are fixed. This can be
seen from the real rotor and the Steam Path Drawing. Therefore, the requirement of
each section should be compromised and the clearance of each section should be
re-allotted reasonably when positioning the rotor. On the whole, the minimum axial
clearance is at the front gland bush (or at the dummy piston gland). The axial
positioning of the rotor should ensure the required clearance of the gland bush as well as
that clearances at the leading and trailing edges of the moving blades of each stage are
larger than the specified minimum value (First, the clearance at the trailing edge of
the moving blade must be larger than the specified minimum value). When assembling
in the workshop of the manufacturer the axial position dimension E1 (E1 is the distance
from the reference face at the front end of the casing to the end face of
the dummy-piston drum and is listed in the column “Position of Main Shaft” of
the Product Certificate) is determined after synthesized the measured data of the axial
clearance between the moving and the stationary parts for each section. The axial
position of the thrust bearing is decided based on the E1. To make the position of
the thrust bearing be fitted with E1, adjust the position of the front bearing housing or
the thrust-bearing carrier with the pull rod when necessary. The axial position of
the rotor is ensured by the thrust bearing.
The X+ and X- in column “Positioning of main shaft” of the Product Certificate denote
the backward (primary thrust direction) and forward (secondary thrust direction) plays
of the turbine rotor with respect to its positioning reference E1, with the thrust bearing
removed.
After the thrust bearing mounted the axial clearance between the rotor and
the stationary parts must be checked under the condition that the collar on the rotor
contacts to the primary thrust pad. Usually, the clearances between the moving blade
and the nozzle and guide blade and between the moving and stationary seal strips are
measured with the feeler gauge or vernier calipers.
Usually, the axial clearance of the twisted blade is not measured. But the clearance
between the tip of the blade and the conical surface in the guide-blade ring should be
checked with feeler gauge.
The radial clearances between the guide-blade carrier and the rotor gland at right and
left sides are measured with the feeler gauge. Adjust the lateral center of the guide-blade
carrier with the eccentric guide stem at the bottom of the guide-blade carrier to make

the clearances at the right and left sides equal. Then lock the eccentric guide stem (for
the turbine using the guide-blade carrier without the eccentric guide stem, the
adjustment is not required). The clearances in the vertical direction are measured in the
following method. Mount the upper half of the guide-blade carrier, fit the positioning
pins and tighten the split bolts. Put a dial gauge with the seat on the casing split at the
right and left sides of the guide-blade carrier and the gauge outfit on the proper position
of the carrier flange. Set these two dial gauges to the same readings (0). Then, at the
time when turning the rotor move the carrier down parallelly with the lower thread seat
of the adjusting element until it contacts to the rotor and the rotor can not be turned
(only two on the cross are required to be adjusted for the carrier with four adjusting
elements). The reading indicated on the dial gauge is just the minimum upper clearance
between the carrier and the rotor gland. In the same way, the minimum lower clearance
can be measured through moving the carrier up. Two data listed in the column “Vertical
Clearance” of the steam path in the Product Certificate denote the actual measurements
of the upper and lower clearances, respectively.
The clearance between the adjusting element of guide-blade carrier and the casing split
can be measured with the large leveling rule and feeler gauge or the depth calipers.
The upper and lower clearances between the carrier and the rotor gland can be adjusted
with the lower thread seat in the adjusting element of the carrier, while with the upper
thread seat the clearance between the spherical washer in the adjusting element and
casing split can be adjusted. After adjustments, the thread seats must be locked under
the precondition that the adjustment is not changed.
The top clearance between the moving-blade shroud of the control stage and the gland
bush in the inner casing (inner casing in halves, steam chamber and nozzle chest, the
same below) is measured with the feeler gauge and can be adjusted with the adjusting
gasket (plate) of the inner casing.
The axial positioning clearance between the carrier and the casing is measured with the
feller gauge.
When installing the turbine of model N, it is not required to measure the seal ring of
L-shaped cross section in the inner casing, except for replacing the seal ring and the
thread bush. But it is needed to check the seal ring whether it can move freely in
circumferential direction and the positioning pin of the thread bush is welded firmly.
8.2 Assembling dimension beyond steam-path section

Taking the actual measurements in the Product Certificate as the reference, check the
following dimensions according to the Turbine-body Drawing No. 2-825x-xxxx-xx, the
view A1-Z1 on the drawing No.0-0211-1xxx-00 and the view A4-Z4 on the drawing
No.0-2011-axxx-00:
The positioning dimension of the emergency trip gear;

The clearances of the front and rear gland bushes;
The clearances of the oil-seal rings in the front and rear bearing housings;
The assembling clearances of the front and rear pedestals (including supporting bracket,
connector of bearing housing, thrust-bearing carrier, bearing housing, guide of casing).
The checks mentioned above can be done in the intervals of the installation steps before
the back grouting of the foundation depended on the site condition.
9. Initial alignment to driven machine

For the turbine directly coupled with the driven machine, the turbine rotor is usually
taken as the reference. The adjusting value for the rotor center of the driven machine is
determined by the alignment value (0-0340-T.Nr-00) of the turbine rotor under cold
state and the alignment data of the driven machine.
If the gear box is used between the turbine and the driven machine, and it is mounted on
the baseplate with the turbine and joined in the no-load test running in the workshop of
the manufacturer, check the excircle and the opening of the coupling according to
the actual measurements recorded in the Product Certificate during field installation.
Usually, it is not necessary to adjust again.
For the turbine that is connected with the driven machine via the gear box or that drives
a multi-stage compressor, the common central line of the rotors is usually fixed on in
such a way that making the driving shaft of the gear box remain level or the position for
one of the compressor rotor fixed, move the other machines’ rotors through adjusting
the position of the bearing housing, so as to achieve the couplings to be concentric and
the end faces parallel during turbine-set operation.
For the turbine with the drive element for driving the speed governor and main oil pump,
the alignment of the coupling between the driving shaft of the drive element and the
turbine rotor should be checked.
10. Joining top and bottom casings

The join of the turbine casings will spend a lot of time and need a lager amount of
human labor. The casing jointed in good or not will have a direct effect on the project
quality and the turbine safety operation. So the casing-joined work must be scheduled
deliberately and done carefully.
10.1 Preparation before joining casings

10.1.1 Preparation for appliances and tools
The required parts in joining the casings must be counted, checked and placed in order,
in advance.
The required tools must be counted and registered. After the casing joined the tools
must be counted again, ensuring no tool lost.

Clean the split of the casing and prepare coating for split.
10.1.2 Preparation for assembling

Remove the alignment tool; mount the upper half of the bearing and bearing housing as
well as the oil-seal ring.
Fit the specified pins between the inner casing (inner casing in halves, steam chamber
and nozzle chest) and the upper/lower halves of the guide-blade carrier, tighten the split
bolts and spot-weld them against loose. Mount the gland bushes.
Connect the nozzle for measuring pressure inside the casing, if there is any.
Inspect carefully and make sure that there is no sundry in the casing.
10.2 Joining casings

10.2.1 Lifting and mounting top casing
After the guide stem mounted, mop a layer of seal coating (approx. 0.3-0.5mm in
thicknes) on the casing split.
Lift the top casing at the specified lifting position. When lifting it, the top casing should
be remained level. When lowering it, the check should be made at any time. Uniform
lowering and jamming are not allowed. When the casings are about to joint, fit in
the positioning pins of the casing.
Loose the lift rigging. Turn the rotor, listen carefully and make sure that there is no
sound caused by friction in the casing.
10.2.2 Tightening split bolts of casing

For tightening the split bolts, refer to 2-0410-02-xx.
10.3 Support transfer for casing

Before and during joining the casing, the casing is temporarily supported with the lower
supporting bracket. It should be transferred to the upper supporting bracket after
the split bolts tightened as required. Before transferring, the contact condition between
the raising block (flat raising block or adjusting element with spherical seat) and
the upper supporting bracket must be checked. Under the condition that the feeler gauge
of 0.03 mm could not be inserted between the contacting faces, loose the jacking screw
of the lower supporting bracket by 3-5 mm, then lock it.
10.4 Re-check alignment of rotor-casing

The alignment of the rotor to casing may be changed in support transfer of the casing.
This is mainly caused by:
For the turbine that is seated on the thread seat by means of the upper supporting

bracket, after the casing support is transferred to the upper supporting bracket, the
center the casing may move down due to the thread clearance.
Before and after the support transfer of the casing, the force acted by the casing on
the pedestal and the distance from the force acting point to the center of the pedestal are
different, so that the level of the pedestal will be changed after transferred.
Additionally, the tightness of the casing-split bolt has an effect on the casing rigidity
and the deformation of the casing recess and measuring ring, and consequently on
the alignment of the rotor with the casing.
Therefore, the values R3 and r3 should be rechecked after support transferred. If

the center deviation compared with the original record is ＞ ± 0.03mm, the
readjustment must be done.
11 Connecting exhaust nozzle

Connect the exhaust nozzle according with the instructions in item 2.
12. Aligning coupling

After the exhaust nozzle connected, recheck the alignment of the turbine with the driven
machine whether it changes or not. Re-adjust the pedestal to restore the alignment of the
coupling to the state before the exhaust nozzle connected, if necessary.
13. Ending turbine assemble

Dismount the alignment tool, clean the color left on the rotor and the bearing pad during
penetrant inspection. Mount the upper half of the bearing and the bearing housing as
well as the oil-seal ring.
Mount the barring gear. For the manual barring gear, check its function through
operating it repeatedly during assembling. If the hydraulic barring gear is used, check
the axial clearance between the frame and the ratchet wheel. The clearance at the
backside should be larger than or equal to that of the rear gland bush. If the electrical
barring gear is used, check the engagement and drive of the gears through manual
operating and the engagement and disengagement functions during turbine test running.
Mount the connectors between the turbine and driven machine.
Remove the positioning pin of the casing split. Spot-weld the nut on pull rod of the front
bearing housing as required (see view A1-Z1).
14. Back grouting

Make sure that the baseplate will not be moved again, carry out the back grouting for
the foundation. The back grouting of the turbine and the driven machine should be done
simultaneously and finished at one time.

For the requirement on the back grouting, see 2-0310-01-00.
Mounting or dismounting heavy component on the baseplate only can be done after
the back grouting finished at least for 24 hours.
After the back grouting finished for 24 hours, turn back all of the trimming screws by 1
turn.
After back grouting finished for 72 hours, tighten the anchor bolts to the final tightening
torque listed in the attached table so as to make the anchor bolts still has the enough
remaining stress after long period operation, ensuring the baseplate to be connected with
the foundation firmly.
15. Other installation

15.1 Installation of relevant equipments
The installations of the centralized oil-supply unit or the bulk oil tank, oil cooler and oil
filter, the SRIV governor, the trip block, the local instrument cabinet, the erector, the
expansion tank of drainage, the condensing pump and etc can be carried out
simultaneously with the installation of the turbine.
15.2 Installation of seam, water and oil piping

The piping supplied with the turbine has been pickled in the workshop of
the manufacturer (except for the straight piping that is not concerned with the no-load
test run). The field fabrication piping only can be connected after pressure test and
cleaned. Either chemical cleaning or water flushing can be adopted. The piping should
be purged with compressed air or steam according with the field construction procedure.
The steam piping connected with the turbine body, such as the balance pipe, the gland
steam pipe, the leakage steam pipe and the vent pipe may be connected before back
grouting.
The installation of the oil piping, the drainage piping, the steam, air, water piping for the
erector may be carried out before and after the back grouting based on the piping
location and construction progress. The drainage piping should be so installed that the
drainage must not flow back to the turbine and the drainage valve must be located at the
place convenient for operating. The drainage from the negative-pressure zone during
turbine start-up should be led to the expansion tank of the drainage. The connections on
the tank for drainage must be arranged in the specified order, i.e. the drainage piping at
the high pressure should be connected to the tank at the end far from the condenser,
while the one at the lowest pressure to the end near the condenser. In this way the
high-pressure drainage will not interfere with the flow of the low-pressure drainage.
The inlet and outlet piping of the condensate pump can be connected after the pump and

the ejector positioned.
The distance between the steam piping and the oil piping should be as large as possible.
In the event that the steam piping is crossed to and under the oil piping, it should be
shielded to avoid the oil drop being on fire under the high temperature.
The steam inlet and exhaust piping should be connected after the back grouting and the
anchor bolts tightened to the required tightening torque. When connecting, the monitor
in three directions (X, Y and Z) at the supporting bracket of the casing should be carried
out, ensuring the casing not to be moved.
Before turbine start-up, the oil piping must be cleaned by means of oil cycling (see
3-0340-) and the steam inlet piping must be blown with steam (see 3-0350-).
16. Instruments
It is batter to mount and verify the primary and secondary instruments supplied with the
turbine according to the Bill of Material No.0-2020-T.Nr-00 and the attached document
of the Plant Monitoring No.0-0101-T.Nr-01 after back grouting. Verify the instruments
that have been mounted on the turbine before or during turbine installation. After
installation, check whether the instruments is in completion.
17. Heat-insulating lagging

The layout of the heat-insulating lagging should be carried out after the oil cycle (see
3-0340-) and the steam piping blown (see 3-0350-) according to the description in
2-7600-.
18. Encloser
In general, the encloser is installed after turbine test running alone.
For the turbine that the encloser is mounted on the baseplate, mount the encloser on the
baseplate according to the Encloer Drawing No.0-2018-xxxx-00.
If the encloser is mounted on the foundation, mount it according to the Layout Drawing
No.0-2015-T.Nr-00 and the Encloser Drawing No.0-2018-xxxx-00.
Note:
1. If the trimming screw is required to be adjusted after the anchor bolt have been
tightened to the initial tightening torque, the turning angle in one time for each
screw should not be in excess of 30°for preventing thread damage due to overload.
During adjusting, make all trimming screws carry an equal share of load as could as
possible.
2. The description of the alignment data in the Product Certificate.

2.1 When assembling the turbine in the workshop of the manufacturer, the reading at

the measuring spot 5 (the spot at the left bottom near the split) is usually corrected
to “0” and taken as the comparing reference. Therefore, the datum of the measuring
spot 5 in the alignment data of the Product Certificate is always 0.
2.2 From R3 and r3 we may see that the measuring ring may not be a perfect circle. This
is caused by the error in selecting the split during machining the casing, the
coating on the split of the casing or the deformation of the casing recess. Despite all
this, R3 and r3 as the relative comparing reference will not influence the
accuracy in alignment.
Table: Tightened torque for anchor bolt

Size of anchor bolt M30 M36 M42 M45 M48 M52 M56 M64
1)Initial tightened torque A Nm 20 30 40 50 50 60 70 80
2)Initial tightened torque B Nm 100 150 200 220 250 280 320 470
3)Final tightened torque Nm 510 890 1420 1770 2150 2750 3430 5110
1) The values are used for the anchor bolt equipped with one trimming screw.
2) The values are used for the anchor bolt equipped with two trimming screws at both sides.
The allowed deviation of the tightening torque A and B is ±10％. The excessive tightening
torque will have an effect on the level-up of the turbine.
3) When the turbine is mounted on the concrete foundation that has been used for about 3 years,
the 70% of the value listed in the table is taken.

使用说明书汽缸中分面螺栓的拧紧 2-0410-02-00
汽缸中分面螺栓的拧紧
汽轮机出厂时汽缸中分面螺栓的状态与汽轮机发货、装运条件有关：整机发运的汽轮
机，出厂时汽缸中分面螺栓已按要求拧紧；对分缸发运或用户要求在安装现场解体安装的汽
轮机，出厂时汽缸中分面螺栓仅大致旋紧，在用户现场安装时再按要求拧紧。
图 1 汽缸水平法兰面螺栓拧紧顺序示意图
汽缸中分面螺栓的拧紧方法随螺栓材质及规格而异。对 NiCr20TiAl 及其代用材料的螺
栓、螺纹直径>M64 的其它材料（如 21CrMoV 等）的螺栓，应该用热紧或液压拉紧方法拧
紧； M64≥螺纹直径≥M52 的其它材料（如 21CrMoV 等）的螺栓，根据设计需要确定是
否用热紧或液压拉紧方法拧紧。不预紧的螺栓用接长专用扳手拧紧。汽缸中分面螺栓需热紧
或液压拉伸的汽轮机，随机提供相应螺栓拧紧设备，
螺栓拧紧值应符合随机资料 0-3400-T.Nr-
00（螺栓拧紧数据表）的规定。用扳手拧紧的螺栓，拧紧时不要使用锤击扳手的手段，因锤
击不仅难以控制拧紧力矩，而且极易损伤螺纹。
在汽轮机安装或大修过程中，上、下缸合缸后拧紧中分面螺栓时，为避免中分面法兰变
形、防止中分面漏汽，螺栓拧紧应按合理次序进行。图 1 是 NK 型汽轮机水平中分面螺栓拧
紧顺序示意图，对带有延长段，过渡段的 ENK 或 EHNK 型汽轮机的汽缸，虽螺栓的分布位
使用说明书汽缸中分面螺栓的拧紧 2-0410-02-00
置及数量与图示有所不同，不过它们螺栓拧紧顺序的原则是相同的，即从紧靠第 1 个导叶持
环凸缘前的螺栓开始，依次向前拧紧，而后，从中间依次向后拧紧，
图中标示的螺栓编号也就是拧紧的先后次序。
前、后缸之间的垂直中分面螺栓，在用户现场通常不涉及拧紧问题，如确有需要，可按
图 2 所示选择一种，按序拧紧。
图2 汽缸垂直法兰面螺栓拧紧顺序示意图
Tightening Casing-Split Bolts 2-0410-02-01
Tightening Casing-Split Bolts

The state of the turbine casing-split bolt in delivery is determined by the conditions of
the turbine delivery and shipping. For the turbine delivered in completion, the
casing-split bolts have been tightened in the factory according to the requirement. For
the turbine that is delivered in several packages or is disassemble and reassemble on site
as required by user, the casing-split bolts are only tightened approximately when the
turbine being delivered and retightened during installing on site.
Fig.1 Tightening order of bolts for horizontal casing split
The tightening method varies with the material and size of the bolt. For the bolt made of
NiCr20TiAl, 21Cr1Mo1VtiB (thread diameter ≥M52), 21CrMoV (thread diameter ≥
M64) or 35CrMo, heat-tightening or hydraulic-tensioning method must be adopted in
tightening the casing-split bolts. The other bolts can be tightened with special extension
wrench. The special tool for tightening the bolt in heat-tightening or
hydraulic-tensioning method is provided with the turbine. The tightness of the bolt
should be in accordance with the value given in the attached document
No.0-3400-T.Nr-00 (Data sheet of bolt tightness). When tightening the bolt with wrench
it is not allowed to beat the wrench using a hammer because the tightening torque
cannot be controlled and the thread of the bolt will be damaged in hammer beating.
During turbine installation or overhaul, tighten the casing-split bolts in a reasonable

order to avoid the split flange being deformed and resulting in split leakage. Fig.1
shows the tightening order of the bolts for the turbine of model NK. For the turbine of
model ENK or EHNK with extension sector and transition sector, the locations and
number of the casing-split bolts will be different to that showed in the picture, but the

Tightening Casing-Split Bolts 2-0410-02-01
tightening order is the same, i.e. tighten the bolts, from the one before the flange of the
first guide-blade carrier, forwards in turn, and then, from the middle, backwards in turn.
The blot numbers in the picture indicate the tightening order.
The bolts of the vertical split between the front and rear casings have been tightened in
the workshop of the manufacturer. If it is necessary to tighten them on site, one of the
tightening orders shown in Fig.2 can be selected.
Fig. 2 Tightening order of bolts for vertical casing split

使用说明书轴承装配检测 2-0700-01-00
轴承装配检测
本节主要说明汽轮机安装时轴承检测的要点，轴承、轴承支座以及轴承调整圈的结构
及装配调整请见 1-0710-，1-0720-，1-0730-的介绍。
轴承检测视现场情况可与转子找中穿插进行。
轴承检测时，以汽轮机产品合格说明书中的实测数据为参照值。
1、径向轴承
1.1 轴承顶隙：二油楔、四油楔轴承用内、外径千分尺分别测量轴瓦圆柱部分直径及轴颈直
径，两者之差即为轴承顶隙。
可倾瓦轴承（见 1-0730-）分别测量轴承座孔径 D A ，轴承环厚度 W1 ，瓦块厚度 W2 及
轴颈直径 d，按 S 2 = D A − 2(W1 + W2 ) − d 得出轴承间隙 S 2 .
1.2 轴瓦侧隙：二油楔、四油楔轴承通常用塞尺测量，用不同厚度的塞尺片由厚至薄连续测
试，塞尺插入深度～20mm，前后及左右四个测点数值一样，则表明轴承中心线与转子
轴线重合。四油楔轴承检测时，轴承中分面处于水平位置，即与运行时位置相差 45°。
1.3 轴瓦与转子轴颈的接触
一般用涂色法检查轴瓦与转子轴颈的接触印痕，显示剂用红油或蓝油，涂层厚度约为
0.003～0.006mm。在轴颈及轴瓦表面清理干净后（见附注），在轴颈表面均匀涂上色标，标
记长度应大于轴瓦宽度，均匀施力轻缓盘动转子后，取出下瓦，检查轴瓦的接触印痕。
二油楔轴承，轴承下瓦底面中部的印痕沿轴线方向在轴瓦全长范围应连续、均匀分布，
印痕宽度～10mm。印痕宽愈窄则在运行时轴承温升也就会愈小。
四油楔轴承检查时位置与 1.2 相同，下瓦的印痕有两条，每条宽度 3～5mm，沿轴线方
向连续、均匀分布。印痕宽度愈窄愈好，窄的印痕宽度在运行时轴承温度也就相对较低。
可倾瓦轴承，轴承下半两只瓦块上的印痕沿轴线方向应连续、均匀分布，印痕长度应
大于轴瓦宽度的 90％。
对使用可倾轴承的汽轮机，安装时应使轴承座 R1 、 R2 （ r1 、 r2 ）同侧的数值相同，以
确保轴承座轴向中心线与转子轴线平行。
2、推力轴承
2.1 推力间隙：测量时装两只百分表，一只监测轴承体，另一只测量转子的轴向串动。装好
推力轴承（包括调整垫片）后，在按汽轮机转向盘动转子的同时，向前、后推动转子，
使用说明书轴承装配检测 2-0700-01-00
保持第一只表读数不变，这样第二只表上两次测量读数之差即为推力间隙。
2.2 推力瓦块的接触检查
在转子推力盘的两个推力面上均匀涂一层色标，在推力盘分别与正、副推力瓦块接触
的情况下，盘动转子，之后检查推力瓦块的接触印痕，每块瓦上印痕区面积应大于瓦块面积
的 80％。
上述两项可同时进行。
附注：
要拆出径向轴承的下半时，对整机发运的汽轮机，用手握住起吊转子的索具即可使转子
轴颈与轴瓦脱离接触，这样就可旋出轴承下半，注意：当前、后轴承都拆出后，转子
临时由汽封支撑时，绝对不允许盘动转子。对分箱发运的汽轮机，安装过程中，一般
在一缸未合缸时进行轴承检测，即可用整机发运汽轮同样方法，也可直接起吊转子拆出轴承
下半，对质量大的转子，随机提供转子抬起工具（2-8540-00XX-XX），可利用该工具抬起转
子拆出轴承下半。
Checking Bearings 2-0700-01-01
Check Bearings
This section mainly describes the key points that should be noticed in checking the
bearing during turbine installation. For the structure, assembling and adjusting of the
bearing, bearing carrier and bearing adjusting ring, please refer to 1-0710-, 1-0720 and
1-0730-.
Check the bearing taking the actual measurements recorded in the Product Certificate as
the reference. It may be carried out alternatively with the alignment of the rotor.
1. Radial bearing
1.1 Crest clearance
For two- and four-wedge radial bearings, measure the inner diameter of the bearing and
the outer diameter of the shaft journal. The difference between them represents the crest
clearance of the bearing.
For the tilting-pad bearing (see 1-0730- ), measure the aperture DA of the bearing
housing, the thickness W1 of the bearing ring, the thickness W2 of the pad and the
diameter d of the shaft journal. Calculate the bearing clearance S2 from the formula
below:
S2 = DA - 2 (W1+W2) - d
1.2 Side clearance of bearing pad

Usually, the side clearance of the two- and four-wedge bearing is measured with feeler
gauges with different thickness, in succession from the thicker to the thinner. If the
feeler gauge can be inserted into about 20 mm, and the measurements at four measuring
points (front and rear, right and left) are the same, the coincidence of the bearing
centerline with the axial line of the rotor is indicated. When checking the four-wedge
bearing, the bearing split is at a horizontal position, which differs with the operation
position by 45°.
1.3 Contact between bearing pad and shaft journal

In general, the staining method with red oil or blue oil (0.003~0.006mm in thickness) is
used for checking the contact mark between the bearing pad and shaft journal. After
cleaned the pad and journal (see the note), coat the journal uniformly with red oil (or
blue oil) in a length longer than the pad width. Turn the rotor slowly and uniformly, then
take out the pad and check the contact mark.
For the two-wedge bearing, the contact mark at the middle of lower pad bottom should
be continuous and even in a width about 10mm within the whole pad width. The
narrower is the contact mark, the smaller is the temperature rise of the bearing during
operation.
For the four-wedge bearing, it is at the position as mentioned in 1.2 when checking. On

Checking Bearings 2-0700-01-01
its lower pad there are two contact marks distributed continuously and evenly along the
axial line, with a width of 3~5mm for each. For the width of the mark, the narrower the
better, because with the narrower mark the bearing temperature will be lower during
operation.
For the tilting-pad bearing, the contact marks on two pads in the lower half of the
bearing should be distributed continuously and evenly along the axial line, with a length
longer than 90％ of the pad width.
For the turbine using titling-pad bearing, the values R1 and R2 (r1 and r2) of the bearing
housing at the same side should be equal so as to ensure that the centerline of the
bearing housing parallels to the axial line of the rotor.
2. Thrust bearing
2.1 Axial clearance
Two dial gauges are used in measurement, one for monitoring the bearing body, and
other for measuring the axial play of the rotor. After the thrust bearing (including the
adjusting gasket) mounted, turn the rotor in the sense of operation, while push the rotor
forwards and backwards. Keep the reading on the first gauge unchanged, thus the
difference of two readings on the second gauge represents the axial clearance of the
thrust bearing.
2.2 Checking the contact of the thrust pad

Coat two faces of the rotor collar with red oil (or blue oil). Turn the rotor when the
collar contacts to the primary and secondary thrust pads respectively. Then check the
contact marks on the pads. The mark area on each pad should be larger than 80 % of the
pad area.
The checks mentioned above can be carried simultaneously.
Note:
To remove the radial bearing in the turbine delivered in completion, grasp the sling with
hand making the shaft journal separate from the pad; turn out the lower half of the
bearing. Attention: When the front and rear bearing removed, the rotor is
supported on the gland bush, it is not allowed to turn the rotor at this time. For the
turbine that is delivered in several packages, the bearing is checked before the casing
jointed with the same method as that used in the turbine delivered in completion, or lift
the rotor directly and remove the lower half of the bearing. For the heavy rotor, the tool
(2-8540-00xx-xx) for raising rotor, which is provided with the turbine, can be used in
raising the rotor during removing the lower half of the bearing.

使用说明书汽缸保温 2-7600-01-00
汽缸保温（硅酸铝）
随机提供的汽轮机保温层用于汽轮机汽缸和速关阀、调节汽阀及抽汽速关阀阀体的保
温。
用保温层对汽缸保温，不仅能减少汽轮机的热损失，而且还可减少汽缸同一横切面各
处的温差，从而减少了汽缸因温差引起的热变形，同时，通过保温降低了汽轮机周围的环境
温度，使工作条件得到改善。
在装接到汽缸上的管道及仪表安装完毕，油系统冲洗及蒸汽管路吹扫结束后，可进行
保温层的安装。
汽轮机保温层由不规则块状保温垫构成，保温垫采用玻璃纤维布缝制，中间装填硅酸
铝，保温垫块的形状和厚度根据每台汽轮机的型号和参数“量体裁衣”。保温层分内、外两
层，在每块保温垫上都有各自的编号，第一层（内层）编号为Ⅰ-XX，第二层（外层）编号
是Ⅱ-XX，如图 1，图 2 所示。
在随机出厂的资料箱内，有保温层使用说明及保温层平面展开示意图和保温层装配号
码示意图，新安装汽轮机在敷设保温层时按说明书要求，细致进行定位，保温垫内层应贴拢
被保温物体表面，各块保温垫的接缝处要靠紧，不能留有空隙。保温层包括有备用保温垫，
在敷设过程中，若拼装出现偏差，可用备用垫填充。对检修机组，在汽轮机大修时，保温层
部分只需拆出中分面螺栓处的保温垫即可进行开缸作业，检修完毕，拆下的保温垫按原位固
定好，若有必要，可用备用垫进行更换。
注意：未使用的保温垫应妥善存放。保温垫不可在地上拖拉，不得在保温垫
上站立和堆压重物。
绝不能让易燃物渗入保温垫，渗有汽轮机油等可燃物以及粘附有油脂的保温
垫不得用于汽轮机保温。
在敷设保温层时应穿着紧身工作服，戴塑胶手套进行操作。
Heat Insulation of Turbine Casing 2-7600-01-01
Heat Insulation of Turbine Casing (Aluminum Silicate)

The heat-insulating lagging supplied with the turbine is used for heat insulation of the
turbine casing, emergency stop valve, control valve and extraction stop valve.
Preserving the turbine casing with heat-insulating lagging reduces not only the turbine
thermal lose and but also the temperature difference at the same cross-section of the
casing and consequently the heat deformation caused by the temperature difference. At
the meantime, it lowers the ambient temperature around the turbine, enhancing the
working condition for operator.
After the piping that are connected to the casing and the instruments installed, the oil
system and steam piping scavenged, the installation of the heat-insulating lagging can
be carried out.
The heat-insulting lagging is formed by irregular-shaped blanket tailored by fibergalss

cloth with aluminum-silicate filled. The shape and the thickness of the blanket are
determined by the turbine type and steam temperature. The heat-insulating lagging is
divided into inner and external layers. Each blanket has its own identification number.
The number of the first layer (inner layer) is I-xx, the second layer (outer layer) is II-xx.
The instructions, developed diagram and diagrammatic map of identification numbering

for the heat-insulating lagging can be found in the document container delivered with
the turbine. For the newly installed turbine the mounting of the lagging must be made
with great care. The blankets should adhere to the casing over their entire surface so that
no air cushions will be formed. In addition, adjacent blanket should abut tightly at the
joints without leaving any gaps. If the gaps appear due to mounting deviation, the spare
blankets can be used to fill them. For opening the turbine casing during turbine overhaul,
only the blankets at the casing-split bolts are required to be removed. After overhaul,
mount the blankets removed to the original positions. Replace old ones with spare
blankets, when necessary.
Attention: The unused blankets should be stored properly. Dragging the blanket
on the ground, standing or placing the heavy subjects on the blanket are not
allowed.
Flammable substance must not be infiltrated into the blanket. The blankets
infiltrated with turbine oil or adhered with grease must not be used.
The installation personnel should dress the tight work-clothes and rubber glove
when mounting the heat-insulating lagging.

使用说明书运行部分前言 3-0100-01-00
运行部分前言
使用说明书中编号为 3-XXXX-XX-XX 的各节是有关汽轮机运行的说明，其中
3-1XXX-XX-XX 是运行操作；3-2XXX-XX-XX 是常见故障及处理措施。
说明书就汽轮机在试运行、常规运行的起动、运行、停机过程中的必须遵守的一些操
作要求和要点作了说明，这些基本的操作要求理应作为编制机组运行规程的依据。每台汽轮
机必须有专用于该机组的运行规程，运行规程由用户根据机组用途、性能、随机资料及上级
颁发的法规、规程进行编制，规程的内容一般应包括：运行人员职责，机组技术规范，主、
辅机设备的操作程序及调整、试验、维护规定，事故处理程序以及设备运行系统图等。
为便于说明，一些操作、检查项目加了编号，这些编号并不是操作顺序号。
为确保机组安全地长周期运行，运行人员在掌握并严格执行运行规程的同时，应了解
机组的工作原理、结构、性能，熟悉装置工艺流程对机组运行的要求及不同工况下汽轮机工
作条件及特性变化的规律，熟习调整、操作部件及仪表的功能和使用方法，对主要操作数据、
监视极限值应能熟记、背诵。运行人员要不断总结经验，及时、正确处理各种异常情况，消
除隐患，预防事故的发生。
说明书的运行部分包括监视的内容，监视的目的在于确保运行的安全、高效。机组运
行的安全性也就是它的可靠性，可靠性是影响机组、装置运行经济性最主要的因素，通常，
可靠性是指，在预期的运行时间内，机组应保证正常运转，达到规定的负荷，各运行参数在
正常范围之内，各零、部件在正常寿命期限内不发生损坏。为防止由于操作不当或偶发因素
引起设备损坏事故的发生，汽轮机按需要配置有监视、安全和保护设备，以及配合实现其功
能的显示，记录，声光信号仪表及联锁停机系统。监视器用于指示运行参数，如压力、温度、
转速、振运、位移等。从中知悉运行参数的特征，发现与设定值的偏差；安全机构的作用是
在运行参数达到保护机构动作值之前先作动作，以暂时缓解运行的不利状况避免停机，如排
汽安全阀；保护机构的功能是一旦出现运行参数达到限定极限值的危险工况时，自动或手动
迫使机组紧急停机。机组运行时，操作人员应对运行参数保持经常性的观察，根据显示和记
录的检测数据分析、判断运行状况，如发现异常，立即向值长报告并采取相应措施进行校正，
倘若一个或几个检测参数发出报警并且从被测参数的变化趋势和速率判断情况将继续恶化，
那么，在还未达到停机值之前就果断停机，防止故障蔓延对人身和设备造成危害。
机组的安全运行并不能完全依赖监视设备，操作人员应对设备运转情况作定期巡视，
要注意对蒸汽、油、水漏泄的检查，对辅助设备运转状态的检查，绝不能掉以轻心，发现异
使用说明书运行部分前言 3-0100-01-00
常、故障要迅速查明原因，及时处理，尽可能将事故消灭在萌芽状态。
汽轮机是由成千上万能个不同功能、结构、材质的零部件构成的机械，往往由于加工
制造方面的缺陷，安装、检修质量不良，运行操作不当以及一些偶然的意外原因都会使汽轮
机运行时产生故障，说明书的 3-3XXX-XX-XX 部分例举了一些常见故障及可采取的处理措施，
它主要是根据我公司服务人员在现场处理问题的经验汇集而成，由于汽轮机的用途，运行条
件，操作习惯的不同，这部分内容难免有局限性。因此，非常希望我们的用户能将机组运行
中出现的问题以及不正常现象的特征、处理过程及结果反馈给我们，以不断提高我公司汽轮
机设计、制造、服务的水平，我们将不胜感谢！
Preface of Operation Section 3-0100-01-01
Preface of Operation Section

The Operation section (document No. 3-xxxx-xx-xx) in this Operating Instructions
deals with turbine operation (No. 3-1xxx-xx-xx) and common malfunctions and remedy
(No. 3-2xxx-xx-xx).
This section describes the operating requirements and key points that are to be strictly
observed during turbine start-up, operation and shutdown. Furthermore, the operating
procedure should be worked out based on these essential requirements. The user must
write up a special operating procedure that applies to individual turbine according to the
turbine application and performance, the attached documents and the laws and
regulations issued by local authority. Usually, the operating procedure includes the
responsibility of operating personnel, the specification of the turbine, the operating
program and adjustment, test and maintenance prescripts for main and auxiliary
equipments, the treatment of accident, the system diagram for equipment running and
etc.
To facilities the description, some of the operation and check items are numbered. But
these numbers do not present the order of operating steps.
In order to ensure the turbine safety run in long term the operating personnel, in
addition to understanding and observing strictly the operating procedure, should
acquaint the working principle, structure and performance of the turbine, should be
familiar with the demands of turbine operation requested by the plant process, the
changing regularity of turbine operation and characteristic under various conditions, the
functions and usage of the adjusting and operating elements and the instruments, should
remember the critical operating data and monitoring limits in heart, should summarized
the operating experience continuously and treat the various abnormal conditions timely
and correctly, and eliminate the hidden troubles and prevent the accident occurring
The Operation section in this Instructions also describes the turbine monitoring which
aim to ensure safe and efficient operation. The operation safety of the turbine, or the
reliability has a direct effect on the economical running of the turbine and plant.
Generally, the reliability means that the turbine can normally operate under a specified
output and the operating parameters are within the given range in the due operation
period, the parts and components will not damage in their normal service life. In order
to prevent the equipments from damage caused by improper operating or accident, the
turbine is equipped with the monitoring, safety and protective devices as well as the
displaying, recording instruments, audible and visible alarm and interlocking trip
system which are cooperated with the formers for realizing their functions. The
monitoring devices are used for indicating the operation parameters, such as pressure,
temperature, speed, vibration, displacement and etc, from which the operating personnel
can know the characters of the operation parameters and discover the deviation with
respect to the setpoint. The safety devices serves to emit the unfavorable conditions in

Preface of Operation Section 3-0100-01-01
operation by acting before the operation parameter reaches to the acting value of the
protective device, avoiding turbine trip, e.g. the safety valve for exhaust. The protective
devices function for manual or auto emergency trip once the operation parameter
reached the given limit. During turbine operation, the operating personnel should
observe the operation parameters regularly; judge the operating condition through
analyzing the displayed and recorded data. The operating personnel should immediately
report abnormal condition, if there is any detected, to the chief on duty and take the
corresponding measure to correct them. If one or several parameters alarmed and the
condition will deteriorate judged from the changing tendency and rate of the alarmed
parameter, trip the turbine decidedly to prevent person injury and equipment damage.
The safety operation of the turbine cannot rely on the monitoring devices completely,
the operating personnel should make the perambulation for the operating equipments
regularly, checking the leakage of steam, water and oil, as well as the operation state of
the auxiliary devices carefully. In the event that the abnormal conditions or faults are
detected, find out the reasons and correct them immediately, eliminating the accident in
the nascence as could as possible.
The turbine is a machine formed by thousands of parts with various functions, structures
and materials. The defects in manufacturing, improper installation and service, incorrect
operating or accidental reasons will disturb the turbine normal operation. So, in the
section numbered with 3-3xxx-xx-xx, we gave out some common faults and treatments,
which are collected by our service engineers from the field service for many years. But
they are applicable in a general way because of the different turbine types, operation
conditions and operating customs. Therefore, we are grateful to our users for giving us
their experience in turbine operation and service.

使用说明书蒸汽品质 3-0310-01-00
蒸汽品质
汽轮机是以蒸汽为工质的旋转式热能动力机械，因此，进入汽轮机蒸汽的品质不仅影响
汽轮机的经济性，而且也与汽轮机运行的安全性、寿命有关，如果蒸汽品质不佳，蒸汽中携
带的杂质在汽轮机蒸汽流道中结垢，随着蒸汽通流面积的减少小，汽轮机出力下降，效率降
低，同时轴向推力增加，叶片上的积垢会使叶片应力增大并对叶片产生腐蚀引起叶片断裂，
积垢也会致使速关阀、调节汽阀阀杆出现卡涩等故障。正因如此，为使汽轮机安全、经济的
长期运行，蒸汽、锅炉给水及炉水品质应符合下述标准规定，表中所列标准值为极限值，期
望值是为了更有利保证机组的安全运行力求达到的指标。
1、蒸汽质量标准
自然循环、强制循环汽包炉或直流炉的饱和蒸汽和过热蒸汽质量应符合表 1 的规定。
表1 蒸汽质量标准
炉型汽包炉直流炉
压力 MPa 3.5～5.8 ≥5.9 ≥5.9
项目
标准值标准值期望值标准值期望值
磷酸盐处理 ≤10 -
钠，μg/kg ≤15 ≤10 ≤5
挥发性处理 ≤10 ≤5
磷酸盐处理 - -
电导率（氢离子交 - ≤0.30
挥发性处理 ≤0.30
换后，25℃）
中性水处理 ≤
μs/cm - - ≤0.15
及联合水处理 0.20
二氧化硅，μg/kg ≤20 ≤20 ≤20
为防止汽轮机内部积结金属氧化物，蒸汽中铁和铜的含量应符合表 2 的规定。
表2 蒸汽质量标准
炉型汽包炉
压力 MPa ≥3.8
项目标准值期望值
铁，μg/kg ≤20 -
铜，μg/kg ≤5 -
使用说明书蒸汽品质 3-0310-01-00
2、锅炉给水质量标准
表3 锅炉给水质量标准
锅炉过热电导率（氢离子交硬度溶解氧铁铜钠
换后，25℃）
炉型蒸汽压力
μS/cm μmol/L
MPa 标准值期望值标准值标准值标准值期望值标准值期望值
3.8～5.8 - - ≤2.0 ≤15 ≤50 ≤10 - - -
汽包炉
5.9～12.6 - - ≤2.0 ≤7 ≤30 ≤5 - - -
直流炉 ≥5.9 ≤0.30 ≤0.20 ≌0 ≤7 ≤10 ≤5 ≤3 ≤10 ≤5
锅炉过热二氧化硅
PH 联氨油
炉型蒸汽压力 Mg/kg
（25℃） mg/L mg/L
MPa 标准值期望值
3.8～5.8 应保证蒸汽二氧 8.8～9.2 - ＜1.0
汽包炉
5.9～12.6 化硅符合标准 8.8～9.3（有铜系统）或 10～50 或 ≤0.3
直流炉 ≥5.9 ≤20 - 8.8～9.5（无铜系统） 10～30（挥发性处理） ≤0.3
3、锅炉炉水质量标准
表4 汽包炉炉水质量标准
锅炉过热磷酸根，mg/L 电导率
处理总含盐量二氧化硅氯离子 PH
蒸汽压力单段分段蒸发（25℃）
方式（25℃）
MPa mg/L 蒸发净段盐段 μs/cm
3.8～5.8 磷酸盐 - - - 5～15 5～12 ≤75 9.0～11.0 -
5.9～12.6 处理 ≤100 ≤2.0 - 2～10 2～10 ≤50 9.0～10.5 ＜150
补给水以及汽轮机凝结水质量也应按 GB/T12145-1999“火力电机组及蒸汽动力设备水
汽质量”标准的要求进行控制。
Steam Quality 3-0310-01-01
Steam Quality
The turbine is a rotary thermal power machine with steam as its working medium, the
quality of the steam entering into the turbine will not only has an effect on economical
operation but also be related with safety operation and service lift of the turbine. The
deposits that occur in the steam path of a turbine due to impure steam can lead to a
reduced section area of the steam path, decreased turbine output and an inefficiency,
also to increased axial thrust. The deposits that occur on the blades will increase the
stress of the blade, resulting in blade breakages. Furthermore, the deposits can lead to
seizure of the spindles of the emergency stop valve and /or control valve. Therefore, in
order to operate the turbine safely and economically in a long term, the qualities of the
steam and boiler feed water should be in line with the standard listed in the tables below.
The standard value is the limit value, while the expected value is much favorable for the
safe operation of the turbine.
1. Steam quality standard

The quality of the saturated and overheated steam from the drum boiler with natural
circulation and forced circulation and concurrent boiler should be in accordance with
the valves specified in the table 1.
Table 1: Steam quality standard

Boiler Drum boiler One-through boiler
Pressure MPa 3.5～5.8 ≥5.9 ≥5.9
项目
Standard Standard Expected Standard Expected
Parkering ≤10 -
Sodium，μg/kg ≤15 ≤10 ≤5
Volatilizing ≤10 ≤5
Parkering - -
- ≤0.30
Conductivity（after Volatilizing ≤0.30
hydrion exchanged, Neutral-water
at 25℃） treatment and
- - ≤0.20 ≤0.15
μs/cm combined-water
treatment
Silicon dioxide μg/kg ≤20 ≤20 ≤20
In order to prevent the metal oxide deposited inside the turbine, the content of the
iron and copper in the steam should be in accordance with the valve given in the table 2.
Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Page 1 of 3

Table 2: Steam quality standard
Boiler type Drum bolier
Pressure MPa ≥3.8
Item Standard Expected
Iron，μg/kg ≤20 -
Copper，μg/kg ≤5 -
2. Boiler feed-water quality standard

Table 3: Boiler feed-water quality
Overheat Conductivity （after Dissolved
hydrion exchanged, Hardness Iron Copper Sodium
steam oxygen
Boiler at 25℃）
pressure μS/cm
type
of boiler μmol/L
Standard Expected Standard Standard Standard Expected Standard Expected
MPa
Drum 3.8～5.8 - - ≤2.0 ≤15 ≤50 ≤10 - - -
boiler 5.9～12.6 - - ≤2.0 ≤7 ≤30 ≤5 - - -
One-
through ≥5.9 ≤0.30 ≤0.20 ≌0 ≤7 ≤10 ≤5 ≤3 ≤10 ≤5
boiler
Overheat Silicon dioxide
steam Mg/kg
Boiler PH Hydrazine Oil
pressure
type （25℃） mg/L mg/L
of boiler Standard Expected
MPa
3.8～5.8 The content of 8.8～9.2 - ＜1.0
Drum Silicon dioxide in
boiler 5.9～12.6 the steam should 8.8～9.3（system with ≤0.3
meet the standard copper）or 10～50 or
One- 8.8～9.5（system without 10～30（volatilzing）
through ≥5.9 ≤20 - copper） ≤0.3
boiler

3. Water quality in the boiler
Table 4: Water quality in the drum boiler
Overheat Phosphate，mg/L
Total Silicon
steam Chloridion Evaporated in PH Conductivity
Treatment salt dioxide
pressure One-step steps （25 （at 25℃）
method
of boiler evaporated Clean Salt ℃） μs/cm
mg/L
MPa step step
3.8～5.8 - - - 5～15 5～12 ≤75 9.0～11.0 -

Parkering
5.9～12.6 ≤100 ≤2.0 - 2～10 2～10 ≤50 9.0～10.5 ＜150
The quality of the make-up water and the turbine condensate should also be
controlled according to the standard “The water and steam quality for thermal generator
set and steam power equipment” GB/T12145-1999.

使用说明书汽轮机油 3-0320-01-00
汽轮机油
汽轮机润滑、控制系统用油，除采用抗燃油的电液调节系统外，使用 L-TSA46 或 L-TSA32
的汽轮机油。
机组使用汽轮机油的牌号见 0-0300-T.N1-00 技术数据的规定。
新油的品质应符合表 1 所列 GB11120 的技术要求。
机组运行中汽轮机油的检验项目、周期及必须达到的质量标准见表 2 及相应说明。
表1 L-TSA 汽轮机油技术要求
质量指标
项目试验方法
优级品一级品合格品
46 46 46
粘度等级（按 GB3141） -
32 32 32
2
运动粘度（40℃），mm /s 28.8～35.2 41.6～50.6 GB265
粘度指数不小于 90 GB1995

倾点，℃ 不高于 -7 GB3535
闪点（开口），℃ 不低于 180 GB3536
3 GB1884
密度（20℃），kg/m 报告
GB1885
酸值，mg koH/g 不大于 - - 0.3 GB264
中和值，mg koH/g 不大于报告报告 - GB4945
机械杂值无 1） GB511
水分无 2） GB260
被乳化值，（40-37-3）ml
15 GB7305
54℃，min 不大于
起泡性试验，ml/ml
450/0 450/0 600/0
24℃
100/0 100/0 100/0 SY2669
93℃
450/0 450/0 60/0
后 24℃
氧化安定性
报告报告
a. 总氧化产物
报告报告 GB8119
沉淀物
SY2680
b. 氧化后酸值达 2.0mg koH/g 时，
3000 2000 1500
h 不小于
液相锈蚀试验（合成海水）无锈 GB11143
铜片试验（100℃，3h），级不大于 1 GB5096
6 6
空气释放值（50℃），min 不大于 - SY2693
5 5
1）用 GB511 方法测定，机械杂质含量在 0.005％以下时，认为无。
2）用 GB260 方法测定，试样的水分少于 0.03％，认为是痕迹。在仪器拆卸后接受器中没有
水存在，认为试样无水。
使用说明书汽轮机油 3-0320-01-00
表2 运行中汽轮机油质量标准（GB/T7596-2000）
序号项目质量指标检验方法
1 外状透明外观目视
2
2 运动粘度（40℃），mm /s 与新油原始测量值偏离≤20％ GB/T265
3 闪点（开口杯），℃ 与新油原始测量值相比不低于 15 GB/T267
4 机械杂质无外观目视
酸值未加防锈剂油 ≤0.2 GB/T264 或

5
mg koH/g 加防锈剂油 ≤0.3 GB/T7599
6 液相锈蚀无锈 GB/T11143
7 被浮化度，min ≤60 GB/T7605

GB/T7600 或
8 水分，mg/L ≤200
GB/T7601
表 2 所列是常规检验项目，1～8 项在新安装机组投运前或机组大修后需进行检验，机
组运行后，每年至少检验 1 次。1，4 两项至少每周检验 1 次，若机组运行正常，可适当延
长检验周期，但如发现油中混入水分（油呈浑浊）时，应增加检验次数，并及时进行处理。
表 2 中项目 4“机械杂质”是用外观目视方法检验，当油样中目视未发现固体污染物时，
则认为“无”
，由于人眼的能见度下限为～40μm，因此，这时的“无”只表明油样中没有颗
粒度尺寸＞40μm 的固体污染物，而不是没有任何机械杂质。目视检验方法快速、简便，但
只能是一种粗略的检验方法，建议用户根据检验设备条件，对油中机械杂质作定量检验。
Turbine Oil 3-0320-01-01
Turbine Oil
Usually, turbine oil of the type L-TSA46 or L-TSA32 is selected for lubricating and
control system of the turbine, except for the electric-hydraulic control system with
fire-resistant oil.
The type of the turbine oil that is used for your turbine is specified in the Technical Data
(0-0300-T.Nr.-00).
The fresh oil quality should be in compliance with the specification given in the
standard GB11120.
The inspection items and period, the quality standard that should be reached for the oil
during turbine operation are listed in the table 2.

Table 1: Specification of turbine oil L-TSA
Quality index Test
Item
Prime class First class Qualifier method
46 46 46
Viscosity class（according to GB3141） -
32 32 32
Kinematic viscosity（at 40℃），mm2/s 28.8～35.2 41.6～50.6 GB265
Viscosity index not less than 90 GB1995
Pour point ℃ not higher than -7 GB3535
Flash point（open cup）℃
180 GB3536
not lower than
GB1884
Density ( at 20℃) kg/m3 See report
GB1885
Acid number mg koH/g
- - 0.3 GB264
not larger than
Neutralization number mg koH/g
See report See report - GB4945
not larger than
Mechanical impurities Nonexistence 1） GB511
Water content Nonexistence 2） GB260
Emulsification number（40-37-3）ml
15 GB7305
at 54℃，min not larger than
Foambility test ml/ml
450/0 450/0 600/0
at 24℃
100/0 100/0 100/0 SY2669
at 93℃
450/0 450/0 60/0
after 24℃
Oxidation stability
a. Total oxidate See report See report
Deposite See report See report GB8119
When the Acid number reached at SY2680
2.0mg koH/g after oxidized h 3000 2000 1500
not less than
Liquid-phase rust teat
Without rust GB11143
（syntheticseawater）
Copper-strip test （100℃，3h），class
1 GB5096
not larger than
Air separation（at 50℃），min 6 6
- SY2693
not larger than 5 5
1) With the method given in GB511, if the content of mechanical impurities is less than
0.005%, that is deemed to be non-existed.
2) With the method given in GB260, if the water content in the sample is less than
0.03%, that is deemed to be vestige. If there is no water existed in the receiver after
the instrument removed, the sample is deemed without water.

Table 2: Turbine-oil quality standard during operation (GB/T7596-2000)
Inspection
No. Item Quality index
method
Visual
1 Appearance Transparence
inspection
Kinematic viscosity（at 40℃），

2 Deviation from≤20％ GB/T265
mm2/s
Not less than 15 , comparing to

3 Flash point（open cup）℃ GB/T267
original value of fresh oil
Visual
4 Mechanical impurities Nonexistence
inspection
Acid number Without antirust ≤0.2 GB/T264 or

5
mg koH/g With antirust ≤0.3 GB/T7599
6 Liquid-phase rust Without rust GB/T11143
7 Emulsifiability min ≤60 GB/T7605
GB/T7600 or
8 Water content mg/L ≤200
GB/T7601
The inspection items listed in the table 2 are the routine inspection items, all of them are
required to be carried out before the newly mounted turbine put into operation or after
the turbine overhaul. After the turbine has been operated, the inspections should be
carried out at least once a time for every year. The item 1 and 4 should be made at least
once a time for every week. The period of the inspection may be prolonged properly if
the turbine runs normally. However, if the oil is found with water, the inspections
should be increased and the proper treatment should be made in time.
The item 4 “Mechanical impurities” in the table 2 is checked with eyes. If the solid
pollutant is not visible in the oil sample, it is assumed that there is no impurity
(Nonexistence) in the oil. Since the human eyes can not see the particle smaller than
40μm. The “nonexistence” only indicates that there is no solid pollutant larger than
40μm in the oil. The visual inspection is a quick and ease method but with a rough
result. The user is recommended to inspect the mechanical impurities contained in the
oil quantitatively with proper instrument.

使用说明书油系统冲洗 3-0340-01-00
油系统冲洗
机组安装结束后，在试运行前须先进行油系统冲洗（油循环），清除油系统中的固体污
染物，使清洁度符合要求。
运行机组检修后的油系统冲洗视检修项目、范围参照本说明进行。
机组采用抗燃油电液调节系统时，抗燃油系统的冲洗按相应规程进行。
油系统冲洗建议使用与机组运行用工作油相同牌号、性能的汽轮机油进行油循环。
1、准备工作
1.1 油箱：在注入冲洗油之前，须先清洗滤网，内部用新棉布擦拭干净后再用面团把残留物
清理干净。
1.2 滤油器：按配置的不同分别处理：
1.2.1 润滑油与调节油共用一只滤油器的系统，将滤油器的滤芯拆出，在油冲洗经过一个循
环周期后（见 2.4），再将滤芯装好。
1.2.2 润滑油和调节油有各自的滤油器时，润滑油滤油器的滤芯拆出，一个循环周期后再装
入。
1.3 冷油器：冷油器放油口接临时管路，将油排至油箱，以免污积留在冷油器内。
1.4 轴承：规格 40 以下（包括 40）的汽轮机，拆出径向和推力轴承，油冲洗期间汽轮机转
子临时由汽封支撑。
1.5 速关阀：拆出速关阀油缸中的活塞、弹簧及弹簧座，油缸端仍盖好。
1.6 油动机：取出错油门滑阀、弹簧及弹簧座，在错油门的压力油进油口临时加节流孔板，
节流孔直径按错油门规格在 2～4mm 范围选取，错油门二次油进油封堵。
1.7 调速器：采用 SRⅣ液压调速器或 PG-PL 等机械一液压调速器的汽轮机，将放大器的压
力油进油用临时管路接至回油。
1.8 电液转换器：电液转换器不参与油冲洗。装接在管路上或单独支架上的电液转换器，
压力油进油用临时管路接至回油；装在速关组件上的电液转换器，闷板反装（有凹槽
一面朝向速关组件本体）。
1.9 速关组件：压力油进油用临时管路接至回油，油系统冲洗从第二个循环周期开始，压力
油进油恢复到正常连接状态。
1.10 危急度遮断油门：拆出压力进油处的节流孔板。
1.11 抽汽速关阀：抽汽速关阀操纵座或抽汽速关阀油缸的压力油进油用临时管路接至回油。
1.12 顶轴油管路：顶轴油泵不参加油冲洗，泵的进、出口油管临时短接，以冲洗顶轴油管路。
1.13 盘车油管路：采用液压直行程盘车机构的汽轮机，盘车油泵的进油由临时管路接至回油。
1.14 自带主油泵的汽轮机，主油泵及注油引射器的进、出口封堵；拆除引射器调节阀；主
油泵的进、出油管接入循环系统管路以进行油冲洗。
1.15 仪表：除必要的压力、温度监测点外，油系统其它仪表点应阻断。
1.16 现场：油系统管道、设备表面及周围环境清理干净，无易燃物，工作区域周围无明火
作业，备好可随时投入使用的灭火器材。
1.17 油箱加油：向油箱加注正常运行油量 50～60％的汽轮机油，注油时用滤油机或经过滤
网注入，避免直接倒灌。
灌油或放油时，贮存汽轮机油的容器应清洁，不得使用盛过其它油品而又未作彻底清
理的容器，装油和运油时要防止与其它油品容器混淆。
2、冲洗步骤及操作要点
2.1 建议油系统冲洗分阶段进行，开始先冲洗润滑油系统，经一个循环周期后，调节油系统再进油。
2.2 冲洗过程中，视轴承座回油情况，适当增大各轴承进油节流阀开度。
2.3 油冲洗时，主、辅电动油泵交替运转，事故油泵也可同时投入运行，冲洗油压尽可能接
近系统工作压力。
2.4 为提高冲洗效果，缩短冲洗时间，除加大冲洗油量外，还应使油温冷、热交替变化，温
度与时间关系如图所示，以 8 小时为一个循环周期，期间低温约 25℃。高温约 75℃，
油加热时一定要注意：油温不得
超过 80℃，以免油变质。在油升
温时所有与油接触的管路都应热
起来，如其中有的管路仍是冷的
应查明原因并予以排除。
冲洗过程中对管道，尤其是焊口
部位，不时用木锤或铜锤敲击，
以使杂质易于脱落。
2.5 每个循环周期应至少清洗一次油箱滤网。滤油器在装入滤芯后，定时清洗滤网，若规定
时间未到，但进、出口油压差按近允许上限值时，应立即对滤油器进行切换清洗。
2.6 调节保安系统按构成不同分别作如下操作：
2.6.1 采用液压或机构——液压调速器的汽轮机，从第二循环周期开始，停机电磁阀置位于
正常运行状态；危急遮断油门的手柄拨到挂钩位置并予以固定。第二循环周期之后，
调速器进油管恢复正常连接。从第三循环周期开始，操作启动调节器在启动和运行两
个位置进行切换，对通到速关阀的速关油和启动油管路进行冲洗；定时操作速关阀的
试验阀，以使试验油管路得以冲洗。
2.6.2 采用速关组件的汽轮机，从第二循环周期开始，危急遮断油门拨到挂钩位置并予以固
定（不带危急遮断油门的汽轮机勿需该项操作）。从第三循环周期开始，速关组件压
力油进油管恢复正常连接后，速关组件的手动及遥控停机阀置于正常运行位置，定时
轮换操作启动油及速关油控制阀（手动或电动），以使接到速阀的启动油和速关油管
路得到冲洗；定时将速阀的试验阀置于试验位置，冲洗试验油管路。
3、油系统冲洗的清洁度评度
在第三个循环周期后，清洁滤油器滤网时，凭目测和手感，在滤网上未发现明显的硬质
颗粒杂质时，可着手油系统清洁度的检查。
油系统清洁度的评定因执行标准及检测手段的不同有多种方法，下述是一些较常用的方
法，建议采用其中任一方法评定油系统清洁度。
3.1 称重检查法Ⅰ：在汽轮机各轴承进油口加装 120 目滤网，在正常冲洗油量下，隔 2 小时
取出滤网，在洁净环境中用溶剂汽油清洗各滤网，然后用 150 目滤网过滤该汽油，经烘
干处理后，杂质总质量不超过 0.2g/h，且无硬质颗粒，则被检测系统的清洁度为合格。
3.2 称重检查法Ⅱ：在滤油器后油路中取样，油样经溶剂稀释后用过滤器或滤纸过滤，经烘
干处理后，滤出物质量小于油样质量的 0.05％则清洁度合格。
3.3 颗粒计数检测法Ⅰ：在任一轴承进口处加装 150 目锥型滤网，在正常冲洗油量下循环
30 分钟，取出滤网，在洁净环境中用溶剂汽油清洗滤网，然后用 200 目滤网过滤该汽
油，收集全部杂质，用不低于放大倍率 10 倍且有刻度的放大镜观测，对杂质进行分类
计数，杂质颗粒符合表 1 要求，则被检验系统的清洁度为合格。
3.4 颗粒计数检测法Ⅱ：在系统中选定有代表性的部位，加装 100 目滤网，以正常流量在油
温 66～77℃或低于此温度情况下循环 1 小时，其间应不时锤击管路，冷油器及阀门，
之后拆出滤网检查，滤出物颗粒最大尺寸不超过 0.25mm，滤网上自由分布的颗粒数量
符合表 2 所列限定要求，同时在系统中（滤油器后）至少两个不同部位采取油样，肉眼
看不到杂质（如氧化皮，金属屑和砂粒）以及触摸检查无灰粒时，则认为系统是清洁的。
表1 油系统清洁度要求
杂质颗粒尺寸（mm）数量（颗）
＞0.25 无
0.13～0.25 ≤5
表2 颗粒数量允许最大数值
管道 DN（寸）管道壁厚（mm）颗粒数量（颗）
2 ≤3.91 20
3 ≤5.49 45
4 ≤6.02 80
6 ≤7.11 180
4、后续工作
4.1 恢复油系统
拆除冲洗用临时管路、孔板及堵头，管路连接恢复到正常工作状态；
清理速关阀油缸及错油门壳体内部，清洗包括轴承在内的被拆出零部件，使轴承、汽轮
机转子、速关阀、油动机、危急遮断油门恢复到正常状态；
自带主油泵的汽轮机，装接好主油泵进、出油管及注油引射器调节阀；
电液转换器装在速关组件上的汽轮机，一定要注意：电液转换器与速关组件本体
之间的闷板仅在油冲洗时使用，油冲洗结束后闷板必须拆除。
4.2 换油：经冲洗油系统清洁度符合要求后，放出冲洗油，排尽系统中的残油，清理油箱、
轴承座及齿轮箱、滤油器内部，清洗滤网，然后向油箱注入合格的汽轮机油，油量为运
行油量，加油时要采取措施防止油受到污染。
4.3 油质检验
每次新加油或换油时，事先要对加油的油质进行检验，需取双份油样，一份用于化验，
另一份密封蔽光保存，作为以后油质检测的比照样品。汽轮机油新油的油质要求见
3-0320-XX-XX（GB11120）。油质符合要求方可加入油箱。
Scavenging with Oil 3-0340-01-01
Scavenging with Oil

Following completion of the installation and before the commissioning, the entire oil
system should be thoroughly scavenged with the oil (oil circulation) to eliminate all
solid pollutant which possibly had been introduced into the oil system during
installation.
For the inspection items and range for flush of the oil system after the turbine overhaul,
please refer to this instruction.
For the turbine using the electric-hydraulic control system with fire-resistant oil, the
flush for the fire-resistant oil system should be carried out according with the relative
procedure.
It is recommended that the oil system is flushed with the same type and performance of
oil that is employed for normal turbine operation.
1. Preparations
1.1 Oil tank
Before filling up with the scavenging oil, the strainer must be cleaned first. Clean the
inside of the oil tank with the new cloth and then clean out the residues with paste.
1.2 Oil filter: according to the arrangement.

1.2.1 For the system with a common filter for lubricating oil and control oil, dismount
the filer element. After one cycle period of flushing (see 2.4), mount in the
element again.
1.2.2 If the lubricating oil and control oil use their filters separately, dismount the
element of the lubricating-oil filter. After one cycle period of flushing, mount in
the element again.
1.3 Oil cooler

Connect a temporary pipe from the drain port of the cooler to the oil tank for avoiding
deposit of dirt in the oil cooler.
1.4 Bearings
For the turbine below size 40 (including size 40), remove the radial and thrust bearings.
the turbine rotor is supported on the gland bush temporary during oil flushing.
1.5 Emergency stop valve

Dismount the piston, spring and spring seat.
Close the cylinder end with blank flange.
1.6 Oil relay

Take out the plunger, spring and spring seat of the pilot valve.

Fit an orifice at the pressure oil inlet connection on he pilot valve temporary. The
diameter of the orifice is selected within a range of 2 to 4 mm based on the size of the
pilot valve.
Block the secondary-oil inlet connection on the pilot valve.
1.7 Speed governor

For the turbine with SRIV hydraulic governor or PG-PL mechanical-hydraulic governor,
lead the input pressure-oil of the amplifier to the return oil with a temporary pipe.
1.8 Electric-hydraulic converter

The electric-hydraulic converter does not participate in the flush with oil.
For the converter that is mounted in the piping or the on a separated support, lead its
input pressure oil to return oil with a temporary pipe.
If the converter is mounted on trip block, mount the blank plate reversedly (the face
with groove is towards the trip block)
1.9 Trip Block

Lead the input pressure oil of the trip block to return oil with a temporary pipe.
Return it to the original connection since the second cycle period of flushing.
1.10 Emergency trip gear

Remove the throttle orifice at the pressure-oil inlet.
1.11 Extraction stop valve

Lead the input pressure oil of 操纵座 or oil cylinder for the extraction stop valve to the
return oil with a temporary pipe.
1.12 Jacking-oil piping

The jacking-oil pump does not participate in the flushing.
Short-connect the inlet and outlet piping of the pump so as to flush the jacking oil
piping.
1.13 Barring-oil piping

For the turbine with a hydraulic barring gear (linear stroke), lead the input oil of the
barring-oil pump to the return oil by connecting a temporary pipe.
1.14 For the turbine with its own main oil pump, block the inlets and outlets of the main
oil pump and injector. Remove the regulating valve of the injector. connect the inlet and
outlet piping of the main oil pump to the cycle piping for flushing with oil.
1.15 Instruments
The instruments in the oil system should be blocked off, except for the instruments at
the necessary monitoring points of pressure and temperature.

1.16 Locality
Clean the surfaces of the oil piping and the equipments and surroundings.
There is no flammable substance on site and no works carried out with open fire in
surroundings.
Prepare the fire extinguisher for using at any time.
1.17 Filling oil tank

Fill the oil tank with 50 to 60% of the volume normally used for turbine operation. The
oil can not be directly filled into the tank, it should be filtered by a oil filter or strainer.
The containers for storing the oil should be clear and not confused with the containers
for other oil during transportation and storage.
2. Flushing steps and operating points

2.1 It is suggested that the flush of the oil system be carried out step by step. Flush the
lubricating-oil system first. After one cycle period, but the control-oil system in the
flushing.
2.2 During flushing, open the throttle valves at each bearing oil inlets further based on
the return oil from the bearing housing.
2.3 During flushing, run the main and auxiliary oil pumps alternatively. The Emergency
oil pump may be put in operation at the same time, making the scavenging-oil
pressure to be approximate to operating pressure of the oil system as could as
possible.
2.4 In order to increase the flushing efficiency and shorten the flushing time, besides
increasing the scavenging oil flow, alternate the oil temperature between 25 ℃ and
75℃ as showed in picture. One cycle period will last 8 hours. It should be noticed
when heating oil the temperature must not exceed 80℃ so as to avoid the oil
deteriorated. During heating
the oil, all of the piping, in temperature ℃
which the oil flows, should be
warmed up. If some of them
are still cold, find out the
reason and eliminate it. In the
course of flushing, beat the
piping, with wood or copper
hammer, especially for the
welded junctions, making the time
impurities fall off and be flushed out.
2.5 The strainer in the oil tank should be washed at least once a time for every cycle
period. After the element has been mounted in the filter, it should be cleaned
regularly. Once the differential pressure between inlet and outlet approached to the
permitted up limit, switch over and wash the filter immediately, regardless of the

specified washing time.
2.6 Flushing the control and protection system as following procedures respectively
according with the different arrangements:
2.6.1 For the turbine with hydraulic or mechanic-hydraulic governor, at the beginning
of the second cycle period, put the trip solenoid valve into the normal operation
position, place and lock the handle of the emergency trip gear at the engaged
position. After the second cycle period, return the oil inlet piping of the governor
to normal connection. From the third cycle period, operate the starting control to
switch it between two positions, the starting position and the operating position
to flush the trip-oil piping and starting-oil piping to the emergency stop valve.
Operate the test valve of the emergency stop valve regularly so that the test-oil
piping can be washed.
2.6.2 For the turbine with trip block, place and lock the emergency trip gear at the
engaged position (it is not required for the turbine without trip block) at the
beginning of the second cycle period. From the third cycle period, return the
inlet piping of pressure oil for the trip block to normal connection and place the
manual and remote controlled trip valve in the block to the normal operation
position. Regularly operate the control valves (manual and electric) for the
starting oil and trip oil, so that the starting- and trip-oil piping to the emergency
stop valve can be flushed. Place the test valve of the emergency stop valve to
test position timely for flushing the test-oil piping.
3. Evaluation of cleanliness for oil system after flushing

When cleaning the filter element after the third cycle period, check the element through
visual inspection or touching with fingers. If no evident hard granular impurities found
on the element, it is possible to begin with the cleanliness inspection for the oil system.
There are several evaluation methods due to the different implement standards and
inspection methods. Some typical methods are given below. It is suggested to use one of
them in evaluating the cleanliness for the oil system.
3.1 Weight method I:

Fit a strainer with 120-mesh at the oil inlet of each bearing. After flushed under normal
flushing oil flow for 2 hours, take out the element and wash it with gasoline in a clear
circumstance, and then filter the gasoline with a strainer of 150-mesh. The total mass of
the filtered impurities after dried should be less than 0.2 g/t, without hard granules. This
will indicate the cleanliness of the inspected oil system qualified.
3.2 Weight method II

Sampling from the oil-line downstream the filter, filter the sample oil that has been
diluted by solvent with filter or filter paper. If the mass of the filtered impurities after
dried is less than 0.05% of sample-oil mass, the cleanliness is considered to be
qualified.

3.3 Granule counting method I
Fit a cone strainer of 150-mesh at oil inlet of any bearing. After flushed under normal
flushing oil flow for 30 minutes, taken out the strainer and wash it with gasoline in a
clear circumstance, and then filter the gasoline with a strainer of 200-mesh. Collect all
of the impurities that are filtered out. Classify and count the impurities under a
magnifier with a magnifying ratio of 10 times at least and a scale. If the granule of the
impurity is conformed to the requirement given in table 1, the cleanliness of the
inspected oil system is considered to be qualified.
3.4 Granule counting method II

Fit a strainer of 100-mesh at the typical part in the oil system. Flush the oil system with
the normal flushing-oil flow at the temperature of 66 to 77℃ (or lower) for one hour
and hammer the piping, oil cooler and valves from time to time during flushing. After
that, take out the strainer for inspecting. If the maximum granule of the filtered
impurities does not exceed 0.25mm, the number of the granules that are distributed
randomly on the strainer is conformed to the limit listed in table 2 and there is no visible
impurities (oxide skin, scraps and sand) and touchable ash in the sample oils sampled
from at least two different parts of the oil system (downstream the oil filter), the oil
system is considered to be clean.
Table 1: Cleanliness requirement for oil system

Granule size of impurity（mm） Quantity （piece）
＞0.25 Without
0.13～0.25 ≤5
Table 2: Limit of granule quantity

Quantity
Pipe DN（inch） Wall of pipe（mm）
（piece）
2 ≤3.91 20
3 ≤5.49 45
4 ≤6.02 80
6 ≤7.11 180
4. Work after oil flushing

4.1 Restoring oil system
Remove the temporary piping, orifices and blank plugs for flushing, restore the piping
to normal connection.
Clean the insides of the oil cylinder of the emergency stop valve and pilot-valve housing,
wash the removed parts and components, including the bearings, restore the bearings,
turbine rotor, emergency stop valve, oil cylinder and emergency trip gear to the original
states.
For the turbine bringing its own main oil pump, connect the inlet and outlet piping of
the oil pump and mount the regulating valve of the oil injector.
For the turbine with the electric-hydraulic converter mounted on the trip block, the
attention should be taken that the blank plate between the converter and the trip block is
just used in oil flushing, is must be removed after flushing.
4.2 Replacement of oil

The flushing oil has to be thoroughly drained at the end of the flushing operation so that
absolutely no residues will be left. Clean the insides of the oil tank, bearing housing,
gearbox and oil filter, wash the filter element, and then fill up the oil tank with qualified
turbine oil to the quantity required for the turbine normal operation. The measures
should be taken during filling operation for preventing the oil from contaminating.
4.3 Checking oil quality

The quality of the oil that is going to be filling or replacing should be checked first. Two
sample oils are required, one for test and other for keeping in sealed and against light as
the control sample in oil quality checking later on. The quality requirement for new
turbine oil is given in 3-0320-xx-xx (GB11120) and only the qualified oil can be filled
into the tank.

使用说明书蒸汽管路的吹扫 3-0350-01-00
蒸汽管路的吹扫
蒸汽管路的吹扫是保证汽轮机安全的一项重要措施。
蒸汽管路吹扫应在管路系统严密性试验合格后进行。
蒸汽管路在制作、焊接及安装过程中，不仅有脏物进入管道，而且管道内壁会附有金属
氧化物、焊渣等杂质，尽管汽轮机速关阀中装有蒸汽滤网，但汽轮机投入运行后，尺寸小于
滤网孔隙的固体杂质仍可通过滤网高速进入通流部分，撞击、打毛叶片，损坯叶片、汽封，
为消除这种事故隐患，汽轮机安装后第一次起动之前，进汽管路必须进行蒸汽吹扫。
采用蒸汽吹扫方法清洗汽轮机进汽管路时，事先须拆出速关阀，并装好随机提供的“冲
管工具”（2-8535-XXXX-XX）以封堵蒸汽进入通流部分的通路。
蒸汽吹扫需装接临时排汽管道，排汽管内径宜等于或大于被吹扫管道的内径；长度应尽
量短捷，以减少排汽阻力；排汽管管口应朝上倾斜（约 30℃）排空；排汽管应具有牢固的
支承，以承受排汽的反作用力。为降低排汽产生的噪声，可在临时排汽管上加装消音器，但
必须考虑到，消音器会增大排汽阻力。
为保证吹扫的有效性，吹扫时蒸汽对管壁的冲刷力应大于额定工况下蒸汽对管壁的冲刷
力。为此，用动量系数 K 来确定、控制吹扫蒸汽参数，动量系数是吹洗工况下蒸汽动量 m1c1 ，
与额定工况下蒸汽动量 mo vo 的比值，即：
m ⋅v
2
mc
K = 1 1 = 12 1 K 值应≥1.2～1.5
mo c o m o ⋅ v o
m1 —— 吹扫蒸汽流量
mo —— 额定工况蒸汽流量
v1 —— 吹扫蒸汽比容
v o —— 额定工况蒸汽比容
冲管前应先进行暖管，在所有法兰的连接螺栓热紧后再进行管路吹扫。吹扫分多次进行，
次数视管路清洁状况而定，每次吹扫持续时间约 10 分钟，两次吹扫间隔的时间根据管道温
度降至低于 100℃所需时间而定，管壁温度降至 100℃以下可使粘结在管壁上的杂质因管壁
冷却而脱落，以利再次吹扫时被吹除。
为了检查和判断吹扫效果是否良好，可在临时排汽管内装入检测板（图 1，也可在临时
使用说明书蒸汽管路的吹扫 3-0350-01-00
排汽管出口装设检测板（图 2），检测板由靶板和支架等构成，靶板用厚度大于 1mm，宽度约
1. 汽流方向
2. 法兰盖
3. 靶板
4. 托架
图1 内装检测板
图2 外装检测板示意图
30mm 未使用过的铝板制成，长度依排汽管直径而定。每次吹扫后换下靶板进行检查，在保
证蒸汽冲刷力的前提下，连续两次把板上杂物冲击斑痕的粒度≤0.8mm，且斑痕不多于 8 点
即认为吹扫合格。
吹扫合格，管路冷却到接近室温后拆除临时排汽管，仔细清理速关阀阀壳，拆出冲管工
具，确认进汽腔室无杂质后装入速关阀。
Purging Steam Piping 3-0350-01-01
Purging Steam Piping

The purge of the steam piping is an important measure for ensuring the turbine safety, it
should be carried out after the tightness test has been passed.
During manufacturing, welding and installing the steam piping, not only the dirt will
enter into the piping but also the oxide and welding spatter will be attached on the inner
wall of the piping. Therefore, the solid impurities with the size less than the hole of the
strainer will enter into the steam path at high speed through the strainer, colliding with
and damaging the blade and gland bush. In order to eliminate this hidden risk, the steam
inlet piping should be purged with steam prior to first commissioning after turbine
installed.
To purge the steam inlet piping with steam, the emergency stop valve must be removed
in advance, mount the “Purging tool”(2-8535-xxxx-xx) supplied with the turbine for
blocking the passage through which the steam enters into the steam path.
A temporary exhaust pipe is required for purging, the inner diameter of the exhaust pipe
should be equal to or larger than that of the purged piping with a length as short as
possible for reducing the exhaust resistance. The outlet of the exhaust pipe should be
tilted up (by approx. 30°) to the air. The exhaust pipe should be fixed by the firm
support to bearing the reaction force of the exhaust. In order to reduce the noise level
produced by exhaust, a muffler may be mounted in the temporary exhaust pipe. But the
muffler mounted will increase the exhaust resistance.
To get the efficient purging, the scouring force against the piping wall during purging
should be larger than that during normal operation. Therefore, the purging-steam
parameters is determined and controlled by a momentum coefficient K, which is the
ratio of the steam momentum m1c1 under purging condition to the steam momentum
m0v0 under rated condition, i.e.:
m ⋅v
2
mc
K = 1 1 = 12 1 K should be ≥1.2～1.5
mo c o m o ⋅ v o
Where:
m1—Purging-seam flow
m0—Steam flow under rated condition
v1—Special volume of purging-steam
v0—Special volume of steam under rated condition
Before purging, the piping should be warmed up and all of the joint bolts for flanges
should be tightened under hot state. The purging is carried out in several times, which is
based on the clean condition of the piping. Each time of purging will last for 10 minutes.
The interval time between two purges is determined by the time required for the piping
temperature to drop below 100℃. When the temperature of the piping wall dropped

Purging Steam Piping 3-0350-01-01
below 100℃, the impurities deposited on the wall will fall down and be blown off in the
next purging.
In order to examine and evaluate the purging result, a checkerboard may be fitted in the
exhaust pipe (Fig.1) or at the outlet of the exhaust pipe (Fig.2). It consists of a support
and target plate made of new aluminum plate with thickness of 1mm and width of
30mm, the length of the checkerboard is decided by the diameter of the exhaust pipe.
the target plate should be replaced and examined after each purging. On the premise that
the scouring force of the steam does not decrease, when the impacting blemishes on the
target plate in two adjacent purges has been ≤ 0.8mm and number of the blemishes is
less than 8, the purging is considered to be qualified.
Following the purging, remove the temporary exhaust pipe when the piping temperature
dropped to room temperature. Carefully clean the emergency stop valve housing and
remove the purging tool. Make sure that there is no impurity in the steam inlet
compartment and mount the emergency stop valve.

使用说明书汽轮机起动 3-1100-01-00
汽轮机起动
汽轮机起动是指汽轮机从静止状态逐渐过渡到承担一定负运转状态的过程。本节主要对
起动过程中与汽轮机安全、寿命有关因素变化的规律作简要说明，掌握并遵循起动的客观规
律是起动过程正确操作的基础。起动过程的操作要点见 3-13XX-的说明。
起动过程中，汽轮机主要构件（汽缸、转子等）的工作条件和受力发生剧烈、复杂的变
化，其主要原因和突出的特征是受热，起动时，进入汽轮机的高温蒸汽通过凝结放热和对流
放热形式向与其接触的构件传热，构件被加热而温度升高，因此受热构件必然要产生热膨胀，
而热膨胀受到约束就会出现热变形、热应力。尽管在起动过程中热膨胀、热变形、热应力以
及汽缸与转子的差胀是不可避免的，但只要清楚了它们产生的原因及变化的特点，通过正确
操作可将它们控制在允许范围内，就能确保机组顺利起动，安全运行而不造成危害。
蒸汽进入汽轮机，首先是流经速关阀，阀壳受热后温度分布得不均匀，会在阀壳中产生
很大的热应力，为改善阀壳的受力状态，起动时阀壳需要有一定的预热时间，通常阀壳预热
是配合低速暖机一起进行。
蒸汽进入汽缸后，先加热汽缸内壁，而后向外壁和法兰传热，由于传热过程存在热阻，
所以在汽缸内、外壁以及法兰内、外侧之间会出现很大温差，汽缸内壁的热膨胀大于外壁的
热膨胀，于是造成汽缸及法兰在水平和垂直方向产生热变形，这样有可能使动、静体在径向
上生碰擦，如果温差过大致使应力超过允许值，则汽缸和法兰产生塑性变形，甚至在汽缸的
调节级区域产生裂纹，汽缸一旦产生塑性变形，必然造成汽缸中分面密封失效而漏汽。
起动过程中，汽缸壁向法兰传热，再由法兰向中分面螺栓传热，由于法兰温度高于螺栓
温度，因此法兰沿厚度方向的热膨胀值大于螺栓的伸长量，当法兰和螺栓温差过大时，将因
螺栓应力超过允许值而产生塑性变形，造成中分面漏汽。
除高参数全周进汽及 WK 型汽轮机外，大多数汽轮机采用上半进汽结构，加之下缸散热
比上缸快，因此，起动时上缸温度明显高于下缸温度，由于上、下缸之间存在温差，如温
差过大就会使汽缸产生向上拱曲的热变形，有可能使动、静部分在径向上生碰擦。另外，如
果转子在静止状态下受热，由于转子上、下部分温度分布的不均匀，会使转子产生热弯曲，
一般转子的热弯曲属弹性变形，但如处置不当，在转子挠度较大的情况下冲动转子，不但机
组振动加剧，而且动、静体产生碰擦又会进一步加大转子弯曲程度，造成塑性永久变形。
因此一定要防止在静止状态下加热转子。
汽轮机起动、停机过程中，汽缸和转子由于受热条件、材料、质量等因素的不同，使得
它们的轴向热膨胀不相同，两者热膨胀量之差称为差胀。起动过程中，汽缸在高温蒸汽影响
下，以死点（在排汽端）为基准沿轴线向前膨胀，与此同时，作为转子轴向定位支点的前轴
承座或推力轴承支座也随之向前位移，由于转子的通流部分被蒸汽所包围，加之转子质量远
小于汽缸质量，因此转子温度升高比汽缸快，转子沿轴线方向伸长量大于汽缸热膨胀量，且
转子热胀方向与汽热胀方向相反，这时差胀为正差胀，而停机过程中汽缸与转子的差胀为负
差胀。差胀如达到规定的极限值，表明动、静轴向间隙小于要求的最小间隙，对汽轮机与被
驱动机之间配用刚性联轴器的机组，差胀值过大有可能使被驱动机动、静体轴向间隙改变超
出限定范围，倘若动、静体上生碰擦必然造成设备损坏事故。
从上述说明可知，在机组起动过程中，随着蒸汽参数的升高和流量的增加，汽缸内壁和
转子外表层温度不断升高。由于汽缸外壁和转子中心部位的温升滞后于汽缸内壁和转子外表
层的温度变化，因此，汽缸内壁和转子外表层产生压应力。而机组停机过程是汽缸、转子的
冷却过程，随着蒸汽参数的下降和流量的减小，转子表面温度低于中心部位温度，汽缸内壁
温度低于外壁温度，使汽缸内壁和转子外表层产生拉应力。这样，汽轮机由开机到停机便完
成了一个交变热应力循环，也称之为低周疲劳，低周疲劳要损耗汽轮机的寿命，使汽轮机老
化，容易出事故，因此，机组运行时应尽可能减少开、停次数，避免频繁改变负荷。
汽轮机随规格、进汽参数以及用途的不同，起动特性也是不一样的，随机资料中的
0-0320-T.Nr-00 是适用该机的起动曲线，起动曲线中给出的起动时间综合考虑速关阀阀壳、
汽缸、转子的热应力及汽缸与转子差胀等因素，用控制温度变化速度的方法通过计算得出，
它是在进汽参数为额定值的情况下，汽轮机由静止状态过渡到额定工况所必需的最短时间，
起动过程实际占用时间不得少于给定的起动时间。
汽轮机起动时，进汽参数可在定参数和变参数两者中选择一种，前者是整个起动过程进
汽压力，温度为规定的额定值；后者在起动过程中新蒸汽压力，温度逐渐变化。采用变参数
起动时，起动初始阶段，用压力较低且有 50℃以上过热度的蒸汽冲转汽轮机，以后逐渐提
升新蒸汽压力温度直至达到额定值，H 型汽轮机冷态起动时（汽缸、转子温度＜150℃＝，
如锅炉和装置操作条件允许，尽可能采用变参数起动，这是因为冷态起动时，高温蒸汽与温
度较低的部件接触，蒸汽被冷却而凝结，蒸汽以凝结放热形式向汽轮机传热，使部件表面温
度迅速升高，在温度达到与节流后蒸汽压力相应的饱和温度后，蒸汽对构件的传热变为对流
放热，由于蒸汽的凝结放热系数远大于对流放热系数，且凝结放热系数随压力升高而增大，
因此，用有一定过热度的低压蒸汽起动汽轮机，构件受热时温度变化速度较平缓，不致产生
过大温差和热应力。变参数起动的另一好处是可使起动时间相对缩短。汽轮机热态起动时，
进汽温度必须高于汽缸温度。
为确保起动（或停机）过程顺利进行及机组安全，汽轮机按要求可配置下述监视仪表：
汽缸热膨胀指示器：装在汽轮机前支座，由指针直接指示汽缸的绝对膨胀量，由运行人
员就地监测。正常情况下，汽轮机滑销系统能保证汽缸有导向的自由热膨胀，指示器指针的
移动是连续的。但如安装时调整不当，起动过程中某处滑销卡涩，则指针移动出现滞止或突
跳，同时振动也会增大，这种情况下一般中先降速稳定一段时间进行观察，若仍无改善就得
停机处理。
汽缸绝对膨胀仪：由传感器、前置器、指示仪等组成，可在控制室监测汽缸热膨胀。
差胀监测仪：由传感器、前置器、显示仪、继电器模块等组成，用以监测汽缸与转子的
差胀，除正常差胀值显示外，还有警告报警和危险报警两个报警点，当差胀达到设定的极限
值分别发出报警或停机信号。
偏心监测仪：BENTLY 公司的偏心监测仪是以微处理机为基础的监测器，用以指示转子
弯曲的幅度，从而判断是否可以正常起动。
汽缸温度监控仪：用热电偶分别测量汽缸上、下半温度，通过计算机处理得出汽缸上、
下半温差，当温差达到允许温差限定值时发出报警，并由控制器发出指令限制机组转速（负
荷）改变。
以上监视仪表中，除汽缸热膨胀指示器外其它都是选供项。
在起动过程中，转速、轴振动、轴位移、轴承温度等都是必不可少的监测项目，这些项
目见运行监视 3-2010-的说明。
Turbine Start-up 3-1100-01-01
Turbine Start-up
Turbine start-up is a process in which the turbine is brought to a certain load from
standstill. This section simply describes the change rules of the factors that are related to
turbine safety and life during start-up. The proper operation is based on mastering and
observing the objective laws of the start-up. Please see the instructions in 3-13xx- for
the detailed starting procedure.
The working condition and stress of the main components in the turbine (casing, rotor
and etc) are going to be changed severely and complexly in the course of starting, due to
heated. When starting, the steam, under high temperature, entering into the turbine will
pass the heat to the components that are exposed to it through condensation heat transfer
and thermal convection. Thus, the heated components will be bound to expand. Once
the expansion is restricted, the thermal deformation and stress will appear. Although the
thermal expansion, deformation and stress as well as the differential expansion between
the casing and the rotor are inevitable during turbine starting, they can be controlled
within the permissible range through proper operating, ensuring the turbine for
successful start-up and safety operation.
The steam enters into the turbine through the emergence stop valve. The uneven
temperature distribution in the valve housing after it heated by steam will produce a
tremendous thermal stress in it. In order to improve the stress of the valve housing, it
required to be preheated for a certain time during turbine start-up. Usually, the preheat
of the valve housing is carried out during turbine warming-up at low speed.
After the steam entered into the turbine casing, it will heat the inner wall of the casing,
then transfer the heat to the outer wall and the split flange. Due to the thermal resistance
in the course of heat transfer, a large differential temperature will appear between the
inner and outer walls of the casing as well as the inner and outer sides of the flange. The
expansion of the inner wall is larger than that of the outré wall, thus the casing and the
flange will be deformed horizontally and vertically during heating. This may cause the
moving and stationary parts to collide each other. If the stress exceeds the permitted
valve due to the excessive temperature difference, the plastic deformation of the casing
and the flange will occur and so far to cause the casing cracked in the control stage zone.
Once the casing is deformed plastically, it is evitable that the sealing function of the
casing split becomes inefficient, resulting in leakage.
During starting, the heat is transferred from the casing wall to the flange and then to the
split bolts. Since the temperature of the flange is higher than that of the bolt, the
expansion amount of the flange in thickness is larger than the elongation amount of the
bolt. The bolt will be deformed plastically if the its stress exceeds the permitted value
due to the excessive temperature difference between the flange and the bolt, resulting in
split leakage.
Hangzhou Steat Turbine Company Limited Page 1 of 4

Except for the full-admission turbine with high parameters and the turbine of WK
model, most of the turbines adopt the top-half-admission, and additionally the heat
radiation of the bottom casing is faster than that of the top casing. Therefore, the
temperature of the top casing will be evidently higher than that of the bottom casing.
The excessive temperature difference between the top and bottom casings will hog the
casing. This may cause the moving and stationary parts to collide each other. In addition,
if the rotor is heated at standstill, the uneven temperature distribution between the upper
and lower parts of the rotor will cause the thermal flexure of the rotor. Usually, the
thermal flexure of the rotor is a kind of elastic deformation, but it will become plastic
permanent deformation under improper treatment. To rotate the rotor when it has a
larger flexivity is not allowed, because this will cause not only the vibration aggravated
but also the moving and stationary parts to collide each other, resulting in the flexivity
increased and plastic permanent deformation. Therefore, the rotor can not be heated at
standstill.
During turbine start-up or stop, the expansion amounts of the casing and the rotor are
not same because of the different heated conditions, materials and masses. The
difference between them is called as differential expansion. In the course of starting, the
casing heated by the high temperature steam will expand along the axial line taking the
dead-point (Exhaust end) as the reference. And at the same time, the front bearing
housing or thrust bearing carrier that is used as the axial positioning for the rotor moves
forwards too. Since the rotor is surrounded by the steam and additionally the rotor mass
is much less than the casing one, the temperature of the rotor rises faster than the casing.
The elongation amount of the rotor along axial line is larger than the expansion amount
of the casing and they expand in opposite directions. At this moment, the differential
expansion is called as a positive differential expansion. In the course of turbine stop, the
differential expansion between the casing and the rotor is negative differential
expansion. When the differential expansion reaches to the specified limits, it indicates
that the clearance between the moving and stationary parts is less than the required
minimum valve. For the turbine connected to the driven machine with a rigid coupling,
the excessive differential expansion may cause the axial clearance between the moving
and stationary parts in the driven machine to be changed beyond the limits. The
collision of the moving part with the stationary one is bound to damage the equipment.
The description above shows, during the turbine starting the temperatures of the casing
inner wall and the outer part of the rotor is rising continuously with the rise of the steam
parameter and the increase of the flow. Since the temperature rise in the outer wall of
the casing and the centric part of the rotor lags behind that in the outer wall of the
casing and the outer part of the rotor, the compressive stress will be produced in the
inner wall of the casing and the outer part of the rotor. The process of the turbine stop is
a cooling down process of the casing and rotor. With the decrease of the steam
parameter and flow, the temperature at the rotor surface and casing outer wall will be
lower than that at the centric part of the rotor and casing inner wall. Thus, a tensile
stress is produced in the casing inner wall and outer part of the rotor. This will

completes an alternating thermal stress cycle, which is also called as low-cycle fatigue,
from the turbine starting to stopping. The low-cycle fatigue will shorten the turbine lift
and make the turbine aged, risking the accident. Therefore, the starting and stopping
times should be reduced as could as possible and the frequent load change should be
avoided during turbine operation.
The starting characteristic of the turbine is varied with the turbine size, steam parameter
and application. The starting curve 0-0320-T.Nr-00 in the attached document is
applicable to your turbine. The starting time given in the curve is calculated through
controlling the temperature change rate in consideration of the thermal stresses in the
emergency stop valve housing, casing and rotor as well as the expansion difference
between the casing and the rotor. It is the shortest time required to bring the turbine to
the rated operating condition from standstill under rated steam parameter. The actual
lasted time during turbine starting must not be less than the given starting time.
The turbine can be started with the constant-parameter or variable-parameter. In the

former, the fresh steam pressure and temperature are constant and at rated value in
whole starting process, while in the latter the steam parameters are changing gradually.
With the variable-parameter starting, the turbine is rotated with the lower pressure steam
with a superheat degree above 50℃. After that, rise the pressure and temperature of the
fresh steam gradually until to rated values. For the cold starting of the turbine of model
H (the temperature of the casing and rotor is less than 150 ℃ ) , use the
variable-parameter starting as could as possible if the operating conditions of the boiler
and plant are permitted. This is because during cold starting the high temperature steam
will be cooled and condensed when it contacts with the components at lower
temperature, the steam passes the heat to the turbine through condensation heat transfer
and the surface temperature of the component rise quickly, once the steam temperature
reached to the saturation temperature corresponding to the throttled steam pressure the
heat transfer becomes thermal convection. The coefficient of the condensation heat
transfer of the steam is much larger than that of the thermal convection and increases
with the pressure rising, therefore to start the turbine with lower pressure steam with a
certain superheat degree will slowdown the temperature change rate of the component
when in is heated, eliminating excessive temperature difference and thermal stress.
Another advantage of the variable-parameter starting is shortening the starting time.
When starting the turbine under hot state, the temperature of the fresh steam must be
higher than that of the casing.
In order to ensure the successful starting (or stopping) and safety of the turbine, it can
be equipped with following monitoring instruments according to the requirement:
Casing thermal expansion indicator: It is mounted on the front pedestal of the turbine.
The operating personnel can locally monitor the absolute expansion of the casing from
the indicator pointer. In the normal condition, the free expansion of the casing under
guiding is guaranteed by the sliding-key system of the turbine, the pointer will move

continuously. If one of the sliding keys is seized due to improper in installation during
starting, the movement of the pointer will be seized or jumped, the turbine vibration will
be increased at the same time. In this case, decrease the turbine speed to a certain value
and run it for a period of time. If the condition has not been improved yet, the turbine
must be stopped and handled.
Casing absolute dilatometer: It consists of sensor, preamplifier and indicator and may be
used in the control room for monitoring the casing expansion.
Differential expansion detector: It consists of sensor, preamplifier, indicator and relay

module and used for monitoring the differential expansion between the casing and the
rotor. Besides indicating the normal differential expansion, it has two alarm points, the
warning alarm and risk alarm. Once the differential expansion reached to the preset
limits, it will send out alarm or trip signal respectively.
Eccentricity detector: The eccentricity detector of BENTLY company is a

microprocessor-based detector. It serves to indicate the deflection of the rotor for
determining whether the turbine can be started normally or not.
Casing temperature detector: The differential temperature is calculated by a computer

according to the temperatures of the top and bottom casings measured with
thermocouples. When the differential temperature reached to the permitted limit it will
alarm. The speed (load) change of the turbine will be forbidden by the command from
the controller.
The monitoring instruments mentioned above are optional, except for the casing
expansion indicator.
During turbine start-up, the speed, shaft vibration and displacement, bearing
temperature and etc must be monitored. Please refer to section “Operation monitoring”
3-2010- for details.

使用说明书汽轮机起动前的准备工作 3-1220-01-00
汽轮机起动前的准备工作
汽轮机起动前，通过一些必需的操作和检查，使汽轮机处于随时可正常起动的状态，
确保起动顺利进行。本节所述是汽轮机冷态起动前的准备工作，热态起动前准备工作涉及范
围和项目视停机时间的长短酌情确定。运行环境，锅炉，被驱动机及辅助设备起动前的准备
工作按相应规程要求进行。
1、蒸汽系统
1.1 速关阀前主蒸汽管路隔离阀及旁路阀关闭。
1.2 速关阀、调节汽阀关闭。
1.3 主蒸汽管及抽汽管路排大气疏水阀开，汽缸、平衡管及抽汽管路接至疏水膨胀箱管路上
的疏水阀关闭。
1.4 轴封供汽管路进汽阀、疏水阀关闭。
1.5 抽汽速关阀、隔离阀关闭。
1.6 抽气器进汽阀、空气门及疏水阀关闭。
1.7 汽封冷却器的进汽阀、疏水阀关闭。
2、油系统
2.1 油质检验合格。
2.2 油箱油位正常。
2.3 油泵进、出口隔离阀以及冷油器和滤油器的进出阀门均为开启状态；冷油器、滤油器的
切换阀处于单侧工作位置；冷油器的进水阀关闭，开水阀打开。
2.4 油箱油温若低于 20℃需用加热器进行加热或使油泵提前投入运转来提高油温，汽轮机
起动时轴承进油温度必须≥35℃。
2.5 开动油泵：自带主油泵的汽轮机，起动辅助油泵；外泵供油的汽轮机，起动电动主油泵。
油泵运转后，振动、声响正常，出口油压稳定，调节油油压≥0.8Mpa，润滑油总管油压
约 0.25Mpa。
2.6 从各回油视窗观察各轴承回油是否正常，检查所有油管路接口无漏油。
2.7 有液压蓄能器的汽轮机，检查蓄能器的充氮压力，要求的压力值见 0-0300-T.Nr-00。
2.8 起动排油烟机，在油箱、回油箱、回油管及轴承座内腔形成微弱负压，正常运行时，一
般为 5～10mm 水柱，汽轮机起动前，油箱真空可略高于此值，若真空度过高，则会有大
量不洁空气和蒸汽被吸入油系统。
3、凝汽系统
3.1 排汽通往公用凝汽器的汽轮机，排汽真空蝶阀严密关闭。
3.2 视需要向凝汽器汽侧充水，补充水是水质符合要求的凝结水或化学处理水，充水至热井
液位计的 3/4 液位。
3.3 全开循环水出水阀，稍开进水阀。
3.4 开启凝结水泵进水阀，开启凝泵到凝汽器汽侧空气管道上截止阀，关闭往锅炉给水系统
的出水阀，在凝结水泵运转后，逐渐开启凝泵出水阀，开启再循环阀，开启真空系统水
封部件供水阀。热井水位自动调节系统暂退出控制。
3.5 抽气器投入运行
逐渐开启起动抽气器的进汽阀，阀后压力约 0.2Mpa，暖管 5 分钟之后升至正常工作压
力，缓慢打开抽气器与凝汽器之间空气阀，使系统建立真空，真空达到-0.04Mpa 并且在凝
泵已正常运行的情况下使主轴气器开始工作，主抽汽器暖管，进汽时开启冷却器疏水阀，主
抽气器投入工作时先开第二级，后开第一级，主抽气器工作正常后可停用起动抽气器，退出
时先关空气门后关蒸汽进汽阀。
汽轮机起动时真空应达到-0.06Mpa，最低不低于-0.053Mpa。
4、轴封送汽及盘车
为使凝汽系统迅速建立真空，需在盘车状态下向轴封送汽，必须注意：应避免在转
子静止状态下向轴封送汽。在向轴封送汽后根据真空变化情况及时调整送汽量，同时轴
封送汽后应尽快使汽轮机冲转，以免汽封部分上、下缸温差过大。
汽轮机热态起动时必须注意：应在盘车状态下，先向轴封送汽，然后再起动抽气器
建立真空，轴封送汽时避免冷水、冷汽（送汽温度低于汽缸温度）进入汽封。
汽轮机起动前必须先使盘车机构投入工作，热态起动时这项操作尤为重要，有顶轴系统
的汽轮机，在顶轴系统正常工作后再投入盘车。
配用手动或液压直行程间断式盘车机构的汽轮机，在汽轮机冲转前，盘车机构须退出工
作，不过必须注意，停止盘车到转子冲转的时间间隔应不超过 5 分钟。
5、保安系统
在进行保安及调节系统的检查、调试之前，必须先确认进入汽轮机的汽源已被隔断，严
防蒸汽漏入汽轮机。
5.1 危急遮断油门挂钩，手动停机阀、停机电磁阀、抽汽控制电磁阀均处于正常运行工作状态。
5.2 速关阀的开启及速关试验：带有速关组件的汽轮机，开启速关阀的操作见 1-2001-XX-XX
的说明；无速关组件的汽轮机，速关阀的开启见 1-1840-XX-XX 的说明；有抽汽的汽轮
机，在速关阀全开后，接着开启抽汽速关阀，之后，在速关阀全开状态下，分别进行手
动和遥控速关试验，发出速关指令后，速关阀及抽汽速关阀均应立即关闭，速关阀关闭
时间小于 1 秒。
5.3 带有危急保安器试验滑阀的汽轮机，滑阀应处于正常运行状态。
5.4 排汽、抽汽的压力保护功能暂时解除。
6、调节系统
新安装机组或机组大修后第一次起动前，或调节系统检修后须进行调节系统调试，其
它情况下，汽轮机起动前除常规检查外，一般不再重新整定和调试，若需要调试，请见
3-1400-02-XX 汽轮机试运行一节的说明。
使用液压或机械——液压调速器的汽轮机，在速关阀开启后继续操作启动调节器，建立
二次油压，二次油压 0.15Mpa 和 0.45Mpa 分别与调节汽阀的 0 度和最大开度相对应。在速关
阀发生速关动作时，调节汽阀也应同时关闭。在汽轮机起动前，调速器的给定值在下限位置；
有抽汽时，抽汽调节置于 0 抽汽位置。
使用数字式调节器的汽轮机，调节器选用开环调节手动操作方法，在速关阀开启后，改
变调节器的输出，调节器的最小输出信号与电液转换器输出的 0.15Mpa 二次油压相对应，这
时调节汽阀为 0 开度，调节器的最大输出信号与电液转换器输出的 0.45Mpa 二次油压相对应，
调节汽阀为最大开度，在速阀发生速关动作时，调节汽阀也应同时关闭。调节器的抽汽调节
为退出状态。
7、仪表
所有一次、二次仪表的示值与被测参数当时的状态相符。
8、暖管
隔离阀前主蒸汽管路进行暖管。
Preparation prior to Turbine Starting 3-1220-01-01
Preparation prior to Turbine starting

Prior to the turbine starting, some necessary operations and checks should be carried out
so as to ensure the turbine successful start-up. This section will describe the
preparations prior to turbine cold starting. The preparation concerning in turbine hot
starting will be decided based on the shutdown duration. The preparations of the
operating circumstance, boiler, driven machine and auxiliary devices should be carried
out in accordance with the related procedures.
1. Steam system
1.1 The isolated valve and bypass valve before the emergency stop valve are closed.
1.2 The emergency stop valve and control valve are closed.
1.3 The drain valves to the air in the main steam and extraction piping are opened. The
drain valves in the piping connecting the casing, balance pipe and extraction pipe to
the drain flash tank are closed.
1.4 The inlet valve and drain valve in the steam supplying piping for the gland bush are
closed.
1.5 The extraction stop valve and isolated valve are closed.
1.6 The Steam inlet valve, the air valve and the drain valve for the air ejector are closed.
1.7 The steam inlet valve and the drain valve for the gland steam cooler are closed.
2. Oil system
2.1 Oil quality is checked off.
2.2 Oil level of the oil tank is at normal position.
2.3 The isolated valves of the inlet and outlet for the oil pump and the inlet and outlet
valves of the oil cooler and filter are opened. The changeover valves of the oil
cooler and filter are placed at the working position. The cooling water inlet valve is
closed and outlet valve is opened.
2.4 If the oil temperature in the tank is lower than 20℃, it is required to be heated by a
heater or through putting the oil pump into operation in advance. The inlet oil
temperature of the bearing during turbine starting must be ≥35℃ .
2.5 Starting oil pump: Where the main oil pump is driven by the turbine, start the
auxiliary oil pump. Where the oil is supplied by an external pump, start the electric
main oil pump. After the oil pump operated, the vibration and noise of the pump
should be within normal range, the output oil pressure stable, the control-oil
pressure ≥0.8Mpa, the oil pressure in the lubricating-oil header approx. 0.25Mpa.
2.6 Observe whether the return oil of each bearing is normal or mot through the viewer.
Check all of the oil piping joints for no leakage.
2.7 Where the hydraulic accumulator is provided, check the nitrogen filling pressure.
The required pressure is given in attached document 0-0300-T.Nr-00.
2.8 Start vapor exhaust fan to form a weakly negative pressure inside the oil tank,
return-oil tank, return-oil piping and bearing housing. Usually, it is within 5 to 10
mm H2O during normal operation. Before turbine starting, the vacuum in the oil
tank may be a little higher than this valve. But the excessive vacuum will cause a

large amount unclean air and steam to be drawn into the oil system
3. Steam condensing system

3.1 Where the exhaust is led to the common condenser, the vacuum butterfly-gate is
closed tightly.
3.2 Fill up the steam side of the condenser with water, which should be the condensate
in accordance to the requirement or treated chemically, to the level of 3/4 indicated
by the level gauge of hot well.
3.3 Fully open the outlet valve of the cycling water and slightly open the inlet valve.
3.4 Open the water inlet valve of the condensate pump and the cut-off valve in the air
piping from the condensate pump to the steam side of the condenser. Close the water
outlet valve to the boiler feed water system. After the condensate pump operated,
gradually open the outlet valve of the condensate pump. Open the recycle valve, the
water-supplying valve to the water-sealing element of the vacuum system. The level
auto control system of the hot well is disabled temporarily.
3.5 Putting the air ejector into operation
Gradually open the steam inlet valve of the starting air ejector until the pressure after
the valve reached to 0.2 MPa. Warm up the piping for 5 minutes, and then rise the
pressure to the normal working pressure. Slowly open the air valve between the air
ejector and the condenser, building up vacuum in the system. When the vacuum reached
to –0.04 MPa and the condensate pump has worked normally, start the main air ejector.
Warm up the piping of the main air ejector; open the drain valve of the cooler when the
steam admitted. Put the second stage of main air ejector first and then the first stage.
After the main air ejector has operated normally, stop the starting air ejector. During
stopping, close the air valve first and then the steam inlet valve.
When turbine starting, the vacuum should be at –0.06 MPa, the minimum value cannot
be less than –0.053 MPa.
4. Supplying gland steam and barring

In order to build up the vacuum in the condensing system quickly, it is required to
supply the gland steam for the gland bush during barring. The attention must be paid
that supplying the steam for the gland bush under rotor standstill should be avoided.
Adjust the supplying steam flow based on the vacuum change in time. Meanwhile, once
the gland bush has be supplied with the steam, rotated the rotor as soon as possible, so
as to avoid the excessive temperature difference between the upper and lower parts of
the gland bush.
The attention must be paid during turbine hot starting, under barring the gland bush
should be supplied with gland steam first and then start the air ejector to build up the
vacuum. The cold water or cold steam (the temperature lower than casing temperature)
should be avoided entering into the gland bush during supplying the gland steam.
Before turbine staring, the barring gear must be put into operation in advance, it is

important especially for turbine hot starting. Where the shaft jacking system is provided,
enable the barring gear after the jacking system has worked normally.
For the turbine with manual or hydraulic discontinuous-type barring gear, the barring
gear must be disabled before the rotor rotates. But the interval from stopping barring to
rotating the rotor should not be longer than 5 minutes.
5. Protection system
Before checking and adjusting protection and control system, the steam source to the
turbine must be cut off.
5.1 The emergency trip gear is engaged. The manual trip valve, trip solenoid valve and
extraction solenoid valve are at normal operation states.
5.2 Opening emergency stop valve and trip test:
Where the trip block is provided, refer to the description in 1-2001-xx-xx. For the
turbine without the trip block, see 1-1840-xx-xx. For the extraction turbine, open the
extraction stop valve following the emergency stop valve fully opened, and then
under valve fully opened, carried out trip tests manually and remotely, respectively.
After received the trip command, the emergency stop valve and the extraction stop
valve should close immediately. The closing time of the stop valve should be less
than 1 second.
5.3 Where the test slide valve for the overspeed governor is provided, the slide valve
should be at the normal operation position.
5.4 The pressure protection functions for exhaust and extraction are leased temporarily.
6. Control system
The control system should be adjusted and tested prior to the first starting for the newly
installed turbine or after turbine or control system overhauled. Otherwise it is not
required to readjust before turbine starting, except for the routine inspection. If the
adjustment is necessary, please refer to section 3-1400-01-xx “Turbine commissioning”.
For the turbine with hydraulic or mechanic-hydraulic governor, continue to operate the
starting control after the emergency stop valve opened for building up the secondary-oil
pressure. The secondary-oil pressure 0.15 MPa and 0.45 Mpa correspond to the zero and
full openings of the control valve, respectively. When the emergency stop valve tripped,
the control valve should be closed simultaneously. Before the turbine starting, set the
speed governor at its low limit. Where the extraction is provided, set the extraction
controller at zero extraction position. For the turbine with the controlled backpressure or
fresh-steam pressure, set the backpressure or fresh-steam pressure controller at its low
limit before they take over the control.
For the turbine with digital controller, select the manual control mode in open loop on
the controller. Change the output of the controller after the emergency stop valve
opened. The minimum output of the controlled corresponds to the secondary-oil

pressure 0.15 MPa from the electric-hydraulic converter and zero opening of the control
valve, while the maximum output of the controller corresponds to the secondary-oil
pressure 4.5MPa and full opening of the control valve. When the emergency stop valve
tripped, the control valve should be closed simultaneously. The controlling functions for
extraction pressure and backpressure or fresh-steam pressure in the controller are all at
the “disabled” states.
7. Instruments
All of the readings on the primary and secondary are in accordance with current states
the measured parameters.
8. Warming up piping
Warm up the main steam piping before the isolated valve.

使用说明书汽动锅炉给水泵机组的试运行 3-1400-04-00
汽动锅炉给水泵机组的试运行
这一部分主要是驱动锅炉给水泵汽轮机试运行有关事项的说明。投入生产运行后，机组
按常规起动时，一些项目可酌情省略。
机组安装完毕，在投入生产前，应先进行试运行，未经试运行的机组不能投入生产运行。
试运行的目的主要是：
1、对整个工程的质量作全面考核。
1.1 基建的设计、施工质量和设备安装质量。
1.2 锅炉、汽轮机、被驱动机械以及辅助设备的综合性能。
2、对领导、组织、技术、管理能力及人员素质全面考核。
3、了解、掌握运行规律，消除缺陷为正常生产打好基础。
4、为完善、修定运行规程及进行技术改造提供依据。
试运行通常分汽轮机单机试车和机组带负荷试运行两个阶段进行。
汽轮机大修后，在投入生产前也须进行试运行。
汽轮机单机试车
1、试车前准备工作
1.1 汽水系统
1.1.1 蒸汽管路吹扫
工作汽（主机四段抽汽）、备用汽（主机二段抽汽）及辅助厂用汽（开工锅炉或厂用汽
管网）供给汽轮机的进汽管路吹扫完毕（3-0350-01-XX），轴封送汽管道用类似方法吹扫干
净。
1.1.2 阀门
各进汽管路上隔离阀关闭；
汽轮机速关阀、调节汽阀及排汽真空蝶阀关闭；
轴封送汽阀、轴封冷却器进汽阀关闭；
进汽管路隔离阀后的疏水阀及汽轮机本体疏水阀关闭；
1.1.3 主机凝汽系统具备投运条件。
1.1.4 工业用水系统已投入运行，能提供正常的冷却水，冷油器进水阀关闭，出水阀开启。
1.1.5 汽轮机排汽部分真空严密性检查：
一般用充压法进行检查，在真空蝶阀进口侧法兰处加盲板，汽缸外汽封端部用橡胶或塑
料带包缠，从排缸管口将压缩空气充入汽缸，受检部分压力～0.03Mpa，用肥皂液在法兰接
合面、焊缝、堵头、接头等处进行检查。
1.2 油系统
1.2.1 油系统冲洗合格（3-0340-01-XX）；
1.2.2 油箱液面在高液位；
1.2.3 油箱油温若低于 20℃需用加热器进行加热或使油泵提前投入运转来提高油温，汽轮
机起动时轴承进油温度必须≥35℃。
1.2.4 油泵运转后，振动、声响正常，出口油压稳定，调节油油压＞0.8Mpa，润滑油总管油
压～0.25Mpa。进行主、辅油泵联锁切换及事故油泵联锁启、停试验。
1.2.5 有液压蓄能器时，检查蓄能器的充氮压力，要求的压力值见 0-0300-T.Nr-00.
1.2.6 起动排油烟机，在油箱回油管及轴承座内腔形成微弱负压，正常运行时，真空一般为
5～10mm 水柱，汽轮机起动前，油箱真空可略高于此值。
1.2.7 从各回油视窗观察各轴承回油是否正常。检查所有油路接口应无漏油。
1.2.8 调节系统使用高压抗燃油时，高压抗燃油系统的检查、调试按专用说明进行。
1.3 保安系统
速关阀及调节汽阀检查、试验必须确认进入汽轮机的汽源已切断。
危急遮断油门挂钩，手动停机阀、停机电磁阀处于正常工作状态，利用速关组件的启动
阀开启速关阀，启动阀的操作见 1-2001-XX-XX 的说明。
速关试验：速关阀全开后，分别使危急遮断油门、手动停机阀及停机磁阀动作，速关阀
立即关闭，速关阀关闭时调节汽阀也应同时关闭（见 1.4）
。
测定速关阀关闭油压：速关阀全开后，通过关小手动停机阀或油泵出口阀门，使速关油
压下降，油压降至～0.45Mpa 后降压速度应放缓，注意观测速关阀关闭时的速关油压力。
1.4 调节系统
电站锅炉给水泵汽轮机的调节器通常按用户意愿选用，不同型号调节器的安装、调试要
求各不相同，其配置及操作说明见调节器的用户使用手册。
无论使用何种型号的调节器，在汽轮机起动前，调节器采用手动给定，改变其输出的控
制信号，对照调节汽阀特性线 0-2505-T.Nr-00 及 0-2505-T.Nr-01 检查调节器输出信号与调
节汽阀升程关系。
调节汽阀开启后，配合速关阀作速关试验，在速关阀关闭时调节汽阀也应同时关闭。
1.5 仪控部分
所有一、二次仪表的示值与被测参数当时的状态相符。
用于监测转速、轴承温度、轴位移、轴振动、润滑油压力、排汽真空等仪表的报警值、
跳闸值校验准确。
电动或气动阀门启、闭正常。
1.6 脱开汽轮机与给水泵（包括前置泵）之间的联轴器。
2、汽轮机起动
2.1 盘车机构投入工作。
2.2 主机凝汽系统投入运行。
2.3 暖管：开启速关阀前疏水阀，逐渐开启供汽管路隔离阀。一般汽轮机单机试车用辅助厂
用汽为汽源，其它汽源进汽管路隔离阀须关闭。
2.4 轴封送汽：严禁在转子静止状态下向轴封送汽。开轴封送汽管路疏水阀，缓慢开
启轴封送汽阀，视汽封冒汽情况调整送汽压力。在轴封送汽后，开启汽缸、平衡管及排
汽管疏水阀。调整汽封冷却器，维持-0.002Mpa 的真空。
2.5 开启排汽真空蝶阀：微启蝶阀（～5％开度），在汽轮机真空逐渐升高时，全开排汽蝶阀，
开启真空碟阀时要注意主机凝气系统真空的变化。
2.6 开启速关阀。
2.7 开启调节汽阀，低速暖机。
2.7.1 冲转条件：
进汽：压力按现场汽源情况确定，温度有＞50℃的过热度。
真空：～-0.073Mpa，真空正常后投入低真空保护。
轴承供油：进油温度＞35℃，润滑油总管油压～0.25Mpa，各轴承回油正常。
2.7.2 冲转、低速暖机
由调节器操纵调节汽阀的开度，开启调节汽阀冲转汽轮机，升速至～1000r/min 低速暖机。
汽轮机冲转后，盘车机构退出工作（手动盘车机构须在冲转前退出工作并锁定）。检查
各轴承温度，必要时调节轴承进油阀开度，轴承进油温度＞42℃后，调节冷油器进水阀开度，
使轴承进油温度维持在 45℃±3℃范围内。
2.8 升速
在低速暖机期间，各项常规检测项目（包括机内声响，汽缸绝对膨胀量，猫爪螺栓的垫
片间隙，轴承温度，轴振动，轴位移，油压，进、排汽参数）均正常，可按～350r/min 的
速率升速至运行范围下限转速，在升速过程中，
“禁止停留反域”（见起动曲线）应快速、不
间断地越过。
转速达到下限转速后，稳定一段时间，运转情况正常，完成必要的试验后，以～300r/min
的速率升速至上限转速。
转速达到下限转速后，按规定可进行下述试验：
2.8.1 速关试验：人为操纵危急遮断油门，手动停机阀，电磁阀（选择其中一项或三项按规
程规定）动作，速关阀、调节汽阀瞬时关闭；
2.8.2 汽阀严密性试验：速关阀、调节汽阀关闭后，汽轮机转速迅速下降，降至＜300r/min
时可重新起动升速；
2.8.3 速关阀动作试验：在汽轮机正常运转状态下，利用试验阀进行速关阀动作试验（见
1-2300-），试验活塞开始动作时的油压 P2 应小于许用试验压力 P1 ，记录 P2 值，作
为以后此项试验的比较基准。
2.8.4 调节器：转速调节在调节器给定方式与锅炉控制给定方式之间切换，切换应无扰动；
2.8.5 汽源切换：有条件时，模拟机组运行时，随主机负荷变化，给水泵汽轮机工作汽与备
用汽切换的工况，进行汽源切换试验，切换前汽轮机转速由主调节汽阀控制，切换后
转速由备用汽调节汽阀控制，切换过程转速在少许波动后即趋稳定。
2.9 超速试验：
利用调节器的超速试验功能，进行电超速跳闸和危急保安器动作试验，如汽轮机不带危
急保安器则只对 3 选 2 转速保护系统进行超速跳闸动作试验。超速跳闸转速参见产品合格证
明书的试车记录，应符合 0-0300-T.Nr-00 的要求。试验时，若升速至规定的跳闸转速最高
值而未产生速关动作，应立即停机，进行检查并作相应处理，重新试验直至合格。
带有危急保安器的汽轮机，由于危急保安器飞锤的复位转速高于“正常转速”，所以在
危急保安器动作、速关阀关闭后，转速降至“正常转速”时，就可将危急遮断油门挂钩，使
汽轮机重新起动、升速。
2.10 运行监视
试运行期间（包括下述机组试车），汽轮机的进、排汽参数，以及轴振动，轴位移，轴
承温度以及汽缸膨胀量等的监测要求见 3-2010-XX-XX 运行监视的说明。
第一次起动过程中，尤其要注意振动的监测及汽、油泄漏的检查。
2.11 惰走试验
在汽轮机单机试车结束前，将汽轮机转速稳定在下限转速，之后速关停机，记录转速随
时间变化的关系，画出惰走曲线，在转子停止转动前应保持真空不变。
3、停机
正常情况下，汽轮机转速降至下限转速后，可采用控制室操作或就地操作任一方式停机。
关闭进汽隔离阀，关闭排汽蝶阀，开启汽缸及排汽管疏水阀，真空降至～0 时停轴封送
汽。
通常汽轮机单机结束到机组带负荷试车的间隔时间不长，因此，在汽轮机单机试车完成，
汽轮机停机后，润滑系统及盘车机构应继续工作。
机组带负荷试运行
4、试车前准备工作
4.1 连接好汽轮机与给水泵的联轴器。
4.2 汽轮机部分的准备工作，见汽轮机单机试车准备工作说明，已完成项目可省略。
4.3 给水泵及给水系统准备工作按规程要求进行。
5、机组起动
冲转的相关操作按 2.1～2.5 进行，冲转条件按 2.7.1。
5.1 起动曲线
随机资料 0-0320-T.Nr-00 是该机组的起动曲线，如图所示，起动曲线的纵座标是机组转
起动曲线
汽轮机启动曲线
速，横座标是所需起动时间 t A 。 n1 是低速暖机转速， n 2 及 n3 是禁止停留区域的下限、上限转
速， n4 是与与机组额定功率相对应的正常转速，t A 是机组从静止状态升速到 n4 所必需的最
短时间， t A 包括速关阀阀壳的预热时间。
起动曲线包括若干条不同状态起动的特性线，一般按停机到再次起动的间隔时间给出，
当停机时间介于给定时间之间时是，可用内插法得出所需的起动特性线。
存在禁止停留区的汽轮机，起动曲线上会标出这一区域的上、下限，升速过程中，须不
间断快速越过该转速范围。
机组升速加负荷过程中，往往需要保持在某一转速运行一段时间，以进行必要的操作并
对机组运行情况作全面检查，同时，机组转速（负荷）的变化要服从电站机、炉、电协调控
制的要求，因此，机组实际使用起动曲线应在 0-0320-T.Nr-00 基础上作必要的修正。
5.2 起动时的汽源及相应操作
5.2.1 先使电动给水泵机组投入运行，当主机负荷达到与汽源切换点相应的工况后，开启工
作汽管路隔离阀，按规程要求对速关阀前管路疏水、暖管，开启速关阀、调节汽阀，冲转机
组，低速暖机，冲转时应观测、记录转子开始加速时的调节器输出值（或二次油压）和调节
汽阀升程，低速暖机转速及暖机时间按起动曲线要求，之后，用～2 分钟时间使机组转速从
暖机转速升至下限运行转速。
5.2.2 用辅助厂用汽启动机组：开启厂用汽供汽管路隔离阀，速关阀前进汽管路疏水、暖管，
开启速关阀、调节汽阀冲转机组，按起动曲线要求低速暖机后，用～2 分钟时间使机组转速
从暖机转速升至下限运行转速，机组转速由调节器自动控制后，调整给水泵的再循环门和出
水门，给水泵向锅炉供水，当主要负荷达到与汽源切换点相应的工况后，开启工作汽隔离阀
前疏水阀，开启工作汽隔离阀，逐渐关闭厂用汽隔离阀，操作时要注意保持汽轮机进汽压力
稳定。关闭进汽管路、汽封送汽管路疏水阀。
5.3 升速、加负荷
机组转速达到运行范围下限转速后，按规程（或试运行大纲）要求，采用“调节器自动”
或“锅炉自动”方式控制机组运行，试运行期间按要求进行调节器控制方式切换，电泵与汽
泵切换等项目的试验。
额定负荷连续运行时间与主机相同。
6、停机
按正常停机操作。减负荷、降低运行转速，“锅炉自动”退出，转速降至下限转速后，
关闭给水泵出水阀，运转～30 分钟后，速关停机，速关阀、调节汽阀关闭，记录惰走时间，
关闭进汽隔离阀，在主机仍运行的情况下，关闭汽缸及排汽管疏水阀，关闭排汽蝶阀，如主
机同时停机，给水泵汽轮机停机后各疏水阀应开启，真空降至～0 时停轴封汽汽。
盘车的投入与 3-节相同，NK50/56 汽轮机正常停机 24 小时后可停止盘车，NK63/71 汽轮
机正常停机 62 小时后停止盘车。盘车期间，润滑油系统应继续运行。
Operating Instruction
Commissioning of Boiler Feed Pump Turbine (BFPT)

This section mainly deals with the commissioning of the BFPT. After the BFPT has
been put into operation, it can be started in normal procedure. Some of items described
here can be omitted accordingly.
The commissioning must be carried out first after the turbine-set installed and before
put into production.
The main purposes of the turbine commissioning are:

1. All-round assessment of the quality for whole engineering.
The quality of the civil-work design and construction and the quality of the
equipment installation.
The synthesis performance of the boiler, steam turbine, driven machine and
auxiliary devices.
2. All-round assessment of the capacity of the leader, organization, technic and
management, as well as the staff diathesis
3. Understanding and mastering the operation rule and eliminating the defect to lay
good foundation for normal production.
4. Offering the grounds for perfecting and revising the operating procedure and
technical renovation.
In general, the commissioning is carried out in two steps, turbine sole test running and
turbine-set loaded test running. The Commissioning should be also carried out after the
turbine overhaul.
Turbine sole test running

1. Preparation before test running
Steam and water system
Blowing steam piping
Following the instruction in 3-0350-01-xx, blow the turbine steam inlet piping including
the piping of working steam (from fourth stage extraction of the main turbine), spare
steam (from second stage extraction of the main turbine) and the auxiliary steam (from
start-work boiler or plant service steam line). Blow the gland steam piping with a
similar method.
Valves
The isolated valve in each steam inlet line is closed.
The emergency stop valve, the control valve and exhaust butterfly are closed.
The induction valve of the gland steam and the steam inlet valve of the gland steam
cooler are closed.
The drain valves in the steam inlet line after the isolated valve and of the turbine body
are closed.

The condensing system of the main turbine is ready for operating.
The industrial water system has been put into operation and can supply with normal
cooling water. The water inlet valve of the oil cooler is closed, while the outlet valve
opened.
Inspecting vacuum tightness for exhaust part of turbine

Usually, the pressuring method is used in inspection. Block the inlet of the butterfly
with a blank plate and wrap the end of the casing outer gland seal with rubber or plastic
strap. Fill the compressed air at a pressure about 0.03Mpa into the casing through
exhaust nozzle and check the leakage at the flange joint, welding seam, connection,
choke-plug with soap lye.
Oil system
The oil-system flushing has been passed (see 3-0340-01-xx for detsils).
The oil level in the tank is at the high level.
Should the oil temperature in the tank be lower than 20℃, heat the oil with heater or
put the oil pump in operation in advance for raising the oil temperature. The inlet oil
temperature for the bearing when starting the turbine must be ≥35℃.
The oil pump operates normally under a stable discharge oil pressure, the control-oil
pressure is ＞0.8Mpa, the oil pressure in the lubricating-oil header is about 0.25 Mpa.
Carry out the interlocking changeover between the main and auxiliary oil pumps and
interlocking start and stop test of the emergency oil pump.
Where the hydraulic accumulator is provided, examine the nitrogen filling pressure
of the accumulator. The required pressure value is given in 0-0300-T.Nr-00.
Start the oil smoke ventilator to form soft vacuum inside the return-oil piping and
bearing houses. Usually, the vacuum value is 5 to 10 mm WS. But the vacuum in oil
tank can be a litter higher than that value.
Observe the returned oil from each bearing through the viewer whether they are
normal. Check all of the connections in the oil line, there should be no leakage existed.
If the high-pressure fire-resistant oil is used in the control system, the examination
and adjustment of the high-pressure fire-resistant oil system should be carried out
according to the special instrument.
Protective system
Before checking and adjusting the emergency stop valve and control valve, it must
be ensured that the steam source to the turbine has been blocked.

Open the emergency stop valve with the starting valve on the trip block when the
emergency trip gear was engaged and the manual trip valve and the trip solenoid valve
were under normal operation states. For the operation of the starting valve, see the
description in 1-2001-xx-xx.
Emergency closing test: After the emergency stop valve fully opened, actuating the
emergency trip gear, the manual trip valve and trip solenoid valve, the emergency stop
valve and the control valve should be closed immediately at the same time. (see 1.4).
Measuring the closing oil pressure of the emergency stop valve: After the emergency
stop valve fully opened, reduce the trip-oil pressure through further closing the manual
trip valve the discharge valve of the oil pump. When the oil pressure drops to
approximate 0.45 Mpa, slow down the lowering rate. Observe the trip-oil pressure at
which the valve closed.
Control system
The governor used for the BFPT is chosen on the user’s requirement. The requirements
in the installation and adjustment for various governors are different. For the
configuration and operation of the individual governor, please refer to the Operating
Manual provided by the governor manufacturer.
No matter which kind of governor is used, before turbine start-up, change the output
signal of the governor under manual mode for verifying the relationship of the output
signal versus the stroke of the control valve.
1.5 Instruments
The readings on all of the primary and secondary instruments should be in conformance
with the current states of the measured parameters.
The alarm and trip values of the instruments for monitoring the turbine speed, bearing
temperature, shaft displacement and vibration, lubricating-oil pressure, vacuum must be
correct.
The electric or pneumatic valve can be opened and closed normally.
1.6 Disconnecting the coupling between the turbine and the feed pump (including
booster pump)
2 Starting turbine
2.1 Put the barring gear into operation at the barring speed specified in 0-0300-T.Nr-00.
2.2 Put the condensing system of the main turbine into operation.
2.3 Worming-up piping: Open the drain valve before the emergency stop valve. Open

the isolated valve in the steam supplying piping gradually. Usually, the plant service
steam is used in turbine sole test running, so the isolated valves in the other steam
supplying piping must be closed.
2.4 Supplying gland steam: it is forbidden to supply steam for the gland seal when
the rotor is standstill. Open the drain valve in the delivery piping of the gland
steam. Slowly open the delivery valve of the gland steam and adjust the gland-steam
pressure based on the steam venting of the gland seal. After that, open the drain
valves of the casing, balance piping and exhaust piping. Adjust the gland-steam
cooler to maintain the vacuum at –0.002 Mpa.
2.5 Opening vacuum butterfly valve: Open the butterfly valve a little (about 5% of
opening). When the turbine vacuum is rising, fully open the butterfly. The attention
should be paid in the vacuum change of the condensing system for the main turbine
during opening the vacuum butterfly valve.
2.6 Open emergency stop valve.
2.7 Open the control valve for low-speed warming.

2.7.1 Rotating condition:
Inlet steam: The pressure is determined by the steam source in site, with a degree
of superheat higher than 50 ℃.
Vacuum: About 0.073 Mpa, enable the low vacuum protection after the vacuum
reached the normal value.
Supply oil for bearing: Inlet oil temperature is ＞35℃, the oil pressure in the
lubricating-oil header is about 0.25 Mpa, the return oil of
each bearing are normal.
2.7.2 Rotating, low-speed warming

Open the control valve with the governor to rotate the turbine rotor, raise the speed to
about 1000 r/min for low-speed warming.
After the turbine rotor rotated, the barring gear should be disabled (the manual bearing
gear must be disabled before the rotor rotated and locked at disabled position). Check
the bearing temperature and adjust the oil flow when necessary. After the oil inlet
temperature was higher than 42℃, adjust the water inlet valve of the oil cooler to keep
the temperature within the range of 45℃±3℃.
2.8 Raising speed
During low-speed warming, all of the routine inspection items (including sound inside
the machine, absolute expansion of the casing, clearance of the washer for the
supporting bracket bolt, bearing temperature, shaft vibration and displacement, oil
pressure, steam inlet and exhaust parameters) are in normal condition, raise the turbine
speed to low governor speed at a rate of about 350 r/min. In raising speed, the speed
should be passed through the forbidden-to-stay-zone (see Starting Curve) quickly and

continuously.
After the speed reached the low governor speed, carry out the following test, and then
raising the speed to high governor speed.
2.8.1 Trip test: actuate the emergency trip gear, manual stop valve or solenoid valve
(choosing one of them or all three as specified in procedure), the emergency stop valve
and the control valve should be closed instantaneously.
2.8.2 Tightness test of valve: After the emergency stop valve and the control valve
closed, the turbine speed should be dropped rapidly. When the speed dropped below
300 r/min, restart the turbine and raise speed again.
2.8.3 Functional test of emergency stop valve: Under the turbine normal operation,
carry out the functional test of the emergency stop valve with the test valve (see 1-2300-
for details). The oil pressure P2 at which the test piston begins to move should be less
than the permitted test pressure P1. Record the value of P2 as a comparison reference for
this test later on.
2.8.4 Governor: Switch the speed control between the governor setting mode and the
boiler control mode. The changeover should be without disturbance.
2.8.5 Switching steam source: If it is practicable, Switch the working steam source to
the spare steam source. Before switching, the turbine speed is controlled by the main
control valve. While after switched, the turbine speed is controlled by the control valve
of spare steam source. During steam source changeover, the speed should tend to stable
immediately after a slight fluctuation.
2.9 Overspeed test

Carry out the electric overspeed trip test and the functional test of the emergency
governor with overspeed test function of the governor. For the turbine without the
emergency governor, it is only required to carry out the electric overspeed trip test
(two-out-of-three overspeed protection system). For the trip speed, refer to the test
running record in Product Certificate, it should be in conformance with the requirement
given in 0-0300-T.Nr-00. When tesing, if the speed reached the up limit of the trip speed
but the turbine has not been tripped yet, stop the turbine immediately. Make the
necessary inspection and treatement accordingly. Then test it again until it is qualified.
For the turbine with the emergency governor, owing to the reset speed of the eccentric
bolt in the emergency governor is higher than the “normal speed”, when the speed
dropped to the “normal speed after the emergency governor acted and the emergency
stop valve closed, reset the emergency trip gear and restart the turbine and raise the
speed again.
2.10 Operation supervision

During commissioning (including the turbine-set test running described below), monitor
the turbine steam inlet and exhaust parameters, shaft vibration and displacement,
bearing temperature, casing expansion according to the requirements given in section
“Operation Supervision” 3-2010-xx-xx.
For the first starting, the special attention should be paid in monitoring the vibration and
inspecting the leakage of the steam and oil.
2.11 Coasting test

Before the turbine sole test running finished, stabilize the turbine speed at the low
governor speed, and then trip the turbine. Record the speed change with the time and
plot the coasting curve. The vacuum should be kept before the rotor is standstill.
3. Stopping
Under normal condition, stop the turbine in local or from the control room after the
turbine speed dropped to the low governor speed.
Close the isolated valve at the steam inlet and the exhaust butterfly valve, open the drain
valves of the casing and in the exhaust piping. Stop to supply the gland steam when the
vacuum dropped to about zero.
Where the hydraulic barring gear is used, put it into operation when the turbine speed
dropped to about 300 r/min for continuous barring. For the turbine with electric barring
gear, put it into operation just when the rotor is going to stop (where the zero-speed
detecting is provided, it can be put into operation automatically).
Generally, the turbine-set on-load test running will be carried out soon after the turbine
sole test running, therefore, after the turbine stopped when the turbine sole test running
is finished, the lubricating-oil system and the barring gear should continue to work on.
Turbine-set on-load test running

4. Preparation before test running
4.1 Connecting the coupling between the turbine and pump.
4.2 The preparations for the turbine, please refer to the preparation of turbine sole test
running. The items that have been finished may be omitted.
4.3 The preparation of the pump and feed-water system should be carried out following
the operating procedure.
5. Starting turbine-set
Rotate the turbine-set according to the descriptions in item 2.1 to 2.5, based on the
condition specified in item 2.7.1.
Starting curve
For the staring curve of the turbine, see the attached document 0-0320-T.Nr-00. As
shown in the picture below, the vertical coordinate of the starting curve is turbine speed,

while the horizontal coordinate is required starting time t A , which is the shortest time
required from the standstill to n 4 and includes the pre-heat time of the emergency stop
valve shell. Here, n1 -- low-speed warming speed, n 2 and n3 --low and up limit of the
forbidden-to-stay-zone, n 4 --normal speed corresponding to the rated power.
Turbine Starting-curve
The starting curve includes several starting curves suitable for different states. They are
usually given based on the interval from stopping to restarting. When the shutdown
duration lies between two given times, the starting curve required can be educed with
interpolation method.
If the forbidden-to-stay-zone exists in the turbine starting, its up and low limits will be
indicated on the starting curve. The speed must pass through this speed zone quickly
and continuously during raising speed.
In the course of turbine speed rising and loading, the turbine-set are often required to operate stably
under a certain working condition for a time so that the necessary inspection, adjustments and
operations can be carried out. At this period, the change of the turbine speed (load) submits to the
requirement of the machine-boiler-electric coordinated control for the plant. Therefore, the starting
curve 0-0320-T.Nr-00 should be properly corrected for actual using.
Steam source during start-up and corresponding operation

First, put the electric feed pump into operation. After the maid turbine load reached

the condition corresponding to the changeover point of the steam source, open the
isolated valve in the working steam line. According to the procedure, drain and warm up
the piping before the emergency stop valve, open the emergency stop valve and control
valve for rotating the turbine-set, warm up the turbine at the low speed following the
starting curve. Observe and record the governor output valve (or the secondary-oil
pressure) and the control-valve stroke at which the rotor begins to accelerate. After then,
raise the speed to the low governor speed from the low-speed warming speed in about 2
minutes.
To start the turbine-set with the auxiliary steam, open the isolated valve in the
auxiliary steam line, drain and warm up the piping before the emergency stop valve.
Open the emergency stop valve and the control valve for rotating the turbine-set. After
warmed up the turbine at low speed following the starting curve, raising the speed to the
low governor speed in about 2 minutes. Once the governor took the control of the
turbine-set speed, adjust the recycling valve and discharge valve of the feed pump to
feed water for boiler. After the main turbine load reached the condition corresponding to
the changeover point of the steam source, open the drain valve before the isolated valve
in the working steam line, the isolated valve in the working steam line. Gradually close
the isolated valve in the auxiliary steam line, keeping the inlet steam pressure of the
turbine stabilized when operating. Close the drain valves in the steam inlet piping and
gland steam piping.
Raising speed and loading

After the speed reached the low governor speed, operate the turbine set in
“governor auto” or “boiler auto” mode following the procedure (or commissioning
outline). Carry out the changeover tests of the governor control mode and between
the electric pump and steam pump during commissioning.
The continuous operation duration under rated load is the same as that of the main
turbine.
6. Stopping
According to the normal stopping operation, unload and lower the operating speed,
disable the “boiler auto”. After the speed lowered to the low governor speed, close
the discharge valve of the feed pump and run about 30 minutes. Then trip the turbine,
closing the emergency stop valve and the control valve. Make the record for the race
time and close the isolated valve in the steam inlet line. In the case of the main
turbine still operating, close the drain valves of the casing and in the exhaust piping
and the exhaust butterfly valve. If the main turbine stopped at the same time, open
all of the drain valves after the BFPT stopped. Stop to supply the gland steam when
the vacuum dropped to approximate zero.
Put the barring gear into operation following the instruction in clause 3. For the
turbine NK50/56, the barring may be stopped after 24 hours the normal stopping.

While for the turbine 63/71, it should be after 62 hours. The lubricating-oil system
should work on during barring.

使用说明书运行监视 3-2010-01-00
运行监视
这一部分是汽轮机主要运行参数监测要求的说明。每台汽轮机的仪表配置及功能（包括
监视极限值）见器材清单 0-2020-T.Nr-00.
新蒸汽压力和温度
为使汽轮机安全，经济地运行，应保持汽轮机进汽压力、温度正常（驱动锅炉给水泵
的汽轮机除外），其变化范围应不超过说明书 0-0300-T.Nr-00 技术数据规定的数值。

当汽轮机进汽压力超过正常值趋近上限值时，应通知锅炉操作人员迅速降低压力，必要
时，关小主蒸汽管路隔离阀节流降压，维持速关阀前压力正常；减小调节汽阀开度减负荷。
当汽轮机进汽压力低于正常值趋近下限值时，应通知锅炉操作人员升高压力；降低机组
负荷。
当汽轮机进汽温度超过正常值趋近上限值时，应通知锅炉操作人员降低汽温，必要时减
小调节汽阀开度降负荷。
当汽轮机进汽温度低于正常值趋近下限值时，应通知锅炉操作人员升温，必要时，开启
主蒸汽管路疏水阀；减小调节汽阀开度降负荷。
汽轮机进汽压力、温度同时达到上限值时，每次连续运行时间不应超过 15～30 分钟，
全年累积不应超过 20 小时。
采用压力开关，热电偶监视压力、温度的汽轮机，当新汽压力、温度达到设定的极限值
时，发出报警或停机信号。
在汽轮机起动或试运行的特定情况下，汽轮机进汽压力、温度可不同于上述正常运行时
的要求。
轮室压力
轮室压力即调节级后腔室的蒸汽压力，轮室压力用于监视汽轮机运行工况及通流部分工
状况。
轮室压力与蒸汽流量存在对应关系，正常情况下轮室压力随新蒸汽流量的变化曲线见随
机资料 0-2505-T.Nr-00 调节汽阀特性线。通过监视轮室压力，可限制最大蒸汽流量，以免
超负荷；轮室压力还可以监视通流部分结垢情况，通流部分结垢与蒸汽品质有关，叶片表面
结垢不仅使叶片的应力增加，而且随着通流面的减小，致使汽轮机出力、效率降低，轴向推
力增大，在通流部分结垢后，在同样进汽参数、蒸汽流量情况下，轮室压力将升高，利用这
一特性，汽轮机投入正常运行后，在通流部洁净状况下，对照 0-2505-T.Nr-00 测出轮室压
力与新蒸汽流量关系（不同工况新蒸汽压力、温度应保持不变），在以后运行中，测出数据
PR − PRO
与之比较，按 ΔP = × 100% 计算轮室压力相对增加值ΔP，其中 PRO 是流通部分
PRO
洁净状况下，与测量流量对应的轮室压力， PR 是在相同进汽参数、流量下目前运行时的轮
室压力，ΔP 不应超过 10％，如超出应及时进行清洗（见 4-0600-）。
排汽压力
背压式汽轮机的排汽压力偏离正常值时，不仅影响到汽轮机的出力，而且也与安全性有
关，排汽压力过高对汽缸强度不利；而排汽压力过低则会危及叶片安全。因此，汽轮机运行
时排汽压力的变化不应超出允许范围。
用压力开关监视排汽压力的汽轮机，当排汽压力达到设定的极限值时发出报警或停机信
号。
凝汽器真空
凝汽式汽轮机运行时，往往因循环水温度过高；冷却水量不足；凝汽器冷却水管结垢；
真空系统不严密以及抽气器工作不良等原因致使真空降低、排汽压力升高。
真空降低，机组运行的经济性下降，同时也影响汽轮机运行的安全性，排汽温度随排汽
压力的升高而上升，汽缸排汽部分温度升高有可能引起振动增大，在后轴承座与排缸为一体
结构的汽轮机中，后轴承温度也会随之升高，而凝汽器工作温度的升高也会影响凝汽器的工
作性能及安全。因此，在运行时如出现真空下降，汽轮机应减负荷，当真空降至-0.06Mpa
时，驱动发电机的汽轮机应减为空负荷，驱动压缩机（包括鼓风机、水泵等）的汽轮机，机
组转速降至下限或更低转速，压缩机的输出与系统脱开。在真空≥-0.06Mpa 维持不继续下
降、振动正常、轴承温度正常的情况下，机组可暂时维持空负荷或低负荷运转，并在最短时
间内迅速检查、消除真空降低的缺陷；如真空继续降低，则应予以停机。
汽轮机运行时，排汽温度带负荷时一般不应超过 70℃，空负荷时不应超过 120℃。
抽汽压力
有可调抽汽的汽轮机中，抽汽压力既是第一膨胀段的排汽压力，又是第二膨胀段的进汽
压力，因此，运行时抽汽压力应控制在允许范围内。
有些汽轮机中，除抽汽压力外，对抽汽温度也进行监测。
轴承温度
汽轮机及齿轮箱的径向轴承和推力轴承都是液体润滑动压轴承，它们正常工作的基本条
件是能建立有承载能力的油膜，在其它因素已确定的情况下，润滑油的粘度是影响油膜承载
能力的主要因素，而润滑油粘度与轴承温度有关，因此，对轴承温度必须加以限制，同时，
当轴承温度超过规定的停机温度后，轴承进式合金的强度会显著降低，为确保轴承可靠工作，
机组运行时轴承温度应保持在正常范围内。
机组运行时，轴承磨擦耗功及热传导产生的热量使轴承温度升高，当润滑油带走的热量
与轴承产生热量相当时，轴承温度也趋于稳定，轴承温度 t = t o + Δt ， t o 是轴承润滑油进
油温度， t o 应保持在 45℃（±3℃）范围内，Δt 是允许的轴承温升，Δt 与轴承温度测量
方式有关，用热电阻或热电偶温度计测量轴瓦温度时，轴承温度正常范围上限为 t o +45℃；
就地测量轴承回油温度时，正常温度上限为 t o +20℃。
径向轴承的温升与转速及负荷有关，在轴承下半最小油膜处用热电阻或热电偶测量巴氏
合金的温度，能迅速对轴瓦温度的变化作出反映，有些汽轮机，应用户要求，每付径向轴承
装有两只测温传感器，这种情况下，两个测点的温度示值必然会有差异，应以与转向有关最
小油膜处测点的示值为准监视径向轴承温度。
推力轴承用热电阻或热电偶温度计检测轴承温度时，通常在正、副推力瓦块上各装两只
测温伟感器（最多各装 4 只），推力轴承的温升取决于转速及轴向推力，一般机组正常运行
时，正推力瓦温度高于副推力瓦温度，由于每侧推力瓦圈上各瓦块的负载有可能不均匀，因
此，当轴承温度升高时要注意究竟是一个测点温度升高还是同侧几个测点温度都升高，前者
表明一只瓦块过载，后都反映轴向推力增加。
对径向轴承、推力轴承温度的监视，不仅要看绝对值（ t o + Δt ），而且更要注意轴承温
升的变化，与以往运行纪录中相同工况最高温度比较，如轴承温升突然增大，既使轴承温度
未达到报警值，也不可掉以轻心，轴承温度瞬时升高持续很短一段时间后又回复到正常运行
温度，往往是轴承局部受损的征兆，这种情况下机组继续运行很可能酿成轴承严重损坏。
轴承温度的报警、停机极限值见 0-2020-T.Nr-00.
油压
用汽轮机油为工质的油系统，自带主油泵的汽轮机，压力油压力在 0.6～1.3Mpa 之间与
汽轮机转速有关，额定转速时～0.8Mpa；外泵供油的汽轮机，压力油压力＞0.8Mpa。润滑油
总管油压～0.25Mpa。速关油、润滑油压力降低以及滤油器进、出口油压差过大的报警及停
机设定值见 0-2020-T.Nr-00.
轴承进油管上接装有压力表的汽轮机，轴承进油节流阀调整时，以轴承温度为准，油压
作为参考，节流阀后油压的具体数值不作规定。
轴承进油节流阀在汽轮机试运行期间调整好后，一般不需要重新调整。
高压抗燃油系统的监视要求见相应的专用说明书。
轴振动
汽轮机通常用双通道振动监测仪对轴振动进行在线连续监视。
汽轮机在厂内已完成高速动平衡和空负荷试车，产品合格证明书中的轴振动值是未滤波
的峰——峰值。在厂内，电和机械偏差引起的转子非振动偏差控制在 6μm 之内。
汽轮机在规定的转速和负荷范围内运行时，产生微量振动是必然的，起动、停机过程中，
尤其是通过禁止停留区域时，振幅会增大，只要是没有超出允许范围，这种振动也是正常的。
在安装质量良好的情况下，汽轮机运行时有诸多因素会使振动加剧，如加、减负荷时速
度过快汽轮机热胀不均匀；轴承工作状况恶化阻尼特性改变；原有动平衡状态改变；水冲击
以及压缩机喘振等，往往振动加剧时，机组运行的声响也会异常。因此，监听声响可作为监
视轴振动的辅助手段。
在判断振动是否异常时，不能只以振幅的绝对值为依据，例如，在某运行工况振幅测量
值从 25μm 增大至 30μm，另一工况振幅从 5μm 增大至 25μm，前一种情况不一定表示存在
某些干扰，而后一种情况则预示很可能出现故障，必须引起警觉，既使还未达到报警值，也
应查明振动异常的原因，采取措施，防止运行情况恶化。
按照需要，大部分汽轮机都装有键相位传感器，用以监测轴振动的频率和相位，通过频
谱仪分析振动特性。
目前，一般是用两个正交方向测量所得的两个峰——峰值中较大的那个值作为轴振动评
价指标。0-2020-T.Nr-00 中给出的报警、停机值不是唯一性的而是建议值，用户可根据自
己的运行经验和所采用的标准重新设定。
我们推荐按 ISO7919-3 评定机组的机械振动，ISO7919-3 见附录。
轴位移
轴位移保护装置有机械式和电子式两种，有的汽轮机两种同时使用，也有一些汽轮机只
用其中之一。
机械式保护装置轴位移极限值为～±1.0mm，机组运行时，当推力轴承损坏，转子轴向
位移达到安装时调定的挂钩与凸肩间隙值时，危急遮断油门动作，速关停机，保护转子不与
静体发生轴向碰擦，防止事故进一步恶化。
电子式轴位移保护装置通过趋近式传感器和轴向位置监侧仪在线连续监视转子相对于
推力轴承的轴向位置，对推力轴承的损坏发出早期报警，以避免汽轮机遭受严重破坏。转子
轴向位移的报警、停机极限值见 0-2020-T.Nr-00。传感器安装调整时，以汽轮机转子推
力盘与正、副推力瓦之间总间隙的中间值为 0 点来定位。
转子产生轴向位移是由转子轴向推力的变化而引起的，轴向推力与汽轮机运行工况及状
况有关。背压及凝汽式汽轮机的轴向推力近似与新蒸汽流量成正比，功率最大时轴向推力也
达到最大值；抽汽式汽轮机的轴向推力并不是在额定工况（额定功率、额定抽汽量）达到最
大值，而往往是在某个中间工况，如 0 抽汽工况出现最大轴向推力。汽轮机正常运行时，在
规定的负荷变动范围内轴向推力都在允许范围内，推力轴承是安全的，但在异常情况下，如
超负荷运行；内汽封磨损；通流部分结垢；新蒸汽温度过低以及水冲击等却会造成轴向推力
额外增加。
汽轮机运行期间，当发现轴向位移逐渐增大时，应特别注意推力轴承温度的监视，若随
着轴向位移的增大推力轴承温度超过正常范围上限值时应迅速减负荷，如采取措施后轴位移
仍继续增大且趋近停机设定值时应立即紧急停机。
转速
通常在汽轮机就地仪表盘和中控室都装有转速表用以监视汽轮机运行转速。采用电液调
节系统的汽轮机，其数字式调速器亦具有转速监视功能，此外，有些汽轮机设置有按三选二
逻辑原理工作的超速保护系统，机组运行时，它们都连续显示汽轮机的实测转速，而当转速
超过额定转速或最高连续转速上升到预先设定的动作值时，发出报警或停机信号。
带有连续盘车机构的汽轮机，盘车转速不应低于规定的最低盘车转速。
机组起动及停机过程中，如存在禁止停留区域，操作时汽轮机转速应快速、不间断地越
过该区域（汽轮机与被驱动机械的禁止停留区均包括在内）
。
在规定的转速和负荷范围内，由调节系统控制机组稳定运行。汽轮发电机组，发电机甩
负后，正常情况下转速经瞬时动态升速过渡过程后稳定在上限转速运转。
机组运行时，如转速失控升高至整定的停机转速而保护机构未发生动作，必须立即果断
地人为操作紧急停机，紧急停机可通过手动停机阀，危急遮断油门或由控制室发出停机电磁
阀动作指令。
汽缸热膨胀
正常情况下，汽轮机起动、运行时，滑销系统能保证汽缸自由热膨胀且保持中心不走动，
倘若安装时调整不当或超出允许值的外力、力矩作用于汽缸，汽缸在径向或轴向的热膨胀受
阻时，汽轮机振动会出现异常。
汽缸的轴向热膨胀通常用安装在前支座上的热膨胀指示器进行监视，汽缸受热时以死点
为基准向前膨胀，停机时则冷缩。汽缸受热后伸长量的变化应是连续的，如出现突跳则表明
膨胀受阻。在起动、停机过程中，需随时检查汽缸前、后猫爪螺栓垫圈的间隙，垫圈应始终
处于能自由活动状态。
惰走时间
机组正常停机时，通过测定惰走时间可判断机组的完好程度。在相同操作条件下，与试
运行时测定的惰走时间相比较，如当前测得的惰走时间明显缩短，预示很可能转子与静体发
生磨擦或轴承有缺陷；如惰走时间加长，表明速关阀、调节汽阀关闭不严，有蒸汽漏入汽缸。
按照合同要求，汽轮机也可配置汽缸温度监测仪，汽缸绝对膨胀监测仪，差胀监测仪，
转子偏心监测仪等设备，分别用于汽缸上、下半的温差，汽缸轴向热膨胀，汽缸与转子相对
膨胀以及转子弯曲变形等的监视。
附录：
Operating Supervision 3-2010-01-01
Operating Supervision
This section describes the monitoring requirements of the main operation parameters for
the turbine. For the instrument configuration and function (including monitoring limit)
of individual turbine, please refer to “Bill of Material” 0-2020-T.Nr-00.
Pressure and temperature of live steam

To obtain the economic and efficient operation of a turbine, the pressure and the
temperature of the admission for the turbine should be kept with the ranges (Excluding
the boiler feed pump turbine), which are given in the Technical Data 0-0300-T.Nr-00.
When the admission pressure of the turbine has exceeded the normal value and tends
toward the upper limit, the turbine operator should inform the boiler operator to reduce
the pressure at once. When necessary, turn down the isolated valve in the live steam line
for reducing the pressure; decrease the turbine load through reducing the opening of the
control valve.
When the admission pressure of the turbine has exceeded the normal value and tends
toward the lower limit, the turbine operator should reduce the turbine load and inform
the boiler operator to raise the pressure.
When the admission temperature of the turbine has exceeded the normal value and tends
toward the upper limit, the turbine operator should inform the boiler operator to reduce
the temperature. When necessary, decrease the turbine load through reducing the
opening of the control valve.
When the admission temperature of the turbine has exceeded the normal value and tends
toward the lower limit, the turbine operator should inform the boiler operator to raise
the temperature. When necessary, open the drain valve in the live steam line; decrease
the turbine load through reducing the opening of the control valve.
The continuous operation under the upper limits of both pressure and temperature for
the admission cannot exceed 15 to 20 minutes. The cumulated time in a year should not
exceed 20 hours.
The pressure and the temperature are monitored with pressure switch and thermal
coupling. When the admission pressure and/or temperature reached the reset limit, the
alarm and shutdown signal will be sent out.
Under the special conditions, such as start-up and commissioning, the admission
pressure and temperature of the turbine can differ to the normal values mentioned
above.

Wheel chamber pressure
The wheel chamber pressure is the steam pressure in the department behind the control
stage. It is used for monitoring the turbine operating condition and the working
condition of the steam-path section.
The chamber pressure has a coincidence relation with the steam flow. Under normal
condition, the chamber pressure changes with the change of the live-steam flow, please
see the attached documents No. 0-2505-T.Nr-00 “Characteristic Line of Control Valve”.
The maximum steam flow can be restricted through monitoring the chamber pressure,
so as to avoid over loading. Chamber pressure also reflects the deposition of the
steam-path section, which is related with the steam quality. The deposit on the blade
surface not only increases the blade stress, but also decreases the section area of the
steam-path, resulting in turbine output and efficiency reduced and the axial thrust
increased. If the steam-path is deposited, the chamber pressure will rise under the same
steam parameters and flow. With this characteristics, the measured relation of the
chamber pressure to the steam flow during operation can be compared with that
measured (the live-steam pressure and temperature under different operating conditions
should be kept constant) under the clean condition for the steam-path after the turbine
has been put into normal operation against “Characteristic Line of Control Valve”
0-2502-T.Nr-00. The relative increment Δ P is calculated with the formula
PR − PRO
ΔP = × 100% , here PRO is the chamber pressure corresponding to the
PRO
measured flow under clean steam-path, PR is the chamber pressure in current
operation with the same steam parameters and flow. ΔP should not exceed 10%,
otherwise the immediate flushing is required (see 4-0600-).
Exhaust pressure
The exhaust pressure deviation from the normal value for the backpressure turbine will
have effect on the turbine output and the safety as well. The excessive high exhaust
pressure is going not only against the casing strength, nut also to increase the axial
thrust, while the excessive low exhaust pressure will endanger the blade safety.
Therefore, the exhaust pressure during turbine operation is not allowed to exceed the
permitted range.
The exhaust pressure of the turbine is monitored with the pressure switch. When the
exhaust pressure reached the preset limit, the alarm or shutdown signal will be sent.
Vacuum in condenser
During condensing turbine operation, the vacuum in the condenser will drop and the
exhaust pressure rise due to excessively high temperature of the recycling water, lack of
the cooling water flow, deposit of the cooling pipe in the condenser, leakage of the
vacuum system or bad work of the air ejector.

The drop of the vacuum will lower the economical efficiency of the turbine-set
operation and affect the safety operation as well. Besides the increase of the axial thrust,
the exhaust temperature will rise with the increase of the exhaust pressure. The risen
temperature of the exhaust portion of the casing may cause the vibration increasing. For
the turbine that the bearing housing is integrated with the casing, this will also raise the
rear-bearing temperature. The rise of the working temperature of the condenser can
affect the condenser performance and safety. Therefore, when the vacuum dropped
during operation, the turbine load should be reduced. When the vacuum dropped to
–0.06Mpa, the turbine load should be reduced to zero for driving the generator, For the
turbine driving the compressor (including blower, pump and etc.), the speed should be
lower to the low governor speed or further and the output of the compressor should be
disconnected with the system. If the vacuum is kept ≥-0.06Mpa and the vibration and
bearing temperature are at normal values, the turbine can run under no-load or small
load. However, the check should be made in the shortest time to eliminate the defect. If
the vacuum continues to drop, the turbine should be stopped.
During turbine operation, the exhaust temperature under load should not exceed 70℃,
and 120℃ under no-load.
Extraction pressure
For the turbine with controlled extraction, the extraction pressure is either the exhaust
pressure of the first expansion section or the admitting steam pressure for the second
expansion section, so that it should be controlled within a permitted range.
In some of turbines, the extraction temperature is also be monitored besides the

extraction pressure.
Bearing temperature
The journal and thrust bearings used in turbine and gearbox are hydrodynamic bearings,
their normal working is lied on the oil film that can build-up loading capacity. The
viscosity of the lubricating oil, which is related with the bearing temperature, plays an
important role in influencing the loading capacity in the case that other factors have
been decided. Therefore, the bearing temperature must be strictly limited. When the
bearing temperature exceeded the specified stop value, the strength of the bearing babbit
may be reduced obviously. In order to insure the reliable operation of the bearing, the
bearing temperature should be kept within the normal range during turbine operation.
The rise of the bearing temperature during turbine operation is caused by friction power
of the bearing and the heat produced in heat exchange. When the heat the lubricating oil
takes out is equal to the heat the produce, the temperature tends to be stable. The
bearing temperature: t = t o + Δt . Here, t o is the lubricating inlet temperature, which
should be maintained within the range of 45℃（±3℃）, Δt is the permitted

temperature rise of the bearing, which is determined by the measuring method. When

using the thermal resistance or thermocouple thermometers to measure the bearing-pad
temperature, the up limit of the normal range for the bearing temperature should be
t o +45℃, while measuring the return-oil temperature of the bearing, it should be
t o +20℃.
The temperature rise of the journal bearing is related with the speed and load.
Measuring the babbit temperature with the thermal resistance or thermocouple at the
minimum oil film at the lower half of the bearing can make a quick reflection of the
temperature change for the bearing pad. Where two temperature sensors are equipped
for one journal bearing as required by user, the temperature readings on each measuring
point are bound to be different. In this case, the journal-bearing temperature monitored
should subject to the reading on the measuring point at the minimum oil film related
with the rotating direction.
When using the thermal resistance or thermocouple thermometer to measuring the

thrust-bearing temperature, two temperature sensors (up to four) are usually fitted in
each primary and secondary thrust pad. The temperature rise of the thrust bearing is
determined by the speed and axial thrust. In general, the temperature of the primary
thrust pad is higher than that of the secondary one. The load on the individual thrust pad
at the same side may be uneven, so when the bearing temperature rose, make sure
whether the temperature of one measuring-point rose or that of all measuring-points
rose. The former indicates that one of the pads is overloaded, while the later reflects the
thrust increased.
For the monitoring of the temperatures of the journal and thrust bearings, not only the
absolute value ( t o + Δt ) should be observed, but also the change of the bearing
temperature rise should be noticed. Compared with the highest temperature under same
working condition in the operation record before, if the temperature rise of the bearing
increased suddenly, it cannot be treated lightly even the bearing temperature has not
reached the alarm value yet. Should the bearing temperature rose instantaneously and
lasted for a very short period, and then it retune to the temperature in normal operation,
the partial damage of the bearing is often indicated. In this case, the continuous
operation of the turbine may cause the severe damage of the bearing.
For the alarm and stop limits of the bearing temperature, see 0-2020-T.Nr-00.
Oil pressure
For the turbine with the oil system using turbine oil as its working medium and the main
pump driven by the turbine shaft, the pressure of the pressure-oil is between 0.6～
1.3Mpa, which is related with the turbine speed. It will be ～0.8Mpa at rated speed. For
the turbine with an external oil pump, the pressure of the pressure-oil is ＞0.8Mpa. The

pressure in the lubricating header is about 0.25Mpa. For the setpoints of the alarm and
stop values for drop of the trip-oil and the lubricating-oil and excessive differential oil
pressure between the inlet and outlet of the oil filter, see 0-2020-T.Nr-00.
Where the pressure gauge is fitted in the oil inlet piping of the bearing, when adjusting
the oil flow to the bearing with the throttle valve based on the bearing temperature, the
oil pressure is only taken as the reference. The oil pressure behind the throttle valve is
not stipulated.
In general, the throttle valve is not required to readjust after adjusted in turbine
commissioning.
For the supervision of the high-pressure fire-resistant oil system, please refer to the
related instructions.
Shaft vibration
Usually, the shaft vibration of the turbine is continuously monitored with the
two-channel vibroscope.
The turbine has passed the high-speed balance and no-load test run in the workshop
before delivering. The value of the shaft vibration recorded in the Product Certificate is
the p-p value. The non-vibration deviation of the rotor resulted from the electric and
mechanical deviation in the workshop is limited within 6μm.
It is bound to produce slight vibration during turbine operates at the given speed and
within the given load range. The amplitude will increase in the process of the start of
stop, especially when turbine speed passes through the forbidden- to-stay-zone. As long
as it does not exceed the permitted range, such a vibration is still normal.
Under the good installation condition, there are many factors that will aggravate the
vibration during turbine operation, such as the uneven expansion of the turbine due to
the over-fast rate of loading or unloading, the change of the damping characteristic due
to the worsen bearing working status, the change of the original balancing state, water
hammer, compressor surging and etc. The abnormal sound is often companied with the
aggravating vibration. Therefore, listening the operation sound may be taken as the
auxiliary method for monitoring the shaft vibration.
When judging whether the vibration is normal or not, the absolute value of the
amplitude cannot be taken as the only reference. For example, the measured amplitude
is increased from 25μm to 30μm under a certain working condition, while under other
working condition it is increased from 5μm to 25μm. The former condition does not
always indicate the existence of some disturbances, while the latter may foreshow the
appearance of the fault, which must be put on alter. The cause resulting in the abnormal
vibration should be found out even it does not reach the alarm value, the corresponding

measures should be taken for preventing the operation worsen further.
Most of the turbines are equipped with key-phase sensor, as required, to measure the
frequency and phase of the shaft vibration for analyzing the vibration characteristic with
the frequency spectrograph.
At present, the larger one of two P-P values measured in two orthogonal directions is
usually taken as the estimating index for the shaft vibration. The alarm and stop values
given in 0-2020-T.Nr-00 is not unique but for suggestion. User can reset them based on
his experience in operation and the standard adopted.
We recommend assessing the mechanical vibration of a turbine-set according to the

standard ISO 7919-3.
Axial displacement
There are to kinds of axial-displacement protective devices, mechanical and electrical.
In some of turbines both of them are used, for the others, only one of them is used.
The limit value of the axial displacement for the mechanical protective device is about
±1.0mm. When the thrust bearing damaged in operation and the axial displacement of
the rotor exceeded the clearance between the tripping lever and the cam on the rotor,
which has been adjusted in installation, the emergency trip gear acts and trips the
turbine, so as to prevent the rotor from colliding with the stationary parts in axial
direction and accident from going worse.
The electric axial displacement protective device continuously monitor the axial
position of the rotor with respect to the thrust bearing through the approximant sensor
and the position detector. It can send an early warning for the thrust bearing damage to
avoid the severe damage of the turbine. For the alarm and stop limits of the axial
displacement for the rotor, see 0-2020-T.Nr-00. When adjusting the sensor in
installation, The middle value of the total clearance between the thrust collars of the
rotor and the primary, secondary thrust pads is take as the zero position.
The axial displacement of the rotor is caused by the change of the axial thrust, which is
related with the turbine working condition and statues. The axial thrust in backpressure
or condensing turbine is approximately proportional to the live steam flow. The
maximum axial thrust will appear at maximum power. For the extraction turbine, it does
not appear under the rated working condition but under a certain middle working
condition, such as zero extraction condition. During normal operation, the axial thrust
will be within the permitted range when the load is changed within the given range, so
that the thrust bearing is safety. But under abnormal condition, such as overload, worn
inner gland seal, deposit of steam path, over-low live steam temperature and water
hammer, the axial thrust will be increased additionally.

When the axial displacement is gradually increased during turbine operation, the special
attention should be paid to the monitoring of the thrust-bearing temperature. If the thrust
bearing temperature exceeds the up limit with the increased axial displacement, reduce
turbine load at once. Should the axial displacement continue to increase towards the
stop setpoint after the measures have been taken, trip the turbine immediately.
Speed
Usually, tachometers are mounted on the local instrumentation panel and in the center
control room for monitoring the turbine speed in operation. Where the electric-hydraulic
control system is adopted, the digital governor also has the monitoring function for
speed. Additionally, some of turbines are equipped with the overspeed protective system
using two-out-of –three logic. They will continuously indicate the actual speed of the
turbine in operation. When the speed exceeded the rated speed or the maximum
continuous speed rose to the reset acting value, the alarm or stop signal is sent.
For the turbine with continuous barring gear, the barring speed should not be lower than
the specified minimum barring speed.
If there is any forbidden-to-stay zone (including the forbidden-to-stay zones for turbine
and driven machine) in the process of the turbine starting and stopping, make the
turbine speed pass through this zone quickly and continuously in operating.
With the governing system the turbine runs stably within the specified speed and load.
For the turbo-generator, after load rejection of the generator, the speed will rise
instantaneously and then stabilize at the up governor speed under normal condition.
During turbine operation, If the turbine speed is out of the control and rise to the stop
value reset but the protective device has not acted yet, manually trip the turbine at once
with the manual stop valve, emergency trip gear or the stop solenoid valve that receive
the stop command from the control room.
Thermal expansion of casing

During turbine starting and operating, the sliding-key system can guarantee the casing
to expand freely but maintain the center unchanged. If it is not adjusted properly in
installation or the foreign force and moment that exceed the permissible value are acted
on the casing, the expansion of the casing in radial or axial direction is obstructed,
causing abnormal vibration of the turbine.
The thermal expansion of the casing in the axial direction is usually monitored with the
expansion indicator mounted on the front pedestal. The casing expands forwards when
heated and constricts when stopping, taking the dead point as the reference. The
expansion of the casing when heated should be continuous. The appearance of the step
change in expansion indicates the expansion obstructed. It is required, at any moment,
to check the clearances of the bolt washers on the front and rear supporting brackets of

the casing. The washers should be always in free statues.
Race time
The soundness of the turbine can be judged through measuring the race time during
normal stopping and comparing it with the race time measured in commissioning under
the same operation condition. If the race time measured currently is shorted obviously,
the rotor may be contacted with the stationary parts or bearing defect existed. While the
prolonging race time indicates that the steam leaked into the casing because of the
untight close of the emergency valve and control valve.
As the requirement in the order, the turbine may be equipped with casing-temperature
detector, absolute casing-expansion detector, differential expansion detector, rotor
eccentricity detector and etc. for monitoring the temperature deference between the top
and bottom casings, the thermal expansion of the casing in axial direction, the relative
expansion of the casing and the rotor and the flexural deformation of the rotor.

使用说明书不正常振动 3-3010-01-00
不正常振动
汽轮机是高速旋转机械，因此运行中总是存在不同程度、方向的振动，凡是限定范围内
的振动不会对设备造成危害，是允许的，但由于各种原因，机组运行过程尤其在试运行时会
出现振动异常，固然产生不正常振动的原因很多，不过根据我们对处理现场振动问题的统计，
振动异常大多是安装不合要求及运行维护不当引起的，由于汽轮机转子在厂内进行了高速动
平衡，并经空负荷运转合格后出厂，所以除进行了修理、更换过零件或已产生永久弯曲变形
的转子外，一般汽轮机转子无须复校动平衡，汽轮机和机组起动、运行过程出现振动异常，
主要从上述两方面查找原因，根据振动特征借助频谱仪或其它实时分析器进行测试、分析，
判明原因并加以解决。
1、安装或检修质量不良
1.1 二次灌浆浇注质量不好，支座（底盘）与基础贴合不紧密；地脚螺栓松动；基础不均匀
下沉。汽轮机起动后，随着升速站在机旁就能感觉到基础与汽轮机一起振动，轴振动振幅变
化不明显，振动信号中有低频分量，轴承座壳体振幅明显增大，振幅不稳定。
这种情况最好的解决办法是重新安装。
1.2 管道
1.2.1 蒸汽管路：法兰接口明显错位强制连接或管路布置不合理，作用在汽轮机上的力和力
矩超过允许值。振动异常时特征是：振动与汽轮机热状态有关，达到一定负荷（温度）振幅
明显增大，振动频率与转速合拍，振动信号中有低频分量。在汽轮机前、后部位检测轴及轴
承座的振动，前部振动大很可能是进汽管路有问题；后部振动大，大多是排汽管路问题所致。
处理措施：管道按要求重新装接或调整管路支吊架。
1.2.2 主油泵进、出油管道：法兰接口严重错位强制连接，管道的干扰力使汽轮机振动不正
常，随着转速升高，前轴承座壳体振动明显增大，振动信号中有低频分量。
处理措施：按要求重新装按管道。
1.3 汽轮机滑销系统装配、调整不当：汽轮机起动、运行时热膨胀受阻，致使转子与汽缸、
轴承座的对中被破坏而引起振动，振动与汽轮机热状态有关，振动频率与转速合拍，在前、
后轴承座三个方位测量振动，可判断哪个部位导向键卡涩。
处理措施：停机检查，重新调整导向件。
1.4 对中不好
1.4.1 汽轮机转子与汽缸对中不好：汽轮机安装时若转子与汽缸找中不好，在汽轮机单机试
车时就会出现振动异常，汽轮机起动过程中，随着转速和机内温度的升高，由于动、静体产
生碰擦，在轴振动振幅增大的同时还伴有刺耳的尖叫声，振动信号中有高频分量，振动波形
紊乱。
处理措施：停机后复校中心，修复或更换损坏的汽封。
1.4.2 汽轮机转子与被驱动机转子对中不好：汽轮机单机试车振动良好，机组试出现振动异
常，如振动波形有二倍频谐波，大体上可判定振动是由转子对中不好所致，检测轴承座壳体
振动，轴向振幅增大表明端面平行度超差；径向振幅增大通常是不同轴度偏差过大，不过往
往是两者同时存在。
处理措施：停机，重新调整转子对中状态。如由于外部原因，一时不允许校正对中值，
可临时在转子的缸外辅助平衡面上进行不平衡校正，不过这只能是一种权宜之计，彻底的解
决办法是在机组停机后，将转子对中调整到正确位置并复校转子平衡状态。
1.4.3 冷态对中符合要求，运行时中心产生偏移：振动特征除与 1.4.2 相同外还与机组热状
态有关，背压式汽轮机当机组达到某一负荷或排汽温度升到一定温度后驱动端振动明显增
大；凝汽式汽轮机排汽接管运行时温度高于安装时的环境温度，若安装时预拉量偏小，运行
时排汽接管膨胀使汽轮机后轴承中心抬高，同时，运行时排缸内部处于真空状态，排汽缸在
大气压力作用下使后轴承中心下移。因此，由轴承中心位置变化产生的振动与排汽温度，排
汽真空度有关。
处理措施：背压式汽轮机，停机后立即复测转子对中数据，并据此修正冷态对中值；凝
汽式汽轮机，停机后在盘车、轴封送汽尽可能保持真空的情况下，检测对中值，据此修正冷
态对中值。
1.4.4 汽轮机与被驱动机之间有齿轮箱的机组，转子对中时齿轮轴的借偏量与实际不符，机
组运行时达到某一负荷后，机组振动、噪声均明显增大，振动波形有高次谐波，高频与工频
同步。
处理措施：停机后，检测转子与齿轮轴对中值，根据齿轮啮合力方向重新校正对中值。
1.5 轴承：多油楔轴承的承载能力与油楔布置方式有关，我公司汽轮机使用的四油楔轴承，
正确的装配位置是轴承中分面与轴承座中分面呈 45°，这样运行时载荷正对油楔中心，现
场安装时，如四油楔轴承未转 45°，则致使轴承承载能力下降，运行时，机组达到某一负
荷就出现振动突然增大，振动信号中有低于工频的涡动信号。
处理措施：按要求装配轴承。
1.6 汽轮机与被驱动机的轴向定位不符合要求，尤其在与汽轮机直联的发电机组中，若发电
机动、静体轴向间隙小于汽轮机转子的轴向膨胀量，运行时，汽轮机转子膨胀推动发电机转
子轴向移动，当发电机动、静部分碰擦时机组产生强烈振动并伴有巨大声响，造成设备损坏
事故。
采取措施：机组安装时，正确定位，防患于未然，汽轮机转子轴向膨胀量见随机资料
0-0341-T.Nr-00。
2、运行操作
2.1 轴承工作状态不良，如轴承润滑油量不足，油质不合格（乳化，油中有量气泡、杂质、
水份等），油温过低，轴承间隙过大等造成轴承油膜不稳定，因油膜涡动而引起振动，振动
时有时无，振动波形紊乱，振动频率与转速不合拍，振动伴有不正常声响。
处理措施：根据查明此原因作相应处理。
2.2 蒸汽中带水，进汽温度急骤下降，形成水冲击，机组强烈振动并伴有沉闷的轰鸣声。
处理措施：立即停机，进、排汽管路彻底疏水，锅炉加强运行监视。
2.3 蒸汽品质不良，通流部分结垢、腐蚀，因转子动平衡受到破坏而引起振动，这种原因引
起的振动，除非叶片断落，一般不会是突发性的，振动随运行时常延长而逐渐增大，振动频
率与转速合拍。
处理措施：叶片结垢程度可从推力轴承温度，调节级后压力的变化作出判断，如有必要
及时清洗或大修时清除。
2.4 凝汽式汽轮机真空降低使排汽温度升高，转子热态对中改变引起振动，往往是汽轮机后
端振动增大明显，振动频率与转速合拍。
处理措施：减负荷、提高真空，振动正常后恢复到原有运行工况。
2.5 已投入运行的机组，在起动、改变负荷过程中产生振动大多与操作不当有关，如前次停
机后未正常盘车，之后起动时又未充分暧机，如在升速时出现振动异常且在前、后汽封处能
清楚听到金属磨擦声，那就表明转子已产生弯曲（配有偏心监视器的汽轮机可利用仪表监测
转子弯曲的幅度），这时应降低转速，等振动正常后，保持转速稳定（不得在禁止停留区域
内）暧机～15 分钟后再升速，若重复 3 次异常振动仍不能消除，那就只能停机，检查、修
复转子。
运行中负荷变化速度过快时，会因受热件热胀不均匀产生变形而引起振动，如加负荷出
现振动应立即减负荷或降速，稳定后按起动曲线给的负荷（或转速）变化率加负荷；减负荷
出现振动，同理反向操作。
2.6 驱动压缩机的机组，仅在某一负荷出现振动，其它工况均正常，这种现象大多与压缩机
及管网特性有关。
处理措施：负荷改变接近该工况时，适当减缓变化速度。
2.7 驱动压缩机的机组，在减小压缩机流量时操作不慎或防喘振系统整定不当，使工况进入
喘振区，压缩机出口压力大幅波动，机组及压缩机排汽管产生强烈振动并伴有巨大声响。
处理措施：紧急停机，规范操作防止压缩机工况进入喘振控制限定的区域。
3、设备缺陷
3.1 齿式联轴器：齿式联轴器的浮动件由于存在侧隙，在离心力作用下产生偏心载荷，而引
起振动，正常情况下，机组起动后，虽然振动随转速升高而增大，不过振幅在允许范围内，
并且随着传递扭矩的增加，其自定心作用使偏心载荷减小，运行趋于稳定。但如由于制造误
差或运行后齿面磨损造成侧隙过大，随着转速升高，振幅有可能超出正常范围上限。
处理措施：检修时检查齿式联轴器，改善润滑，必要时更换联轴器。
3.2 发电机：发电机组提升电压时机组发生振动，除去发电机励磁后振动消除，可以判断振
动是发电机磁场不平衡所致，发电机转子线圈短路或发电机转子与静子间空气隙不均匀都会
引起磁场不平衡。
处理措施：与电气方面人员共同研究处理。
Abnormal Vibration 3-3010-01-01
Abnormal Vibration
The turbine is a rotary machine in high speed, so vibration in different amplitude and
direction will occur in its operation. Any of the vibration that is within the limited
range is permitted and has no harmful to the machine. But some times the abnormal
vibration will occur during turbine operation for various reasons, especially during
commissioning. According to the statistics of the vibration troubles, most of the
abnormal vibrations are caused by improper installation or misconduct in operation
and maintenance. Since the turbine rotor has been balanced and passed the no-load
running test before delivery, it usually is not required to rebalance, except for the rotor
that has been repaired, bended permanently or which parts have been replaced. If the
abnormal vibration occurred during turbine-set starting and operating, carry out the
test and analysis by means of the frequency spectrograph or other real-time analyzer
for finding out the reason and resolving it based on the vibration characteristics.
1. Poor quality of installation or overhaul

1.1 Due to the poor quality of the back grouting, the turbine pedestal (baseplate) did
not joint to the foundation tightly, the anchor bolts ware loosen and the foundation
sunk unevenly. If you stand near by the turbine when raising the turbine speed,
you will fell the foundation is vibrating with the turbine. The amplitude change of
the shaft vibration is not evident; the vibration signal contains the low-frequency
component. While the amplitude of the bearing housing increases obviously and is
unstable.
In this case, the best solution is to reinstall the turbine.
1.2 Piping
1.2.1 Steam piping
Due to forced connection of the mis-positioned flanges or unreasonable piping layout,
the force and torque acting on the turbine exceed the permitted values. The abnormal
vibration is marked by: the vibration is related with the turbine hot state, the
amplitude will increase obviously at a certain load (temperature), the vibration
frequency is in step with the turbine speed, the vibration signal contains the
low-frequency component. Measure the vibration of the shaft and the bearing housing
at the front and rear sections of the turbine, if the larger vibration appears at the front
section, the steam inlet piping is likely to be with the problem. If the larger vibration
is at the rear section, it is mostly caused by exhaust piping.
Measure: Reconnect the piping according to the requirement or adjust the piping
supports.
1.2.2 Inlet and outlet piping of the main oil pump

The disturbing force of the piping caused by forced connection of the mis-positioned
flanges make the turbine vibrate abnormally. With the rising speed, the vibration at
the front bearing housing will increase obviously. The vibration signal contains the
low-frequency component.

Measure: Reconnect the piping according to the requirement.
1.3 Improper assemble and adjustment of turbine slide-key system

The thermal expansion of the turbine is restricted during start-up and operation, so
that the alignment of the rotor with the casing and bearing housing is destroyed,
resulting in vibration, which is related with the turbine hot-state. The vibration
frequency is in step with the turbine speed. Measure the vibration at the front and rear
bearing housings for judging which guide key to be seized.
Measure: Stop for inspecting and readjust the guide element.
1.4 Poor alignment

1.4.1 Poor alignment of turbine rotor with casing
If the rotor is not aligned with the casing properly during turbine installation, the
abnormal vibration will occur during turbine test running. In the course of the turbine
starting, the moving parts will collide with the stationary parts with the increasing
speed and inside temperature so that the amplitude of the shaft vibration will increase
with a squeal of metal friction. The vibration signal contains high-frequency
component, with disturbing waveform.
Measure: Stop the turbine and recheck the alignment, repair or replace the damaged
sealing strips.
1.4.2 Poor alignment of turbine rotor with driven-machine rotor

The turbine has passed the test running, but the abnormal vibration occurs during
turbine-set test running. If the double frequency harmonics is included in the vibration
waveform, the abnormal vibration is caused by the poor alignment of the rotors.
Measure the vibration of the bearing housing; the increase in the axial amplitude
indicates that the parallelism of the end face is out of condition, while the increase in
the radial amplitude indicates that the deflection of non-axiality is excessive. The both
often exist simultaneously.
Measure: Stop the turbine and realign the rotor. If the realigning is not allowed at the
moment for some external reasons, the imbalance correction can be carried out at the
secondary balance surface of the rotor. But this is only a makeshift, the final solution
is to realign and rebalance the rotor after the turbine stopped.
1.4.3 Alignment under cold state is conformed with the requirement, but the center is
deviated during operation
In addition to the same characteristics mentioned in 1.4.2, the vibration characteristic
is related with hot state of the turbine set. For the backpressure turbine, the vibration
at its driving end will increase obviously when the load or the exhaust temperature
reached to a certain value. For the condensing turbine, the temperature of its exhaust
nozzle during operation is high than the ambient temperature when installation. If the
pre-pulling amount is too small when installing, the expansion of the exhaust nozzle
during operation will raise the center of the turbine rear bearing. Meanwhile, the
inside of the exhaust casing is under vacuum during operation, the exhaust casing

under the action of the atmospheric pressure will lower the center of the rear bearing.
Therefore, the vibration resulting from the center change of the bearing is related with
the exhaust temperature and vacuum.
Measure: For the backpressure turbine, re-measure the aligning data immediately after
the turbine stopped and correct the aligning value under cold state based on these
measured data. For the condensing turbine, maintain the vacuum as could as possible
through barring and supplying the gland steam after the turbine stopped, check the
aligning value and correct the aligning value under cold state based on these measured
data.
1.4.4 For the turbine coupled with the driven machine via a gearbox, if the offset of
the gear shaft when aligning the rotor is not conformed with the actual condition, the
vibration and noise of the turbine will increase obviously when the load reached to a
certain value. The vibration waveform contains high frequency harmonics. The high
frequency is synchronous with the working frequency.
Measure: Stop the turbine and check the aligning valve of the turbine rotor with the
gear shaft. Correct the aligning value according to the direction of the gear engaging
force.
1.5 Bearing
The carrying capacity of the multi-wedge bearing is related with the arrangement of
the oil wedge. The split of the four-wedge bearing should be angled of 45 °to the
split of bearing housing, this makes the load just be supported on the center of the
oil-wedge during operation. If the four-wedge bearing does not be turned by 45°
when installing on site, the carrying capacity of the bearing will decrease. Therefore,
during turbine operation the vibration will be increased in a sudden once the load
reached to a certain value. The vibration signal contains eddy signal at a frequency
lower than the working frequency.
Measure: Reassemble the bearing according with the requirement.
1.6 The axial positioning between the turbine and the driven machine is not
conformed to the requirement, especially for turbine that is directly coupled with the
generator. During operation, the expansion of the turbine rotor will push the generator
rotor to move axially. If the axial clearance between the moving and stationary parts
of the generator is less than the axial expansion of the turbine rotor, the moving part
will collided with the stationary one, resulting in turbine to vibrate violently with a
loud noise, finally damaging the equipment.
Measure: The turbine must be positioned correctly when installation. The amount of
the axial expansion for the turbine rotor is given in the attached document
0-0341-T.Nr-00.
2. Operation
2.1 Poor behavior of bearing
Insufficient lubricating oil, disqualified oil quality (emulsification, a lot of bubbles,

impurities and water contained in the oil), abnormally low oil temperature, excessive
bearing clearance will cause the oil film of the bearing unstable. The eddy motion of
the oil film results in discontinuous vibration with irregular waveform and abnormal
noise. The vibration frequency is not in step with the speed.
Measure: Take the corresponding measures according to the reason found out.
2.2 The water contained in the steam causes the temperature of the admitted steam to
drop suddenly, forming a water hammer. The turbine set vibrates intensively
companied by toneless roar.
Measure: Stop the turbine immediately, drain the inlet steam and exhaust piping
thoroughly, reinforce the monitoring of the boiler operation.
2.3 The deposit and corrosion of the steam path section due to the poor steam quality
will destroy the rotor dynamic balance, resulting in turbine vibration. In this case, the
vibration is increased gradually with prolong of the operation duration. Usually, it
does not occur suddenly, except for blade breakage. The vibration frequency is in step
with the speed.
Measure: The deposit content on the blade can be evaluated from the temperature of
the thrust bearing and the pressure change after the control stage. Clean the deposit in
time when necessary or during overhaul.
2.4 The drop of the vacuum for the condensing turbine will raise the exhaust
temperature and consequently change the rotor alignment under hot state, resulting in
turbine vibration. In this case, the vibration at the rear end of the turbine often
increases obviously. The vibration frequency is in step with the speed.
Measure: decrease the load and raise vacuum. Return the turbine to original operating
condition after the vibration reached to the normal value.
2.5 For the turbine that has been put into operation, most of the abnormal vibrations
occurring during starting or changing load are caused by improper operating, such as
improper barring after last stopping and insufficient warming-up during staring. If the
abnormal vibration occurs during raising speed and the noise of the metal friction at
the front and rear gland bushes can be heard, it indicates that the rotor has been
warped (where the eccentric monitor is provided, it can be used in measuring the
warping amplitude for the rotor. At this moment, the turbine speed should be lowered
and maintained at a stable value after the vibration returned to normal for warming-up
for about 15 minutes (the speed can not stay in the prohibition range), and then raise
the speed again. If the abnormal vibration still cannot be eliminated after 3 repeats,
the turbine must be stopped, check and repair the rotor.
Fast load changing also causes the vibration due to deformation of the uneven
expanded components. If the vibration occurs in loading, unload or lower the turbine
speed immediately. After stabilized, load the turbine (or raise speed) according to the
change rate given by the staring curve. If the vibration occurs in unloading, operate

the turbine in steps opposite to that mentioned above.
2.6 For the turbine driving compressor, if the abnormal vibration only appears under a
certain load, it is mostly caused by the compressor and the characteristics of the pipe
network.
Measure: When changing load to near this load, slow down the changing rate
properly.
2.7 For the turbine diving compressor, the imprudent operation when reducing the
compressor flow or the improper set of the surge-proof system will cause the turbine
set running in the surging zone, resulting in sharp fluctuation of outlet pressure of the
compressor and consequently intensive vibration of the turbine and the compressor
outlet piping companied with a loud noise.
Measure: Trip the turbine set. Operate the turbine set according with the related
operating procedure to prevent the compressor running in the surging zone.
3. Defect of equipment
3.1 Toothed coupling
The eccentric load produced by the floating parts of the coupling under the centrifugal
force due to the existed backlash will cause vibration. Under the normal condition, the
vibration of the turbine will increase with the raising speed after the turbine started,
but the amplitude is within the permitted range. Additionally, under the action of self-
centering the eccentric load will decrease with the increase of the torque the coupling
is transferring, stabilizing the operation. But the excessive backlash resulted from
machining error or wearing may cause the amplitude to exceed the up limit with the
increase of the turbine speed.
Measure: Check the coupling during overhaul, improve the lubrication and replace the
coupling when necessary.
3.2 Generator
The vibration occurs when raising the generator voltage, but it disappears after the
excitation of the generator released. This indicates that the vibration is caused by the
unbalance magnetic field, which is arose from short-circuit of the generator winding
or the uneven air gap between the generator rotor and stator.
Measure: Inquire the electric technician.

使用说明书转子轴向位移过大及汽轮机水冲击 3-3010-02-00
转子轴向位移过大及汽轮机水冲击
机组运行时，引起汽轮机转子轴向位移增大的原因一般有：
负荷或蒸汽流量增加；
通流部分损坏；
通流部分结垢严重；
推力瓦块磨损；
汽轮机水冲击；
汽轮机排汽压力升高（凝汽式汽轮机为凝汽器真空降低）；
汽轮发电机组中发电机转子串动；
汽轮压缩机组压缩机喘振。
一些较常见的情况及应采取的相应措施说明如下：
负荷或蒸汽流量增加：不同机组中引起轴位移增大的工况条件也是不一样的：
1、非抽汽机组，超负荷运行时，因蒸汽流量过量增加，汽轮机转子轴向推力必然随之
增大，如轴向推力超出许用载荷，就很可能致使推力轴承损坏，转子产生过量位移。为避免
这种故障的发生，在机组负荷接近额定功率的情况下继续加负荷时，要注意对推力轴承温度，
转子轴位移以及轮室压力的监视，当前两者中任意一个接近报警值时应立即减负荷。
若因装置特定需要，要求汽轮机超负荷运行，那也只能是短时间偶而为之。如由于装置
运行条件改变，汽轮机不能适应新的要求，这种情况下，正确、合理的解决办法是通过更新
改造来增加汽轮机出率。
2、汽轮发电机组，低周波运行：并网运行的机组，电网周波降低时，汽轮机调节汽阀
开度自动增大而可能超负荷运行，因此电网周波降低时，要注意运行监视，必要时减负荷。
3、进汽压力、温度降低或排汽压力升高：汽轮发电机组若要保持原有功率，就得增大
蒸汽流量，既使机组未超负荷，但有可能因蒸汽流量过大而引起轴向推力增大；驱动压缩机
的汽轮机、调节系统采用 PI 或 PID 调速器时，调节汽阀开度自动增大，随着蒸汽流量的增
加，轴向推力必然增大。因此汽轮机进汽参数降低，排汽参数升高时，除尽快使进、排汽参
数恢复正常外，必要时要限制汽轮机的蒸汽流量。
4、有可调抽汽的机组，在“0”抽汽或小抽汽量工况下加负荷时，尽管汽轮机进汽流量
和机组功率都远未达到额定值，但轴向推力却有可能超出许用载荷，因此抽汽机组一定要严
格按照抽汽流量——功率曲线（工况图）的限定条件进行操作。
使用说明书转子轴向位移过大及汽轮机水冲击 3-3010-02-00
内汽封磨损：汽轮机起动、运行及停机过程中，有多种原因使转子与静体的相对位置
发生改变，引起汽封碰擦，尤其是平衡活塞汽封、中间汽封的损坏会使轴向推力增加。往往
汽封碰擦时，机内会发出异常声响并且振动加剧，出现这种情况先减负荷，若无明显改善，
推力轴承温度超出正常运行范围上限，则立即停机，检查处理。
通流部分积垢：积垢是蒸汽中盐分和SiO2沉积的结果，通流部分积垢使蒸汽流道面积
减小、轴向推力增加而引起转子轴向位移增大，积垢随运行时间延长而逐渐增加，积垢程度
可通过轮室压力的分析比较作出判断，必要时通过冲洗清除积垢（见 4-0600-）。
推力瓦块装错：安装或检修过程中，拆装推力轴承时，不注意推力瓦块上的方向标记，
将正、副推力瓦块错位装入，这种失误遗留的隐患在机组试运行时就会暴露，机组带到某一
负荷会突然出现因轴位移过大而引发的停机，如重新起动，情况完全一样。停机检查轴承，
会发现推力瓦块损坏。由于瓦块装错，推力瓦承受推力的能力仅有正确安装时的～1/3，所
以尽管机组未超负荷，但由于推力轴承“超负荷”而使推力轴承损坏，这时损坏的是假的正
推力瓦，真的正推力瓦由于错装在副推力侧而安危无恙。更换瓦块时须注意，备件瓦块的厚
度尺寸留有余量，应根据汽轮机产品合格证明书和安装时转子定位尺寸，确定瓦块的补充加
工量，一付 8 块瓦要同时一起加工，以保证瓦块厚度相同。
水冲击：水冲击是汽轮机的重大事故之一。机组运行过程中，如汽温急骤降低，轴封
处冒出白色蒸汽或溅出水滴；推力轴承温度上升或轴位移增大；振动异常，表明发生水冲击，
必须立即紧急停机。
汽轮机发生水冲击大多是操作不当引起的，也有一些是因抽汽管路上止回阀关闭不严，
管路中的水倒灌进入汽轮机所致。机组运行时如出现锅炉满水或汽水共沸，使进入汽轮机的
蒸汽带水，由于水滴流动速度低，撞击在动叶背弧产生制动作用使汽轮机出力显著降低；蒸
汽带水使中片应力大为增加，会致使叶片断裂；机组振动异常，同时，蒸汽带水使蒸汽通流
面积减少，引起推力急骤增加而危及推力轴承的安全。
为避免发生水冲击，在锅炉并炉时一定要注意蒸汽温度的变化，防止汽温过低；有不同
汽源的汽轮机，在汽源切换时一定要充分注意疏水。锅炉运行要注意保持蒸汽压力、温度符
合规定。
汽轮机起动时，如进汽管路未充分疏水，蒸汽管路积水出现水锤现象时，管路、机组会
产生强烈振动并伴有沉闷巨大的声响，这种情况汽轮机必须立即停机。
Excessive Axial Displacement of Rotor and Turbine Water Hammer 3-3010-02-01
Excessive Axial Displacement of Rotor and Turbine Water Hammer

Usually, the increase of the axial displacement for the turbine rotor is caused by the
following reasons:
Increase of the load or steam flow;
Damage of the steam path section;
Severe deposit in the steam path section;
Wear of the thrust pad;
Turbine water hammer;
Rise of the turbine exhaust pressure (for the condensing turbine, drop of the condenser
vacuum);
Play of the generator rotor in turbo-generator;
Compressor surge in the turbo-compressor;
The measures that should be taken under some of the common conditions:
Increase of load or steam flow

For the different turbine sets, the axial displacement is increased under different
working condition.
1. When a non-extraction turbine is overloaded, the axial thrust on turbine rotor is

bound to increase with the excess increase of the steam flow. If the thrust exceeds
the permitted value, the thrust bearing may be damaged, resulting in the excessive
displacement of the rotor. In order to avoid this faulty occurring, when continuing to
load the turbine near the rated power, the attention should be paid in monitoring the
temperature of the thrust bearing, axial displacement of the rotor and the pressure of
the wheel chamber. Once any of the former two approached to the alarm value,
unload the turbine immediately.
If the plant requires the turbine to operate under overload, it only can run
occasionally in a short time. When the operating condition of the plant has been
changed and the turbine cannot be suitable for this new requirement, the proper and
reasonable solution is to innovate on the turbine for increasing its output.
2. For the turbo-generator paralleled in the network, the automatic increase of the
opening for the control valve when the frequency of the network lowered may result
in the turbine overloaded. Therefore, the attention must be paid in monitoring the
operation when the frequency of the network lowered. Decrease turbine load when
necessary.
3. When the inlet steam pressure and temperature decreased or the exhaust pressure
rose, the steam flow must be increased to maintain the original power output for the
turbo-generator. The excessive steam flow may increase the axial thrust force on the
turbine rotor even the turbine is not overloaded. For the Compressor driven turbine

with the control system using a PI or PID speed governor, in this case, the opening
of the control valve will be increased automatically. The axial thrust is bound to
increase with the increase of the steam flow. Therefore, when the turbine inlet steam
parameter lowered or exhaust parameter rose, the admitted steam flow to the turbine
must be limited when necessary, besides restoring the steam parameter to normal
value immediately.
4. When loading a controlled extraction turbine under “zero” or small extraction flow
condition, the axial thrust may exceed the permitted value, although the admitted
steam flow and the output of the turbine are far from the rated values. Therefore, the
extraction turbine must be strictly operated according to the limited condition given
on the extraction flow vs. power curve (Working condition chart).
Seal strip wear of inner gland seal

The relative position of the turbine rotor with respect to the stationary parts will be
changed for some reasons during turbine starting, operating and stopping, causing the
seal strips collide each other. In especial, the damage of the seal strip for the dummy
piston and middle gland seals may result in the axial thrust increased. Usually, an
abnormal noise is generated inside the turbine and the vibration is increased when the
seal strips collided. In this case, decrease the load first. If decreasing load cannot
improve the condition and the temperature of the thrust bearing has exceeded the up
limit, stop the turbine at once and carry out the check and repair.
Deposit in steam path section

The deposit, caused by the salt and SiO2 contained in steam, reduces the steam passage
area, increasing the axial thrust and consequently the axial displacement of the rotor.
The deposit is gradually increased with the prolongation of the operation duration and
can be judged through analyzing and comparing the steam pressure in the wheel
chamber. Clean the through flushing when necessary (see 4-0600-).
Misplacing thrust pads

Misplacing the first thrust pads with the secondary ones is caused by negligence during
installation or overhaul and will be discovered during commissioning. When loading the
turbine to a certain load the turbine is tripped suddenly due to the excessive axial
displacement. Restart the turbine, the same condition occurs again. Stop the turbine and
check the bearing, the thrust pads are found damaged. The load capacity of a misplaced
pad is only 1/3 of that for a correctly mounted one. The decrease of the load capacity
causes thrust pads damaged. The attention must be paid in replacing the thrust pads; the
spare pads that have an allowance in thickness must be additionally machined to the
size given in the Product Certificate and the rotor-positioning dimension in assembling.
A set of eight pads should be machined together so as to ensure the same thickness.
Water hammer
Water hammer is one of turbine major accident. During turbine operation, if the steam

temperature drops sharply, the white steam emits or water drops splash from the gland
seal, the temperature of the thrust bearing rises or the axial displacement increases,
vibration is abnormal, these indicate the water hammer occurred. The turbine must be
tripped immediately.
Most of the water hammer occurred in the turbine are caused by improper operation, but
some of them caused by the water flowing back into the turbine from the piping due to
the check valve in the extraction piping is not tightly closed. If the boiler is overflowed
or the azeotropy of the steam and water occurs, the steam entered into the turbine will
contain water. Since the water drops flow in a low speed, they will produce a braking
action when colliding on the blade convex, making the turbine output decreased
obviously. The steam containing water will significantly increase the blade stress,
resulting in blade broken and abnormal vibration of the turbine set. It also reduces the
steam path area, causing the thrust increased rapidly and endangering the thrust bearing.
In order to avoid the water hammer occurring, the change of the steam temperature must
be noticed when paralleling boilers for preventing it to be too low. For the turbine with
different steam sources, the thorough drain must be carried out when switching steam
source. During boiler operation the attention should be noticed in keeping the steam
pressure and temperature within the specified range.
Should the drain of the steam inlet piping be not complete in turbine starting, the water
hammer will occur due to the water accumulated in the piping. The piping and the
turbine set will vibrate intensively, companied with a loud tedious noise. In this case,
the turbine must be stopped at once.

使用说明书叶片损伤或断落 3-3010-03-00
叶片损伤或断落
汽轮机运行时因各种不同原因会使叶片受到损伤，如外来硬质颗粒杂质进入汽轮机打坏
叶片，转子与汽缸找中不好或汽缸变形使叶片与汽封片碰擦，在叶片围带上磨出沟槽等，本
节主要是说明因蒸汽品质不良致使叶片受到腐蚀而产生的损伤，腐蚀损伤不仅在运行的汽轮
机中出现，而且在停机状态下也会发生。
在正常环境条件下，制作叶片的耐热不锈钢至所以具有良好的耐蚀性，主要是因它们表
面生成一层致密、稳定的氧化保护膜，但当蒸汽中带有Co2，So2，特别是含有氯离子时，叶
片表面的保护膜受到侵蚀，并且很快向纵深发展，使时片受到腐蚀，叶片强度急骤降低。以
2
2Cr13 不锈钢为例，常温下空气中的弯曲疲劳强度为 390N/mm （无缺口试样，应力循环次数
7 2
n=5×10 ，下同），在洁净凝结水中弯曲疲劳强度也还有 275～315N/mm ，然而在NaCl含量≥
2
1％的氯化物溶液中，弯曲疲劳强度急骤下降到 115～135N/mm ，疲劳强度降低就意味着使用
寿命缩短。通过大修时对叶片的检验发现，叶片腐蚀大多出现在湿蒸汽区的各级，并且往往
是在垢层下的叶片表面产生局部腐蚀，进而扩展出现裂纹，继续运行则会因腐蚀疲劳造成叶
片断裂，对断裂叶片的检查、分析显示，断口沉积层中含有氯化物。
汽轮机叶片不仅在运行中会受到腐蚀，在停机状态下也会发生腐蚀，也就是所谓停机腐
蚀。汽轮机停机后，存留在缸内或漏入的蒸汽随汽轮机冷却生成凝结水，使叶片上的积盐溶
解，而对叶片产生腐蚀作用，这种情况，腐蚀损坏在所有叶片上均会出现，而不是仅局限于
湿蒸汽区工作的叶片。
为减少、避免叶片的腐蚀损伤，主要是完善锅炉给水和炉水的处理，保证蒸汽品质，重
视汽轮机的停机维护（见 4-0300-XX-XX）。
汽轮机大修时，如检验发现叶片有裂纹，应安排更换有隐患的叶片。
汽轮机运行中叶片断落只是偶发事故，并不是常见故障，然而一旦发生却会造成设备损
坏或人身伤害的严重事故。汽轮机运行中叶片断落的特征是：
机组突然发生无规则的负荷（转速）冲击；
汽轮机通流部分发出可疑声响（凝气式汽轮机末级叶片断落时，凝汽器中发出金属撞击
声，如断落叶片打破凝汽器冷却水管，凝结水电导率增加）；
机组振动突然增大，尤其是低压级叶片断落时，振幅明显增大。
机组运行中发生上述情况应立即停机，以防损示范围扩大。停机后开缸检查，证实叶片
断落时，尽速与我公司联系，协商修复事宜，必要时转子及受损部件发运至我公司，更换叶
使用说明书叶片损伤或断落 3-3010-03-00
片重新作动平衡。中间级叶片断落往往会使其邻级静、动叶受损，因叶片断落无法盘车的汽
轮机，需作转子弯曲检验。
Blade Damage or Breakage 3-3010-03-01
Blade Damage or Breakage

During turbine operation the blade will be damaged by various causes, such as the
foreign hard granular impurities entered into the turbine, the bad alignment of the rotor
with the casing or friction of the blade with the seal strips. This section will mainly
demonstrate the damage of the blade caused by the corrosion due to the poor steam
quality. The corrosion damage will occur not only in an operating turbine, but also
during shutdown.
Under the normal circumstances, owing to the layer of compact and stable oxide-proof
film formed on the surface the blade made of heat-resisting stainless steel, the blade has
a good corrosion resistance. The protective film of the blade surface will be erode when
the steam contains the Co2, and So2, especially the chloridion. Furthermore, the
corrosion will develop towards the depth quickly and corrode the blade, resulting in
rapid drop of the blade strength. Take the stainless steel 2Cr13 as the example, its
endurance bending strength in the air at normal temperature is 390 N/mm2 (a
un-notched teat piece under a number of stress cycles n=5×107, the same below), it
will still be 275 to 315 N/mm2 in the clear condensate. But it rapidly reduces to 115 to
135 N/mm2 in the chloride solution containing NaCl under a content ≥1％. The
reduction denotes shorten of the blade life. The corrosion can be found when check the
blade in overhaul. Most of the blade corrosion occurs on the stages in the wet steam
zone. Usually, the corrosion begins on the blade surface under the deposit layer and then
develops to crack. If continuing to operate, the blade will break due to corrosion fatigue.
The examination and analysis of the broken blade show that the deposit on the fracture
contains chlorides.
The corrosion of the turbine blade will occur not only during operation, but also during
shutdown, it is so-called as stand-by corrosion. After the turbine shutdown, the steam
left or leaked in the casing will condensed with cooling down of the turbine to dissolve
the deposited salt on the blade, producing a corrosion action to the blade. In this case,
the corrosion damage will occur on all of the blades other than the blades working in the
wet steam zone.
In order to reduce and avoid the corrosion damage of the blade, the boiler feed water
treatment should be perfected so as to ensure the steam quality. Additionally, much
attention should be paid in shutdown maintenance (see 4-0300-xx-xx for details).
If the crack on the blade is found during overhaul, the cracked blade should be replaced.
Blade breakage seldom occurs during turbine operation, but once occurring, it can cause
the severe accident in damaging the equipment and injuring the person. The blade
breakage during turbine operation will have following phenomena:
An irregular load (speed) impact occurs suddenly;

Blade Damage or Breakage 3-3010-03-01
A suspicious noise is generated from the steam path section of the turbine (When the
last row of the blade broken for condensing turbine, the metal colliding noise will
generated in the condenser. If the broken blade damaged the cool-water piping in the
condenser, the conductivity of the condensate will be increased);
The turbine vibration increases suddenly, especially for the blade breakage on the
low-pressure stage, companied with an obvious increase in amplitude.
If the phenomena mentioned above occur during turbine operation, stop the turbine
immediately. After shutdown, open the casing for inspecting. Contact us as soon as
possible on affirmed the blade breakage for repairing. Send the rotor and damaged
component to our company for replacing the blade and rebalancing the rotor, when
necessary. The blade breakage of the middle stage will often damage the adjacent
stationary and moving blade. If the barring cannot be carried out caused by the broken
blade, the rotor should be checked whether it is bent.

使用说明书油系统故障及排除 3-3010-04-00
油系统故障及排除
本节所述是针对以汽轮机油为工质的常压油系统而言，未包括高压抗燃油系统。
1、压力油油压偏低
1.1 压力油意外泄漏
1.1.1 辅助油泵止回阀关闭不严，主油泵出油有一部分从该阀排放到油箱。如主、辅油泵切
换前油压正常，停下辅助油泵后油压降低，很有可能是止回阀泄漏所致；
1.1.2 油泵选用容积泵的供油系统，泵出口溢流阀调整不当，泄放油量过大引起油压降低；
1.1.3 配置有高位油箱的油系统，油箱进油阀调节不当，油箱溢流量偏大，使油压降低；
1.1.4 装入油箱中的立式油泵，出油管连接法兰漏油，油泵出油有一部分喷入油箱。
1.2 电动油泵转向不对。
1.3 油箱油位过低，不仅油泵出口油压降低，而且油压波动。
1.4 系统配置缺陷
主、辅油泵切换过程瞬时出现油压降低，或是机组稳定运行时油压正常，而当油动机大
幅动作时油压下降甚至引起速关阀关闭。在压力油或油动机动力油管路上装设蓄能器可避免出
现油压大幅降低，有的机组虽配置有蓄能器，但由于充氮压力不符合要求等原因而不起作用。
1.5 机组正常用油量大于泵的额定流量，造成油压降低。机组试运行时，主油泵投入工作后
油压偏低，经检查证实油压偏低非上述原因所致，这时，在满足运行要求的前提下，先
尝试尽可能减少系统用油量，如轴承进油、齿轮箱喷油等，如仍无明显改善，那就要考
虑换泵：
1.5.1 改用容量大的油泵；
1.5.2 自带主油泵的汽轮机，条件允许时改变驱动组件齿轮速比，提高泵的运行转速。
2、主、辅油泵切换困难
自带主油泵的汽轮机，起动过程中达到切换转速后，停用辅助油泵机组无法继续运行，
其原因主要有：
2.1 油箱位置低于布置图要求的标高增大了油泵的吸油高度或油泵进口油管加长且增加了
弯头使油泵进口压力降低，造成主油泵因吸油困难而无法正常工作，这种情况如增大引
射器喷油量仍无改善，那最好是修改主油泵进油管路；
2.2 注油引射器底阀不能正常开启，达不到要求的开度，引射器吸油损失增大使主油泵吸油
困难。检查底阀，如有卡涩，通过修理使其运作正常，必要时，对油箱的油用滤油机重
使用说明书油系统故障及排除 3-3010-04-00
新过滤；
3、漏油
3.1 部件装配、油管路装接时操作不符合要求，造成密封不良，密封面损伤，与油接触连接
面局部离缝等，这些缺陷引起的漏油、渗油在试运行时就会显露，根据对漏油部位的检
查，作相应处理，消除漏油。
3.2 机组运行中因密封件磨损等原因引起的漏油，根据部件特点酌情处置：勿需停用可随时
进行维修的设备如截止阀、闸门等，阀杆处漏油时，适当压紧密封填料，在检修时再作
进一步处理；可切换运行的设备，如电动油泵，发现泵的轴封处漏油时，起动辅助泵，
修理或更换停运泵的轴封；对只能在机组停机后通过检修消除缺陷的设备，如调节汽阀
油动机，主要靠巡检查认真观察，在油动机活塞杆处发现渗油的蛛丝马迹时要引起重视
并作好记录，若渗油日渐增多，应利用机组停机的机会，及时修理活塞杆或更换密封件，
防微杜渐，以免发生油动机冒油强迫停机的故障。
4、油管路振动
因油管道装接不规范而引起汽轮机振动的油管路振动，通常在试运行时都会采取措施
予以消除，其它的油管路振动往往未引起足够重视，有些汽轮机运行时出现二次油管道的高
频振动，也有一些汽轮机，正常运行时油管路无异常，而在速关停机时，保安油路管道出现
振动。油管路振动使管道、接口、焊缝产生动载荷，很可能引起接口密封紧力松驰，焊口开
裂而造成漏油、冒油，因此管路产生振动时及时采取措施予以消除。油管路振动与管道装接
时的初应力，管内油流速度、状态等有关，大多通过适当设置管夹或支架可得以排除。
Oil-system Fault and Elimination 3-3010-04-01
Oil-system Fault and Elimination

The description in this section is applicable to the normal pressure system with
turbine oil as its working medium and exclusive of high-pressure-fire-proof oil
system.
1. Oil pressure too low

1.1 Accidental leakage of pressure
1.1.1 The check valve of the auxiliary oil pump does not be closed tightly, a part of
oil discharged from the main oil pump drains into the tank through this valve.
If the oil pressure is normal before changeover from the auxiliary oil pump to
the main oil pump, but the pressure dropped after the auxiliary oil pump
stopped, it is mostly caused by the leakage of the check valve.
1.1.2 For the oil system using positive displacement oil pump, the drop of oil
pressure may be caused by excessive bleed-off flow due to improper set of the
releasing valve at the outlet of the pump.
1.1.3 For the turbine equipped with elevated oil tank, the excessive overflow
throughput of the oil tank due to improper governing of the oil inlet valve will
reduce the oil pressure.
1.1.4 For the vertical oil pump mounted in the oil tank, the leakage of the
connecting flange in the discharging piping causes a part of the oil discharged
from the oil pump to inject into the tank.
1.2 Wrong rotary direction of the electric oil pump
1.3 The level in the oil tank is too low. It will cause not only the pressure drop but
also the pressure fluctuation.
1.4 Defect in system arrangement

The oil pressure drops instantaneously when changeover between the main and
auxiliary oil pumps, or oil pressure is in normal during turbine stable operation but it
will drop when the oil-relay acts in large amplitude, even causing the emergency stop
valve closed. In order to avoid these conditions occurring, an accumulator can be
mounted in the pressure-oil or the working oil piping of the oil relay. In this case, the
nitrogen filling pressure must be in conformed to the requirement; otherwise the
accumulator will be in malfunction.
1.5 The normal oil consumption of the turbine set is larger than the rated flow of the
oil pump, causing a drop in oil pressure. The oil pressure is too low after the main
oil pump put into operation in test running. If it has been verified through

examining that the low oil pressure is not caused by the reasons mentioned above,
try to reduce the oil consumption of the system, such as the lubricating oil to the
bearings and gears as could as possible. It is not worked, the oil pump should be
replaced.
1.5.1 Changing the oil pump with a larger one;
1.5.2 Where the main oil pump is driven by the turbine shaft, raise the running
speed of the oil pump through changing the gear ratio of the driving element.
2. Trouble in changeover between main and auxiliary oil pumps

Where the main oil pump is driven by the turbine shaft, after the changeover speed
has been reached in turbine staring, the turbine cannot continue to run when the
auxiliary oil pump stopped. The main reasons are:
2.1 The oil tank position lower than the elevation specified on the layout drawing
increased the suction height of the oil pump or the inlet pressure is reduced due to
the increase in the length of the inlet piping and in the number of the elbows. This
will make the main oil pump suck with difficult and cannot work normally. In the
event that the increase in the oil flow of the oil injector cannot improve the
situation, it is better to modify the suction piping of the main oil pump.
2.2 The bottom valve of the oil injector cannot be opened to the required opening. The
increase in suction loss of the injector causes the main oil pump to suck with
difficulty. Check and repair the bottom valve. Re-filtrate the oil in the tank with a
filter, when necessary.
3. Oil leakage
3.1 Poor sealing caused by the improper assembling of the components or the
improper connection of the oil piping, or sealing surface damage will result in oil
leakage, which will be unveiled in test running. The corresponding treatment
should be carried out according to the examination for the leakage part to
eliminate the oil leakage.
3.2 The oil leakage caused by the worn sealing element during turbine operation can
be handled accordingly based on the component feature. For the devices that can
be repaired in the operation, such as the stop valve and gate valve, if the oil
leakage at the valve spindle occurs, press the seal packing properly. The further
treatment can be carried out when overhaul. When the oil leakage at the shaft seal
of the electric oil pump, which can be switched over in operation, start the spare
oil pump and stop the fault pump for repairing or replacing the damaged shaft seal.
For the component that only can be repaired after the turbine shutdown, such as
the oil relay, should be carefully inspected in regular examination. The oil
penetrating at the piston rod must be taken in account and recorded. If it is

increasing day to day, repair the piston rod or replace the seal element in time,
making the using of the turbine shutdown so as to avoid turbine forced stop due to
the leakage of the oil relay.
4. Oil-piping vibration
The oil-piping vibration that is caused by the improper connection and will result in
turbine vibration is usually eliminated through taking the corresponding measure
when test running. But the other oil-piping vibrations are ignored. For some of the
turbines, the high-frequency vibration of the secondary-oil piping will occur during
operation. For the others, the protective-oil piping vibration will occur when tripping
the turbine. The oil-piping vibration will produce a dynamic load on the piping and at
the connection and welding seam. This will probably cause the restraining force of the
connection reduced and welding seam broken, resulting in oil leakage. Therefore, the
piping vibration must be eliminated in time. The oil-piping vibration is related with
the initial stress of the piping when connected, the velocity and the state of oil flow in
the piping. It can be eliminated through installing proper piping supports in most
cases.

使用说明书调节保安系统故障排除 3-3010-05-00
调节保安系统故障及排除
1、速关阀开启不正常
1.1 操作不当引起的速关阀不能正常开启：用启动调节器开启速关阀的汽轮机，开启速关阀
过程中，启动油与速关油要进行切换，但当调节器手轮连续操作且速度过快时，油缸中
速关油的升压速度小于启动油的卸压速度，造成活塞盘与活塞脱开，致使速关阀无法开
启。正常操作应该是，操作手轮时要注意观察压力表，在速关油压建立、启动油压开始
下降时，操作要尽可能缓慢或暂停几秒钟，然后继续操作就可使速关阀正常开启。
1.2 油缸内泄漏引起的速关阀不能开启：由于油缸与活塞的径向间隙过大，造成启动油大量
泄漏，压力降低，无力将活塞推向活塞盘，活塞与活塞盘脱开状态下速关油不能建立油
压，因此速关阀无法开启。这种故障只能通过检修来消除，如在油缸与活塞间加装密封
件或单配活塞。
1.3 阀杆结垢，阀杆弯曲等引起的速关阀开启不正常：定期进行速关阀动作试验（见 1-2300-
及 3-1400-）
，如发现试验油压升高，很有可能存在阀杆结垢，油缸积垢或阀杆弯曲故
障，应及时安排检修，查明原因并予排除。
为避免阀杆弯曲，备件阀杆不宜横卧搁置而应悬挂存放。
2、速关阀油缸漏油（外泄漏）
2.1 密封圈装配不到位起不到密封作用。处理措施是重新装配密封件，压紧密封圈，如密封
圈规格不对，须予以更换。
2.2 装配时阀杆与密封件套筒不同心或因阀杆弯曲阀杆与套筒接触，引起阀杆拉毛而损伤密
封圈，致使油缸漏油。处理措施：修复或更换阀杆、套筒，更换密封圈，重新仔细装配。
3、错油门滑阀故障
错油门滑阀由转动盘和滑阀体粘接而成（见 1-1910-），在有些汽轮机中，因滑阀旋转
阻力矩额外增大或胶粘剂强度下降而发生转动盘与滑前期体脱开的故障，这种情况下由于滑
阀体不再转动，调节系统迟缓率明显增大，改变调节器给定值时，二次油压变化，但油动机
要么不响应要么产生大幅过调动作，同时，错油门冒气器冒油，用手触摸错油门的进、回油
管无振感。
处理措施：及时停机，更换备用错油门滑阀。换下的滑阀可自行重新粘接，粘接前，粘
接面上固化的胶粘剂膜层用刮刀、砂布清理干净，胶粘剂可选用室温下剪切强度＞14.7Mpa
的单组分厌氧胶，粘接操作按所用胶粘剂的要求进行。
使用说明书调节保安系统故障排除 3-3010-05-00
4、二次油压高频振荡
使用液压放大器的汽轮机，有时在某一工况因二次油压振荡而产生二次油压力表指针抖
动，二次油管路振动，机组负荷或转速出现不衰减的快速波动，遇到这种情况可通过适度关
小二次油路上的单向节流阀或调整错油门的调节阀，降低滑阀的转动频率，减小滑阀振幅，
扼制二次油的振荡，必要时在二次油管路上加装管夹。
4.1 汽轮机不能正常起动
采用液压或机械液压式调速器的汽轮机起动时，冲转升速后，调节汽阀突然关闭，致使
不能正常起动，这种情况大多是放大器“切断点”整定不当所致，见 1-1830-。
4.2 荷（转速）波动
使用液压或机械液压调速器的汽轮机，有些在运行中会出现负荷（转速）或快或慢不衰
减的波动，引起调节系统不稳定的原因有很多，这里例举其中的两种：
4.2.1 放大器托叉与比例杠杆连接处轴向间隙过大，托叉窜动干扰随动活塞引起二次油压幌
动，使负荷或转速波动。处理措施：检修时重新配作垫片，连接处轴向间隙控制在 0.02～
0.03mm，使托叉既能灵活转动又不产生轴向窜动。
4.2.2 使用 PG-PL 调速器的汽轮机，调速器补偿针阀开度与机组特性不适应会使调节系统不
稳定。补偿针阀的开度可在机组运行时进行调整，如波动速度很慢，表明针阀开度偏小，
需逆时针方向旋动针阀增大开度，如波动周期很短，则应关小针阀，针阀无论开大或关
小，都应一面缓慢调整一面观察机组运行情况，直至系统稳定，之后改变调速器给定值，
系统立即响应，出现少量过调后很快恢复到稳定状态，则可认为补偿针阀调整符合要求，
针阀调整好后通常不需要重新整定。
4.3 电液转换器
采用电液调节系统的汽轮机，在运行一段时间后，电液转换器电流信号与输出油压关系
与试运行时测定数据相比较，同样电流信号对应的油压下降，很可能是因油系统清洁度较差，
电液转换器进油滤网堵塞引起的。
处理措施：正常停机后，清洗滤网，重新装接好后测定电流与油压关系，若恢复正常，
便可投入运行，同时要加强油系统的维护，提高油系统清洁度；如测试结果不正常，可尝试
用校正初始值和范围的方法重新整定。
运行过程中，电液转换器出现非外部原因引起的故障时，最好是停机后更换备用的电液
转换器，并与转换器制造厂商联系，商定修理事宜。如果自己将电液转换器解体进行检修，
由于各方面条件限制，往往达不到预期目的。
Control-protection System Fault and Elimination 3-3010-05-01
Control-protection system Fault and Elimination

1. Abnormal in opening emergency stop valve
1.1 For the turbine using the starting control to open the emergency stop valve,
improper operating will cause that the emergency stop valve cannot be opened
normally. In the course of the emergency stop valve opening, the starting oil will be
switched to the trip oil. If operate the handwheel of the starting control
continuously at a fast rate the decreasing rate of the starting-oil pressure will faster
than the increasing rate of the trip-oil pressure, so that the piston disk is separated
from the piston and the emergency valve cannot be opened. The proper operation
should be in such a way, observe the pressure gauge while operating the handwheel,
when the trip-oil pressure is built-up and the starting-oil pressure begins to drop,
slow down the operation of the handwheel as could as possible or stop for a few
seconds, then continue to operate until the valve in full open.
1.2 The inner leakage of the oil cylinder will cause that the emergency stop valve
cannot be opened normally. This is because the excessive radial clearance between
the oil cylinder and the piston causes leakage of the starting oil in a large quantity;
the staring-oil pressure is not able to push the piston to the piston disk. In this case,
the trip-oil pressure cannot be built-up and emergency stop valve cannot be opened.
This fault can be removed through repairing, for example, Fitting sealing element
between the oil cylinder and the piston or using a specially mated piston.
1.3 The deposit and bend of the valve spindle will also cause that the emergency stop
valve cannot be opened normally. Therefore, the functional test of the emergency
stop valve should be carried out regularly (see 1-2300- and 1-1400- for details). If
the test-oil pressure rose, the probability is that the deposit of the valve spindle or
oil cylinder or the bend of the spindle exist. In this case, the repairing should be
arranged in time for finding the reason and eliminating it.
In order to avoid the valve spindle being bended, the spare spindle should be stored in
hanging instead of in lying.
2. Oil leakage of oil cylinder for emergency stop valve (leaking out)
2.1 This is caused by the improper assembling of the seal ring. In this case, the sealing
element should be re-assembled and the seal ring pressed tightly. If the wrong size
of the seal ring is used, it must be replaced with the right size one.
2.2 The disalignment of the valve spindle with the bush of the seal element or the
contact of the valve spindle to the sleeve caused by the bended valve spindle can
rough the spindle and damage the seal ring, resulting in the leakage of the oil
cylinder. In this case, repair and replace the valve spindle or sleeve, replace the seal
ring, and reassemble them carefully.

3. Fault of slide valve in pilot valve
The slide valve is formed by the rotating disc and the valve body through sticking (see
1-1910- for details). In some of turbines, the rotating disc can be separated from the
valve bode due to the additional resistant moment of the rotating slide valve or the
decreased strength of the adhesive. The delay rate of the control system will be
increased obviously because the valve body is no longer rotated. When changing the
setpoint of the governor, the oil relay will have no reaction or overshoot in large
amplitude. Meanwhile, the oil overflows from the ventilator. If touch the inlet and outlet
oil piping of the pilot valve with hand, there is no vibration can be filled.
Measure: Stop the turbine in time and replace the slide valve. The replaced slide valve
can be stuck again user himself. Before sticking, clean the solidified adhesive on the
jointing surface with knife and sand cloth. The single-component anaerobic adhesive
with shear strength higher than 14.7 Mpa at room temperature can be chosen as the
adhesive. The sticking operation should be carried out according to the requirement for
the adhesive.
4. High-frequency oscillation of secondary-oil pressure

For the turbine using the hydraulic amplifier, in some times the pointer of the gauge for
the secondary-oil pressure swings, the secondary-oil piping vibrates, the turbine load or
speed fluctuates quickly and without attenuating under a certain operating condition
because of the secondary-oil pressure oscillation. In this case, turn down the one-way
throttle valve in the secondary-oil line or adjust the adjusting valve of the pilot valve to
reduce the rotation frequency of the slide valve for decreasing the amplitude of the slide
valve and eliminating the oscillation of the secondary-oil pressure. The pipe clips can be
mounted additionally for the secondary-oil piping when necessary.
4.1 Turbine cannot be started normally

When starting the turbine with hydraulic or mechanical-hydraulic governor, the control
valve closed suddenly during raising speed, causing the turbine cannot be started
normally. This is mostly caused by the improper setting of the “cut-off point” of the
amplifier. See 1-1830- for details.
4.2 Load (speed) fluctuation

For the turbine using hydraulic or mechanical-hydraulic governor, the un-attenuating
load (speed) fluctuation may occur in some of them during operation. There are many
reasons that can cause the control system unstabilized. Here we enumerate two of them”
4.2.1 The play of the fork of the amplifier caused by the excessive axial clearance at
the joint of the fork and comparison lever can disturb the normal work of the
following-up piston, resulting in ripple of the secondary-oil pressure and
consequently the fluctuation of the load or speed.
Measure: Make-up the washer again in overhaul. The axial clearance at the joint
should be within 0.02 to 0.03 mm, making the fork swing flexibly without play

in axial direction.
4.2.2 For the turbine using PG-PL governor, the unsuitable opening of the
compensating needle valve in the governor to the turbine performance can cause
the control system unstabilized. The needle valve can be adjusted during turbine
operation. The low fluctuating velocity indicates the opening of the needle valve
is too small, turn the needle valve counterclockwise to increase its opening.
While the fluctuating period is very short, the valve should be turn down. The
needle valve should be adjusted slowly and the turbine operation should be
observed when adjusting until the system stabilized. The adjustment of the
needle valve is considered to be in conformed to the requirement, when
changing the setpoint of the governor, the system can react immediately and
after a trifle overshoot it will return to the stable state. Usually, once the needle
valve adjusted, readjusting is not required.
4.3 Electric-hydraulic converter

For the turbine with the electric-hydraulic converter, the output oil pressure of the
converter will drop at the same electric signal comparing to the data measured in
commissioning after turbine has been operated for a period. This is probably that the
inlet oil strainer of the converter is blocked due to the poor cleanness of the oil system.
Measure: After the normal stopping, clean the oil strainer and verify the relationship
between the electric signal and the oil pressure. If the relationship returns normal, it can
be put in operation. And meanwhile, the maintenance of the oil system should be
strengthened for improving the cleanness. If it is still abnormal, try to reset the initial
valve and range of the converter.
When the electric-hydraulic converter fault caused by inner reason occurred during
operation, it is better to stop the turbine and replace the converter with spare one.
Contact to the converter supplier for repairing.

使用说明书维修部分前言 4-0100-01-00
维修部分前言
产品使用说明书维修部分的内容包括汽轮机维护和检修的说明、建议。
汽轮机的维护分为运行维护和停机期间的防护。
运行维护是运行人员经常性的工作，在汽轮机起动、运行、停机的不同阶段，助借监视
仪表，通过正确操作，力求汽轮机处于最佳工作状态，当出现不正常情况时，冷静、迅速地
对故障趋势作出判断，那些不危及安全而一时不能消除的缺陷，要及时调整或限制机组的运
行工况，同时要详实作好记录，为确定检修时间、项目提供依据；属要求立即停机的严重故
障，应果断停机，以避免事故扩大。通常故障原因大体上可分为两类：第一类是不受运行时
间影响的因素，如：基建施工质量、设计和制造水平，安装、检修时装配、调整不当，误操
作等；第二类是与运行时间有关的因素：如：正常的磨损，腐蚀、变形，材料的老化，使用
寿命到期，积垢以及随之产生的危害，运行中不正常的干扰等。第一类中除误操作外，其它
因素引起的问题大多在安装、检修后试运行时就会显露出来，这类问题通常通过“消缺”排
除故障，消除隐患。第二类因素和实际经验告诉我们，在预计的使用期内通过正确操作精心
维护不仅能使汽轮机保持高的可用性，而且还可延长使用寿命。起动、停机过程的规范操作，
运行中避免蒸汽参数偏离正常值剧烈变化，限制负荷变化速率，注意蒸汽品质的监控和油质
的维护，及时清洗通流部分，适时安排进行检修等都必须足够重视，以确保汽轮机经济、可
靠运行。
汽轮机维护也包括一些在运行时进行的的试验，试验前，操作人员须对试验过程中哪些
参数将会发生怎样的变化要心中有数，以免产生误操作。
汽轮机停止运转期间需进行防护保养，为此，对停机防护的必要性和可采取的措施作了
相应说明。
检修是在停机状态下，对汽轮机（包括辅助设备）进行的检验、修理。合理的检修制度
应是在运行监视和故障诊断基础上的预知检修，通过适时有目的的检修，消除发现的缺陷，
改善机组运行状况；更换磨损件，清除积垢，提高效率；通过检验，发现、消除产生故障的
因素和隐患，减少、避免停机；收集数据，全面评估汽轮机状况，必要时修改运行规程。实
践证明，适时对汽轮机进行认真的检修是确保机组最佳、安全运行必不可少的重要措施。
在检修过程中进行预防性检验的必要性和重要性已逐渐为大家认识，为配合这项工作的
进行，在后面着重就检修过程中检验的项目、方法作了说明。
当然，进行检修机组必然要停机，装置得停止生产，因此，要根据机组运行情况，生产
使用说明书维修部分前言 4-0100-01-00
任务安排，备件贮备，人员配置及费用等因素综合考虑，确定检修项目、时间进度，编制出
计划，选择有利时机实施检修。
汽轮机检修后，应对检修结果作出评估，并为下次检修作好必要的准备，必要时，根据
检修结果修订运行规程。汽轮机大修后，必须通过重新试运行来评定检修成效。
Preface to section “maintenance” 4-0100-01-01
Preface to section “maintenance”

The section “maintenance” in this Operating Instructions deals chiefly with the
demonstrations and suggestions for turbine maintenance, inspection and repair.
The maintenance of the turbine includes the maintenance when operation and the
protection during shutdown.
The operation maintenance is a regular job for the operator. He should strive for the
turbine operating under optimal state through proper operating with the help of the
monitoring instruments during turbine starting, operating and stopping. In case the
abnormal condition occurs, the operator should make a judgment for fault trend calmly
and rapidly. For the defect that does not endanger safety but can not be eliminated
temporarily, adjust or limit the operating condition of the turbine-set in time and make a
record in details and truth at the same time, which will be taken as the basis for
determining the repairing time and program. For the serious fault under which the
turbine must be stopped immediately, stop the turbine decidedly to avoid the fault
expanding further. In general, the reason causing fault can be divided into two kinds.
One is not influenced by the operation duration, such as the construction quality, the
design and manufacture level, the improper assembling and adjusting in installation and
overhaul, the false operation and etc. The other is related with the operation duration,
such as the normal wear, corrosion, deformation, material ageing, the expiring of the
service life, the deposition and consequent damages, the abnormal disturbance in
operation and etc. Most of problems caused by the first kind of reason (except for the
false operation) will come in light in the test running after installation and overhaul.
Typically, this kind of problems can be handled through “defect eliminating”. From the
second kind of reason and practical experience, it is known that the proper operation and
the careful maintenance will not only enhance the turbine usability, but also prolong the
service life within the expected lifetime. To ensure economic and reliable operation of
the turbine, must pay sufficient regards to the canonical operation during starting and
stopping, the avoidance of the intensive change of the steam parameter deviated from
the normal value, the limitation of the load change-rate, the monitor of the steam quality
and maintenance of the oiliness, scheduled overhaul and etc.
The turbine maintenance also includes the test carried out during operation. Before
testing, the operator must know fairly well about which parameters will change in the
process of the test, so as to avoid mishandling.
Protective care is required during turbine shutdown, so the necessity of protection and
the related measures that may be taken during shutdown are explained here.
Overhaul is to examine and repair the turbine (including the auxiliaries) during
shutdown. A reasonable overhaul schedule is based on the operation supervision and the
fault diagnosis. The operation statue of the turbine-set can be improved and the turbine

Preface to section “maintenance” 4-0100-01-01
efficiency can be enhanced through overhauling purposefully in time and eliminating
the defect founded, replacing the worn parts and leaning the deposit. Also, with such
overhaul, the factors and hidden troubles, which will cause the fault, can be found out
and removed to reduce or avoid stopping. Meanwhile the collected data is useful for
estimating the turbine statue completely. When necessary, amend the operation
procedure accordingly. It has been proved in practice that the careful overhaul is the
absolutely necessarily important measure for insuring the optimum and safety operation
of the turbine.
The necessity and essentiality of the preventative examination in the process of the
overhaul is cognized now days. The examining items and methods during overhaul will
be explained in the following sections to aid to the examinations.
Of cause, to overhaul the turbine-set must be shutdown and the production of the plant
must be stopped. Therefore, the examining items and the schedule should be made out
based on the operation state of the turbine-set and the production schedule in
consideration of the spare-parts reserve, the personnel and the cost, carrying out the
overhaul duly.
After the overhaul, the result should be estimated and the necessary preparation for next
overhaul should be made. When necessary, amend the operation procedure according to
the overhaul result. The overhaul effect must be verified through re-commissioning after
the turbine overhauled.

使用说明书检查和试验 4-0200-01-00
检查和试验
对汽轮机的一些设备，尤其是监视、调节、保安部件（器件）的性能定期进行检查或试
验是汽轮机维护中的不可少的工作，下面表格中列出了主要检查试验项目的名称、周期（间
隔时间）及检查试验时的汽轮机状态，其中周期、状态用代码表示：
h：小时
d：天
w：周
m：月
y：年
有些项目的检查试验周期用数字与字母组合在一起来表示，如 3m 是指每隔 3 个月进行
一次检查试验。
表示状态的代码有：
A：起动过程
B：停机过程
R：机组正常运行
S：停机或检修后
表列项目并不是唯一性的，用户可根据自己机组的需要酌情增减。
检查、试验的情况及结果应作好记录。
项目或部件名称周期状态备注
前、后汽封漏汽 d R 运行工况大致相同的情况下，如汽封漏汽量增大，一般预
示汽封径向间隙变大，外汽封间隙改变的同时，内汽封（包
括平衡活塞汽封）间隙大多也会发生变化，汽封间隙加大
不仅增加漏汽损失，而且使轴向推力增大，因此，汽封漏
汽量增大时应尽可能通过检修进行检测并作相应处理。
推力、径向轴承温度 h R 根据监视仪表配置情况，或连续纪录或定时人工检测轴承
温度，发现温度上升要密切关注其变化，轴承温度接近或
达到报警值时须减负荷运行；达到停机值时要立即停机，
查明原因。
调节汽阀通过有控制的阶跃改变油动机的操纵指令来改变调节汽
1、检查动作的灵活性 w A/R 阀的开度，观察调节汽阀的响应动作是否灵活，非电调系
统可用调速器的加速手柄进行试验，通过试验可使阀杆上
附着的沉积物得以清除。
1、检查严密性 B 根据惰走时间判断阀门关闭的严密性。
2、阀杆漏汽 R 发现阀杆穿出阀盖处漏汽，可重新压紧阀杆密封螺帽，该
项操作应在降低进汽压力的情况下进行。若需要更换密封
圈，则只能在停机冷却后处理。
4、检查整定值及迟缓 ≥3m S 运行时间超过 3 个月的汽轮机，停机后，检查油动机操纵
率指令（非高压抗燃油系统为二次油压）与油动机行程，调
节汽阀升程的对应关系，测定迟缓率，必要时重新调整。
d R 机组运行期间，二次油压改变时，观测汽阀开度，机组功
率（转速）、蒸汽流量以及轮室压力是否随之灵敏、平稳
地变化。
液压调速器 S 调速器检修或汽轮机大修后作下述各项检查：
1、检查静态特性对照 0-2500-T.Nr-00 检查调节系统静态特性，测试方法
见 1-1840-的说明。
2、检测调速范围及脱开与被驱动机之间的联轴器，汽轮机起动后，测定转速
不等率调节的上、下限范围，必要时重新整定；条件允许时测定
转速不等率。
3、检查稳定性用加速器产生阶跃扰动，观察过渡过程，正常情况下，转
速出现瞬时晃动，很快回复到稳定状态，并且转速仍为扰
动前数值。
机械——液压调速器 S 调速器检修或汽轮机大修后作下述各项检查：
1、检查静态特性对照 0-2500-T.Nr-00 检查调节系统静态特性，测试方法
见 1-1840-的说明。
2、检测调速范围脱开与被驱动机之间的联轴器，汽轮机起动后，测定转速
调节的上、下限范围，必要时重新整定。
3、检查稳定性用加速器产生阶跃扰动，观察过渡过程，正常情况下，转
速出现瞬时晃动，很快回复到稳定状态，并且转速仍为扰
动前数值。
转速发送器 y R/S 冒气器滤网至少每年清洗一次
数字式调节器按调节器说明书进行维护、检查
电液转换器 y S 视需要，停机后清洗进油滤网。
每年作一次特性检测，主要是电流信号与二次油压的对应
关系。
必要时对二次油压初始值及范围进行调整。若出现故障，
最好是先用备用件更换，然后与它的供货厂商联系修理事
宜。
油动机 d R 检查是否有漏油。
错油门冒气器 6m R/S 清除冒气器滤网上粘附的积垢。
速关阀的试验阀 3m R 无论试验阀是组装在速关组件中或是单独装接在管路上，
须定期进行试验，测定试验油压 P2（见 1-2300-）并与试
运行时的测试记录作比较，若 P2 升高，则应在检修时作
相应处理。
危急保安器试验滑阀 3m A/R 汽轮机起动过程或运行时，利用危急保安器试验滑阀（见
1-2810-），在正常运行转速进行危急保安器压出试验。
速关部件功能试验 S/A/B 汽轮机起动前或在起动、停机过程中人为操作停机机构
（如手动停机阀，遥控停机电磁阀，危急遮断油门等），
检查速关动作是否正常。
抽汽速关阀 S 停机后在油系统仍可运行的情况下，检查可调抽汽、非调
抽汽速关阀的开启、关闭动作是否正常，试验前必须确认
与管网之间的隔离阀已关闭，管网蒸汽不会倒流进入汽轮
机。
转速测量仪表 3m A/R 用手持转速测量仪表校验运行监视用转速仪表，包括仪表
盘、数字式调节器及其它转速监视仪上的转速表。
压力监测仪表 6m S 运行 6 个月以上的汽轮机，停机后对所用压力表及压力开
关进行校验。
排汽安全阀 y B 停机过程中升高排汽压力，检查安全阀动作是符合要求，
至少每年检查一次。
汽缸热膨胀 d A/R/B 汽轮机起动、停机过程中以及负荷变化时，检测汽缸的轴
向膨胀量，汽缸相对于支座能自由、平衡地移动，汽缸猫
爪螺栓垫片必须始终能自由移动，垫片与螺栓头之间有～
0.10mm 的间隙。
由汽缸的轴向膨胀量可近似推算出汽缸的温度（平均温
度）。
振动监测仪汽轮机起动、停机时须对轴振动进行监测，振动发生变化
1、轴振动监测 d A/R/B 时用记录仪作记录。
长周期运行期间，在同样运行条件下，如果振动没有变化
或是变化非常小，那么可认为汽轮机运行情况良好。
判断振动是否正常，应首先注意与正常值的偏差，然后再
考虑测量值的大小。
2、校验 6m S 运行时间超过 6 个月的机组，停机后，用便携式校准仪检
验传感器的工作状态。
转子轴向位置监测仪 d A/R/B 转子轴向位置的连续监测可指示：
监测与校验汽轮机转子的推力方向；
推力轴承磨损而产生的位移；
推力轴承及支座的弹性变形。
正常情况下，相同运行工况的转子位置应一样。
校验轴振动传感器的同时，利用同一校准仪检验轴位移监
测仪。
油系统见 4-0400-
接地电刷 d R 透过视窗观察接地电刷磨损情况，需要时按 1-7650-说明

进行更换。
危急保安器超速跳闸 3m＊ B/S 危急保安器超速跳闸的可靠性主要取决于飞锤动作的灵
试验（不带危急保安活性，下列原因会使飞锤卡住而不能正常动作：
器试验滑阀的汽轮飞锤滑动面擦伤；
机）油中有水或其它腐蚀性物质；
油中有外不杂质；
未装接地电刷或电刷失效轴电流损伤零件；
补充油时操作不规范，油中析出的油泥沉积在危急保
安器中。
为确保危急保安器动作的可靠性，在下列情况下应进行危
急保安器超速跳洄试验：
汽轮机大修后；
危急保安器解体或调整后；
停机一个月后再起动；
＊机组运行 3 个月后。
＊发电机组运行 3 个月后，在负荷减至“0”解列后，作
危急保安器超速跳闸。
驱动或泵的汽轮机，连续运行时间超过 3 个月的机组，在
停机后，脱开汽轮机与被驱动机之间的联轴器，汽轮机单
机进行危急保安器超速跳闸试验。
危急保安器超速跳闸试验方法及要求见 3-1400-。
危急保安器动作不正常，机组不得投入运行。
Checking and Test Schedule 4-0200-01-01
Checking and Testing Schedule

It is an integral part of the turbine maintenance to check and test the protective, safety
and monitoring equipments of the turbine at regular intervals. The table below shows
designation and the period (interval) of the main checking and testing item and the
turbine state when carrying out the checking and testing. Here, the period and state are
represented with following codes:
h: Hourly
d: Daily
w: Weekly
m: Monthly
y: Yearly
The combination of the digit and letter is used, such as 3m, that means every 3 months.
State codes:
A: On start up
B: On shutdown
R: In normal operation
S: After stopped or overhauled
The items listed in the table are not the unique, user can add or omit some items
according to the requirement on his turbine. The condition and the result of the checking
and the testing should be recorded.

Item or Period State Remarks
component name
Leakage of front and d R Under the approximately similar operating condition, the
real gland seals increase of the steam leakage from the gland seal usually
indicates the increase of the radial clearance of the gland
seal. The clearance of the inner gland seal (including the
gland seal of the dummy piston) will change with the
change of the clearance of the outer one. The clearance
increase of the gland seal will increase not only the loss of
the steam leakage but the axial thrust as well. Therefore, the
checking and handling should be made.
Temperature of h R The bearing temperature is continuously recorded or
journal and thrust observed regularly by operator based on the configuration of
bearings the monitoring instrument. If the temperature rises, pay
attention to its change. When the it has approached or
reached to the alarm value, the load must be reduced. When
it reached the stop value, stop the turbine at once and find
out the cause.
Control valve
1.Check freedom of w A/R Change the valve opening through controlling a step change
movement of the actuating command of the oil relay and observe
whether the control valve reacts quickly. For the non-electric
system, briefly operate the accelerator lever on the speed
governor to carry out the test. Any deposit on the valve stem
will be cleaned at the same time.
2.Check tightness B Judge the valve tightness based on the race time.
3.Vlave-stem leakage R If the leakage at the position where the valve stem
penetrates through the valve bonnet, retighten the seal nut of
the valve stem. This should be done under the condition that
the admitted steam pressure has been reduced. The
replacement of the seal ring, if necessary, only can be done
after shutdown and cooled down.

component name
4.Check setpoint and ≥3m S For the turbine operated above 3 months, check the relation
sluggishness between the actuating command (secondary-oil pressure for
non-high-pressure-fire-resistant-oil system) of and the oil
relay travel, the control valve lift after shutdown. Determine
the sluggishness and readjust when necessary.
d R During operation, Check whether the valve opening, the
power (speed), steam flow and the wheel-chamber pressure
change smoothly with the change of the secondary-oil
pressure.
Hydraulic governor S The following examinations should be made after the
governor repaired or turbine overhauled:
1.Check static Check the static characteristic of the control system against
characteristic 0-2500-T.Nr-00, following the method described in 1-1840-.
2.Check the speed Connect the coupling to the driven machine, check the up
regulating range and and low limits of the speed regulating range, and reset them
droop when necessary. Determine the speed droop when the
condition is permitted.
3.Check stability Produce a step disturbance with the accelerator lever and
observe the transition. Under normal condition, the speed
will swing instantaneously and stabilize at the value before
disturbed.
Mechanical-hydraulic s The following examinations should be made after the
governor governor repaired or turbine overhauled:
1.Check static Check the static characteristic of the control system against
characteristic 0-2500-T.Nr-00, following the method described in 1-1840-.
2.Check the speed Connect the coupling to the driven machine, check the up
regulating range and and low limits of the speed regulating range, and reset them
droop when necessary. Determine the speed droop when the
condition is permitted.
3.Check stability Produce a step disturbance with the accelerator lever and
observe the transition. Under normal condition, the speed
will swing instantaneously and stabilize at the value before
disturbed.

component name
Speed transmitter Y R/S The filter of the breather should be cleaned at least once
every year.
Digital governor According to the Instructions of the governor.
Electric-hydraulic Y S Clean the filter after shutdown, as required.
converter Determine the characteristic once every year, mainly for the
relation between the electric signal and the secondary-oil
pressure.
Adjust the initial value and the range of the secondary-oil
pressure, when necessary. In case of fault, it is better to
replace it with the spare one, and then contact with the
supplier of the converter for repairing.
Oil relay D R Check for leakage.
Breather of pilot valve 6m R/S Clean the filter of breather.
Test valve of 3m R The test must be done periodically, no matter where the test
emergency stop valve valve is mounted, in the trip block or the piping. Compare
the measured test pressure P2 (see 1-2300-) with that
recorded in commissioning, if P2 increases, the
corresponding handling should be made during overhaul.
Teat valve of 3m A/R During start-up or operation, check for proper functioning
emergency governor of the emergency governor using the test valve (see
1-2810-).
Functional test for trip S/A/B Before turbine start or during starting or stopping, check for
components proper functioning of the trip action through operating the
trip device manually (such as manual stop valve,
remote-controlled stop solenoid valve, emergency trip gear
and etc.).
Extraction stop valve S After shutdown, check whether the open and close of the
controlled and non-controlled extraction stop valves are in
normal when the oil system is still running. Before testing,
it must be ensured that the isolated valve in the live steam
line has been closed.

component name
Speed measuring 3m R Check the speed measuring instruments for monitoring in

instruments operation, including the speed indicators on the instrument
panel, digital governor and speed monitor, with manual
speed measuring instrument.
Pressure measuring 6 S For the turbine operated above 6 months, verify all of the
instruments pressure gauges and switches after shutdown.
Exhaust safety valve Y B Check whether the action of the safety valve is conform to
the requirement through raising the exhaust pressure in the
process of stopping, at least once every year.
Casing expansion d A/R/B Check the axial expansion of the casing during starting and
stopping and load changing. The casing can move freely
and smoothly with respect to the pedestal. The bolt washer
of the casing-bracket must always be easily movable. There
is a clearance between the washer and the bolt head should
amount to 0.10 mm.
The casing temperature (average temperature) can be
calculated approximately form the axial expansion of the
casing
Vibration monitor The shaft vibration must be monitored when starting or
1. Monitoring shaft D A/R/B stopping the turbine. The change of the vibration should be
vibration recorded with a recorder.
During long-term operation, provided that there is no
change or very small change in vibration under the same
operating condition, the turbine operation can be considered
in a good state.
To judge whether the vibration is in normal or not, pay
attention firstly to the deviation from the normal value, then
the actual amplitude.
2. Calibration 6m S For the turbine operated above 6 months, calibrated the
sensor with portable calibrator.

component name
Monitor and verify of d A/R/B The continuous monitoring of the rotor axial position may
monitor for rotor axial indicate:
position The thrust direction of the turbine rotor;
The displacement caused by the worn thrust bearing;
The elastic deformation of the thrust bearing and the
pedestal.
Under normal condition, the rotor position should be the
same under same operating condition.
The axial displacement monitor can be calibrated with the
same calibrator at the time when the vibration sensor
calibrated.
Oil system See 4-0400-
Grounding brush d R Check for the wear of the brush through view window,
replace it following the instructions in 1-7650, when
required.

component name
Overspeed trip test of 3m* B/S The reliability of the overspeed trip for the emergency
emergency governor governor is dependant on the flexibility of the eccentric bolt,
(For turbine without which may be locked by following causes:
test valve) Scraped sliding surface of the eccentric bolt;
The oil contains water or other causticity substance;
The oil contains foreign impurities;
The part is damaged by the shaft current caused by invalid
brush or without mounting the brush;
Improper operation in supplementing oil, the oil mud
separated out the oil is deposited in the emergency governor.
To ensure the reliability of the emergency governor, the trip
test of the emergency governor should be made under
following conditions:
After turbine overhaul;
After the emergency governor dismounted and adjusted;
Restarting after shutdown for a month;
* After the turbine operated for 3 months.
* After the turbo-generator operated for 3 months, the
overspeed trip test should be made when the turbine-set is
connected from the net.
For the turbine driving compressor or pump, when it
operated continuously above 3 months, disconnect the
coupling between the turbine and the driven machine and
carry out the overspeed trip test of the emergency governor
after shutdown.
For the test method and requirement, see 3-1400-.
The turbine-set cannot be put into operation when the
emergency is abnormal.

使用说明书汽轮机停机期间的防护 4-0300-01-00
汽轮机停机期间的防护
运行的机组总会因各种原因需要或长或短时间的停机，汽轮机停机后，在外部和内在因
素作用下，会使汽轮机受到腐蚀损伤，因此，停机期间应采取一些必要的防护措施。
汽轮机停机冷却后，在短暂的几天时间里，汽轮内部就很可能产生腐蚀，例如在盐垢和
湿汽同时存在的情况下叶片受到的腐蚀，这种停机腐蚀不仅使原先无损的叶片出现电化学腐
蚀，而且在已腐蚀零件中引起继发性腐蚀损伤，使叶片的持久强度极限显著降低。因此，既
使短期停机，也必须注意采取措施进行防护。
停机后不是立即起动的凝汽式汽轮机，在停机过程中，通过正确操作，使汽轮机停机后
机内尽可能保护干燥，这也是常用的防护措施。
对较长时间停机的汽轮机（检修、季节性停机等），在不开缸状态下，将汽轮机进、排
汽口用盲板封堵使汽轮机本体与蒸汽或凝汽系统分隔开来，避免蒸汽或汽雾进入汽轮机也是
必要的防护措施之一，但既使如此，也并不能排除机内出现腐蚀的可能，这是因为汽轮机内
零部件的温度随机房中环境温度而变化（见图 1），被包容在缸内的空气的体积也随温度而
变化，缸内空气通过轴封及其它开口与外界发生空气交换，从图 1 中可看出，汽缸（包括转
子）的温度在一个较大范围内总是低于进入汽缸的外部空气的温度，外部空气将它的热量传
给汽轮机零部件，其结果是使得空气在相应的相对湿度下温度降低至露点以下时生成水滴，
为腐蚀提供了必要条件。试验也表明，当相对湿度小于 60％时，钢的腐蚀速度急骤下降
θR 环境温度
θW 汽缸壁温度
θL 缸内空气温度
图1 机房和汽轮机内温度三天中的变化
（见图 2），相对湿度
小于 35％则腐蚀速
度很快降到零。在相
对湿度小于 35％的
条件下，抛光的钢材
表面经过很长一段
时间也未出现生锈
的倾向。因此，停机
期间为避免机内发
生腐蚀，须确保缸内
空气湿度低于 50％。
图2 钢的腐蚀速度与相对湿度关系
热空气防护法
热空气防护是一种简单易行且有效降低缸内空气湿度的防护方法。它是通过把热空气鼓
进汽轮机来达到降低缸内空气湿度并烘干汽缸内部零件的目的，热空气在吸收汽轮机内部湿
气的同时也将汽缸内零部件加热，使它们的温度高于环境温度。热空气尽可能从汽轮机的最
低点（如从轴封送汽管接口）鼓入，并从轴封和开启的疏水口或放气口逸出，为确保最远点
排出的空气温度要比环境温度高出 8～10℃，应对鼓入热空气的流量和温度按需要进行调
节。
氮气防护法
汽轮机汽缸内充入惰性气体，通常是用氮气来进行防腐保护。
充氮之前，先应使汽轮机内部干燥，然后严密封闭蒸汽和疏水接口，轴封及阀杆穿出处
要细心地用密封胶带封好。氮气从排汽缸或一个疏水口引入汽缸，缸内氮气维持大约 0.5～
1mbar 的微压。
充氮防护的汽轮机，在重新起动前，必须把缸内氮气通过置换排除干净。
正常情况下空气中的氮气含量占 78％，当空气中氮气含量＞84％时，会对人的安全产
生危害。因此，采用氮气防护法时，必须注意防止造成安全事故。
油封防护
非检修停机的汽轮机，停机后可采用油封防护方法封存。采用这种方法的前提是汽缸要
打开。
在汽缸内部零件表面喷涂或刷上防锈油，操作按所用防锈油的说明和要求进行。
转子油封后如仍放置在轴承上，则由于转子重力和外力（如基础振动）作用，使轴颈处
防锈膜破裂或被挤出，引起轴颈锈蚀，所以转子最好是从汽缸中吊出，油封后安放在专用支
架上。
由于汽轮机是开缸状态，因此可定期对防护效果进行检查。
其它部件的防护
停机后油系统仍可运行的汽轮机，每隔 2 周使油系统工作 1～2 小时，使与油接触的零
件表面始终有一层能起防护作用的油膜。
停机后，油系统不具备运转条件的汽轮机，预计停机时间超过 1 个月时，停机后拆出轴
承，用汽油类清洗液清洗干净，干燥后涂防锈油再装入。如预计停机时间超过 3 个月，调节、
保安系统的部件（调速器，油动机，速关阀油缸，危急遮断油门等）以及驱动组件齿轮箱应
作油封防护处理，对地处南方，在雨季停机的机组，尤其要注意锈蚀防护。
凝汽器、冷油器等冷却器，停机时间少于 3 天，循环水可不中断，若停机时间超过 3
天，应停循环水，放出水室中的水，尽可能使水室、管子壁面保持干燥。冬季停机时，须将
设备、管道中积水全部放净，以免冻坏设备。
Protection during Turbine Shutdown 4-0300-01-01
Protection during Turbine shutdown

The turbines are constantly being taken out of service for shutdown of varying duration
due to various reasons. After shutdown the turbine will suffer the damage caused by the
corrosion under the action of the internal and external factors. Therefore, some
necessary provision must be made for internal corrosion protection during turbine
shutdown.
The corrosion of turbine interior can occur in a few days after the turbine has cooled.
For example, the blade can be corroded because of the presence of salt deposit in
conjunction with moisture. Such shutdown corrosion will not only produce chemical
corrosion on the scatheless blade but also cause secondary corrosive damage of the
corroded parts, resulting in an obvious decrease in the endurance limit of the blade.
Therefore, the protective measure must be taken even for short shutdown.
For the condensing turbine that will not be restart immediately after shutdown, make the
turbine interior as dry as possible through proper operation in stopping. This is one of
the protective measures in common use.
For long-term shutdown (for turbine overhaul or seasonal shutdown), one of the
necessary protective measures, without opening the casing, is to block the steam inlet
and outlet of the turbine for separating the turbine from the steam and condensing
system and avoiding the steam and vapor entering into the turbine. However, This can
not remove the possibility of the corrosion inside the turbine, because the temperature
of the parts inside the turbine will change with the ambient temperature in the workshop
(see Fig 1). The volume of the air contained inside the casing will change with the
change of the temperature. The interchange will occur between the airs inside the casing
and the exterior through shaft gland and other openings. Fig.1shows that the casing
(including the rotor) temperature is always lower than the temperature of the external air
entering into the casing within a larger range. It will transfer the heat to the turbine parts,
so that the air temperature will drop below the dew point forming water drops under
corresponding relative humidity, which supplies a prerequisite for corrosion. The test
also indicates: when the relative humidity is less than 60%, the corrosion rate for steel
decreases rapidly (see Fig.2). When the relative humidity is less than 35%, the corrosion
rate becomes zero soon. The polished surface of steel will not be rusted for a long time
at a relative humidity less than 35%. Therefore, to avoid corrosion of the turbine interior
during shutdown, the air inside the casing must be kept at a relative humidity less than
50%.

Fig. 1 Temperature change inside workshop and turbine in three days
Fig. 2 Corrosion rate for steel versus relative humidity
Hot air method

This is easy and efficient method for reducing the air humidity inside the casing. The
hot air is injected into the turbine to reduce the air humidity and dry the parts inside the

casing. At the time when the hot air absorbs the moisture inside the turbine the inner
parts is heated by it and remain at a temperature higher than the ambient temperature.
The hot air should be injected from the lowest point (e.g. connection of the gland steam)
of the turbine as could as possible and is discharge via the shaft gland and opened drain
ports. To ensure that the air discharged at the remotest point is 8 to 10 ℃ above the
ambient temperature, the flow and temperature of the air injected should be regulated as
required.
Nitrogen method
Fill the casing with inert gas, such as nitrogen, for protecting corrosion..
Before filling nitrogen, dry the turbine interior first and then close the steam and drain
connections tightly and seal off the lead-throughs of the shaft gland and valve stem with
airproof tape carefully. The nitrogen may be injected into the casing from the exhaust
casing or a drain port. The nitrogen pressure inside the casing should be kept at 0.5 to 1
Mbar.
Before restarting the turbine protected with nitrogen, the nitrogen inside the casing must
be vented thoroughly.
The nitrogen content in the air under normal condition is 78%. When it is higher than
84%, it will be harmful to human. So the measure must be taken in using the nitrogen
method for preventing accident
Protective coatings
For the turbine stopped not for overhaul, the application of the protective coatings only
can be used if the casings are opened.
Coat the surfaces of the parts inside the casing with antirust oil according to the
instructions for antirust oil.
Should the rotor coated with antirust oil still rest on the bearings, the oil film at the
journals will break or be squeezed out under the action of the rotor weight and outside
force (e.g. the foundation vibration), resulting in journal rusted. So it is better to lift out
the rotor from the casing and rest it on the special pedestal after coated with antirust oil.
The protection effect can be inspected regularly, because of the opened casings.
Protection of other components

For the turbine that its oil system can still run after shutdown, run the oil system for 1 to
2 hours every two weeks, making the part surface contacted with the oil be covered with
a layer of oil film having the protective function.
For the turbine that its oil system cannot run after shutdown, when the expected

shutdown duration exceeds 1 month, dismount the bearings and clean them with
cleaning liquid, such as gasoline, dry and coat them with antirust oil, then mount them
again. Should the shutdown duration exceed 3 months, the coating protection should be
taken for components of controlling and protective system (governor, oil relay, oil
cylinder of emergency stop valve, emergency trip gear and etc) and the gearbox of
driving element, especially for the turbine located in south and rainy region.
If the shutdown duration is less than 3 days, the cycling water for the cooler, such as
condenser, oil cooler and etc, may not be interrupted, otherwise, it should be cut off.
Drain away the water in the water chamber, make the walls of the water chamber and
piping as dry as possible. The accumulated water inside the equipments and piping must
be drained away to avoid the damage of equipment caused by freezing during shutdown
in winter.

使用说明书油系统维护 4-0400-01-00
油系统维护
机组运行时，应按运行规程要求对油系统设备的运转状态及油质进行检查。
1、油箱油位
油箱油位不只是注入油量多少的标示，运行中，从油位的变化可发现系统出现的问题。
油位降低，表明系统存在外泄漏，如误操作开启放油阀，冷油器冷却管破裂等（通常冷油器
的油侧压力高于水侧压力，因此，冷却水管破裂或胀口松脱时，冷油器出水中会发现油迹）。
油位过低时，因循环倍率降低而使油中气泡增多，造成油泵压力下降且波动，轴承、调节系
统的正常运行受到干扰，因此，当发现油位降低时，应查明原因，需要时向油箱补加同类汽
轮机油；而当油中进水或油的空气分离能力降低会引起油位升高，如油位过高，油箱回油口
被部分淹没，油箱、轴承座通风空间缩小，造成回油不畅，轴承座油封处漏油，同时，部分
回油溢出回油槽未经过滤直接混入油箱，使油中杂质增多，发现油位升高须查找原因并采取
相应措施。
2、油温及冷油器
冷油器出油温度上升必然使各轴承进油温度及整个油系统油温升高，冷油器出油温度
升高需增大冷油器进水阀开度，加大冷却水流量，使出油温度保持在正常范围内。若增大进
水阀开度油温并未明显降低，那很可能供水不足或冷油器严重积垢，一般如进水压力降低或
冷却水进、出口温差增大，表示冷却水量不足；若因冷油器管束油侧或水侧积垢，传热系数
降低、换热效果变差，必然使进水温度与出油温度的温差增大。前者引起的油温升高应查明
原因，保证冷油器所需水量，如一时不能解决，机组须减负荷运行；后者引起的油温升高需
进行冷油器切换，清洗积垢的冷油器。
冷却水温随环境温度变化的机组，在低温季节，冷油器用水量小，冷却管内水的流速
低，为避免、减少污物沉积，至少应每天一次开大进水阀，每次～10 分钟，这样高速流动
的冷却水可将管内沉淀物冲走。
3、巡检时检查系统漏油情况。
4、巡检时检查油泵的运转情况，定期起动辅助油泵和事故油泵以检验其功能。
5、定期检查蓄能器的充氮压力。
6、带有排油烟机的系统，定期检查油箱真空度，维持油箱和回油总管真空在 5～10mm 水柱，
真空过高会引起大量粉尘和水蒸汽被吸入油系统。
7、油质
油系统可用性与机组运行的可靠性密切相关，而油质是影响油系统可用性的重要因素。
运行中汽轮机油因受污染而引起油质下降、劣化，造成油质劣化的因素有：气体污染，
固体污染和液体污染。
气体污染：最主要经常性的气体污染是氧化作用。汽轮机油在使用过程中，不断与空气
接触而发生连续性的氧化反应，并且油中有水或金属微粒时，它们对氧化反应起催化作用，
氧化作用使烃分子氧化转变为酸，使油的酸值升高起腐蚀作用，氧化物形成胶状物或固体残
渣，增大粘度，堵塞油路，阻碍液压件的正常工作，随着氧化程度的增加，油路外观颜色变
深，混浊，透明度降低。另外，驱动压缩机的机组，在故障情况下，压缩机泄漏的工艺气（如
氨，硫化氢等）也会使油受污染而油质劣化。
为改善汽轮机油的抗氧化性能，通常在油中添加 2，6 一二叔丁基对甲酚（T501）抗氧
化剂，抗氧化剂能抑制氧化作用，减缓油的氧化速度，延长油的使用期限。新油、再生油中
T501 的含量不低于 0.3～0.5％（质量比）

，运行中汽轮机油 T501 含量不低于 0.15％，当油
中 T501 含量低于 0.15％时，应进行补加，补加油的 PH 值应不低于 5.0。
固体污染：油中固体杂质成为磨粒加速磨损，使油变稠，堵塞过滤器和油路。同时固体
污染物使油的空气分离能力降低而易被氧化。
机组安装或大修后都先要进行油系统冲洗（见 3-0340-XX-XX），通过油循环清除油中的
固体污染物（如金属屑，铸造砂，焊渣，金属氧化物，油漆膜，织物纤维等），由于油系统
冲洗时不一定冲洗的十分彻底，机组运行后，在振动、油温及油流速度变化的作用下，残留
在部件、管路内的固体杂质仍会混入油中，加之齿轮、轴承等零件磨损产生的磨屑以及被吸
入空气中的粉尘也都会使油的清洁度变差，油质下降。
运行中，油中固体污染物主要是通过滤油器来清除，正常情况下，滤油器进、出口油压
差接近规定的上限值时应及时清洗滤网，对新安装机组，运行初期最好至少每周清洗一次滤
油器。
液体污染：主要是水分污染，水分使油中出离出酸，变成化学皂，有强烈腐蚀作用，油
被乳化成油垢，堵塞油路。另外，其它种类油品渗混到汽轮机油中，也会引起油质劣化。
一般油中进水主要有下述几种情况：汽轮机轴封漏汽从轴承座进入油系统；冷油器水侧
压力高于油侧压力的油系统，当冷油器的水管破裂或胀口松脱时，冷却水从冷油器进入油系
统；轴承座油封环采用充气密封结构的汽轮机，当未经净化处理的充气中挟带水分时，水从
轴承座进入油系统；水蒸汽随空气被吸入油系统。
正常情况下，渗入油中的水能很快从油中分离出来，沉积在油箱底部，对油箱放出的水
进行化验，根据水质查明水的来源，采取相应措施消除。
油中带水的机组，汽轮机油中可添加十二稀基丁二酸（T746）作防锈剂，T746 的添加
量为油量的 0.02～0.03％（质量比）。
机组运行中油质会发生改变，因此应定期对油进行检验，汽轮机油的质量标准见
3-0320-XX-XX。必要时对油进行净化，再生处理，如仍达不到要求的标准就应换油。
影响油使用期限的主要因素是氧化作用，在～50℃的运行温度下，汽轮机油的换油周期
为 2～3 年，油温升高则周期缩短。
8、补充油的要求
已投入生产运行的机组，在油箱油位偏低时，需向油箱补加一定量的汽轮机油，补加
油应采用与工作油同一供货源、同一牌号及相同添加剂类型的汽轮机油，补加油（新油或处
理过的已使用油）的各项特性指标不应低于工作油。添加油量超过工作油量 5％时，为避免
补油后析出油泥，在向油箱补油前，先进行按比例取样混合试验，确认无沉淀物产生，方可
进行补油。
Maintenance of Oil System 4-0400-01-01
Maintenance of Oil System

During turbine-set operation, the check should be made for operating state of the devices and
the oil quality in oil system following the operation procedure.
1. Oil level in oil tank

The oil level in the oil tank not merely indicates the amount of the filled oil but from which
change the troubles appeared in oil system can be found. A drop of oil level will indicate a
leak-out is existed in the oil system, e.g. opening of the drain valve by mishandling, break of
the cooling piping in the oil cooler and etc (Usually, the pressure at oil side in the oil cooler is
higher than that at the water side, so that the oil will be found in the outlet water of the oil
cooler when the cooling piping broken or the expansion joint loosen). An insufficiently high
oil level is likely to cause irregular operation of the oil pump due to increased bubbles in the
oil with the decreased circulating ratio and consequently disturb the normal operation of the
bearings and control system. Therefore, the reason should be found out when the oil level
dropped and the same brand of turbine oil should be filled up when required. When the water
entered into the oil and the air separation capacity of the oil decreased the oil level will be
rose. With too high an oil level, the return-oil port of the oil tank is flooded partially, the
ventilation spaces of the oil tank and bearing house is reduced, resulting in oil returning
difficult and oil leaking at the seal ring of the bearing housing. At the same time, part of the
turn-oil will flow over the partition wall entering directly into the oil tank without filtered,
increasing the impurities in the oil. When the oil level rose, the cause must be found out and
the corresponding measures must be taken.
2. Oil temperature and oil cooler

The rise in outlet oil temperature of the oil cooler is bound to increase the temperatures of the
inlet oil to each bearing and whole oil system. It is required to increase the opening of the
water inlet valve for increasing the cooling water flow to the cooler water when the outlet oil
temperature of the oil cooler rose, maintaining it within the normal range. If the oil
temperature does not lower obviously after the opening of the inlet valve has been increased,
it is likely caused by insufficient water supply or severe deposit in the oil cooler. Usually, the
drop of inlet water pressure or the increase of the temperature difference between the cooling
water inlet and outlet will indicate the insufficient water. If the deposit appears at the oil or
water side of the piping in the oil cooler, the heat transfer coefficient will be reduced, causing
the effect of the heat transferring worse. This will be bound to increase the temperature
difference between the inlet water temperature and the outlet oil temperature. For the rise of
the oil temperature caused by the former, the reason should be found out to insure the required
water flow. If it cannot be solved in time, the turbine must be operated under reduced load.
Should it be caused by the latter, switch the oil cooler and clean the deposited one.
Where the temperature of the cooling water changes with the change of the ambient
temperature, the cooling water flow to the oil cooler is small, at a slow velocity of flow in the
cooling piping. In order to avoid and reduce the settlement of the feculence in the piping,
further open the inlet valve at least once a time every day for about 10 minutes to flush out the

deposits that may be settled in the piping with the cooling water at high velocity.
3. Check for leakage of the system during regular inspection
4. Check for operation of the oil pump during regular inspection. Start the auxiliary and
emergency oil pumps periodically for functional examination.
5. Check the filling pressure of the nitrogen in the accumulator periodically.
6. For the system with the ventilator, check the vacuum in the oil tank periodically. The
vacuum in the oil tank and the return-oil header should be kept at 5 to 10 mm WS. A too
high vacuum will cause a large amount of dust and water vapor to be imbibed into the oil
system.
7. Oil quality
The reliable operation of the turbine is closely related with the usability of the oil system,
which is mainly affected by the oil quality.
The reasons that will cause the oil quality dropped and deteriorated are: gaseous, solid, and
liquid pollutions.
Gaseous pollution:
The main and frequent gaseous pollution is the oxidizing action. During using, the turbine oil
will contact with the air ceaselessly and make oxidizing reaction continuously. The water or
the metal particulates, if there is any contained in the oil, will has a catalysis on the oxidizing
reaction. The oxidizing action will translate the hydrocarbon molecule into acid, raising the
acid number of the oil, which will increase the corrosion action. The oxide will form jelly or
solid leavings to increase the viscidity, to block the oil passage, baffling the normal operation
of the hydraulic elements. Along with the increase in the oxidizing degree, the oil color will
become dark and turbid, the transparence of the oil drops. In addition, for the turbine driving
the compressor, the leakage of the process gas (such as ammonia, sulfureted hydrogen and
etc.) of the compressor under failure also will pollute the oil and deteriorate the oil quality.
In order to improve the antioxygenic property of the turbine oil, antioxidant, such as butylated
hydroxytoluene (T501) is added in the oil, which will restrain the oxidizing action, reducing
the oxidizing rate of the oil and prolong the oil service life. The T501 content in the new or
regenerated oil should not be lower than 0.3 ~ 0.5% (mass ratio), while the T501 content in
the operating oil should not be lower than 0.15%. When it is lower than 0.15%, the oil with a
PH number above 5.0 should be supplemented.
Solid pollution:
The solid impurities in the oil will speed the ware and make the oil thick, blocking the filter
and oil passage. Furthermore, the solid contaminations will reduce the air separation ability of
the oil, resulting in the oil being oxidized easily.

Flushing of the oil system must be carried out after installation or overhaul (see 3-0340-xx-xx
for details). The solid contaminations, such as scrap, foundry sand, welding spatter, metallic
oxide, paint film, fabric fibre, in the oil can be cleaned off through oil circulation. However,
the flushing of the oil system may be not thorough, resulting in the solid contaminations still
remaining in some components and piping, which will interfuse into the oil under the action
of the vibration, change of the oil temperature and flow rate after the turbine put into the
operation. Additionally, abrasive dust produced by wearing parts of the gear and bearing and
the dust inhaled from the air will also worsen the oil cleanliness and consequently the oil
quality.
During operation, the solid contaminations are mainly cleaned off with the oil filter. Under
normal condition, the filter element must be cleaned in time when the oil pressure difference
between the inlet and outlet of the oil filter approached its up limit. For the newly installed
turbine, it is better to clean the filter once a week at least in the initial stage of operation.
Liquid pollution:
The moisture pollution is a main liquid pollution. The moisture makes the acid out of the oil
and become chemical soap that has strongly corrosive action. In this case, the oil is emulsified
to greasy stain, blocking the oil passage. In addition, the mixture of the other brand of oil in
the turbine oil will also worsen the oil quality.
Usually, the water will enter into the oil mainly under the following condition: the leaking
steam from the turbine shaft gland enters into the oil system through the bearing house; for
the oil system with a higher pressure at the water side than that at the oil side in the oil cooler,
the cooling water will enter into the oil system through the oil cooler when the water piping
broken of the expansion joint loosen; for the turbine using filling air structure at the seal ring
of the bearing house, the water will enter into the oil system when the filling air without
depurating contains water; the water vapor is inhaled into the oil system with the air.
Under normal condition, the water entered into the oil will be separated soon and settled at the
bottom. Find out from whence the water comes through assaying the water drained from the
oil tank and take the measure based the assaying result.
For the turbine with oil containing water, the antirust additive T746 may be added in the
turbine oil with an amount of 0.02 ~0.03% of the oil amount (mass ratio).
The oil quality will be changed during turbine operation, so that examination of the oil must
be made periodically. For standard on turbine oil quality, see 3-0320-xx-xx. When necessary,
purify and regenerate the oil. If it cannot reach the requirement after that, the oil should be
changed.
The main cause to affect the oil service life is oxidizing action. The oil should be changed
every 2 or 3 years at an operation temperature about 50℃. The period of oil change should be
shortened at a higher temperature.

8. Requirement of supplement oil
For the turbine having been put into operation, when the oil level in the oil tank lowered, it is
required to supplement the same supply and brand of oil with the same additive as the
working oil. The property indexes of the supplement oil (new or treated used oil) should not
be lower than that of the working oil. Should the amount of the supplement oil exceed 5% of
the working oil quantity, the mixing test with the sample in pro rate should be made before
supplementing oil to the oil tank. The oil supplement only can be carried out if it is sure that
no deposit produced, so as to avoid the oil sludge being separated out after oil supplemented.

使用说明书通流部分积垢及清洗 4-0600-01-00
通流部分积垢及清洗
进入汽轮机的蒸汽中或多或少总是携带有一些杂质，这些杂质在随蒸汽流动过程中，粘
附、沉积在叶片表面形成积垢，垢层使叶片表面粗糙，型线改变，蒸汽流道变窄，汽轮机出
力也因流量减小、效率降低而下降；叶片积垢使轴向推力随增大；积垢不仅使叶片的弯应力
和离心应力增大而且因引起腐蚀而致使叶片使用寿命减短；同时，积垢也会引起速关阀、调
节汽阀阀杆卡涩故障。大量机组运行经验显示，通流部分积垢不仅影响机组运行的经济性，
而且危及安全可靠性。正因如此，对蒸汽品质的控制必须予以足够重视。影响蒸汽品质的因
素是多方面的，在锅炉类型、锅炉内部装置已定的情况下，蒸汽品质主要与给水、炉水处理
及锅炉运行操作有关，通过完善处理和正确、合理的操作可提供高品质的蒸汽，当然完善的
处理必须要有相应的费用投入，尤其对补给水量大的机组更是如此，但如果只追求汽轮机多
作功，而忽视蒸汽品质的控制，其结果将是得不偿失。
提高蒸汽品质可使汽轮机有效运行时间延长，但汽轮机通流部分积垢是不可避免的，通
流部分积垢程度可通过对轮室压力的监测作出判断（见 3-2010-中轮室压力一项的说明），
当超出允许值时应及时进行清洗。
通流部分清洗根据垢层成份可采用不同方法，积垢成份与给水品质及处理设备、工艺有
关，大多数情况下，积垢包括积盐和硅垢，积盐主要是可溶于水的NaCl，Na2So4，硅酸盐等，
硅垢中有不同晶体结构的SiO2，SiO2有很强的结垢能力，并且垢层非常坚硬，不溶于水。
清除积垢通常采用手工清除，湿蒸汽冲洗及化学冲洗方法。
在汽轮机检修期间用手工清除积垢时，将转子吊出，置于备妥的支架上，先用高压水或
溶剂进行湿冲洗，之后用刮刀、砂纸等工具手工清除，清除积垢时要注意不能损伤叶片。
湿蒸汽冲洗是一种常用的清洗方法，它是将清洗装置（减温减压器）产生的饱和蒸汽通
入汽轮机，在运转状态下冲洗通流部分积垢，积盐被湿蒸汽中凝结水带走而得以清除，对垢
层是盐和SiO2混合物的积垢，当溶于水的化合物被冲掉后，不溶于水的SiO2垢层会随之瓦解
而被除去。
在有些情况下，当湿蒸汽冲洗不能有效清除硅垢时，应采用化学冲洗，化学冲洗是在冲
洗蒸汽中加入化学药品进行冲洗，如加入NaOH溶液，由于NaOH与SiO2 反应生成溶于水的
Na2Si2O5，因此可将硅垢清除。由于化学药品往往会腐蚀汽轮机构件，因此化学冲洗时应严
格控制添加剂的浓度、温度，并在化学冲洗后用纯净的湿蒸所进行二次冲洗以避免残留的添
加物对叶片产生腐蚀。
使用说明书通流部分积垢及清洗 4-0600-01-00
冲洗前须先降低汽缸温度，使之与冲洗蒸汽温度相当，以防汽缸变形。运行条件允许的
情况下，作为冲洗的准备工作，在减负荷、停机过程中逐步降低汽轮机的进汽参数，使汽缸
温度降低，这样可缩短冲洗前汽缸的冷却时间。
冲洗时，为使冲洗达到好的效果，饱和蒸汽应无节流的进入汽轮机，即调节汽阀的喷咀
调节阀在全开状态（大多数汽轮机中 1～4 阀是喷咀调节阀）。
冲洗时，汽轮机转速按实际情况确定，可以是额定转速与调速器下限转速之间的任意转
速。
冲洗过程中，应定时进行凝结水的取样和化验分析，背压式汽轮机从排汽管疏水口采取
样品，凝汽式汽轮机从凝结水泵出口取样。
冲洗过程中，为保持冲洗的有效性，冲洗蒸汽参数需不断进行调整，因为当通流部分级
内温度达到蒸汽饱和温度时，蒸汽在叶片表面不会生成凝结水而使冲洗作用下降，因此冲洗
过程应有专人负责冲洗蒸汽参数的控制，根据凝结水的化验结果，适时调整冲洗蒸汽的压力、
温度。
冲洗过程中须充分注意疏水，密切监视转速，随时监听机内声响，防止产生水击，绝不
允许汽轮机变成水轮机。
冲洗后，汽轮机内部应保护干燥或尽早起动，以防产生停机腐蚀。
汽轮机重新投入运行后，根据轮室压力的监测分析，对冲洗效果作出评定。
发电用汽轮机的带负荷清洗可参照电力部制订的“汽轮机运行规程”进行。
驱动用汽轮机，我们建议在被驱动机与流程脱离后进行。
对汽轮机冲洗缺乏经验的用户，尤其是需要进行化学清洗时，最好与专业清洗公司一起
完成冲洗工作。
Deposition of Steam-path Section and Cleaning 4-0600-01-01
Deposition of Steam-path Section and Cleaning

The steam admitted into the turbine always carries, more or less, some impurities,
which will adhere to and settle on the blade surface to form a deposit during flowing
with the steam. The layer of the deposit will greaten surface roughness of the blade,
alter the blade profile, narrow the steam path and consequently decrease the turbine
output due to reduced steam flow and efficiency. Besides an increase in the axial thrust,
the deposit on the blade not only increases the flexure and centrifugal stresses of the
blade but also corrode the blade resulting in blade service life shortened. Meanwhile,
the deposit on the valve stem spindle is likely to cause the emergency stop valve and
control valve stuck. A great deal of turbines operating experience has shown that the
deposition of the steam-path section impairs not only the economical operation but also
the safety and reliability of the turbine. Therefore, it must pay enough attention to the
control of steam quality. The steam quality will be affected by various factors. It is
mainly related with the treatment of the boiler water and feed water and the operation of
the boiler with the given boiler type and inner devices. The steam quality can be
enhanced through perfectly treating the water and properly operating the boiler. Of
course, the perfect treatment of the feed water requires a certain cost, especially for the
turbine that needs a large amount of the supplement water. However, if only the turbine
output is sought for but the control of the steam quality omitted, the result should be not
worth the candle.
The increase of the steam quality may prolong the efficient operation duration of the
turbine. However, the in the turbine is unavoidable. The extent of deposition of the
steam-path section can be judged though monitoring the chamber pressure (see 3-2010-
for details). When the chamber pressure exceeds the permitted value, the cleaning
should be carried out in time.
Based on the deposit components, which are related with the feed water quality and
treatment equipment and technics, various methods may be adopted in leaning the
steam-path section. In the most cases, the deposition includes salt and silicon deposits.
The salt deposit mainly contains NaCl, Na2So4, silicate and etc, which are soluble in
water, while the silicate deposit contains insoluble SiO2，SiO2 with different crystal
structures and very strong depositing potency. Its deposited layer is very hard.
Usually, the method of manual cleaning, flushing with wet steam or chemical flushing is
used in cleaning the deposition.
When the manual cleaning method is used during turbine overhaul, lift out the rotor and
place it on the supports prepared. Firstly, flush the rotor with high-pressure water or
solvent, and then remove the deposit manually with scraper and sand paper. It should be
careful so as not to damage the blade when doing so.
Flushing with wet steam is one of the common cleaning methods. The saturated steam

produced by the cleaning device (temperature-decreased pressure reducer) is led in the
turbine under operation state for flushing the deposits. The salt deposit will be removed
by the condensate in the wet steam. For the deposit formed by the compound of salt and
SiO2, after the soluble compound has been flushed off, the layer of insoluble SiO2
deposit will be consequently disintegrated and removed.
In some cases when the flushing with wet steam cannot clean the silicon deposit
efficiently, the chemical flushing should be used. With this method, the chemical, such
as NaOH solution, is added in the flushing steam. Owing to the generation of Na2Si2O5
resulted from the reaction of the NaOH and SiO2, the silicon deposit can be removed.
Since the chemical will corrodes the turbine components, the concentration of the
additive and flushing temperature should be strictly controlled. Furthermore, the turbine
should be flushed with pure wet steam again after chemical flushing to avoid the
residual additive corroding the blade.
In order to prevent the deformation of the casing, the casing temperature should be
reduced to the temperature of the flushing steam before flushing. If the operation
condition permitted, reduced the inlet steam parameters gradually in the process of
unloading and stopping to decrease the casing temperature. This may shorten the
cooling time of the casing before flushing.
In order to reach the good effect n flushing, the saturated steam admitted into the turbine
should not be throttled, namely the nozzle controlling valves should be fully opened
(the valves 1st to 4th are nozzle controlling valves for most of the turbines).
The turbine speed when flushing is decided based on the actual condition. It may be any
speed between the rated and governor lower limit speeds.
During flushing, regularly sample the condensate for chemist analysis, sampling at the
drain port of the exhaust piping for backpressure turbine and the discharge of the
condensate pump for condensing turbine.
In order to keep the validity of the flushing, it is required to adjust the parameter of the
flushing steam continually. This is because when the temperature in the steam-path
section reached the temperature of the saturated steam, the steam cannot be condensed
to generate the condensate on the blade surface so that the flushing action is weakened.
Therefore the temperature and pressure of the flushing steam should be adjusted in time
during flushing based on the analysis result of the condensate.
The draining in the process of flushing must be thorough, closely monitor the turbine
speed, listen in the sound from the turbine, preventing water hammer.
After flushing, the turbine interior should be kept dry and start the turbine as early as
possible to prevent the corrosion during shutdown.

After the turbine has been put into operation again, assess the flushing effect based on
the chamber pressure.
The flushing under load for the turbine driving the generator may be carried out
according to the “turbine operation procedure” prepared by ministry of electric power.
For the turbine driving the machine, it is recommended to flush the turbine after the
driven machine is separated from the process.
For the user lacking of the experience in turbine flushing, especially for the chemical
cleaning, it is better to flush the turbine together with the professional cleaning
company.

使用说明书检修种类 4-1000-01-00
检修种类
按照检修所涉及检验、维修项目的范围和工作量的不同，我们将汽轮机检修划分为小修、
中修、大修和部套检修四种类别，说明书中所指检修未包括事后维修（发生故障强迫停机后
进行的检修）。
小修
小修是检修工作量较小，占用时间较短的检修方式，小修时汽轮机不开缸，基本上是对
局限于汽缸外部，事先确定的个别项目进行检验、维修，如轴承、联轴器的检查及对中检测，
齿轮的目视检查，调节及保安系统的重新整定，运行仪表校验等，主要是针对运行中发现的
非强迫停机缺陷进行检查和相应处理，通过有目的的检修避免出现强迫停机。
一般小修是根据需要按计划进行，在特定情况下，可利用由于装置其它设备原因而停止
运行的时间进行汽轮机小修。
小修时得到的检验、试验数据和经验，可供中修、大修作参考。
中修
中修在计划停机期间进行，其作用及措施大体上与小修相同，只是涉及项目比小修要多
一些，如增加径向跳动，拆出推力轴承后转子的轴向移动，不开缸情况下转子与汽缸的对中
等项目的测量和检查。
中修在停机期间按计划进行，通常中修时勿需打开汽缸。当中修配合部套检修一起进行
时，有可能需要开缸。
中修时检修，试验取得的数据、经验可供下次检修借鉴。
大修
为进行大修，应事先安排好必需的停机时间，停机时间的长短与机组大小、人员配备及
检修人员素质、现场及备件贮备情况、检修进度有关。
大修时，汽轮机的大部分部件要拆开，并对汽轮机各部件（如汽缸、转子、轴承、管路等）
及辅助设备部件进行检验和修理，据此对设备状况作出评定。用备品更换失效或磨损的零件。
在大修期间进行更新改造的汽轮机，应在替换件到货后实施检修，以使检修能按计划顺
利进行。
部套检修
部套检修是以汽轮机部套为主进行的检查和维修，部套是指如主油泵、调速器、调节汽
阀、速关阀、转子、蒸汽室、导叶持环、汽封等。
使用说明书检修种类 4-1000-01-00
部套检修可与中修一起进行。
部套检修也可看作是分阶段进行的大修，对哪些因生产原因、不允许长时间停机进行全
面大修的机组，部套检修是十分有用的。
部套检修时，根据需要，可以打开汽缸，也可不开缸。
检修过程中检验工作的详细情况参见 4-1100-及 4-1200-。
Types of Overhaul 4-1000-01-01
Types of Overhaul
Based on the range and work amount of inspection and maintenance involved in the
overhaul, the turbine overhaul can be divided into four types, i.e. minor overhaul,
intermediate overhaul, major overhaul and componenet overhaul. However, the
overhaul mentioned in this Operation Instructions does not including the repair after the
event (the overhaul after the forced outage).
Minor overhaul
The minor overhaul is an overhaul method, which will spend shorter time with smaller
amount of inspection and repair. It is not required to open the turbine case. The minor
overhaul is basically restricted to the inspection and repair of the individual item
external casing and determined in advance, such as the inspection of the bearing and
coupling, measurement of the alignment, the visual r examination of the gear, the reset
of the controlling and protective systems, the checkout of the operating instrument and
etc. It mainly involves the examination and treatment aimed to the defect that is
discovered in operation and does not require forced outage. The forced stop of the
turbine can be avoided through such minor overhaul.
Usually, the minor overhaul is carried out on schedule as necessary. In some cases, it
might be possible to make use of a shutdown caused by other device of the plant..
The inspection and test data and experience got in the minor overhaul can be used as the
reference for the intermediate and major overhauls.
Intermediate overhaul
The intermediate overhaul is carried out during a planned shutdown of the turbine. The
work is approximately the same as for the minor overhaul but the percentage of
involved item is greater, e.g. radial runout checks, axial displacement check with thrust
bearing removed, check and measurement of rotor alignment to casing without opening
the casing.
Usually, the casings are not opened this overhaul. However, should the intermediate
overhaul be combined with a componenet overhaul, opening of the casing may be
required.
The inspection and test data will provide detailed information for the next overhaul.
Major overhaul
The major overhaul requires a planned shutdown of the turbine. The duration of the
shutdown will depend on the size of the turbine, the amount of labor available and the
diathesis of the service personnel, the overhaul schedule, the local conditions and the
availability of spares.

Types of Overhaul 4-1000-01-01
This overhaul involves the dismount of most components and detailed inspection and
repair of all components and all auxiliaries of the turbine (e.g. casings, rotor, bearings,
piping and etc.). it enables an assessment to be made of the condition of the equipment.
The damaged or worn the parts can be replaced by spares.
Should the turbine be renovated during major overhaul, the overhaul only can be carried
out when the substitutions has been got, so as to carry out the overhaul on schedule.
Modular overhaul
The modular overhaul is mainly to check and repair the turbine components, such as
main oil pump, governor, controlling valve, emergency stop valve, steam chest,
guide-blade carrier, seal gland and etc.
The modular overhaul may be carried out together with the intermediate overhaul.
The modular overhaul may be considered as the staged overhaul. It is very useful for the
turbine that cannot be stopped long time for overhaul due to the production.
During overhaul, the casings may be opened or not as required.
The detailed inspection in the process of overhaul, please refer to 4-1100- and 4-1200-.

使用说明书检修过程中的检验 4-1100-01-00
检修过程中的检验
在检修过程中，应进行预防性的缺陷检验，以及早发现、消除隐患，防止出现故障。
下面是汽轮机（包括辅助设备）主要零部件检验的一些常用方法，为便于说明，它们分
别以不同代码表示。
A：功能试验
这是许多部件，如调速器、速关阀、泵以及调节系统等使用的检验方法，通过试验确定
是否需要进行调整或作进一步检查。
B：目视检查：
——在良好光照情况下，用肉眼或光学仪器进行表面形态观查。
——用显微镜进行检查，以确定损坏的性质。
——用内窥镜检查，与照相机或摄像机配合检查哪些不易接触到的零件表面，如调节汽
阀阀座，冷却器管子内壁的检查。
——检测零件表面粗糙度。
C：表面裂纹检验
——渗透探伤
——磁粉探伤
——超声波探伤
——涡流探伤
D：超声波探伤
E：X 射线探伤
H：声响检查
用敲击工具使试件产生振动，从发出的声音判断是否有缺陷。
I：壁厚检测
K：尺寸及形状测量
——测量长度等尺寸，用以检测松弛、椭圆度。等
——测量径向跳动，用于检测转子的变形等。
——零部件实际形状的检测，如检查弯曲角度、法兰的平行度等。
L：其它无损检验
——硫印法检查零件表面晶粒结构
——硬度检验
——火花检验，鉴别材料
O：静平衡、动平衡
P：压力试验
用水或工作介质进行压力或渗漏试验，检验严密性。
R：用测量电阻方法检测轴系统绝缘和接地
T：取样分析检验
确定检验方法和检验范围时需考虑下述各点：
1、设备的使用期限
2、运行方式（工况稳定或频繁改变）
3、从可比较机组得到的经验
4、从故障得到的数据
5、汽轮机结构类型
6、运行参数（蒸汽、输出功率等）
7、运行中偶然出现的不正常情况（温度骤降，超速等）
下面表格中列出了汽轮机主要零部件在不同种类检修时检验的项目及方法，其中检验项
目即要查找的问题，检修种类以代码表示：
1——小修；2——中修；3——大修；4——部套检修
零部件名称检验项目检验方法检修种类备注
外缸（包括进汽室、内部和外部裂纹，变形，腐蚀， B,C,E,K 3 检查配合面，滑动面
速关阀阀壳）冲蚀，泄漏
角形密封环磨损 B,K 3
内缸内部和外部裂纹，变形，腐蚀， B,C,K 3
冲蚀，泄漏
蒸汽室（喷嘴室）变形，磨损 B,C,K 3
内汽封体变形，磨损 B,K 3
外汽封体变形，磨损 B,K 3
速关阀
阀座积垢，腐蚀，冲蚀，机械损伤 B 3，4 检修前后作功能试验
阀碟积垢，腐蚀，冲蚀，机械损伤 B 3，4
阀杆机械损伤，永久变形，裂纹 B,C,K 3，4
汽封套筒机械损伤，腐蚀 B 3，4
蒸汽滤网机械损伤，积垢，变形 B,K 3，4
油缸磨损，积垢，泄漏 B,K 3，4
阀盖密封面损伤，裂纹 B,C 3，4
调节汽阀（EB1
阀座积垢腐蚀，冲蚀，机械损伤 B 3,4 检修前、后作性能检
阀碟积垢，腐蚀，冲蚀，机械损伤， B 3,4 查
磨损
阀杆机械损伤，积垢，裂纹，变形 B,C,K 3,4
阀梁磨损 B 3,4
阀盖及密封件密封面，泄漏 B 3,4
铰接头磨损，锈蚀 B 2,3,4
油动机磨损，机械损伤，泄漏 B,K 2,3,4
中分面螺栓变形，裂纹，机械损伤 B,C,D,K 3
喷嘴积垢，冲蚀 B,T 3，4
导叶片积垢，径向错位，腐蚀，擦伤 B,K,T 3，4
转子（轴）碰擦 B 3,4 注意轴肩及卸负荷槽
裂纹 B,C 3,4 区域的检查
变曲变形 B,K 3,4
轴颈及推力盘磨损，电蚀 B,C,K,R 1,2,3,4
腐蚀 B 3,4
动平衡 D 3,4
轴端部径向、端面跳动 K 2,3,4
找中及轴向位置变化 K 2,3,4
盘车棘轮，盘车齿松动 B,D,H 3，4
轮，油涡轮动轮机械损伤，磨损，碰擦 B,K 3，4
裂纹 B,C 3，4
动叶片结垢 B,T 3,4 包括叶片，围带，拉
腐蚀，裂纹 B,C 筋，叶根锥销，末叶
错位 B,K 锁紧螺杆等的检查
擦伤 B,C,K
联轴器装配松动 B,D,H 3,4 刚性，齿式或扰性联
裂纹 B,C 3,4 轴器
齿隙 K 2,3,4
径向及端面跳动 B,K 2,3,4
螺栓及孔变形，损伤 B,K 3,4
轴承机械损伤，磨损 B,K 1,2,3,4
电侵蚀 B.R 1,2,3,4
气蚀 B.D 1,2,3,4
腐蚀 B.C 1,2,3,4
咬粘 B 1,2,3,4
裂纹 B,C 2,3,4
剥离（脱铅） B,D,H 1,2,3,4
积垢 B 1,2,3,4
传动齿轮齿面接触斑痕 B,K 1,2,3,4
齿隙变化 B,K 2,3,4
磨损或胶合 B 1,2,3,4
点蚀和裂纹 B,C 2,3,4
电侵蚀 B,C,R 1,2,3,4
塑性变形 B,K 1,2,3,4
汽轮机外部及本体表面裂纹 B,C,I,L 3,4 包括管道，连接件，
蒸汽管路永久变形 B,K 3,4 疏水口，排汽接管，
支承位置改变 B,K 2,3,4 特别要注意对支吊
疏水不畅 B 1,2,3,4 架、焊缝、法兰的检
预应力，严密性 B,K,P 2,3,4 查
油管路泄漏 B,P 1,2,3,4 包括管道、阀门、接
裂纹 B,C 3,4 头、软管。
腐蚀，积垢 B 3 注意防火要求。
热交换器流动受阻 A,B 1,2,3,4
凝汽器泄漏 B,P 1,2,3,4
冷油器腐蚀 B 3,4
积垢 B 3,4
管口胀管部位松脱，裂纹 B,C 3,4
管壁保护膜受损 B 3,4
泵功能故障 A 2,3,4
机械损伤 B 3,4
气蚀 B,C 3,4
磨损 B,K 3,4
腐蚀 B,C 3,4
叶轮松动 B,K 3,4
Inspection during Overhaul 4-1100-01-01
Inspection during Overhaul

During an overhaul the precautionary inspections for the defects should be performed so
as to discover and eliminate the hidden troubles as soon as possible for preventing fault.
The following are the principal methods for the inspection and testing of the turbine
parts (including the auxiliary components). Being convenient for illuminating, they are
identified by the various codes.
A. Function test
This is an inspection and testing method for the components such as governor,
emergency stop valve, pump control system and etc, in order to ascertain what checks
and adjustments are necessary.
B: Visual inspection
-- Appearance inspection by eye or optical device with good illumination.
-- Inspection with a microscope for determining the nature of damage.
-- Inspection with endoscope, together with the camera or vidicon, especially for
inaccessible part surface, such as control valve seat, inner wall of the piping in cooler.
-- Inspection of the surface roughness of the part.
C: Surface crack testing

-- Chalk test
-- Magnaflux test
-- Ultrasonic test
-- Eddy-current test
D: Ultrasonic testing
E: X-ray testing
H: Sounding testing
Excitation by a blow from a tool and judgment of the defect from the sound produced.
I: Measurement of wall thickness
K: Measurement of dimension and shape

-- Measurement of length, for checking relaxation, ovality and etc.
-- Measurement of runout, for checking the distortion of the rotor.
-- Gauging of components for actual shape, for checking bending angle, parallelism of
the flanges and etc.
L: Other nondestructive testing

-- Examination of grain structure of the part surface with “print” method.

-- Hardness testing.
-- Spark test for material identification.
O: Static and dynamic balances
P: Pressure testing
Pressure or leak testing with water or working medium for checking tightness.
R: Testing of insulation and earthing of shafting system by measuring resistance
T: Sampling analyzing test.
The followings are required to consider in determining the method and range of
the testing.
1. Lift time of the equipment
2. Operation mode (stable or frequently changed operating condition)
3. The experience from a comparable machine
4. The data from the fault
5. Structure and type of the turbine
6. Operating parameters (steam, output and etc.)
7. The abnormal conditions occurred in operation by accident (quick drop of
temperature, overspeed and etc.)
The following table lists the item and method of testing for main components of the
turbine. Here, the testing item means the defect to be found out. The overhaul type is
identified with code:
1—Minor overhaul; 2—Intermediate overhaul;
2—Major overhaul; 4—Modular overhaul.

Component Testing item Testing Overhaul Remarks
method type
Outer casing Intern. And ext. cracks, B,C,E,K 3 Inspection of
(including admission distortion, erosion, corrosion, mating and
chest and emergency leaks sliding surfaces
stop valve shell)
Seal ring of L-shaped Abrasion B,K 3
cross section
Inner casing
Intern. And ext. crack, B,C,K 3
distortion, erosion, corrosion,
Steam chest (Nozzle leaks
box) Distortion, abrasion B,C,K 3
Inner gland bush
Outer gland bush Distortion, abrasion B,K 3
Distortion, abrasion B,K 3
Emergency stop valve
Valve seat Deposits, corrosion, erosion, B 3, 4 Functional
mechanical damage testing before
Valve cone Deposit, corrosion, erosion, B 3, 4 and after
mechanical damage overhaul
Valve stem Mechanical damage, permanent B, C, K 3, 4
distortion, cracks
Valve gland Mechanical damage, corrosion B 3, 4
Steam strainer Mechanical damage, deposit, B, K 3, 4
distortion
Oil cylinder Abrasion, deposit, leak B, K 3, 4
Valve bonnet Damage on sealing faces, crack B, C 3,4

method type
Control valve (EB1)
Valve seat Deposit, corrosion, erosion, B 3, 4 Functional
Deposit, corrosion, erosion, testing before
Valve cone mechanical damage, abrasion B 3, 4 and after
Valve stem mechanical damage, deposit, B, C, K 3, 4 overhaul
crack, distortion
Valve beam Abrasion B 3, 4
Valve bonnet and Sealing faces, leak B 3, 4
sealing element
Joint Abrasion, rust B 2, 3, 4
Oil cylinder Abrasion, mechanical damage, B, K 2, 3, 4
leak
Split bolt Distortion, crack, mechanical B,C,D,K 3
damage
Nozzle Deposit, erosion B,T 3, 4
Guide blade Deposit, radial displacement, B, K, T 3, 4
erosion, scrape
Rotor (shaft) Scuffing B 3, 4 Attention to
Crack B, C 3, 4 checks of
Flexural distortion B, K 3, 4 shoulders and
Abrasion and electron erosion B,C,K,R 1,2,3,4 relief grooves on
of journal and thrust collar the shaft
Corrosion B 3, 4
Dynamic balancing D 3, 4
Radial and end-face runouts at K 2, 3, 4
rotor ends
Changes of alignment and axial K 2, 3, 4
displacement

method type
Ratchet, gear or Loose B, D, H 3, 4
impeller of barring Mechanical damage B, K 3, 4
gear Crack B, C 3, 4
Moving blade Deposit B, T 3, 4 Including the
Corrosion, crack B, C checks of blade,
Displacement B, K shrouding, tie
Scrape B, C, K wire, taper pin
of root, blocking
screw of last
blade and etc.
Coupling Loose B, D, H 3, 4 Rigid, gear or
Crack B, C 3, 4 flexible coupling
Backlash K 2, 3, 4
Radial and end-face runouts B, K 2, 3, 4
Distortion and damage of bolt B, K 3, 4
and bolt hole
Bearing Mechanical damage, abrasion B,K 1,2,3,4
Electron erosion B.R 1,2,3,4

Cavitation B.D 1,2,3,4
Corrosion
B.C 1,2,3,4
Bond
B 1,2,3,4
Crack
B,C 2,3,4
Babbit separation
B,D,H 1,2,3,4
Deposit
B 1,2,3,4

method type
Gearing Tooth flank bedding pattern B, K 1,2,3,4
Change in clearance B, K 2,3,4

Abrasion or bond B 1,2,3,4
Pit corrosion and crack
B, C 2,3,4
Electron corrosion
B, C, R 1,2,3,4
Plastic distortion
B, K 1,2,3,4
Turbine exterior and Surface crack B,C,I,L 3, 4 Including checks
steam piping of turbine Permanent distortion B, K 3, 4 for piping,
body Change in support position B, K 2, 3, 4 connection,
Non-straightway draining drain port,

B 1, 2, 3, 4
Pre-stress, tightness exhaust nozzle,
B, K, P 2, 3, 4
especially for
supporter and
hanger, welding
seam and flange
Oil piping Leak B, P 1,2,3,4 Including checks
Crack B, C 3, 4 for piping,
Corrosion, deposit B 3 valve, fitting and
Tube.
Attention to
fireproofing
requirement

method type
Heat exchanger Flow A,B 1,2,3,4
Condenser Leak B,P 1,2,3,4
Oil cooler Corrosion B 3,4
Deposit B 3,4
Loose and crack of expansion B,C 3,4
joint
Damage of protection film on B 3,4
piping wall
Pump Functional disturbance A 2,3,4
Mechanical damage B 3,4
Cavitation B, C 3,4
Abrasion B, K 3,4
Corrosion B, C 3,4
Loose impeller B, K 3,4

使用说明书检修成效和结论 4-1400-01-00
检修成效和结论
本节主要说明汽轮机大修最后阶段有关工作事项，其它种类检修可酌情参照进行。
重新试运行
汽轮机大修后，必须先进行试运行，试运行步骤和要求参见 3-1400-。
重新试运行时，第一次起动要特别当心，必须进行严密监视，所有运行数据要作好记录，
尤其是要注意对轴和轴承座振动、汽缸和转子的热膨胀、轴承温度、轮室压力等的监测，试
运行的初期，要注意对油和蒸汽泄漏的检查。
汽轮机热态时，应重新压紧阀杆密封填料。
通过稳定运转时振动的分析，可得知汽轮机找中及机组对中的情况。
重新试运行时的轮室压力，排汽压力，径向和推力轴承温度，二次油压与初次试运行及
检修前正常运行时对应工况的数据作比较，如存在偏差，应查明原因并予以消除，倘若出现
偏差过大的情况，经分析认为有必要时进行重新调整或再次修理。
待运行状态稳定后，进行汽轮机性能测试。
重新试运行一开始，就应对运行数据作记录，所记录的数据与初次试运行及检修前运行
数据要有可比性，能足以对检修成效和汽轮机状况作出准确评定。
重新试运行结束后，有关各方应在试车报告上签字。
必须的文件
检修工作结束的最后阶段，应提交一份检修情况及结果的报告，该文件内容主要包括：
1、未检修机组停机前的运行数据，如进、排汽参数，调节汽阀阀位，轮室压力，汽缸
和转子的热胀，油压和油温，轴承温度，振动等。
2、汽轮机解体前及拆卸过程中的测量数据，如找中值、定位尺寸、对中值、间隙等。
3、部件部分解体或完全拆开后得到的结果，尽可能借助图示、照片作详尽说明。对采
取的整修措施和得到的结果作出书面说明。
4、部件试验及特定项目检验记录的汇编，包括转子径向跳动检测记录，转子动平衡试
验报告，调节系统调试，监视、保安机构试验记录等。
5、已用备件清单及下次检修所需备件清单，尤其是决定是更换叶片时，必须尽早着手
备件的订购，对需要修改的备件要特别加以说明。
6、重新装配记录。
7、重新试运行的数据，试运行得到的数据经评定后作为以后运行监视的基准值，原有
使用说明书检修成效和结论 4-1400-01-00
规定要么重新确认，要么修改。
8、对图纸、图表曲线、规程等适用性核查的结果及需进行修改的说明。
9、特定测试项目，如效率、热耗、蒸汽流量等的记录及数据分析。
10、检查过程所使用物料的品种、数量。
11、列出下次检修工作应包括的项目。
12、根据检修过程遇到的实际情况，占用时间和发生的费用对检修计划作出评定，以供
下次检修参考。
结论及注意事项
通常汽轮机正确完成大修后，在下述情况下，对机组今后的运行不作限制：
1、所有部件经检验允许不受限制的运行。
2、有缺陷零部件已用备件替换或经修复不影响其继续使用。
3、设备在允许的使用期限内运行。
4、运行条件与订货要求一致。
在发现有缺陷但一时又不能修复（如汽缸出现影响寿命但不危急安全的裂纹，材料腐蚀、
生锈等），而机组还得继续运行的情况下，必须采取相应措施。产生这种情况的原因主要有：
1、没有备件或得不到备件。
2、已达到使用期限。
3、在条件许可时实施修理。
4、修理的成本（时间、费用）与更换相比，前都无必要。
5、机组作为应急备用设备仅需短期运行。
在上述情况下，应采取的措施大体包括：
1、改变运行方式，如变参数起动，限制功率和负荷变化速率等。
2、有针对性的加强运行监视。
3、缩短检修的间隔时间。
4、及时与我公司商议修理、改造事宜。
Effect and Conclusion of Overhaul 4-1400-01-01
Effect and conclusion of overhaul

This section deals mainly with the works in the endgame of turbine major overhaul,
which can be taken as a reference for other overhaul.
Recommissioning
Commissioning must be carried out after turbine major overhaul. For the commissiong
steps and requirements, please refer to 3-1400-.
The first startup during recommissioning should be made carefully and must be
monitored closely. All operating data should be recorded, especially for the attention to
the monitoring of the shaft and bearing housing vibration, casing and rotor thermal
expansion, bearing temperature, wheel-chamber pressure and etc. At the initial stage of
commissioning, notice the leakage of oil and steam.
The sealing stuff of the valves should be re-pressed under hot state of the turbine.
The alignment of the machines can be known through the vibration analysis during
stable operation.
The wheel-chamber pressure, exhaust pressure, thrust and radial bearing temperatures
and secondary-oil pressure during recommissioning should be compared with the data
under the corresponding condition during initial commissioning and normal running
before overhaul. The cause of any deviations should be sought and eliminated
immediately, if there is any existed. For the excessive deviation, the readjustment and
re-repair should be made when necessary.
The performance of the turbine can be checked after the operation has been stabilized.
The operating data should be recorded once the recommissioning begins. The recorded
data should have the comparability with that recorded during initial commissioning and
operation before overhaul, and are enough for proper assessment of the overhaul effect
and turbine condition.
After the recommissioning finished, all parts should countersign the commissioning
report.
Necessary documentation
The report for overhaul condition and result should be submitted at the final stage of
overhaul, it should contain the following information:
1. Operating data before turbine shutdown, e.g. inlet and exhaust steam parameters,
valve positions, wheel-chamber pressure, casing and rotor thermal expansion, oil
pressure and temperature, bearing temperature, vibration and etc.
2. Measuring data before and during turbine dismantling, e.g. alignment, position

dimension, clearance and etc.
3. Findings of all parts after partial or complete dismantling should be illuminated
with photographs and diagrams as can as possible, state the refitting measures and
consequent result.
4. Component test and special item inspection records should be compiled, including
rotor radial runout record, rotor balancing report, adjusting record of control system,
testing record of monitoring and protective devices and etc.
5. Lists of spares used and spares required for next overhaul should be drawn up,
especially for deciding to replace the blade, the spare blades must be ordered as
early as possible. Any required modification to spares must be specially noted.
6. Reassembling record.
7. The data obtained during recommissioning will be taken as the reference value for
latter operation supervision after assessed. The old reference data should be either
to reconfirmed or altered
8. State the verifying results and requiring altering of drawings, diagrams and
procedures.
9. Record and data analysis of special testing items, e.g. efficiency, thermal loss,
steam flow and etc.
10. Variety and quantity of material used in checking.
11. List of the items that should be include in the next overhaul job.
12. Assessment of overhaul schedule based on actual condition met in overhaul, time
and cost for reference for next overhaul.
Conclusion and notices:

There is normally no restriction on turbine further operation when an overhaul has been
carried out properly, provide:
1. All inspected components permit unrestricted operation.
2. All damaged parts have been replaced with spares or restored to a suitable condition
for unrestricted operation by repair.
3. The age of the turbine allows.
4. The operating condition is unchanged from the original order.
When inspection reveals damage which cannot be repair at once (e.g. the crack in the
casing that will influence the service lift but not the safe operation, material corrosion,
rust and etc.) but the turbine has to operate continuously, the corresponding measures
must be taken. The main reasons that can lead to this situation are as follow:
1. No spares, or spares no longer available.
2. Service life reached.
3. The repair can be carried out when condition permitted.
4. Cost of repairs (time, cost) compared with replacement.
5. Only short-time duty requirement, used as emergency device.
Under above conditions, the following measures should be taken:

1. Change of operating mode, e.g. starting up with variable parameters.

2. Strengthen operating supervision in pertinence.
3. Shorten overhaul interval.
4. Contact us for repairs and modifications.

使用说明书 0-2521-5641-00
辅机系统使用说明书
编制：
2016.1.5
校对： 2016.1.5
审核： 2016.1.5
日期：
版本：
杭州汽轮辅机有限公司
使用说明书目录 0-2521-5641-00
序号名称资料号页数
1 供油系统数据表 0-0305-02-00 1
2 供油装置 0-4000-5641-00 7
3 油箱 0-4300-5641-00 3
4 冷油器 0-4400-5641-00 3
5 滤油器(润滑油) 0-4510-5641-00 2
6 滤油器(调节油) 0-4511-5641-00 2
7 三通切换阀 0-4450-5641-00 1
8 主辅助油泵 0-4240-5641-00 1
9 事故油泵 0-4242-5641-00 1
10 排烟风机 0-4340-5641-00 1
11 排气阻油器 0-4512-5641-00 1
12 温控阀 0-5550-5641-00 1
杭州汽轮辅机有限公司第 1 页共 1 页
使用说明书供油系统数据表 0-0305-02-00
供油系统技术数据
1、油箱
3
公称容积(m ) 4.0
加热器型号 GYY4-400/8
电功率(kW) 8
电压(V) 400
数量(支) 1
2、冷油器
型式：卧式双联
2
冷却面积（单只）(m ) 40
冷却水量(t/h) 65
3、滤油器
润滑油调节油
3
流量（m /h） 38 10
过滤精度（μm） 25 10
允许压损（Mpa）＜0.08 ＜0.035
4、油泵
辅助油泵直流事故油泵
型号 65YL-60X2T 2CQ12.5/3.6
3
流量（m /h） 20-30 12.5
出口压力（MPa） 1.06~1.00 0.36
驱动机功率( kW) 22 5.5
电压 400V AC 220V DC
使用说明书供油装置 0-4000-5641-00
一、供油装置简介
1. 供油装置的用途
供油装置主要是给汽轮机的轴承和盘车装置以及汽轮机驱动设备提供润滑
油，为汽轮机调节系统提供压力油，起减少摩擦和冷却润滑的作用，保证汽轮机
及其驱动设备连续正常运行。
供油装置为集装油站，主要由油箱、冷油器、滤油器、主油泵、辅助油泵、
蓄能器、管道、阀门、各种监测仪表、接线箱、仪表架、以及公共底盘等构成。
型号说明:
供油装置的型号为： YG-0400（WT5641/42 机组通用）
油箱公称容积
供油装置代号
2. 供油参数
供油装置提供汽轮机及其驱动设备的润滑油、调节油和事故状态下的润滑
油。供油参数如下：
名称单位润滑油调节油事故油
供油量 l/min 317 10 190
供油压力 MPa 0.3 0.9 0.25
供油温度 ℃ 43~48 60
过滤精度 um 25 25
3. 工作原理及结构特点
供油装置具有冷却、过滤、加热等装置和安全、自控、报警等功能，主要由
油箱、冷油器、滤油器、主油泵、辅助油泵、蓄能器、管道、阀门、各种监测仪
表、接线箱、仪表架、以及公共底盘等构成。
工作时，油液由油泵从油箱中吸出，润滑油经油冷却器、油过滤器，被直接
送到设备的润滑点进行润滑，调节油经过油过滤器送到调节系统，然后经系统回
油管流回油箱。油站的最高工作压力为 0.9MPa,最低工作压力为 0.3MPa，根据润
滑点的要求，通过调节节流阀确定使用压力。
本供油装置有以下结构特点：
1）供油装置设置两台离心式式主、辅油泵，一台工作，一台备用，在主、辅
油泵的合并管道上设置有压力开关，用于油压低时联锁辅助油泵启动，正常情况
下工作油泵运行，当系统压力低于设定压力时，备用油泵自动投入运行，为保证
主、辅油泵切换时系统压力稳定，系统设置有蓄能器，保证汽轮机的正常运行。
此外，为保证出现故障情况下汽轮机能安全停机，设置有事故油泵，当出现故障，
润滑油总管压力下降到 0.08MPa 时，自动启动事故油泵，保证汽轮机的安全停机。
为节约用电，本供油装置设置润滑油泵代替主油泵在汽轮机盘车期间提供所需润
滑油量。
2）双联油冷却器有两组冷却器，一组工作，一组备用。油在冷油器壳体内绕
使用说明书供油装置 0-4000-5641-00
管束循环，管内通冷却水，当工作油冷却器需要更换时，可不停机，用连续流转
换装置使备用油冷却器工作，然后对不能正常工作的油冷却器进行检修。
3）双联油过滤器有两组过滤器。一组过滤器工作，一组过滤器备用。当工作
过滤器需要更换时，可不停机，用连续流转换装置使备用过滤器工作，即可取出
原工作过滤器滤芯进行清洗或更换。滤油器设置有差压开关，当滤芯的压损超过
0.08MPa 时，即进行报警，提示需要切换过滤器，并对原过滤器滤芯进行清洗或调
换。
4）油箱设置有电加热器，通过油箱上的热电阻来控制加热器的开停，当油箱
里的油温低于要求的启动油温时，开启加热器进行加热，当油温加热到要求的温
度时关闭加热器。
5）油箱上设置有排烟风机，排除油箱内部的油烟并保持油箱内部微负压，有
利于回油。
6）在油箱上还设置有液位指示和报警装置，能对油箱高低液位进行报警监视。
4.外型简图
整个供油装置的外形简图如下。
其中各件号说明如下：
1 油箱 2 排烟风机 3 主/辅油泵
4 事故油泵 5 仪表架 6滤油器（调节油）
7 滤油器（润滑油） 8 双联冷油器 9 底盘
10 油箱栏杆 11 液位计 12 液位变送器
13 温控阀
使用说明书供油装置 0-4000-5641-00
使用说明书供油装置 0-4000-5641-00
二、供油装置的安装和运行
注意：
请遵照本说明书的指示，安全、正确的安装、操作和维护油站，油站必须由
熟悉其操作规程和标准的人员进行操作。
1.供油装置的安装
供油装置安装前应检查基础是否平整水平，校核各地脚螺栓位置及尺寸，都
合格后利用供油装置底盘上的四个吊耳进行吊装，将供油装置放置在预先浇注好
的基础上，对供油装置进行找平和找正，同时要求地脚螺栓在预留孔内垂直且不
得碰撞，对螺栓进行紧固。
供油装置安装经过检查合格后，可按要求进行底盘灌浆，灌浆前一定要将基
础清理干净，灌浆通过底盘上的灌浆孔进行，灌浆要求一定密实，灌浆后需要养
护 7-10 天。
供油装置安装好后按照整个系统的要求连接管道。整个安装过程应按照
DL5011-92 <<电力建设施工及验收技术规范汽轮机机组篇>>进行。
2.供油装置的运行及调整
供油装置在出厂前已进行了油循环和性能试验，故在供油装置安装好并连接
好进出油管、回油管、水管、仪表盘、接线箱等后，经试车合格即可投入试运行。
在投入运行前，应仔细阅读供油装置各组成部套及电气仪表等的说明书内容。
注意：
油站可能会由于长途运输过程中的颠簸等原因，造成一些接头松脱，管道
应力增加，导致油泵和电机不对中，在安装完毕后，应检查油站的接头是否有
松脱，如有，需重新进行紧固，手动转动油泵，检查是否有卡涩现象，如有，
需对油泵的对中重新进行调整。
2.1 供油装置运行前的检查和准备
2.1.1 冲洗
安装工作结束后，应彻底冲洗整个油系统。将所有在安装时落进油管道及油
系统中的污物清除干净。冲洗过程必须严格按照 GB10968-89<<汽轮机投运前油系
统冲洗技术条件>>进行。冲洗前取出油过滤器滤芯。
2.1.2 油箱充油
油箱首次充油大概需要 6.1m3的汽轮机油，注意所充润滑油的牌号应是规定使
用的汽轮机油。油箱第一次充油时，油位应在距油箱顶面以下 150mm左右。
2.1.3 试运行前各部套的检查和准备
2.1.3.1 检查双联冷油器，确定转换装置指向一个工作冷油器，保证双联冷油
器中的一个冷油器处于畅通状态，关闭水室的放水和放气阀门，排油气管道
使用说明书供油装置 0-4000-5641-00
上的排油气阀打开以及冷却水进出阀门打开。
2.1.3.2 检查润滑油和调节油双联滤油器，确定转换装置指向一个工作滤油器，
保证润滑油双联滤油器中的一个滤油器处于畅通状态，润滑滤油器的排油气
阀打开，底部的排油阀关闭。确认滤芯完好。
2.1.3.3 检查油箱的油温，如果油温低于 25℃，则需要开启加热器进行加热。
油温达到 35℃时关闭加热器。
2.1.3.4 必须保证二个主油泵出口至汽轮机组润滑油、调节油进口之间的管道
是畅通的。
2.1.3.5 打开供油装置相应的油、水阀门和各仪表前的阀门，阀门均为全开状
态，关闭各处排放阀。
2.1.3.6 油系统所有油泵电机电源线接好并确认电动机转动方向正确。各油泵
的联锁是否正确。
2.1.3.7 检查蓄能器充氮压力是否达到 0.5MPa。
2.1.3.8 组合调节供油装置内冷油器前的节流阀和润滑油滤油器出口的节流
阀，以及汽轮机组润滑油、调节油进口前的节流阀，使供油装置调节油出口
压力为：0.85MPa。润滑油出口压力为：0.25MPa。压力整定完后，锁定节流
阀。
2.2 供油装置的运行
2.2.1 按照汽轮机组的开机使用说明，启动排烟风机，使油箱内保持微负压
2.2.2 启动主油泵，检查泵组运行有无振动、噪音及泄漏等情况。
2.2.3 观察双联冷油器和润滑油滤油器排气管路上的窥视窗，当流出的全部是油
时，关闭排气管路和蓄能器排气管路上的排油气阀。
2.2.4 检测油箱液位指示值是否正常。
2.2.5 检查冷油器的出口油温，油温一般要求在 45+3 -2 ℃。
2.2.6 检查润滑油和调节油滤油器压差是否正常。
2.2.7 检查各压力测点的数值是否正常。
使用说明书供油装置 0-4000-5641-00
三、供油装置的维护及注意事项
1.供油装置的维护
供油装置应定期(一般每年一次)进行检查。检查时应按照供油装置运行前的
检查要求，检查油泵、双联冷油器、双联滤油器等各组成部套、阀门、电气及连
锁装置，检查各整定值，检查油箱油位等。
1.1 通过取样口定期对油箱中的油进行化验，当水分等杂质的含量超标时，应对
油箱中的油进行净化处理。当油的物理性能严重退化时，应进行换油。如果油箱
底部积水，则打开油箱底部的排放阀把水放出。
1.2 在冷油器的冷却水量没有变少的情况下，如果润滑油的出油油温大于 48℃，
则表明冷油器出现故障。应切换双联冷油器，使用备用冷油器。同时对有故障的
冷油器进行检修。
1.3 双联油滤油器的初始压损一般小于 0.03MPa，使用中如发现压损>0.08MPa，
则表明滤油器已被损坏。应切换双联滤油器，使用备用滤油器。同时对被损坏的
滤油器进行检查清洗。
1.4 应定期对供油装置的仪表进行校验。
2.常见故障原因及处理措施
故障故障原因处理对策
管道损坏，漏油检查所有油管道
阀门故障检查并调整阀门
压力过低报警
滤油器沉积污垢检查、更换滤芯
油泵损坏，流量不足拆下油泵,检查并维修
滤油器压差高
滤油器滤芯沉积污垢更换滤芯
报警
泵与电机不同心找正泵和电机的同心度
泵体振动
轴承损坏拆卸泵并检修
电路断路或电路损坏拆卸电机并检查线路连接状况
泵不能启动
泵体内进入杂质拆卸泵并检修
管道或冷却器内进入杂物检查管道并清除杂物
油温警报冷却水量不足检查冷却水阀门的开度
冷油器热交换变差检查冷油器，或切换
确认排油阀关闭
油箱内油量不足
检查油箱及所有润滑油管道系统
油液高度过低
检查液位检测装置，包括其电气
液位检测装置自身故障
接线状态
使用说明书供油装置 0-4000-5641-00
3.注意事项
1）供油装置吊运时应用底盘上的吊耳起吊，起吊前应进行检查，小心保护设备
不受损坏，同时也要注意安全。
2）电气设备检修时不得带电操作，防止触电。
3）在检修时，应当心滑倒，导致身体伤害事故的发生。
4）汽轮机油排放时，应排放到允许的地方，防止产生污染事故。
使用说明书油箱 0-4300-5641-00
一、油箱概述
在整个供油系统中，油箱是必不可少的，是储存汽轮机用润滑、调节等油，
同时也是分离油中的水、气、消除泡沫和沉淀杂质的主要设备。
油箱的公称容积为：4.0m3，实际容积约为：7.0m3，初始装油量约为：6.1m3，
能保证连续循环的油在油箱内有充分的停留时间。
油箱材料为：碳钢。
二、油箱简图
油箱视图中各件号说明如下：
1 人孔盖 2 隔板 3 滤网口盖
4 回油滤网 5 油过滤机出口 6 油过滤机进口
使用说明书油箱 0-4300-5641-00
7 泄放口 8 加油漏气滤网 9 回油口

三、油箱结构说明
1、油箱是密封的，能防止水和尘土进入。
2、油箱的底部是倾斜的，在最低点有泄放口，保证能完全排放。
3、油箱面板上有能进入油箱进行检修的人孔。
4、油箱回油口安装滤网，对回油进行粗滤。保证油箱内部的清洁度。
5、油箱上装有液位指示器，带高低报警，用于测量油箱油位。
6、油箱上装有排油烟风机，能排除油箱中的油雾，同时保持油箱
内微负压，使回油畅通。
7、油箱内部有两道隔板，尽量使回油至主油泵的流程长，充分消除泡沫及沉
淀杂质。
8、油箱上备有油净化装置接口（下面的为进口，上面的为出口）。
9、油箱内部在对应人孔处，安装有人梯，方便进入油箱内部。
10、油箱顶上装有加油漏气滤网。
11、加油漏气滤网的结构示意图如下：
加油滤器滤网视图中各件号说明如下：
1 罩盖 2 限位螺栓 3 滤网
四、使用与维护
1、油箱在注入油之前，应保证油箱内部是清洁的。若有杂物或铁锈，应除去，
最后再用面粉团清理。
使用说明书油箱 0-4300-5641-00
2、油箱所加的油应按汽轮机、给水泵润滑和汽轮机调节用油规定的牌号。
3、油箱的加油量取决于油箱尺寸及其它设备充油时必需的注油量。
油箱第一次的加油量应高于最高油位，但低与油箱面板 150mm 左右。
具体数据与现场连接油管的长度等有关。
在汽轮机组运行时，油系统中的油损耗是很少的，只有当油箱油位低
于最低油位时，才有必要加油。并且不能加的太多，以防汽轮机组停机时，
回油满出油箱。
4、可通过取样口，定期对油箱中的油进行化验，当水分等杂质的含量超标时，
应对油箱中的油进行净化处理。当油的物理性能严重退化时，应进行换油。
同时由油质的分析，可了解系统运行的信息如:
－－油中有巴氏合金的颗粒，表明系统中有轴承损坏。
－－油中有钢质颗粒，表明运转零部件金属表面碰撞。
－－油中有水，表明冷油器漏水或轴封漏汽。
使用说明书冷油器 0-4400-5641-00
一、冷油器概述
本供油装置采用的冷油器为管式冷油器，为卧式结构。使用两个冷油器，
为一用一备，每个冷油器的冷却面积均为 40m2。
二、冷油器结构
1、冷油器简图如下:
视图中各件号说明如下：
1.冷油器 2.三通切换装置 3. 排油气口 4. 排气口
5. 放水口 6. 放油口 7. 前水室 8. 前管板
9. 压紧垫圈 10. 密封圈 11 壳体. 12. 管束
13. 后管板 14. 后水室 15. 进出油口 16. 吊耳
2、冷油器结构
2.1 冷油器主要由冷油器壳体、管束、前水室、后水室等组成。冷油器壳体采用焊
接结构，壳体上有排油气口、放油口及进出油口；
2.2 管束管材采用 TP316，管束由管子、管板、隔板、定距管、拉紧螺栓等组成；
管子与管板采用胀管的方式联接，隔板由定距管和拉紧螺栓固定。
2.3 前、后水室采用焊接结构，后水室上有排汽口及放水口，前水室联接进出水管；
使用说明书冷油器 0-4400-5641-00
2.4 水室设计采用四流程结构；
2.5 前管板与壳体是固定的，后管板是浮动的，后管板的密封设计采用法兰间加压
紧垫圈和二个Ｏ型密封圈的结构；
2.6 水在管内流动，油在管外流动。热油从进油口（进出油口可以互换）进入冷器，
通过隔板改变油流方向，提高油的流速，使油和管内的水进行充分的热交换，
油从出油口出来时，变为符合要求温度的冷油；
三、双联冷油器的使用
1、转动三通切换装置的操作连杆，使三通切换装置上的油流指向器指向某个冷油
器；
2、观察三通切换装置上的油流指向器，搞清需使用的冷油器；
3、打开需使用的冷油器上的排油气口和油箱连接管路上的放气阀；
4、当主油泵开启后，观察冷油器上排油气口和油箱连接管路上的窥视窗，当流出
的全部为油时，表明冷油器壳体内已充满油，关闭放气阀；
5、冷油器已正常投入使用。
四、双联冷油器的切换
1、在冷油器的冷却水量没有变少的情况下，如果冷油器的出油油温大于 48℃，
则表明冷油器已被污染；
2、当检验油箱中的油，发现水较多时，可能是冷油器漏水；
3、应切换双联冷油器，使用备用冷油器。同时对被污染或漏水的冷油器进行检查
清洗或检修。
4、切换操作顺序：
4.1 观察三通切换装置装置上的油流指向器，搞清备用冷油器；
4.2 打开备用冷油器上的排汽接头和油箱连接管路上的放气阀；
4.3 再打开三通切换装置上的压力平衡阀。让备用的冷油器壳体内充油；
4.4 观察备用冷油器上排汽接头和油箱连接管路上的窥视窗，当流出的全部为油
时，表明备用冷油器壳体内已充满油，关闭放气阀；
4.5 打开备用冷油器的冷却水进出口的阀门，使备用冷油器进入使用状态；
4.6 转动三通切换装置的手柄，观察三通切换阀上的油流指向器，使备用的冷油器
投入使用；
4.7 关闭压力平衡阀；
4.8 关闭被替换小来的冷油器的进出冷却水的阀门；
4.9 检修被替换下来的冷油器。
五、清洗或检修操作
1、打开上水室上的放水口阀门，放掉冷油器中的冷却水；
2、打开壳体上的放油口阀门，放掉冷油器中的升油；
使用说明书冷油器 0-4400-5641-00
3、拆下前后水室；
4、取下密封圈和压紧垫圈；
5、抽出管束；
6、如是管束被污染，则清洗管束。如是管子漏，则掉换管子；
7、把冷油器壳体内的污物清洗干净；
8、重新装配时，应注意把密封圈和压紧垫圈安装好。
六、非运行时的维护
1、冷油器吊装时, 钢丝应绑在支座外侧, 并保证二侧钢丝受力均匀和避免设备变
形。
2、冷油器运到现场, 应放置在平整的场地上, 禁止设备遭雨淋,防止锈蚀。
3、设备短期停运, 不应切断冷却水, 以免管束发生腐蚀。
4、设备长时间停运时, 应将冷却水切断, 将设备积水放净,清理干净并吹干。
使用说明书滤油器(润滑油) 0-4510-5641-00
一、滤油器概述
1、本滤油器为网式滤油器，过滤精度高，有足够的过滤面积，清洗方便。
2、滤油器的过滤精度为 25μｍ，其初始压差为小于 0.03MPa。
3、双联滤油器由两个滤油器和一个切换阀组装而成。工作时，一个滤油器投入
运行，另一个备用或清洗。
4、当压差超过规定值(0.08MPa)或过滤后油的品质达不到要求时，需切换进行清
洗或调换滤网。
5、本供油装置中所配的润滑油双联滤油器的公称流量为：38m3/h。
二、双联滤油器结构
1、滤油器简图如下所示:
2、滤油器视图中各件号说明如下：
1 三通切换装置 2 上盖 3 排气口
4 顶盖机构 5 焊接壳体 6 螺母
7 拉杆 8 滤芯 9 排污口
3、双联滤油器主要由滤油器壳体、滤芯和三通切换装置组成。
4、滤油器壳体采用焊接结构，滤芯为一个折叠式滤芯。
5、滤芯通过拉杆 7 和螺母 6 固定在壳体内。
使用说明书滤油器(润滑油) 0-4510-5641-00
6、油从三通切换阀的下面接口进入滤油器，从上面接口出来。使油通过滤油器
时，油中的杂质被档在滤网外面，并有可能沉淀在壳体底部。
三、双联滤油器的使用
1、转动三通切换装置的操作连杆，使三通切换装置上的油流指向器指向某个滤
油器（即需使用的滤油器）。
2、打开需使用的滤油器上的排汽接头和油箱连接管路上的放气阀。
3、当主油泵开启后，观察滤油器上排汽接头和油箱连接管路上的窥视窗，当流
出的全部为油时，表明滤油器壳体内已充满油，关闭放气阀。
4、滤油器已正常投入使用。
四、双联滤油器的切换
1、滤油器的初始压差≤0.03MPa。当滤油器的压差≥0.08MPa 时，或过滤后油
的品质达不到要求时，需切换进行清洗或调换滤网。
2、切换操作顺序如下：
1）、观察三通切换装置上的油流指向器，搞清备用滤油器。
2）、打开备用滤油器上的排汽接头和油箱连接管路上的放气阀。
3）、再打开三通切换装置上的压力平衡阀。让备用的滤油器壳体内充油。
4）、观察备用滤油器上排汽接头和油箱连接管路上的窥视窗，当流出的全部
为油时，表明备用滤油器壳体内已充满油，关闭放气阀。
5）、转动三通切换装置的手柄，观察三通切换装置上的油流指向器，使备用
的滤油器投入使用。
6）、关闭压力平衡阀。
7）、检修被替换下来的滤油器。
五、清洗或检修操作顺序
1、通过排污口 9 放掉滤油器壳体内的剩油。
2、打开盖 2，拧掉螺母 6。
3、取出折叠式滤芯。
4、用汽油等清洗剂或专用设备清洗滤芯，然后用压缩空气吹干。
5、若滤网已损坏，则应换用备用滤芯。
6、把滤油器壳体内的污物清洗干净。
7、重新装配时，应把Ｏ型密封圈安装好，才能紧固螺母 6。
使用说明书滤油器(调节油) 0-4511-5641-00
一、滤油器概述
1、本滤油器为网式滤油器，过滤精度高，有足够的过滤面积，清洗方便。
2、滤油器的过滤精度为 10μｍ，其初始压差为小于 0.03MPa。
3、双联滤油器由两个滤油器和一个切换阀组装而成。工作时，一个滤油器投入
运行，另一个备用或清洗。
4、当压差超过规定值(0.08MPa)或过滤后油的品质达不到要求时，需切换进行清
洗或调换滤网。
5、本供油装置中所配的调节油双联滤油器的公称流量为：10m3/h。
二、双联滤油器结构
1、滤油器简图如下所示:
2、滤油器视图中各件号说明如下：
1 三通切换装置 2 上盖 3 排气接头
4 顶盖机构 5 焊接壳体 6 螺母
7 拉杆 8 滤芯 9 排污口
3、双联滤油器主要由滤油器壳体、滤芯和三通切换装置组成。
4、滤油器壳体采用焊接结构，滤芯为一个折叠式滤芯。
使用说明书滤油器(调节油) 0-4511-5641-00
5、油从三通切换阀的下面接口进入滤油器，从上面接口出来。使油通过滤油器
时，油中的杂质被档在滤网外面，并有可能沉淀在壳体底部。
三、双联滤油器的使用
1、转动三通切换装置的操作连杆，使三通切换装置上的油流指向器指向某个滤
油器（即需使用的滤油器）。
2、打开需使用的滤油器上的排气接头和油箱连接管路上的放气阀。
3、当主油泵开启后，观察滤油器上排气接头和油箱连接管路上的窥视窗，当流
出的全部为油时，表明滤油器壳体内已充满油，关闭放气阀。
4、滤油器已正常投入使用。
四、双联滤油器的切换
1、滤油器的初始压差≤0.03MPa。当滤油器的压差≥0.08MPa 时，或过滤后油
的品质达不到要求时，需切换进行清洗或调换滤网。
2、切换操作顺序如下：
1）、观察三通切换装置上的油流指向器，搞清备用滤油器。
2）、打开备用滤油器上的排气接头和油箱连接管路上的放气阀。
3）、再打开三通切换装置上的压力平衡阀。让备用的滤油器壳体内充油。
4）、观察备用滤油器上排气接头和油箱连接管路上的窥视窗，当流出的全部
为油时，表明备用滤油器壳体内已充满油，关闭放气阀。
5）、转动三通切换装置的手柄，观察三通切换装置上的油流指向器，使备用
的滤油器投入使用。
6）、关闭压力平衡阀。
7）、检修被替换下来的滤油器。
五、清洗或检修操作顺序
1、通过排污口 9 放掉滤油器壳体内的剩油。
2、打开盖 2、4。
3、取出滤芯。
4、用汽油等清洗剂或专用设备清洗滤芯，然后用压缩空气吹干。
5、若滤网已损坏，则应换用备用滤芯。
6、把滤油器壳体内的污物清洗干净。
7、重新装配时，应把Ｏ型密封圈安装好，才能紧固螺母。
使用说明书三通阀装置 0-4450-5641-00
一、三通阀装置概述
1、本机组的双联冷油器、双联滤油器均采用三通阀装置来进行切换。
2、以上设备所使用的三通阀装置的原理和操作方法的一致的。
二、结构简单说明
1、下图为法兰连接的三通切换装置的示意图：
1 三通阀 2 压力平衡阀 3 操作连杆

2、三通切换装置主要由两个三通阀、油流指向器、操作连杆、压力平衡阀等组
成，油流指向器固定在操作连杆上，带箭头。
3、该三通切换装置的特点是：切换力矩小，操作灵活，密封性好。
三、切换操作顺序：
1、打开压力平衡阀，使三通阀装置的两个三通阀的两腔室内压力一致。
2、转动操作连杆，旋转 180℃。
3、关闭压力平衡阀。
4、切换完成。
使用说明书主辅油泵 0-4240-5641-00
一、主、辅油泵概述
1、型号： 65YL-60x2T
生产厂家：浙江水泵总厂
2、油泵的使用
两台主辅油泵为一用一备。其中的每一台都具有即对调节系统又对润
滑系统供油的能力。
3、立式油泵的特点
泵的机体立式布置，占地面积少，解决汽轮机油箱上辅助机械及管路
等在安装上的困难。使机房设备布置整齐、美观。泵的叶轮、泵体浸入油
中，无底阀装置。泵的轴承润滑不必外加油脂，由泵自身解决。
4、结构说明
泵由泵体、泵盖（吸入锥口）、轴承架、泵轴、叶轮构成；通过平板法
兰将立式电机连接，泵轴与电机轴用联轴器挠性连接传动。吐出管安装在平
板法兰上。整台泵可方便地垂直安装在用户的油箱上。
二、油泵性能表
流量压力转速功率 N（kw）效率η
M3/h MPa rpm 轴电机 %
20 1.06 15.1 54
2950 22
30 1.00 16.4 52
三、关于油泵的具体使用，详见油泵的随机使用说明书。
使用说明书事故油泵 0-4242-5641-00
一、事故油泵性能参数
型号： 2CQ12.5/3.6
流量： 12.5m3/h
出口压力： 0.36MPa
电机功率: 5.5KW
电机电压： 220V DC
泵体材料：铸钢
生产厂家：浙江省仙居县特种齿轮油泵厂
二、使用
在事故状态，自动提供汽轮机、给水泵的润滑用油。
三、关于油泵的具体使用，详见油泵的随机使用说明书。
使用说明书排烟风机 0-4340-5641-00
一、油箱排烟风机性能参数
型号： AYF2-250-1.1(右旋)
流量： 120 m3/h
全压： 2500 Pa
电机功率: 1.1 kW
电机电压： 380V AC 50HZ
生产厂家：余杭市特种风机厂
二、使用
1、油箱排烟风机出口管道上应有冷凝油液的回收装置，避免冷凝油液回流至风机
内，影响风机的正常使用及使用寿命；
2、当主油泵启动后，油箱排风机就开始运行；
3、油箱排风机作用：排出油箱内油烟，保持油箱内微负压，使回油畅通。
通过调整油箱顶上的加油漏气滤网的开度，使油箱内保持 100-300Pa 的负压，
但最大不要超过 400Pa，避免将轴封漏汽大量抽到轴承箱内，破坏油质；
4、关于风机的具体使用，详见风机的随机使用说明书。
使用说明书排气阻油器 0-4512-5641-00
一、排气阻油器概述
安装在油箱顶上，使油箱内部的油雾在排空时，使其中的大部分油液能
够分离出来，流回油箱。
二、结构简图
排气阻油器视图中各件号说明如下：
1 进口 2 滤网 3 档板 4 壳体 5 出口
三、排气阻油器使用
1、油雾从进口进入排气阻油器，经过一道滤网和三道档板后，通过出口及后面
的油箱排风机管道排入大气。
2、油雾经过滤网和档板时，其中的大部分油液经过冷凝，重新流回油箱。
3、档板是倾斜的，能使油液顺利流回油箱。
使用说明书温控阀 0-5550-5641-00
一、温控阀性能参数
型号：2-1/2BRSJ11007-00-AA
公称通径：2-1/2”
使用压力：1.4MPa
法兰等级：150RF
阀体材料：碳钢
用途：控制出口油温
控制温度：43℃
带手动保护装置
阀门为进口：AMOT 产品
二、使用
1、温控阀安装在冷油器出口后的润滑油管路上，以维护润滑油出口温度的稳定，
保持在 43℃左右；
2、关于温控阀的具体使用，详见温控阀的随机使用说明书。
Operating manual 0-2521-5641-01
Auxiliary Equipment Operating Manual
Edited by：
2016.1.5
Checked by：
2016.1.5
Approved by： 2016.1.5
Date：
Version：
Hangzhou Steam Turbine Auxiliary Epuipment Co.,Ltd

Sequence Item Doc. No Page

1 Oil Supply system data sheet (general) 0-0305-02-01 1
2 Oil console 0-4000-5641-01 7
3 Oil reservoir 0-4300-5641-01 3
4 Oil cooler 0-4400-5641-01 3
5 Oil filter (lube oil) 0-4510-5641-01 2
6 Oil filter (control oil) 0-4511-5641-01 2
7 Transfer valve 0-4450-5641-01 1
8 Main&Auxiliary oil pump 0-4240-5641-01 1
9 Emergency oil pump 0-4242-5641-01 1
10 Oil mist fan 0-4340-5641-01 1
11 Air exhaust oil damper 0-4512-5641-01 1
12 Temperature controlling valve 0-5550-5641-01 1
Hangzhou Steam Turbine Auxiliary Equipment Company Limited

Page 1 of 1
Operating manual service of oil supply data sheet 0-0305-02-01
service of oil supply technical data

Oil reservior
3
Capacity: 4.0 m
Electric heater： Type：GYY4-400/8
Power：8kW
Amount：1
Oil cooler
Type: Horizontal and twin type

2
Exchange area/unit 40 m
Cooling water requirements: 65 t/h
Design cooling water pressure/temperature ≤1.0/≤100 MPa/℃
Filter of oil
lubricate oil Control oil

3
Flow（m /h） 38 10
Filtration precision（μm） 25μm 1025μm
Change pressure loss（Mpa） <0.08MPa <0.08MPa
Oil pump
Main & Auxiliary pump Emergency pump
model 65YL-60X2T 2CY12.5/3.6
Flow m3/h 20～30 12.5
Pressue Mpa 1.06～1.0 0.36
Motor rate power kW 22 5.5
Voltage 400V AC 220V DC
Hangzhou Steam Turbine Auxiliary equipment Company Limited Page 1 of 1

Manual Book Oil Console 0-4000-5641-01
Ⅰ General
1. Function of Oil Console
Oil console supplies lube oil for bearings of steam turbine, turning gear
and equipments drived by steam turbine, reducing friction, cooling and
lubricating. And it also supplies control oil for steam turbine governing
system and guarantees normal operation of steam turbine and equipments
drived.
Oil console is composed of oil reservoir, oil coolers, oil filters, main oil
pump, auxiliary oil pump, emergency oil pump, accumulators, piping, valves,
gauges, junction boxes, gauge panel, base plate and so on.
Model description:
This oil console model: YG-0400
Nominal capacity of oil reservoir

Symbol of oil console
2. Oil Parameters
Oil console supplies lube oil, control oil and emergency oil for steam
turbine and equipments drived by turbine. The parameters are as follows:
Emergency
Item Unit Lube oil Control oil
oil
Oil flow l/min 317 10 190
Pressure Mpa 0.3 0.9 0.25
Temperature ℃ 43~48 60
Precision um 25 10
3. Working Principles and Structural Features

Oil console compose by the oil reservoir, oil cooler, oil filter, oil pump,
pipe, valve, instrument, junction box and base plate. Oil console with cooling,
filtration, heating and other functions. When the work, oil sucked from oil
reservoir by oil pump, And divided into lube and control oil. Lube oil system
through oil cooler, oil filters; Control oil system through oil filters. The highest
working pressure of control oil outlet is 0.9Mpa, and the highest of lube oil
pressure is 0.3Mpa. The actual working pressure regulated by throttle valve
shall meet the detail requirements.
Hangzhou Steam Turbine Auxiliary Equipment Company Limited P 1 of 7

Some structural features are as follows:

a) Oil console with main and auxiliary oil pumps, one working, and the other
standby. Pressure switch connects pressure point at the joint of two pumps’
outlets which controls auxiliary pump. Oil console has emergency oil pump
which ensure the safety shutdown of steam turbine.
b) Duplex oil coolers with two coolers, one working and the other standby.
Oil through shells and cooling water through tubes. When the working
cooler needs repair, the standby cooler will be replaced by switching the
continuous-flow transfer valve.
c) Duplex oil filters have two sets of oil filters. And one works, the other
standby. When the working filter needs cleaning, do the same switching with
oil coolers while oil console keeps running. PDS measuring differential
pressure will alarm when reading is up to 0.08Mpa, which means it’s time to
switch and clean the contaminated filter cartridge.
d) Electric heaters installed on oil reservoir is controlled by resistance
temperature. When oil temperature is lower than the required, oil shall be
heated. When temperature arrives, stop heaters.
e) Discharge fan is installed on oil reservoir to keep inner minor vacuum
pressure, which benefits oil returning.
f) Oil level indicator and alarm devices are provided to supervise higher or
lower level.
4. Diagram
The whole console’s sketch plan sees front view at page 3 and top view at
page 4.
Each symbol description as follows:
1. Oil reservoir 2. Oil mist fan 3. Main &AC auxiliary oil pump
4. DC emergency oil pump 5. Oil gauge panel 6. Control oil filters
7. Lube oil filters 8. Oil coolers 9. Base plate
10. Handrail 11 Oil level indicator 12.Oil transmitter
13.Temperature control valve


Ⅱ Installation and Running of Oil Console

Attention：
Oil console installation, operation and maintenance shall follow this
instruction of manual book. And operators shall be familiar with operation
manual and standards.
1. Installation
Check whether the base is horizontal and confirm location & dimensions
of all the anchor bolts before installation. When checking out, lift it onto the
pre-grouting base with 4 lifting lugs on base plate. And then check level of oil
console, screw down anchor bolts which require anchor bolts remain apeak
and cause no interference.
When installation checks out, grout can be poured into base plate
through opening or holes. Grout shall be compact and maintenance for 7 to
10 days.
Connect piping in accordance with the system requirements which shall
comply with Chapter Steam Turbine.
2. Operation and Adjustment

Oil console has carried out oil circulation and performance test at factory.
Before test running, all the related equipments such as oil piping, water piping,
gauge panel, junction boxes and so on must be mounted properly. And
operators shall comprehend manual books of each part and electrical fittings
carefully.
Attention：
For some reason of long-distance transportation which causes
loose connections or increasing piping load effects or misalignment
between pump and motor, owner shall check all of these. If it exists,
some repair must be done. Especially for oil pumps, turn around pumps
manually, check whether shaft jams. If needed, re-adjust alignment of
oil pump.
2.1 Inspection and Preparation before Formally Running

2.1.1 Oil Flushing
Flush oil system thoroughly after mounting which cleans up contamination.
2.1.2 Oil filled

The first time oil charging needs about 6.1 m³ turbine oil prescribed and its
level shall be 150mm lower than top plate of oil reservoir.
2.1.3 Inspection and Preparation prior to Test Running
2.1.3.1 Check twin oil coolers and ensure the switching device points to
one working oil cooler which is free. Close water drain and steam vent
valves of water chamber ; open valves at oil gas vent piping and inlet &
outlet valves for cooling water.
2.1.3.2 Check duplex lube oil filters and ensure its switching device
points to one working oil filter which is free. Open oil gas valve and close
oil drain valve at bottom. Check whether oil cartridge is well.
2.1.3.3 Check duplex control oil filters and ensure its switching device
points to one working oil filter which is free. Open oil gas valve and close
oil drain valve at bottom. Check whether oil cartridge is well.
2.1.3.4 Check oil temperature in reservoir. If it is lower than 25℃, start
electric heaters until 35℃.
2.1.3.5 Make sure the pipe between two oil pump outlets and turbine
lube oil outlet & control oil outlet is free.
2.1.3.6 Open the corresponding oil, water and gauge valves at full open
state and close all the drain valves.
2.1.3.7 Connect pump motors' wires to power and confirm motor's
rotation direction is correct. Check inter-lock of each pump.
2.1.3.8 Check N2 charge pressure at normal value 0.54MPa.
2.1.3.9 Combined-adjust throttle valves located upstream of oil coolers,
turbine lube oil and control outlets and downstream of lube oil filters.
Adjust lube oil pressure of oil console at 0.3Mpa and control oil pressure
at 0.9Mpa prior to locking throttle valve.
2.2 Operation of Oil Console

2.2.1 Start up oil mist fan to keep minimum vacuum pressure in oil
reservoir according to steam turbine manual book.
2.2.2 Start up main oil pump and check whether leakage, vibration or noise
of pumps exists.
2.2.3 Observe glass windows at oil gas lines of oil coolers, lube and control
oil filters until the flow is absolutely oil. Now close the valves at three oil gas
lines and accumulator’s oil gas line.
2.2.4 Check oil level.
2.2.5 Check whether oil temperature of oil cooler outlet is at 43~48℃

normally.
2.2.6 Check differential pressure of lube oil and control oil filters.
2.2.7 Check pressure of each measure point.
Ⅲ Maintenance & attentions

1. Maintenance
Oil console shall be inspected periodically (generally annual). Each
equipment such as oil pump, oil coolers, oil filters, valves, electrical devices
and so on shall be inspected in accordance with the initial requirements. The
setting value and oil level shall be checked.
1.1 Oil in reservoir shall be assayed periodically. When foreign matter such as
water exceeds standard content, oil shall be purified. And oil must be replaced
prior to physical property degenerating seriously. Darin inner water
accumulated at bottom of reservoir through bottom valve.
1.2 If lube oil temperature exceeds 48 ℃ which demonstrates oil cooler
breaks down while cooling water doesn't decrease, the spare oil cooler must
be launched to running. And check and repair the malfunctioning cooler.
1.3 The initial differential pressure is less than 0.03Mpa generally. If
differential pressure is larger than 0.08Mpa which demonstrates oil filter has
been damaged, the spare oil filter shall be launched to running. And check
and repair the damaged oil filter.

2. Common Faults and Treatment

Faults Reason Treatment
Pipe damage, leakage Check the whole piping
Valve faults Check and adjust valves
Low pressure
Oil filter contamination Check or change oil cartridge
alarm
Oil pump damage,
Demount oil pumps and repair
Inadequate outflow
High
differential
Oil filter contamination Change oil cartridge
pressure
alarm
Misalignment of pump and
Pump Align pump and motor
motor
vibration
Bearing damage Demount pump and repair
Electric wire breaks or
Pump can't Demount motor and check
circuit damage
start
Impurities in pump Demount pump and repair
Contaminants in piping or
Check piping and clean
Oil coolers
temperature Check valve position of cooling
Cooling water decreases
alarm water
Inefficient heat exchange Check oil cooler or switch
Confirm oil drain valve close
Lack of oil in reservoir
Check oil reservoir and piping
Low oil level
Check level indicator including
Level indicator breaks down
electrical connection state
3. Attention
a) Lifting oil console shall utilize lift lugs on base plate. And equipments shall
be protected from damage.
b) Forbid live working to avoid electric accidents when overhaul electrical
equipments.
c) Take care of slipping to avoid body hurt.
d) Drain oil to where permits oil drain and prevent pollution accident.

Operating manual Oil Tank 0-4300-5641-01
I．General
1.An oil tank is to store the lubricating oil and governing oil of turbine, it also can
separate off the water and air as well as to eliminate the foam and deposit the impurity.
2.Normal capacity of oil tank:4.0m3,
3.Maximum capacity:7.0 m3,
4.Preliminary oil quantity:6.1 m3,
5.Material of oil tank: carbon steel
II．Diagrammatic view of oil tank
1. Manhole cover 2. Diaphragm 3. Strainer cover 4. Return oil strainer

5. Outlet of oil purifier 6. Inlet of oil purifier 7. Oil drain 8. Strainer for filling oil
and air leakage 9.Oil ruturn connection
Hangzhou Steam Turbine Auxiliary Equipment Company Limited Page 1 of 3

III．Oil tank structure

1. An oil tank is seal and can prevent the water and dust into.
2. The bottom of oil tank is gradient, for to ensure the draining fully, there is a drain port
in the lowest point.
3. For to maintenance the inner of oil tank, a man hole is provided on the top of oil tank.
4. The filter gauze is mounted on the return oil port so that ensure the cleanness of oil
tank inner.
5. A remote level indicator meter is provided on the oil tank. The remote level indicator
meter has a alarm (high and low level) device.
6. An oil choker with the filtering cover is provided to eliminate the oil spray in the oil
tank.
7. Two isolate plates are provided in the inner of oil tank, it can fully eliminate the foam
and deposited impurity.
8. The joint of oil purifier is provided on the top of oil tank (upper is inlet and low is
outlet).
9. The oil tank has an exhaust fan.
10 At the man hole, a ladder is mounted in the inner of oil tank so that maintenance
personnel is easy to access.
11 A filter gauze for fill the oil is mounted on the top of oil tank.
The structure sketch of filter gauze is as follows:
1. cover 2. limiting bolt 3. filter gauze
Ⅳ．Operating and maintenance

1 Before filling the oil to oil tank, inner of oil tank should be clean. If the foreign
material is found in the inner of oil tank, it is cleaned.
2 The oil (lubricating oil and governing oil) used must be met specified grade.
3 The oil quantity of oil tank is determined according to the dimension of oil tank and
filling oil requirements of equipments.

When first filling oil, oil quantity is high than the highest level, but it is 150mm less
than the face plate of oil tank. Actual data and length of connecting oil pipe on site is
considered.
When the steam turbine is operated, the waste of oil in the oil system is much small.
Only if the oil level is lower than the lowest oil level to fill oil. But oil quantity is not
much too so that to prevent oil overflow to the oil tank when turbine is shut.
4 If wave of oil level is large (wind pressure of exhaust fan may has problem), position
of filter gauze cover should be adjusted and to achieve the pressure balance.
Check the oil quality in the oil tank periodically through a draining port. If impurity
content (moisture) are exceed to standard, oil in the oil tank shall purge. When physical
property of oil is worse, oil should be changed.
The information of oil quality:
● If there are grains of bibbit metal in the oil, to indicate that bearings in the system
are damaged.
● If there are steel grains in the oil, to indicate that metal surface of movement parts
are hit.
● If there is water in the oil, to indicate that oil cooler is leakage or gland seal is
leakage.

Operating manual Oil Cooler 0-4400-5641-01
1. General
The double oil cooler is tube type oil cooler and its structure type is horizontal. The
cooling area of oil cooler (every) is 40m2. when an oil cooler shall ensure the inlet
temperature of cooling water is less than 45℃, oil temperature of lubricating oil is less
than 48℃.
2.Structure
1、Diagrammatic view of oil cooler
1. oil cooler 2. changeover device of three way 3. exhaust port at shell

4. exhaust port at water camber 5. drain port 6. draining oil port
7. front water chamber 8. front tube sheet 9. clamp washer
10. sealing ring 11. shell 12. tube band
13. rear tube sheet 14. rear water chamber 15. inlet/outlet port
2、Structure of oil cooler
An oil cooler consists of shell 、tube bank 、front and rear water chamber.
The shell of oil cooler is welded structure, the exhaust port( oil and air)、draining oil
port and inlet/outlet oil port.
The tube band consists of pipe, pipe plate, isolate plate, holding space pipe and
Hangzhou Steam Turbine Auxiliary equipment Company Limited

Page 1 of 3
locking bolt. The connecting between the pipe and pipe plate is expanding means,
isolate plate is fixed by the holding space pipe and locking bolt.
The welded structure is used for front and rear water chamber, exhaust port and
drain port are provided on rear water chamber, front water chamber is connected with
inlet/outlet water pipe. A water chamber uses the two pass flow structure.
The front pipe plate and shell are fixed, but rear pipe plate is float, seal structure is
used for the sealing design of rear pipe plate.
Water is flowed in the inner of pipe; oil is flowed outside of pipe. Heat oil into a oil
cooler from the oil inlet (oil inlet/outlet may be alternated). The direction of oil flow is
changed by the isolate plate and to increase the flow velocity of oil, oil and water in the
pipe perform the fully heat changer, in this way, when oil is out of from the oil outlet, it
become to a cool oil which is met the temperature requirements.
3. Operating of double oil cooler
1. Turn an operating link of changeover device to oil cooler.
2. Observe the indicator of oil flow on the changeover device and clean the oil
cooler.
3. Open the exhaust joint of used oil cooler and air bleed valve on the connecting
pipe of oil tank.
4. After a oil pump is opened, observe an exhaust joint and peep window. If all
liquid are oil, oil has been fully filled in the shell of oil cooler and close the air
bleed valve.
5. The oil cooler has been operated normally.
4. Changing of double oil cooler
Under the cooling water flow are not decreased, if temperature of flowed off oil exceeds
48℃,the oil cooler has been dirt.
If water is excessive in the oil, an oil cooler may leak.
To use a standby oil cooler, clean the oil cooler or overhauling.
Operating order as follows:
cooler.
2. Open the exhaust joint of used oil cooler and air bleed valve on the connecting
pipe of oil tank.
3. Open a balance valve of pressure on the changeover device. Oil is filled to the
standby shell of oil cooler.
4. Observe an exhaust joint of standby oil cooler and peep window. If all liquid
are oil, oil has been fully filled in the shell of oil cooler and close the air bleed
valve.
5. Open the inlet/outlet of cooling water of standby oil cooler, standby oil cooler
into operating condition.
6. Turn a handle of changeover device; observe the indicator of oil flow, standby
oil cooler is used.
7. Close the balance valve of pressure.
8. Maintenance the oil cooler replaced.
5.Operating of cleaning or maintenance

Page 2 of 3
1. Open the valve of drain water port on the upper water chamber and draining
cooling water in the oil cooler.
2. Open the valve of drain oil port on shell and draining residual oil in the oil
cooler.
3. Disassembly front and rear water chambers.
4. Tate out the sealing ring and clamp washer.
5. Draw out the tube band.
6. If the tube band has been dirt, clean the tube band. If pipe is leakage, replace
new pipe.
7. The inner of shell is cleaned.
8. When reassemble, mount sealing ring and clamp washer.

Page 3 of 3
Operating manual Lube oil filter 0-4510-5641-01
I. General of double oil filter

1 This oil filter is mesh type oil filter; filtration precision is high and easy to cleaning.
2 Filtration precision of oil filter: 25µm, preliminary pressure is less than 0.03MPa.
3 The double oil filter consists of two oil filters and a changeover valve. Under working
condition, an oil filter is running and other standby or cleaning.
4 If pressure difference exceeds the specified value (0.08MPa) or oil quality do not
achieves the requirements, double oil filter is cleaned or replaces the filter gauze.
5 Normal flow of double oil filter: 38m3/h.
II．Structure of double oil filter
1 Diagrammatic view of oil filter.
1. changeover device of three way 2. upper cover 3. joint for exhaust

4. top framework 5. welded Shell 6. nut
7. draw bar 8. filter clement 9. draining dirt port
2 The double oil filter consists of shell 、filter clement and changeover device of three
way.
3 The shell of oil filter uses a welded structure, filter clement is foldable type.
4 The filter clement is fixed in the shell through a draw bar(7)and a nut(6).
5 The oil passes into a oil filter from lower joint of changeover valve and come out from
upper joint. The oil passes into the oil filter via filter gauze; impurity is blocked off and
deposited to the bottom of shell.
III．Operating of double oil filter
1 Turn an operating link of changeover device to an oil filter (i.e. used oil filter).
2 Open the exhaust joint of used oil filter and air bleed valve on the connecting pipe of
oil tank.
3 After an oil pump is opened, observe an exhaust joint and peep window. If all liquid

Operating manual Lube oil filter 0-4510-5641-01
are oil, oil has been fully filled in the shell of oil filter and close the air bleed valve.
4 The oil filter has been operated normally.
Ⅳ．Changing of double oil filter
1 Normal pressure difference of oil filter ≤0.03MPa. If normal pressure difference≥
0.08MPa, or filtrated oil quality do not meet require, oil filter is cleaned or replace the
filter gauze.
2 Operating order as follows:
filter.
2. Open the exhaust joint of used oil filter and air bleed valve on the connecting
pipe of oil tank.
standby shell of oil filter.
4. Observe an exhaust joint of standby oil filter and peep window. If all liquid are
oil, oil has been fully filled in the shell of oil filter and close the air bleed valve.
5. Turn a handle of changeover device, observe the indicator of oil flow, a standby
oil filter is used.
7. Maintenance the oil filter replaced.
Ⅴ．Operating of cleaning and maintenance as follows:
1. Draining the residual oil in the shell of oil filter through a exhaust dirt port (9).
2. Open a cover (2) and loose a nut (6)
3. Take out a foldable type filter clement.
4. Clean a filter clement by gasoline or cleanser and it is dried by pressure air.
5. If filter clement has been damaged, it is replaced by new filter clement.
7. When reassemble, first mount O-sealing ring and tighten a nut (6).

Operating manual Control oil filter 0-4511-5641-01
I. General of double oil filter

1 This oil filter is mesh type oil filter; filtration precision is high and easy to cleaning.
2 Filtration precision of oil filter: 10µm, preliminary pressure is less than 0.035MPa.
3 The double oil filter consists of two oil filters and a changeover valve. Under working
condition, an oil filter is running and other standby or cleaning.
4 If pressure difference exceeds the specified value (0.08MPa) or oil quality do not
achieves the requirements, double oil filter is cleaned or replaces the filter gauze.
5 Normal flow of double oil filter: 10m3/h.
II．Structure of double oil filter
1 Diagrammatic view of oil filter.
1. changeover device of three way 2. upper cover 3. joint for exhaust 4. top framework
5. welded Shell 6. nut 7. draw bar 8. filter clement 9. draining dirt port
2 The double oil filter consists of shell 、filter clement and changeover device of three
way.
3 The shell of oil filter uses a welded structure, filter clement is foldable type.
4 The filter clement is fixed in the shell through a draw bar(7)and a nut(6).
5 The oil passes into a oil filter from lower joint of changeover valve and come out from
upper joint. The oil passes into the oil filter via filter gauze; impurity is blocked off and
deposited to the bottom of shell.

Operating manual Control oil filter 0-4511-5641-01
III．Operating of double oil filter

1 Turn an operating link of changeover device to an oil filter (i.e. used oil filter).
2 Open the exhaust joint of used oil filter and air bleed valve on the connecting pipe of
oil tank.
3 After an oil pump is opened, observe an exhaust joint and peep window. If all liquid
are oil, oil has been fully filled in the shell of oil filter and close the air bleed valve.
4 The oil filter has been operated normally.
Ⅳ．Changing of double oil filter
1 Preliminary pressure difference of oil filter ≤ 0.035MPa. If normal pressure
difference≥0.08MPa, or filtrated oil quality do not meet require, oil filter is cleaned or
replace the filter gauze.
2 Operating order as follows:
filter.
2. Open the exhaust joint of used oil filter and air bleed valve on the connecting
pipe of oil tank.
standby shell of oil filter.
4. Observe an exhaust joint of standby oil filter and peep window. If all liquid are
oil, oil has been fully filled in the shell of oil filter and close the air bleed valve.
5. Turn a handle of changeover device, observe the indicator of oil flow, a standby
oil filter is used.
7. Maintenance the oil filter replaced.
Ⅴ．Operating of cleaning and maintenance as follows:
1. Draining the residual oil in the shell of oil filter through a exhaust dirt port (9).
2. Open a cover (2) and loose a nut (6)
3. Take out a foldable type filter clement.
4. Clean a filter clement by gasoline or cleanser and it is dried by pressure air.
5. If filter clement has been damaged, it is replaced by new filter clement.
7. When reassemble, first mount O-sealing ring and tighten a nut (6).

Operating manual Transfer valve 0-4450-5641-01
1． Changing device of three way

1 The double oil cooler and double oil filter for lubricating oil are changed by the
changing device of three way.
2 Their principles and operating means are equal.
2．The changing device of three way structure
1. Schematic diagram of flange connecting and structure schematic diagram:
1. three way valve 2. balance valve of pressure 3. operating link
2．The changing device of three way consists of two three way valves, indicator of oil
flow, operating link and balance valve of pressure. The indicator of oil flow is fixed on
the operating link and with arrowhead.
3． Specific character of changing device of three way: moment small, operating agility,
sealing good.
3． Changing operations order:
1. Open a balance valve of pressure and keep the inner pressure of two chambers
is equal for two three way valves.
2. Turn the operating link about 180º.
4. Changing over.

Operating manual Main & Auxiliary oil pump 0-4240-5641-01
1． Main & Auxiliary oil pumps(quantity:2) parameters

Type: 65YL-60X2T
Flow: 20～30 m3/h
Presure: 1.06～1.00MPa
Power of motor: 22kW
Voltage of motor: 400V (AC) 50HZ
Body material: carbon steel
Manufacturer: Zhejiang Water Pump General Factory
2.The detail appliance of the auxiliary pump refers to the operating manual
of it.

Operating manual Emergency oil pump 0-4242-5641-01
1． Emergency oil pump parameters

Type: 2CQ12.5/3.6
Flow: 12.5m3/h
Power of motor: 5.5kW
Voltage of motor: 220V (DC)
Body material: cast steel
2． Operating
Under emergency is happened, the lubricating oil is automatically supplied to the
turbine and feed water pump.
3.The detail appliance of the emergency oil pump refers to the operating
manual of it.

Operating manual Oil mist fan 0-4340-5641-01
1.Oil mist fan of oil tank (quantity: 2) parameters

Type: AYF2-250-1.1
Flow: 120 m3/h
Pressure: 2500 Pa
Power of motor: 1.1 kW
Voltage of motor: 400 V (AC) 50HZ
Manufacturer: Zhejiang Yuhang Special Fan Factory
2.Operating
1.A reclaimer should be provided on the outlet pipe of Oil mist fan for reclaiming the
condensing oil liquid, thereby to avoid the return flow of condensing oil liquid to the
fan.
2.After main oil pump or auxiliary oil pump is started, Oil mist fan is operated.
3 Functions of Oil mist fan: to discharge the oil mist in the oil tank, micro negative in
the oil tank is kept and return oil is free.
4.The detail appliance of the Oil mist fan refers to the operating manual of it.

Operating manual Air exhaust oil damper 0-4512-5641-01
1． General of Oil choker

The oil choker is mounted on the top of oil tank its function is to separate the oil from
the oil spray and oil is returned to oil tank.
2．Diagrammatic view of structure
1. inlet 2. filter gauze 3. baffle 4. shell 5. outlet

3．The function of oil choker
1 The oil spray into the oil choker from the inlet, after passes a filter gauze and three
baffles, the better part oil liquid are returned to oil tank via condensing.
2 The baffle is gradient and easy to oil liquid returning.
3 When the oil spray pass into the filter gauze and baffle, non-condensing oil spray is
exhausted to atmosphere via outlet and pipe of fan.

Operating manual Temperature control valve 0-5550-5641-01
1. Temperature controlling valve(quantity:1) parameters

Type: 2-1/2BRSJ11007-00-AA
DN: 2-1/2”
Pressure: 1.4MPa
Flange class: 150RF
Material of valve body: carbon steel
Material of valve element: stainless steel
Purpose: controlling outlet temperature of oil
Controlling temperature: 44℃
With manually protection device
2． Operating
1. A temperature controlling valve is mounted on the lubricating oil pipeline behind
the outlet of oil cooler, its function is to keep outlet temperature of lubricating oil about
44℃.
2.The detail appliance of the temperature controlling valve refers to the operating
manual of it.

编号：0-2522-5641-00
自控与监测使用说明书
MANUAL OF CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS CONTROL
用户/CLIENT: 巴基斯坦塔尔燃煤（2×330MW）
汽轮机代号/WORK NO：WT5641-1-2~ WT5642-1-2

汽轮机型号/TYPE：NK50/56
编制 /PREPARED 张李奇
校对 /CHECKED 何捷
审核 /APPROVED 曹李农
版本 /REVISION 00
日期 /DATED 2017.03.14
浙江汽轮成套技术开发有限公司
Zhejiang Qilun Complete Technology Development Co.,Ltd
HTC 第 1 页，共 23 页
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
前言/Preamble
汽轮机控制系统主要包括调节系统、辅助系统、监测系统（TSI）、保护
系统（ETS）等。控制系统是汽轮机的有机组成部分，为使用户进行正确地操
作、维护，掌握相关的内容，将本公司（浙江汽轮成套技术开发有限公司是杭
州汽轮机股份有限公司的控股子公司）所设计和提供的设备编写此说明书。
说明书主要包括就地仪表架、中控柜以及重要外购件的资料。详细资料参
见光盘。
调节系统图：（参见图0-0641-5641-00）
转速调节： MEH接受三个转速探头检测的汽轮机转速信号(频率信号),与
内部设定值比较,经转速PID放大器作用后,输出一路信号通过油动机1910控制
低压调阀(0801)开度,调节进汽量,调整汽机出力,使汽轮机稳定在设定值。MEH
控制速关阀的开启并参与控制关闭。MEH也接受来自DCS的转速遥控信号(4～
20mA ), 以使汽轮机满足工艺流程的需要。 MEH输出一个实际转速信号(4～
20mA )用作中控指示。详见MEH使用说明书
监测系统（TSI）：由探头、前置器、监测模块组成汽轮机振动、位移、
等的连续、在线监测功能。详见TSI 使用说明书
保护系统(ETS)：接受所有停机信号，当停机条件满足时，控制停机电磁
阀动作，速关油卸荷，速关阀在弹簧的作用下关闭，切断蒸汽通道，汽轮机停
机。详见使用说明书
Control system contains the governing system、auxiliary system、monitoring

system、protective system etc.Control system is a organic part of the steam turbine,
this operatin manual contains information required by the customer for satisfactory
operation and maintenance, contains information of drawings and equipment supply
by Zhejiang Qilun Complete Technology Development Co.,Ltd (Zhejiang Qilun
Complete Technology Development Co.,Ltd is a subsidiary company of Hangzhou
Steam Turbine Co.,Ltd)
This manual contains drawings of Local Control Panel、Center Control Panel、
Gland Steam Control System 、 Level Control System 、 Operation and Project
Information, contains information of important purchased parts.
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
Principle of the governing system：(reference drawing 0-0641-5641-00)

Speed control：The speed control receives a turbine speed signal from two
magnetic pickups. The speed PID (proportional, integral, derivative) control amplifier
then compares the highest signal of two magnetic pickups to the speed setpoint to
generate an output signal (4~20mA),The output signal is changed in the MEH into a
proportional oil pressure(secondary oil pressure),The actuator transmits the secondary
oil position pulse for the control valves to the valve-operating levers,so that the steam
flow always corresponds to the preset.
Auxiliary system：contain Gland Steam Control System、Level Control System，
auxiliary oil pump、emergency oil pump control,mist fan、Ele. Heater、fan、condensate
pump control etc.
Monitoring system(TSI) ： The TSI system provides continuous, online
Vibration 、Position 、Differential Expansion monitoring. The TSI monitoring system
consists of transducer、module.
Protective system(ETS)：The Protective system receives all shut down signal,if
the shut down condition occurred, solenoid valve changes over to trip position,the trip
oil flows into the drain line and the emergency stop valve is immediately closed by
the compression sping,cut off the steam supply to the turbine in a minimum of
time ,turbine trip.
All details are included in the CD.
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00
汽轮机代号/WORK NO.: WT5641 0-2522-5641-00

Boiler Feed Water Pump Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Boiler Feed Water Pump Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Boiler Feed Water Pump Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

文件号 Doc.No.

The Operating Instructions is subdivided into six sections, including General,

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 1 of 2

Hangzhou Turbine machine & equipment Co. LTD.

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 2 of 2

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司 第1页 共5页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司 第2页 共5页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司 第3页 共5页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司 第4页 共5页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司 第5页 共5页

R10（公比 1.25）系列分档，VN有 25，32，40，50 及 63 五种，VH分 25，32，40 和 50 四种，

45，56，63，71，80，90 八种。G型后区段尺寸按R10 系列分档，GN有 20，25，32，40，50，

63，80 七种，GH有 16，20，25，32 四种。排汽段的数字表示以cm为单位的转子未级根径名

为一体，K 型汽轮机的前缸（包括 V、Ü、L、F 各段）整体铸造，后缸（排汽段）为铸铁件

32：外缸前区段为 VN32，外缸进汽部分内半径为 320mm

32：外缸前区段为 VN32，外缸进汽部分内半径为 320mm

/16：外缸的 VN32 之后有一个轴向长度 160mm 的 LN32 延

/20：外缸有一个轴向长度 200mm 的 LN40 延长段，由于

以在 LN32 和 LN40 之间必然有一个 Ü32-40 的过渡段

25：外缸前区段 VN25，外缸进汽部分内半径为 250mm

/12.5：在前缸的 VN25 和 F25 之间有一个轴向长度为 图3

125mm 的 LN25 延长段（凝汽式汽轮机的前缸与排缸之间用法

400mm，在 VH40 后紧接一个 R40 的减压段（HN＿

/20：前缸的 R40 后面有一个轴向长度为 200mm

的 LN40 延长段，因 LN40 的内半径为 400mm，而 图4

在 LN40 和 F50 之间要有一个过渡段 Ü40-50。

/10：VH32 和 GH20 之间有一个轴向长度为 100mm 的

LN32 延长段（HG 型汽轮机中 LH 长度的变化 图5

NG、ENG 及 EHNG 型汽轮机按汽轮机规格号第 2 位数字上跳一档；

NK、ENK 及 EHNG 型汽轮机按汽轮机规格号第 2 位数字上跳半档；

NG32/25/0 前轴承座 32，后轴承座 32

ENG32/32/16/20 前轴承座 32，后轴承座 40

NK25/28/12.5 前轴承座 25，后轴承座 32

EHNK40/56/20 前轴承座 40，后轴承座 63

HG32/20/10 前轴承座 32，后轴承座 32

NK25/28/12.5 中含意不同，/29 表示在这种型号汽机中使用的是 LK28 标准低叶级（/28 相

应的是 HK28 或 SK28 低压级），29 与转子未级根径是另一种规定的对应关系，/29 的转子未

在我厂生产的三系列汽轮机型号中还有一种特殊情况，如 HGS50/32/32，其中 S 并不代表基

型，而是表示这台汽轮机是 HG50/32/32 中的一种非标特殊设计产品。

我厂制造的三系列汽轮机编号为 TXXXX，其中 XXXX 是按供货合同的顺序号，每台汽轮机都有

Type and code number of turbine

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 1 of 5

NG32/25/0 Fig.1 shows the combination of sectors

ENG32/32/16/20 Fig.2 shows the combination of sectors

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 2 of 5

NK25/28/12.5 Fig.3 shows the combination of sectors

EHNK40/56/20 Fig.4 shows the combination

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 3 of 5

WK32/36/0 Fig.6 shows the combination of

Furthmore, the size numbers of the pedestal and

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 4 of 5

2.Code number of turbine

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 5 of 5

在随机技术文件中包括 0-0620-T.Nr-00 的“交接点法兰表”，它给出汽轮机本体管道与

1. Operating Instructions and other documents

2. Subject number and drawing number

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 1 of 3

Hangzhou Steam Turbine Company Limited Page 2 of 3

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第1页共5页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第2页共5页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第3页共5页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第4页共5页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第5页共5页

/12.5：在前缸的 VN25 和 F25 之间有一个轴向长度为图3

的 LN40 延长段，因 LN40 的内半径为 400mm，而图4

LN32 延长段（HG 型汽轮机中 LH 长度的变化图5

就地安装控制室安装就地盘安装

重心禁止翻滚禁止堆码由此吊起

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第1页共3页

前轴承后轴承推力轴承

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第2页共3页

调节器型号/ Type of governor：制造厂家/Manufacturer：

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第3页共3页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第1页共4页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第2页共4页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第3页共4页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第4页共4页

杭州汽轮机股份有限公司第1页共6页